Building Product Systems

Admixtures
Primers & Adhesives
Concrete Repair &
Floor/Wall Levelling
Restoration of Buildings
Industrial Flooring & Coatings
Joint Sealants
Waterproofing
Surface Treatments &
Machine Care
Grouts & Anchors
Accessory Products

Technical Documentation
2010
www.aquafin.com

SCHOMBURG
Valid from:
January 1st 2010

Preliminary remark:
The documentation covered by this book represents the state of January 2010. Any changes
will be published in our actual documentation which can be downloaded from our websites at
www.schomburg.de/en & www.schomburg-ics.de/en.

The changes will be incorporated into the next edition.

All technical data sheets and drawings in this book do not consider local building codes or
legal requirements. They shall be used as general reference for the product based on our
current knowledge and experience. Legally binding is only the latest data sheet or drawing
from one of our subsidiaries inside their sales territory. In any case of uncertainty please consult
our technical department for further information.

We have limited the number of products covered in this edition to the fast-selling systems. There
are hundreds of additional products available from our local distribution companies.

For local contacts and current technical data sheets please visit www.aquafin.com.

The SCHOMBURG Group
is an international market
partner in the production
and sales of high-quality
building product systems.
Based on the strong
technological background
of the production company
SCHOMBURG GmbH &
Co. KG the group offers
a variety of products and
services tailored to the needs
of the construction industry.
The German market is
served by two distribution
companies:
SCHOMBURG GmbH
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH
THE SCHOMBURG GROUP
The SCHOMBURG head- Our global activities are
quarters, which houses managed by the holding
research and development, company for non-German
production, sales, distribution entities, AQUAFIN Interna-
and logistics is located in tional GmbH, which supports
Detmold, Germany. Further our partners through six
production units and local regional offices.
research centers exist in
several countries.
SCHOMBURG offers a wide
range of products and systems
for:
Waterproofing and
restoration
Tile laying
Water Protection/
Industrial Floors
Concrete admixtures
Other construction materials
3

Being an international part-
nership the SCHOMBURG
Group is represented by over
30 distribution and produc-
tion companies worldwide.
Our products are stocked
at construction merchants in
AQUAFIN Inc., USA
ROBOTEC-SCHOMBURG AG, Switzerland
SCHOMBURG Polska Sp.zo.o, Poland
more than 50 countries and
we constantly improve the
availability through new
partnerships.
With 14 production plants
in service we can offer quick
supply, even when it comes
to large projects. To guaran-
tee the best technical and
logistical support we have
regional service centers with
qualified staff that is familiar
with the local construction
market.
Our sales force understands
the language of the
construction industry. The
majority holds technical
degrees like Civ. Eng. and/
or brings long term expe-
rience in related fields.
Approximately 6% of our
4
THE SCHOMBURG GROUP
employees are situated in
the laboratories worldwide
to develop cutting edge
technology and maintain
highest quality standards.
The SCHOMBURG Group
is owned by its management,
with the majority held by
members of the Schomburg
family.
This book represents a
selection of our main
product lines. As we adapt
our program to the local
needs we do have hundreds
of additional products
available, which could not
be covered here.
Please look up our websites
to learn more about the
regional product portfolios.
SCHOMBURG Slovensko s.r.o, Slovakia

The RETHMEIER - Concrete
Technology line of products
has focused on providing
solutions for improving con-
crete and broadening the
spectrum of concrete construc-
tion. Through state of the art
additives we are able to
design and realize projects
that were previously beyond
imagination.
Today we are able to
provide solutions for all facets
of concrete construction:
Ready mix concrete
Pre-cast concrete
Decorative Concrete
Our broad range of
products include:
Plasticisers &
Super Plasticisers
Creating high performance
concrete with lower w/c
ratios, higher early and end
strengths, increased chemical
resistance, better pumpability,
etc.
Retarders & Accelerators
Improving workability for
concrete applications in
various climates and
seasons. Also for shotcrete
applications to achieve
better results.
ADMIXTURES
Decorative Concrete Additional benefits include
A broad range of pigments significantly increased
allow designers to create compressive strength,
visually appealing finished freeze-thaw resistance and
concrete surfaces. Our protection for reinforcement
sealers protect concrete steel from the corrosive
surfaces, making them easier effects of moisture. The 3rd
to clean and maintain. With generation under the product
specially formulated surface name BETOCRETE-C21 is
retarders we are able to now available.
create exposed aggregate
concrete.
Waterproof Concrete
We introduced the worlds
first liquid crystalline water-
proofing admixture of the
2nd generation which
unlike powder admixtures,
eliminates the risk of clumping
ensuring even distribution of
the waterproofing throughout
the concrete. The chemistry
in the product produces
millions of crystalline fibres
(nanocrystals), which work
to seal capillary voids and
shrinkage cracks.
5

Primers and adhesives are
a critical and important
point between a substrate
and finishing materials.
Whether you are applying
waterproofing, tiles or epoxy
coatings, the primers and
adhesives must be carefully
selected.
Our primers provide a safe
bond between all substrate
types such as concrete, stone,
brick, steel, plastics and glass
to our product systems.
Tile adhesives are an area
where we have spent a lot of
time and effort to develop top
of the line products for every
application. Our UNIFIX-2K
has been a market leader
in Europe for more than 20
6
PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
years in swimming pool and
balcony construction, and is
recommended by leading glo-
bal construction companies.
For safely installing natural
stone tiles we have
developed the specialty
line CRISTALLIT and
CRISTALLIT-flex which
prevents discolouration of
tiles, as is common with
normal tiles adhesives.
Our product range also
includes flexible tile mortars
for applications on substrates
where slight movement can
be expected. For heavy
duty applications the epoxy
adhesive ASODUR-EK98 is
the perfect choice.
 CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Concrete is found in almost

every type of structure today,
whether in bridges, water
treatment works, potable
water containers, multi-storey
car parks, high rise apartment
blocks, balcony construction
or industrial floors. Together
with steel reinforcement,
concrete provides a stable,
economic and durable
building material.

Concrete structures are

however subject to erosion
and weathering. Mechanical
loads, stresses, unpredictable
impacts and climatic and
environmental influences can
all damage concrete during
the service life. Damages
can greatly affect the struc-
tural integrity as well as the
safety to pedestrian and vehi-
cular traffic on these concrete
structures.
In order to protect concrete
and allow it to maintain its
integrity, the proper materials
and coatings have to be
applied.
Additionally, concrete which
has fallen into disrepair can
also be brought back into ser-
vice with high quality repair
materials. We have
developed high quality
solutions for protection and
repair of concrete structures,
which ensure long lasting
results.
Our cementitious restoration
mortars in the INDUCRET-BIS
line can be spray applied as
an SPCC (polymer modified
sprayable mortar) for large
area repairs usually without
the need for a primer. For
small areas and fast repairs,
application by trowel is
preferred as well as for
repairs of load bearing
structural components.
Additionally our product
range includes the
INDUCRET-TIM products
for use in for potable water
containers.
Effluent treatment structures
require increased chemical
resistance, which are provi-
ded by our INDUCRET-KIS
line of repair mortars, and
our highly advanced polyurea
coating GEPOTECH-11/22.
Regardless of the requirements
our complete range of repair
materials can handle the
situation.

7

Another major area in our
product line is focused on
the repair of damp and salt-
contaminated interior and
exterior walls, particularly in
historic buildings. This is not
always as easy task as many
times historical buildings are
protected treasures and
traditional restoration work
cannot be done.
RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS
Facades must be repaired
with minimally invasive
products, and the end
appearance has to be that
of the original construction.
In situations like this it is
essential to work with a
company that provides
proven solutions for interior
applications.
Together with AQUAFIN-F,
a liquid solution for creating
horizontal barriers which
prevents capillary rising
dampness, we offer two
different lines of restoration
plasters.
THERMOPAL, a cemen-
titious based system, is
excellent for both interior
and exterior walls damaged
by moisture and salt efflore-
scence. Walls treated with
8
THERMOPAL are left looking
like new and can even be
painted or over coated.
Another option is to apply
the THERMOLUT system,
which is made from 100%
natural products based on
loam. This system is applied
to interior walls, perfect in
cases of historical buil-
dings, to provide insulation.
Additionally the environmen-
tally friendly system also
provides benefits such as
energy cost savings and
improved indoor air quality.
To complement our restorati-
on products we also have a
wide range of repair mortars
under the INDUCRET line
which can be used for
virtually all facets of
patching and repairing.
 INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Industrial floors are subject

to various mechanical and
chemical loads on a daily
basis. As a result coatings
must be designed to be
suitable for different types
of environments such as
manufacturing and
warehouse buildings, in
secondary containment,
laboratories, emergency
rooms, balconies and many
other areas.

Through our INDUFLOOR

line of products we are
able to provide solutions
which fulfil many technical
requirements such as
compressive strength,
abrasion resistance, and
chemical resistance as well
as provide aesthetically
appealing finishes regardless
of the specified application.
Our systems are tested and
certified according to the
latest international standards
and can provide many
additional properties such
as crack-bridging, slip
resistance, easy maintenance,
dissipation of electrical
charges and fire protection.
Our specialized flooring
systems include products
such as:
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 & INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2
INDUFLOOR-IB1250
specially formulated epoxy
primer coatings designed
to protect again the dama-
ging effects of moisture
vapour transmission through
concrete slabs on grade.
Both products can even
be applied onto damp
concrete.
Additionally INDUFLOOR-
IB1240 can be applied
onto oil contaminated
slabs. Together these pro-
ducts ensure that epoxy
flooring finishes last!
a state of the art
conductive floor coating
which complies with
international norms
for safe installations in
ESD Protected Areas,
such as microchip
manufacturing.
INDUFLOOR-IB3390
a solvent free epoxy
coating with a textured
finished for versatile
applications.

9

Joints in construction elements
are of the largest source of
failure when not installed
properly, or when the wrong
materials are used.
We recognize this threat and
have provided a range of
materials for creating water-
proof joints to suit many diffe-
rent applications.
All joints require reliable
sealants which can withstand
mechanical and chemical
wear. Our ESCOSIL sealants
are perfect for everyday use
in bathrooms and sanitary
applications to create a
durable waterproof seal
between tiles and ceramic,
windows and floors, etc.
Where heavy duty sealing is
required, such as in concrete
floors in production areas
and warehouses our epoxy/
polyurethane sealers are the
perfect fit.
Additionally we have
developed a special line of
sealers for the tram and road
construction industry which
meet and exceed specific
industry requirements.
The INDUFLEX-VK-TFK-2000
polysulphide sealers have a
long track record of success
in sealing joints between
concrete/concrete,
10
JOINT SEALANTS
concrete/steel, steel/asphalt
while withstanding the
rigorous movement found in
tram and automotive traffic
and attack through oils,
gasses and other such
substances.
In secondary containment
areas, proper joint sealing
is especially important to
ensure that hazardous
chemicals cannot seep into
the soil and damage our
environment.
Our INDUFLEX-VK6030
joint sealant is certified to
provide you with the
security needed in those
situations. When chosen
properly, a joint sealant
provides security and
increases the service life
of a building element.

Almost all building materials
will suffer at least some
damage over the course of
time due to the unimpeded
access of moisture.
Preventing water ingress is
the pre-requisite for any
successful repair and
maintenance program.
For more than 30 years
the core competence of the
SCHOMBURG Group has
been in the development and
production of effective and
economical product systems
for waterproofing and
restoration of buildings
and structures.
The main applications for our
product systems are:
The sealing of interior
and exterior foundations
using flexible slurry type
coatings and bituminous
waterproofing materi-
als. The cementitious
AQUAFIN-2K/M and
bituminous COMBIFLEX
systems have been leaders
in the European market for
many years.
High-Tech application
procedures with modern
spray technology also pro-
WATERPROOFING
vide economical and time-
saving solutions for projects
with large surface areas.
Waterproofing of all new
and old concrete substrates
using AQUAFIN-IC, a
penetrating crystalline
slurry coating. The system
remains permanently active
and post-seals static
shrinkage cracks up to
0.4 mm. It is also
available in the form of
a liquid concrete
admixture.
Our AQUAFIN-Pool
system provides versatile
and secure options for
waterproofing all kinds of
water features. Whether
tiled or stand alone, the
options are limitless.
11
 SURFACE TRETMENTS & MACHINE CARE
Either before a coating is
applied or just to enhance
the service life of a finished
construction element certain
care has to be taken.
Our products allow you to
extend the service life of your
projects with the use of
specialised cleaners and
sealers.
For example our REINIT-A
easily removes algae and
moss from concrete, stone,
brick, plaster and other similar
porous substrates.
Once cleaned it is
advantageous to seal or
impregnate porous surfaces
12
with specially formulated
sealers, such as REMISIL,
in order to make cleaning
and maintenance easier
and to preserve the fair-
faced concrete quality as
long as possible.
An important, often over
looked factor, is equipment
maintenance.
With the proper care
and treatment and use
of specially designed
products, such as
REINIT-BM, the life
expectancy of your
equipment can be
significantly increased.
 GROUTS & ANCHORS

Grouts and anchors also

play a large roll in solid
construction foundations.
Many factors must be taken
into consideration when
selecting the right product.

It is important to know if the

material will be subjected to
vibrations such as from
machinery or train/crane
traffic.

Also important to know is the

temperatures and temperature
changes which will occur.
For example if there is a risk
of freezing, this should be
accounted for.

All of these requirements

and more were taken into
consideration when we
developed our line of
anchors and grouts, in
order to be able to provide
solutions for all situations.
Whether it is the fixing
of starter bars, dowels,
foundations bolts or
ground anchors our styrene
free epoxy acrylate
INDUCRET-VK4065 can
be used on many substrates
such as concrete, rock, brick-
work and masonry to create
a secure connection.
Our products line also
includes cementitious
materials, such as
INDUCRET-VK100, for
grouting of machine base-
plates, pre-cast concrete
elements, concrete and
steel supports, etc.
These grouts attain very high systems as well as larger
levels of compressive and packs for other applications.
flexural strengths in order to
withstand the loads which Our materials are certified
they are subjected to. and tested to provide the
highest quality and safety
Our materials are available for all your grouting and
in easy to use cartridge anchoring needs.

13

The area of classical
construction chemistry, i.e.
liquid, thixotropic or powder
additives, cleaners, primers,
impregnators, mould release
agents and sealants has been
served by the SCHOMBURG
Group since its formation in
the late 1930s.
Mould oils and form release
agents of the ASIKON series
have been popular on
job-sites across Europe for
decades. Screed cements
and ready-to-use screeds for
a variety of applications,
especially in renovation and
restoration, complete our
product range.
Our hydrophobic screed
cement ASO-EZ4 is the
market leader for water
repelling and efflorescence
reducing screed mortars.
14
ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Currently the restoration and
protection of facades has
gained importance as these
have a strong effect on
the long term value of the
building.
Besides liquid ready-to-use
surface hardeners and
impregnations, new systems
have been introduced that
are supplied in a highly
concentrated form.
Efficient cleaning products
for many applications round
out our program, providing
solutions for substrate
preparation and post
processing.
Chapter/Page No. CHAPTER INDEX

Product/Brochure/Technical Drawing Index 16

Guideline Instructions for Surface Preparation 21

01. Admixtures 31

02. Primers & Adhesives 75

03. Concrete Repair & Floor/Wall Levelling 149

04. Restoration of Buildings 209

05. Industrial Flooring & Coatings 229

06. Joint Sealants 333

07. Waterproofing 359

08. Surface Treatments & Machine Care 433

09. Grouts & Anchors 443

10. Accessory Products 463

11. Technical Drawings 503

11.1 TD Waterproofing & Restoration 503

11.2 TD Concrete Repair 527

11.3 TD Tile and Natural Stone Laying 539

11.4 TD Industrial Floors 575

15
Product Name/Page No. PRODUCT INDEX

A ASO-EZ4-Plus 484 ASOLIN-SFC45 216

ADF-KE-F 360 ASO-EZ6 487 ASOLIN-WS 217

ADF-Systemkleber 76 ASO-EZ6-Plus 490 ASOLIT-LP/K 45

ADICOR-1K-PU 464 ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus 493 ASOPLAST-MZ 500

ADICOR-2K-PU 466 ASO-Flexfuge 81

ADICOR-Solvent 469 ASO-Fliesengrund 83 B

ADIPLAST-M 32 ASO-Fugenbreit 84 BETOCRETE-406 (FM) 46

ADIPLAST-P 34 ASO-Fugenbunt 85 BETOCRETE-C16 47

AK7P 79 ASO-HS7 496 BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) 49

AQUAFIN-1K 362 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 400 BETOCRETE-C21 51

AQUAFIN-1K-flex 364 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S 401 BETOCRETE-F4 57

AQUAFIN-2K 366 ASO-NM15 150 BETOCRETE-P10 58

AQUAFIN-2K/M 368 ASO-Unigrund-GE 86

AQUAFIN-CJ1 377 ASO-Unigrund-K 86 C

AQUAFIN-CJ2 378 ASOCRET-BM 154 CARO-FB-200 408

AQUAFIN-CJ3 379 ASOCRET-BS2 155 CARO-FB-300 409

AQUAFIN-CJ4 380 ASOCRET-GM100 156 COMBIDIC-1K 410

AQUAFIN-F 210 ASOCRET-HB-flex 87 COMBIFLEX-AB2 412

AQUAFIN-IB2 212 ASOCRET-IM 158 COMBIFLEX-C2 414

AQUAFIN-IC 381 ASOCRET-OS/BF 160 COMBIFLEX-C2/P 416

AQUAFIN-LATEX 36 ASOCRET-OS/RS 161 COMBIFLEX-C2/S 418

AQUAFIN-P1 389 ASOCRET-RN 162 COMBIFLEX-DS 420

AQUAFIN-P4 391 ASOCRET-RS 163 COMBIFLEX-EL 421

AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST 393 ASODUR-EK98-floor 89 COMBIFLEX-Fastbit 423

AQUAFIN-TC07 395 ASODUR-EK98-wall 92 CRISTALLFUGE 96

AQUAFIN-UM 398 ASODUR-K900 164 CRISTALLIT 99

ASIKON-5005 470 ASODUR-LE 498 CRISTALLIT-flex 102

ASIKON-5006 471 ASOFIX-2000 95 CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex 105

ASO-BA-flex 43 ASOFLEX-PU45 334

ASO-EZ2 472 ASOL-FE 407 D

ASO-EZ2-Plus 476 ASOLIN-K 44 DS25-Acrylic 434

ASO-EZ4 479 ASOLIN-OH30 214

16
Product Name/Page No. PRODUCT INDEX

E INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 185 INDUFLOOR-IB2320 273

ESCO-FLUAT 218 INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 187 INDUFLOOR-IB2360 275

ESCODE-P80 59 INDUCRET-VK30 444 INDUFLOOR-IB2370 278

ESCOSIL-2000 335 INDUCRET-VK100 446 INDUFLOOR-IB2380 280

INDUCRET-VK115 448 INDUFLOOR-IB2385 282

F INDUCRET-VK4020 111 INDUFLOOR-IB3080 284

FIX 10-M 168 INDUCRET-VK4045 113 INDUFLOOR-IB3100 287

FIX 10-S 425 INDUCRET-VK4060 450 INDUFLOOR-IB3310 289

INDUCRET-VK4065 453 INDUFLOOR-IB3350 292

G INDUCRET-VK4070-T 456 INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 295

GEPOTECH-11/22 230 INDUCRET-VK5000 458 INDUFLOOR-IB3351 303

GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer 233 INDUCRET-VK6040 338 INDUFLOOR-IB3355 307

INDUCRET-VK6050 340 INDUFLOOR-IB3360 311

H INDUCRET-VK-Inject 196 INDUFLOOR-IB3365 314

HF05-Brillantfuge 108 INDUFLEX-Primer-S 115 INDUFLOOR-IB3370 317

INDUFLEX-VK6060 342 INDUFLOOR-IB3375 319

I INDUFLEX-VK6085 344 INDUFLOOR-IB3380 322

INDU-ConductiveQuartz 240 INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 346 INDUFLOOR-IB3385 325

INDU-DecorChips 241 INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv 350 INDUFLOOR-IB3390 328

INDU-DecorQuartz 242 INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st 354 INDUFLOOR-IB3395 330

NDU-FibreFiller 243 INDUFLOOR-IB1010 244 INDUFLOOR-IB4010 198

INDU-FLEX-CJ13 426 INDUFLOOR-IB1030 246 INDUFLOOR-IB4015 200

INDU-IB Cleanser 436 INDUFLOOR-IB1225 247

INDU-OilCleanser 437 INDUFLOOR-IB1230 250 L

INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 169 INDUFLOOR-IB1240 253 LIGHTFLEX 116

INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 171 INDUFLOOR-IB1245 256

INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 173 INDUFLOOR-IB1250 259 M

INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 175 INDUFLOOR-IB1260 262 MONOFLEX 119

INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 177 INDUFLOOR-IB2010 265 MONOFLEX-FB-SE 121

INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 179 INDUFLOOR-IB2115 267

INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 181 INDUFLOOR-IB2250 269 O

INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 183 INDUFLOOR-IB2310 271 OC 17 - Anti Freeze 60

17
Product Name/Page No. PRODUCT & BROCHURE INDEX

P REMICRETE-SP10 (FM) 65 T
P79-Aufbrennsperre 124 REMICRETE-SP60 (FM) 66 THERMOPAL-FS33 219
POR-AKTIV 61 REMIFEROX 67 THERMOPAL-GP11 220
POWERPLAST-D2 125 REMISIL 442 THERMOPAL-SR24 222
POXICRET-1K 461 REMITAN (BV) 69 THERMOPAL-SR44 224
Primer-2000 127 RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) 70

Primer-2000-A 129 U
Primer-2000-S 131 S UNIFIX 138
PURCOLOR 6000 (DM) 62 SANIFLEX 427 UNIFIX-2K 140
SAVEMIX 407 (VZ) 71 UNIFIX-2K/6 141
R SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) 72 UNIFIX-S3 143
REINIT-A 439 SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) 73 UNIFIX-S3-FAST 146
REINIT-BM 440 SOLOCRET-15 202 UNIFLEX-B 431
REINIT-R 441 SOLOFLEX 133 UNIFLEX-M 432
REMI-AIR (LP) 63 SOLOFLEX-SE 135

REMI-FROST 64 SOLOPLAN-30 205

Brochures
High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes 38
BETOCRETE C-Series 53
Crack Sealing 166
Protection and restoration of concrete elements 189
Surface protection systems for waste water treatment plants 194
Restoration of moist walls 226
Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities 236
Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas 300
Industrial flooring 332
Flexible cementitious waterproofing 372
Capillary/crystalline waterproofing for concrete structures 384
Professional joint tape technology 402
Waterproofing of wet rooms 429

18
Technical Drawing/Page No. TECHNICAL DRAWING INDEX

Waterproofing & Restoration

Exterior basement waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 504-505
Waterproofing in socket area with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 506
Pipe penetration waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 507-509
Movement joint waterproofing in a continuous bottom slab with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 510
Pipe penetration waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M 511-512
Underground car park waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M 513-516
Post-applied negative side waterproofing 517
External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside 518
Horizontal barrier from outside 519 & 523
External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside 520 & 522
Horizontal barrier and additional measures for restoration of buildings 521
Internal waterproofing and horizontal barrier from outside 524
Horizontal waterproofing in two shell masonry 525
Wall drain with restoration occurring at low humidity 526
Renovation of large masonry cross sections with ascending humidity 526

Concrete Repair
Concrete Repair Methodologies with the system INDUCRET-BIS 528-538

Tile and Natural Stone Laying

Tiling on wooden substrates with the LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzplatte 540
Pipe penetration waterproofing 541
Pipe penetration waterproofing Stud partition 542
Pipe penetration waterproofing detail in wet rooms 543
Bath or shower tub waterproofing Wall/Tub connection detail 544
AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing - Floor inlet detail in wet rooms 545
Waterproofing under tiles 546 & 549-552
Tile setting on ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screeds 547-548
Pavers on drainage screeds 553
Stairway construction on ASO-EZ4-Plus 554
The gutter system Wiesbaden 555

19
Technical Drawing/Page No. TECHNICAL DRAWING INDEX

The gutter system Finnish 556

Cross-section of Wiesbaden swimming pool gutter system 557
Swimming pool deck - bonded screed (thin bed) 558
Interior swimming pool wall/floor joint (thin bed) 559
Swimming pool deck with under floor heating (thin bed) 560
Finnish gutter waterproofing detail in swimming pools (thin bed) 561
St. Moritz gutter waterproofing detail with AQUAFIN-2K 562
Therapy pool 563
Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights - with flange 564
Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights - with mortar 565
Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K 566-567
Balcony waterproofing with ADF- Balkonfolie 568
Floor drain waterproofing detail in wet rooms with ASOFLEX-AKB 569
Waterproofing under tiles and slabs 570
Waterproofing of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial use 571
Detail waterproofing of floor inlet drain in kitchens 572
Detail waterproofing of floor drain outlet 573

Industrial Floors
Joint Sealing for industrial floors exposed to mechanical and
chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 576-579

20
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

CONTENTS

1. Introduction
2. Inspection of substrate (preliminary survey)
3. General surface-condition requirements
4. Creation of surface profile
5. Preparation methods

1. INTRODUCTION

The following surface preparation guideline shall be used as an aide to project engineers, owners,
specifiers and contractors. The most important factor for a long term performance of construction
material applications (decorative or protective coating etc.) and for a proper adhesion to the
substrate are its inspection, evaluation and preparation. The surface should be prepared so that
a good mechanical bond is achieved between the applied system and the substrate.

According to most construction contract procedures (standard in Germany), one of the services of
the contractor is to inspect the substrate for its suitability for application of the prescribed topping.
He must inform customer in writing of any objections to the way the work is executed if this does
not correspond to the required substrate condition.

A proper surface preparation includes the following:

Inspection of the substrate
Decontamination of the surface
Repair of surface defects
Cleaning of surfaces
Creation of surface profile

2. INSPECTION OF THE SUBSTRATE (preliminary survey)

First conduct the preliminary survey to determine what kind of surface condition is required.
Depending on the actual condition of the substrate, methods for any necessary preparation and
repair can be selected. Prior to contracting for a job examine the surface for the presence of
separating and loose adherent substances such as dust, dirt, laitance, grease, efflorescence,
curing agents, paint residues and other contaminations. Residues of even small amounts of surface
contaminations impair and reduce coating adhesion to the substrate and must be removed. If
excessive laitance is present (a weak layer of cement and fines brought to the surface by bleed-
water), this material must be removed.

21
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

Furthermore the substrate must be suitable to carry the static and thermal loads which are
expected. The substrate examination ranges from optical examination to intensive laboratory
testing. Before surface preparation begins, all surfaces should be visually inspected for presence
of defects, physical and chemical damage, contamination, curing agents and excess moisture.

Small defects or damages: visual evaluation and simple inspection

Increased defects or damages: intensive tests in the laboratory

The following table shows a list of simple inspection procedures

before surface preparation:

Inspection Test method

loose pieces, delaminated areas visual check
laitance scrape and/or grind,
afterwards moistening test with water
efflorescence visual check
moisture content visual check and scrape test
adhesive tape check
cover with membrane
carbide method (CM-Device)
Darr-method (laboratory method)
ASTM E1907, 7.6 test
(Quantitative Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test)
surface strength scrape test with knife
absorbency moistening test with water
cracks visual check
dampen with water
crack magnifying glass
crack width measure
oil- and grease separating agent sprinkle test with water
wipe method
dust wipe with a dark cloth
alkalinity dampen with indicator paper and
neutral (distilled) water

22
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

Inspection of surface moisture

Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or damp by the German guidelines for the
protection and renovation of concrete structures (DafStb) part 2, clause 1.2.5 states:

Dry:
An approximately 2 cm deep freshly prepared cut-out area may not become visibly lighter as a
result of drying out. (In cases of doubt the concrete is considered dry if it shows moisture balance
for the climatic conditions 23/50: i.e. dependent on concrete type other absolute values are
considered as dry).

Damp:
The surface has a matt damp appearance but should not exhibit a shiny film of water. The pores
of the substrate may not be saturated, i.e. water droplets applied must be absorbed and after a
short time period the surface must once again appear matt.

Regard following recommendations to substrate dampness for several products (But please
observe the technical data sheets for detailed information.)

recommended surface dampness

products dry can/should must be
be damp damp
AQUAFIN-IB2
impregnation


ASOLIN-WS 
DS25-Acrylic 
ESCO-FLUAT 
ASO-Fliesengrund 
ASO-Unigrund-GE 
ASO-Unigrund-K 
ASOCRET-HB-flex 
ASOL-FE 
priming

INDUFLOOR-IB1225 
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 
INDUFLOOR-IB1260 
INDUFLOOR-IB2385 
 P79-Aufbrennsperre 

23
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

products dry can/should must be

be damp damp
ASO-EZ2 
ASOEZ2-Plus 
ASO-EZ4 
ASO-EZ6 
ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus 
levelling

 ASO-NM15 
 ASOCRET-BS2 
ASOCRET-IM 
 ASOCRET-RN 
 ASOCRET-RS 
SOLOPLAN-30 
AQUAFIN-1K 
AQUAFIN-2K 
AQUAFIN-2K/M 
AQUAFIN-IC 
waterproofing

AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST 
AQUAFIN-TC07 
COMBIDIC-1K 
COMBIFLEX-C2 
COMBIFLEX-C2/P 
COMBIFLEX-C2/S 
COMBIFLEX-EL 
SANIFLEX 
THERMOPAL-FS33 
restoration

 THERMOPAL-GP11 
THERMOPAL-SR24 
THERMOPAL-SR44 
ASO-HS7 
 INDUFLOOR-IB3385 
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 
coating

INDUFLOOR-IB3350 
 INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 
 INDUFLOOR-IB3355 
INDUFLOOR-IB3360 
INDUFLOOR-IB3370 

24
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

 products dry can/should must be

be damp damp
INDUFLOOR-IB3365 
INDUFLOOR-IB3310  
 AK7P 
ASODUR-EK98-floor 
tile setting

ASODUR-EK98-wall 
 LIGHTFLEX 
MONOFLEX 
SOLOFLEX 
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 
PCC-Systems

INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 
ASOCRET-GM100 
INDUCRET-VK30 
INDUCRET-VK100 

3. GENERAL SURFACE CONDITION REQUIREMENTS

Project specifications should define substrate uniformity, cleanness, roughness and concrete strength
prior to a coating installation. Proposals for specifications are cleaning methods, profiling methods,
and surface defect repair procedures.

Observe the steps listed below before installation of the system applied on the substrate:
Any contaminations such as dust, dirt, oil, grease, laitance, form release agents and other
contaminants must be removed from the substrate.
Surface defects (such as broken pieces, delaminated areas etc.) or cracks, spalls and voids
should be filled with an appropriate repair material.
If corrosion of the existing steel reinforcement exists, the steel and concrete must be repaired
prior to placement of the system.
The surface always should be rough enough to establish a good mechanical bond.

4. CREATION OF SURFACE PROFILE

The purpose of surface preparation is to roughen the surface, creating increased surface
area for mechanical bonding.
The roughening is typically referred to as the anchor pattern or profile. Prepared by the
International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI), nine distinct profile replicates of the concrete surface

25
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

provide visual as well as tactile examples that may be produced by one or more preparation
methods. Each profile carries a CSP (= Concrete Surface Profile) number ranging from a base
line CSP 1 (nearly flat) through CSP 9 (very rough).

CSP 1: acid etching

CSP 2: grinding
CSP 3: light shotblast
CSP 4: light scarification
CSP 5: medium shotblast
CSP 6: medium scarification
CSP 7: heavy abrasive blast
CSP 8: scabbled
CSP 9: heavy scarification

The table below shows a classification of concrete surface roughness for following products.
THIS IS ONLY A RECOMMENDATION and for many products one or more Concrete
Surface Profiles are possible depending on the substrate conditions.

Refer to following recommendations to avoid coating failures caused by inadequate surface

roughness.

products CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
impregnation

AQUAFIN-IB2  
 ASOLIN-WS  
DS25-Acrylic  
ESCO-FLUAT  
ASO-Fliesengrund  
 ASO-Unigrund-GE  
ASO-Unigrund-K  
ASOCRET-HB-flex  
 ASOL-FE  
priming

INDUFLOOR-IB1225
INDUFLOOR-IB1240
 INDUFLOOR-IB1245
INDUFLOOR-IB1250
 INDUFLOOR-IB1260
 P79-Aufbrennsperre
 
  
 
 
 
 

26
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

products CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ASO-EZ2  
ASO-EZ2-Plus  
ASO-EZ4  
ASO-EZ6  
ASO-EZ-Light-Plus
levelling

 
ASO-NM15   
 ASOCRET-BS2  
ASOCRET-IM  
ASOCRET-RN  
ASOCRET-RS  
SOLOPLAN-30  
AQUAFIN-1K  
AQUAFIN-2K  
AQUAFIN-2K/M  
AQUAFIN-IC 
waterproofing

AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST  
AQUAFIN-TC07  
COMBIDIC-1K  
COMBIFLEX-C2  
COMBIFLEX-C2/P   
COMBIFLEX-C2/S  
COMBIFLEX-EL  
SANIFLEX  
THERMOPAL-FS33   
restoration

THERMOPAL-GP  
THERMOPAL-SR24  
THERMOPAL-SR44  
ASO-HS7  
INDUFLOOR-IB3310  
INDUFLOOR-IB3350  
coating

 INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2  
INDUFLOOR-IB3351  
INDUFLOOR-IB3355  
INDUFLOOR-IB3360  
INDUFLOOR-IB3365  

27
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

products CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP CSP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
INDUFLOOR-IB3370  
INDUFLOOR-IB3385  
 AK7P  XXXX
ASODUR-EK98-floor  XXXX
tile setting*

ASODUR-EK98-wall  XXXX
LIGHTFLEX  XXXX
MONOFLEX  XXXX
SOLOFLEX  XXXX
ASOCRET-GM10  
PCC-Systems

INDUCRET-BIS-0/2  
 INDUCRET-BIS-1/6  
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40  
INDUCRET-VK30  
INDUCRET-VK100  

* The substrate must have a sufficient surface evenness for tile setting.

 = Also use to level substrate for subsequent waterproofing.

X = For a sufficient surface smoothness for subsequent laying of
tiles specify first a surface leveling with thin bed mortar.

5. PREPARATION METHODS

Surface preparation is usually necessary to create an increased surface area that is rough enough
for mechanical bonding.The types of surface preparation may vary, from detergent scrubbing or
low pressure water cleaning to aggressive methods such as heavy scarification.

Following an overview of common surface preparation methods:

28
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

Method Description Removal CSP

chemical removal to oil, grease, organic or 1
produce a clean surface inorganic residues, some
and prepare surfaces for acrylic, wax etc.
detergent the application of sealers,
scrubbing hardeners or adhesives

use to rinse away dirt, dirt and loose, weak 1

dust etc. generated by material, debris, water-
more aggressive methods soluble contaminants

low-pressure water cleaning

(less than 35 bar)

chemical removal to cement paste of concrete 1-3

clean surfaces before
application of thin-film
sealers or coatings (etch
with hydrochloric, citric
or phosphoric acid)

acid etching

reduce or smooth slight mineral deposits and thin 1-3

surface irregularities coatings, efflorescence,
rust and other oxidized
deposits

grinding

clean and profile contaminations and thin, 2-4

concrete surfaces for brittle coatings, adhesive
the application of sealers, films
coatings, and polymer
overlays

abrasive (sand) blasting

29
 GUIDELINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

Method Description Removal CSP

clean and roughen some existing coatings, 2-8

surfaces in one step for adhesives, and surface
the application of sealers, contaminations
coatings, or polymer
overlays

shotblasting
create a profile of high spots and level 4-9
concrete surfaces, slabs,brittle coatings,
method also know as deteriorated or
concrete planing, contaminated concrete,
milling adhesives

scarifying
water is sprayed with heavy encrustations of dirt 5-8
suitable pressures and and loose, weak material,
nozzle tips laitance, efflorescence,
dirt or water-soluble
contaminants; carbonated,
freeze/thaw damaged or
weakened material, some
high-strength coatings
high-pressure water jetting
(35 to 300 bar)
deep profiling of concrete concrete or brittle coatings, 6-9
surfaces for placement of deteriorated or contamina-
overlays or resurfacing ted concrete layers
materials

scabbling

30
Product Name/Page No. 1. ADMIXTURES

ADIPLAST-M 32 OC 17 - Anti Freeze 60

ADIPLAST-P 34 POR-AKTIV 61
AQUAFIN-LATEX 36 PURCOLOR 6000 (DM) 62
ASO-BA-flex 43 REMI-AIR (LP) 63
ASOLIN-K 44 REMI-FROST 64
ASOLIT-LP/K 45 REMICRETE-SP10 (FM) 65
BETOCRETE-406 (FM) 46 REMICRETE-SP60 (FM) 66
BETOCRETE-C16 47 REMIFEROX 67
BETOCRETE-C17 (BV) 49 REMITAN (BV) 69
BETOCRETE-C21 51 RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) 70
BETOCRETE-F4 57 SAVEMIX 407 (VZ) 71
BETOCRETE-P10 58 SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) 72
ESCODE-P80 59 SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) 73

Brochure/Page No.
High quality additives for the preparation of mortars, renders and concretes 38
BETOCRETE C-Series 53

31
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ADIPLAST-M Art.-No. 2 02444

Waterproofing admixture for mortar and concrete

Description: Capillary water absorption at 24 hours

ADIPLAST-M is a ready to use powder admixture
specifically designed for the production of
waterresistant mortars & concretes.

Primary Uses:
ADIPLAST-M is a normal setting waterproof powder for
producing integrally watertight mortars and concretes.
The risk of moisture damage is greatly reduced by
addition of ADIPLAST-M, considerably extending the life
expectancy of the structure.

Advantages:
Increased watertightness & reduced permeability.
Enhanced workability.
Increases resistance to aggressive conditions.
Reduced water absorption. Hydrophobication, water absorption at 24 hours
Increased compressive strength
Improves anti-corrosive properties of mortar/concrete.
Chloride free.

Typical Properties:
Consistency: powder
Colour: grey

Product preparation:
Add ADIPLAST-M to the sand-cement-mixture in
appropriate dosage and pre-mix intensively before
water addition. Due to its plasticising effect the
appropriate water reduction must be taken into
consideration. Depending on type of mixer a mixing
time of approx. 2-3 minutes is required.
Compressive strength at 28 days
Test results:
Test conditions: cement: mortar 1:6
(Cement:Standard Sand)
dosage 2% by weight of
cement initial slump approx.
155 mm storage +20 C/
65 % relative air humidty

32
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

Estimating & Supply:

Consumption:
Concrete: max. 1 % by weight of
cement (approx. 500 g per
50 kg cement bag)
Cement mortar: max. 2 % by weight of
cement (approx. 1 kg per
50 kg cement bag)
Packaging: 1 and 20-kg packs

Storage & Shelf Life:

Use immediately once opened. 12 months when stored
in well ventilated & dry conditions away from direct
sunlight in original unopened packs.

Important notes:
Proper aggregate selection is required. Trial mixes to
asses compliance with project requirements.
Only suitable for non-reinforced concretes

Please observe valid EU safety data sheet.

33/08

33
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ADIPLAST-P Art.-No. 2 02445

Special-waterproofing admixture for producing high-quality plasters

Description: Capillary water absorption at 24 hours

ADIPLAST-P is a waterproofing plaster admixture
designed to improve workabilty, cohesiveness,
hydrophobic properties and increased built up
thickness per layer in addition to a superb surface
finish. The addition of ADIPLAST -P significantly
reduces mixing, trowelling and finishing times due to
the induced plasticising effect.

Primary Uses:
ADIPLAST-P is a normal setting waterproofing agent for
producing integrally watertight wall-and fa-cade plasters,
also against driving rain. The risk of moisture damage is
greatly reduced by addition of ADIPLAST-P and the life
expectancy of the building is considerably extended.

Advantages: Hydrophobication, water absorption at 24 hours

Improved & extended working ability.
Ready to use admixture.
Increases resistance against aggressive influences.
Reduced water absorption.
Provides plasters with excellent hydrophobic
properties.
Improved cohesion.

Typical Properties:
Consistency: powder

Product preparation:
Add ADIPLAST-P to the sand-cement-mixture in
appropriate dosage and pre-mix intensively before
water addition. Due to its plasticising effect the
appropriate water saving must be taken into Percentage of Air Voids
consid-eration. Depending on type of mixer a mixing
time of approx. 2-3 minutes is required.

Test results:
Test conditions: cement: mortar 1:6
(Cement:Standard Sand)
dosage 2% to the cement
weight slump approx.
145 mm storage +20 C/
65 % relative air humidity

34
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

Estimating & Supply:

Consumption: 1-2% by weight of cement in
parts by weight
Packaging: 1 and 25-kg packs

Storage & Shelf Life:

Use immediately once opened. 12 months when stored
in well ventilated & dry conditions away from direct
sunlight in original unopened packs.

Important notes:
Proper aggregate selection is required. Trial mixes to
asses compliance with project requirements.
Only suitable for non-reinforced concretes.

Please observe valid EU safety data sheet.

46/07

35
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

AQUAFIN-LATEX Art.-No. 2 02300

Bonding Emulsion Additive for Screeds and Mortars
Protection for new concrete
Description: additives with good grain distribution for the production
AQUAFIN-LATEX is a high concentrate bonding agent, of plastic mortars and screeds.
free from acetate and softening agents, used for creating When adding to a dry mix, always pre-mix the dry
polymer modified mortars and screeds. The addition of mixture, then add the AQUAFIN-LATEX-Water solution
AQUAFIN-LATEX improves workability and enhances the and mix for 2 minutes. In general, wet in wet
physical properties of the mortars and screeds. application is recommended. For thick coatings apply
in multiple layers, gradually building-up to desired
Primary Uses: thickness.
AQUAFIN-LATEX can be used in multiple applications,
including the following: Bonding Slurry:
As an additive for creating levelling & patching mortars In case of plastering on difficult surfaces, sealing
As a bonding agent in shotcrete plasters, sealing slurries, patch mortars, levelling
As a bonding agent for mortars, plasters and lime & mortar, floor coverings, between old and new
cement paints concrete the following is to be regarded:
As jointing material for masonry Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:1.5 up to 1:4 mixing ratio
Advantages: a) Shotcrete bonding slurry: Produce mortar which is
Through the addition of AQUAFIN-LATEX the following then gunned into a layer thickness of 4 - 5 mm.
characteristics are achieved: Further applications for rendering according to
Improved chemical resistance of cement mortars manufacturers instructions.
Prevents premature drying out of green concrete b) Other bonding slurries: Produce a brushable slurry.
Improved bonding, flexibility and crack resistance of Brush this thoroughly into the substrate. Further
plaster mortars amounts of mortar or concrete should immediately
Decreased water permeability be spread wet in wet.
Increased freeze/thaw resistance NOTE: Do not use pure AQUAFIN-LATEX-water
solution as a bonding agent because quick drying
Typical Properties: out can produce a separating film.
Basis: Polymer emulsion based on Levelling- and patching mortar:
styrene-butadiene copolymer Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
Specific gravity: approx. 1.05 kg /l 1:3 for coatings below 10 mm
Colour: white 1:5 for coatings over 10 mm
2:1 for higher chemical resistance (e.g. against
Surface Preparation: urea, ammonia and diluted inorganic bases)
The area to be treated must: Apply stiff-plastic mortar on the well dampened surface.
Be dust free, dry, sound, load-bearing and with For heavy duty surface areas and very smooth surfaces
good grip. first apply as a bonding agent (see above).
Be free from separating and adhesion inhibiting Floor coverings, wear-resistant surfaces in water
materials such as dust, laitance, grease and similar. construction and substrates:
Dependent upon the condition of the substrate to be Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
treated suitable methods for preparation should be 1:1.5 up to 1:2.5 for surfaces affected by high
adopted such as e.g. Planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, loading capacity
shot-blasting. 1:2 up to 1:4 for normal loading capacity with
All substrates must be evenly wetted until surface is mixing ratio of
fully saturated (avoid formation of puddles, absorptive Apply the earth-moist mortar in layers of 15 - 30 mm,
substrates may require multiple wettings). wet in wet, according to certified rules of technique.
Make sure it is thoroughly compacted troweled off.
Product Preparation: Take into account possible shrinkage and placement
Do not apply at temperatures below +5 C. of construction joints!
Use only fresh binding agents and clean washed

36
Technical Data Sheet
Plasters:
a) Standard lime cement plasters:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:2.5 up to l:5.5
b) Plastering of insulation boards:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:2.5
AQUAFIN-LATEX is added to the plaster in those
areas where better bonding, higher flexibility,
reduced shrinkage crack-formation and reduced
water permeability is desired.
Smooth finish and levelling of fair-faced concrete:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:4 up to 1:7
First apply bonding slurry and work into surface with a
brush. Then immediately apply grouting mortar (wet-
in-wet) with trowel or rubber squeegee, pulling smooth
with a trowel.
Mortars:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:4 up to 1:7
For the bridging of construction joints between
concrete construction elements mix mortar with gauging
solution to a stiff-plastic consistency. Apply directly prior
to concreting with a layer thickness of up to 5 cm. If
used, secure formworks well. This construction joint is to
be thoroughly covered with concrete and compacted
as usual.
Bonding, jointing and concave moulding mortars:
a) For rigid joints in concrete and masonry construction
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:2.5 up to 1:5
Produce mortar to a pasty consistency and fill into joint,
removing excess with a trowel, squeegee, or similar.
b) Bonding of insulation and light construction boards:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:2.5
Apply plastic mortar with trowel to areas where boards
will be fixed. Press boards into mortar, applying light
pressure.
Addition to lime and cement paints:
Gauging solution (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water):
1:1.5
Add gauging solution to lime and cement paints to
achieve better bonding and smear resistance as well
as improved protection against weathering.
Curing & Protection:
Plaster finishes, floor coverings, patch and levelling
37
1. ADMIXTURES
mortar coverings are to be protected against the
influences of rapid drying caused by wind and sun,
using a plastic foil or using similar means of keeping
the surface moist for 5 days following the application.
Protection of green concrete:
After dilution (1 part AQUAFIN-LATEX 2,5 parts
water) the material is applied with suitable spray
equipment or brush. The handling and further
application starts as soon as the curing process has
begun and the surface is free of water.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption: depends on the areas
of application
Packaging: 1 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg,
180 kg, 1.000 kg
Storage & Shelf Life:
Minimum of 12 months when stored in unopened
original packaging and protected from freezing and
frost conditions.
Important advice:
To avoid air entrainment AQUAFIN-LATEX mortars
are to be mixed intensively, however, no longer than
1 - 2 minutes.
Pure AQUAFIN-LATEX coats (without cement sand
addition) are not suitable as a bonding layer, as a
separating film may be formed in advance.
AQUAFIN-LATEX gauging solutions which are diluted
more than 1:7 (AQUAFIN-LATEX:water) offer only a
minimum of plastics to the mortar, which is not hardly
improve the mortar properties.
Do not use AQUAFIN-LATEX mortar at temperatures
below +5 C.
AQUAFIN-LATEX mortar is not resistant against
steady contact with fuel and organic solvents (use
ASODUR- or INDUCRET-mortar). When using
AQUAFIN-LATEX adhere to all rules and regulations,
instructions for use on standard cement mortars. The
substrate is to be cleaned and thoroughly moistened.
Use clean sand with suitable grain size.
For application in several layers always apply wet-in-
wet. Protect against rapid drying out.
Protect against wind and extreme temperatures.
46/07
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Building Product Systems

Waterproofing and
Restoration
Tile, Natural Stone Laying
Screeds / Floor Coatings
Gardening & Landscaping
Construction / Other Construction
Materials

High quality additives for the preparation

of mortars, renders and concretes
www.schomburg.de/en

SCHOMBURG

38
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Even the ancient Romans improved the properties of mortars

through the addition of dry and liquid additives.

The reduction of water permeability, hydrophobicity, air

entrainment and the improvement of compressive, tensile and
flexural strengths are desired property profiles for additives
that find applications in the everyday preparation of mortar
and render mixes as well as concrete.

With the product range AQUAFIN-LATEX, ADIPLAST and

ASOLIT we have converted over 60 years experience in
the preparation of system construction materials to the
requirements of modern additives.

Simple application and dosing tolerance make these

products into a dependable companion for all tradesmen
on the building sites of the world.

39
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

High quality additives,

produced with the latest technology

ADIPLAST-M and -P
Compressive strength* after 28 days
Areas of application:
Waterproofing agent for the preparation of high quality 25,00

mortars, renders and concrete.

20,00
The addition of ADIPLAST-M and P reduces the risk of
moisture damage and considerably increases the lifetime 15,00
of structures.

10,00

Properties:
Powder form dry mix, chloride free 5,00

Improves the resistance to aggressive influences

Plasticizing effect 0,00
Reduces water absorption without with
ADIPLAST-M ADIPLAST-M
ADIPLAST-M:
Increases the waterproof properties and compressive * Compressive strength in N/mm
2

strength of mortar/concrete
ADIPLAST-P:
Improves the weather resistance of renders, increases
the number of air voids

Capillary
water absorption*
Advantages:
Simple dosage 180,00

Proven water reduction when preparing mortars 160,00

and concrete
140,00
Lower consumption (max. 2% of cement)
Improves workability 120,00

100,00

Product preparation: 80,00

Always pre-blend well with the dry binder! 60,00

Consumption min. 500 g per 50 kg cement
40,00
Application temperature: +5 to +35 C
20,00

0,00
Pack sizes: without with
ADIPLAST-P ADIPLAST-P
1 kg and 25 kg bags
* Measured over 24 hours

.guarantees a consistently high quality for mortars and renders prepared on site.

40
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Especially easy preparation of site compatible and

long lasting mortars and concrete.

ASOLIT-LP/K
(mixed oil concentrate and lime replacer)
Areas of application:
Lime replacement and air entrainer for the preparation of robust
mortars and concrete for exterior and interior renders, screeds,
masonry mortars, concrete blocks, pavement flagstones, bulk
concrete in civil underground engineering.

Properties:
Forms air voids in mortars
Replaces slaked lime
Plasticizing function
Increases frost and weather resistance

Advantages: 600 m
Simple dosage
Reduces water demand
Noticeably improves the application properties

Product preparation:
Add appropriately to the gauging water
Consumption in concrete:
min. 50 g per 50 kg cement
Consumption in mortar and render:
min. 100 g per 50 kg cement
Application temperature: +5 to +35 C

Pack sizes:
1 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg, 180 kg and 1,000 kg containers

.for a secure application with little time and effort.

41
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Water resistant and tough solutions

for all circumstances

AQUAFIN-LATEX
Areas of application:
Handling compatible bonding emulsion for the preparation
of high quality concrete, mortar and render.

The addition of AQUAFIN-LATEX considerably extends

the lifetime and durability of modified mortars and
concrete mixes.

Properties:
White liquid, solvent free
Suitable for interiors and exteriors
Reduces water absorption

Advantages:
Simple dosage to the gauging water
Increases the elasticity and raises the flexural strength
Large increase in tensile adhesion
Reduces water permeability especially in concrete
Minimises the shrinkage behaviour
No premixing required Tensile adhesion strength* after 28 days
4,0

Product preparation: 3,5

Dilution with water at a ratio 1:1 to 1:5 dependant on
3,0
application area and subsequent addition of mortar
Adhesion promoter for mortar/concrete: 1:1 to 1:3 2,5
Renders: 1:2 to 1:4
2,0
Screeds: 1:3 to 1:5
Jointing and grouting mortars: 1:8 1,5
Protective coating for fresh concrete: 1:2, spray applied
1,0

0,5

Pack sizes:
0,0
1 kg, 10 kg, 25 kg, 180 kg and 1,000 kg containers without with
AQUAFIN-Latex AQUAFIN-Latex

* Tensile adhesion strength in N/mm2

.with higher security and the best efficiency.

42
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ASO-BA-flex
Mortar additive

Not available in all countries, please contact Surface preparation:

your distributor! The surface must be clean, sound and free from grease,
oils, curing compounds, laitance and any loose particles
Properties: to ensure good adhesion in accordance of standards
solvent-free codes of practice and recommendation.
plasticizing Use suitable methods to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e. g. sweeping,
Areas of application: vacuuming, brushing, grinding, scabbling, sand
By addition of ASO-BA-flex a polymer modified mortar blasting, high pressure water jetting or shot blasting.
can be produced and used as, bonding layer, added Dampen absorbing areas evenly until the surface is
to shotcrete, to produce tough plasters, to produce saturated. Remove all standing or puddeled water.
improved screeds, jointing and bonding mortar and as
mortar for concave mouldings: Product preparation:
For levelling and patch mortars, extendable to very Mixing ratio: ASO-BA-flex with distilled
thin coatings. water 1:1.5
For the manufacture of floor sealer with improved dust Dry mixture: cement and sand 1:3
resistance, flexibility and crack resistance. Grain size: 0 4 mm depending on
As bonding agent in shotcrete. layer thickness
As improvement of the bonding, flexibility and crack Consumption of
resistance of plaster mortars. mixed slurry: 2.3 3.0 kg/m2 and cm
For mortar applications as bonding and impervious layer thickness
layer in concrete construction joint, e. g. between
concrete vertical and horizontal joints (mortar for For all applications as a bonding agent, ASO-BA-flex
concave mouldings). is mixed in equal parts with water, then generally
For hardwearing coverings in water construction, added to a cement and sand mixture. Produce
channels, purification plants. brushable slurry (sand 04 mm).
As improvement of the bonding of plaster on Brush this thoroughly into the substrate. Further amounts
insulation boards. of mortar or concrete should immediately be spread
As a bedding and jointing material for masonry. wet in wet.
As bonding mortar for fixing of ceramic tiles, natural
stone, artificial stone as well as insulation and light Important advice:
construction boards. Pure ASO-BA-flex coats (without cement sand addition)
As additive to improve the bonding strength and are not suitable as a bonding layer, as a separating
resistance of lime and cement paints. film may be formed in advance.
For the manufacture of cement mortars with improved ASO-BA-flex gauging water which are diluted more
chemical resistance. than 1:2 (BA-flex : water) offer only a minimum of
As protection for green concrete ASO-BA-flex prevents plastics to the mortar, which is not hardly improve
the premature drying out. the mortar properties.
Do not use ASO-BA-flex mortar at temperatures
Technical Data: below +5C.
Basis: polymer dispersion
48/08
Colour: white
Packaging: 10 and 2 kg buckets
Storage: 12 months, frost-free in
original unopened packs
Cleaning: Clean tools immediately after
use with water.
Cleaning: Clean tools immediately after
use with water.

43
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ASOLIN-K Art.-No. 2 01110

Hydrophobic waterproofing admixture for concrete and mortar

Properties:
Plasticising.
Prevents the formation of gravel pockets and
segregation.
Increases the resistance to aggressive influences.

Areas of application:
ASOLIN-K is a water repellent waterproofing agent for
concrete, cement and cement-lime mortars. It is suitable
for producing water impermeable, non-reinforced
concrete as well as waterproof renders against driving
rain and ground damp. The risk of moisture damage
is greatly reduced through the addition of ASOLIN-K
and the life expectancy of the building is considerably
extended.

Technical Data:
Density: approx 1.06 g/cm3
Consistency: liquid
Freezing point: - 2 C
Consumption: 0.4 % according to the
binding agent
(water proof concrete approx.
1.2 to 1.5 kg/m3
mortar approx. 2.0 to
2.5 kg/m3
Packaging: 1.000, 25, 10 or 1 kg
packs
Storage: in closed packs free from
frost, unlimited storage

Product preparation:
ASOLIN-K is either mixed with water or the
appropriate mixing material. Due to its plasticising
effect the appropriate water saving must be taken
into consideration. Produce concrete conforming to
DIN EN 206. Carry out appropriate pre-trials.
45/06

44
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ASOLIT-LP/K Art.-No. 2 02121

Liquid air-entraining agent - concentrate

Properties:
ASOLIT-LP/K is a liquid air-entraining agent free from
chloride for concrete, plaster and mortar. It has
plasticizing properties. Concrete and mortar become
more resilient. ASOLIT-LP/K reduces the water demand,
increases the water retention, produces a maximum
value of micro air voids and improves the resistance to
environmental influences, dew salt etc.

Areas of application:
ASOLIT-LP/K is suitable for the preparation of resistant
mortar and concrete e.g. for plaster, finishing, screed,
mortar, precast concrete and footpath concrete
pavement flag etc.

Technical Data:
Colour: brown
Consistency: liquid
Density: 1.03 g/cm3
Consumption:
Concrete 50 - 100 g per 50 kg cement
Mortar 100 - 150 g per
50 kg cement
Packaging: 1.000, 180, 25, 10 or
1 kg packs
Storage: free from frost, unlimited
storage

Product preparation:
Concrete is prepared according to DIN 1048.
ASOLIT-LP/K may be added to the gauging water
according to the consumption values stated above.
A test according to DIN 1045 is to be done
beforehand.

Please regard the lower water demand (minus 10 - 20%

according to the quality of cement and aggregates).
45/06

45
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE 406 (FM) Art.-No. 4 06146

Superplasticizer for Concrete with Special Properties

Fields of Application: The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on

BETOCRETE 406 (FM) is a high performance
pozzolanic superplasticizer for the production of dense
and durable concrete. The use of BETOCRETE 406 (FM)
is particularly recommended when highest demands
have to be achieved regarding
extraordinary strength
increased resistance to frost and thawing agents
water impermeability
maximum resistance against agressive substances or
increased impermeability in case of waterhazardous
substances.
Depending on dosage and concrete mix design, an
increase of consistence of two classes can be expected.
BETOCRETE 406 (FM) is suitable for pre-stressed
concrete.
Properties and Benefits:
BETOCRETE 406 (FM) is an aqueous suspension of a
highly active pozzolane in combination with selected
superplasticizers.
The effect is synergetic:
reduction of the capillary pores by decrease of the
w/c-ratio.
capillary sealing via reaction of surplus lime hydrate
with reactive pozzolane.
As for hardened concrete, the tightness, strength and
resistance against chemical and mechanical attacks is
substantially improved. Fair-faced concrete becomes
more homogenous. BETOCRETE 406 (FM) improves
the pumpability and stability of fresh concrete while
minimising bleeding at the same time.
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined in suitable trials.
Instructions for Use:
BETOCRETE 406 (FM) is always added as the last
component to the ready mix. Sufficient final batching
times must be allowed.
During first use, 2/3 of the usual water quantity is
dosed, followed by the required quantity of
BETOCRETE 406. Further batches are produced with
the so determined water quantity.
In case of longer idle times, but at least every three
months, BETOCRETE 406 (FM) should be
homogenized by stirring or repumping before each
application.
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.
Certificate:
Complies with EN 9342 : T3.1 & 3.2.
Certificate-no.: 0764CPD0012
Non steel corrosive according to DIN V 18998.
This product is suitable for application with
alkalisensitive aggregates.
Safety Advice:
Please adhere to the European
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!
09/05

Technical Data:
Raw Mat. Base: blend of superplasticizers
and additives
Colour: anthracite
Form: liquid
Density (20 C): 1.44 g/cm3
Processing temp.: > + 5C
Storage: keep away from frost and dirt
Shelf-life: 12 months (in closed original
containers)
Packaging: 1.100 kg IBCs
200 kg drums
25 kg cans
Dosage Range: 0.7 3.5 % on CEM

46
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE C-16 Art.-No. 4 06149

Crystalline waterproofing concrete admixture

Primary Uses: Control of the concrete mix design regarding w/c

BETOCRETE C-16 is a crystalline technology ratio < 0,55 prior to dosing BETOCRETE C-16.
concrete admixture used to produce permanently Workability time is approx. 45 minutes after the
active waterproof concrete in: addition of BETOCRETE C-16.
Water retaining structures; potable water tanks, The addition of a concrete retarder is necessaary
sewage treatment plants, septic tanks. when using Portland Cement Type II or III. Suitability
Water excluding structures; retaining walls, tunnels, tests have to be carried out before usage.
elevator pits, dams. When using BETOCRETE C-16 at temperatures below
Below grade structures; piles foundations, basements. +10 C, the product shall be blended with water in
Mass concrete. the ratio 1:1 prior to usage.
If the material was stored at temperatures below
Advantages: +8 C crystals may form. The product is suitable for
Permanently active; will self heal future static cracks usage again after stirring or homogenizing.
up to 400 microns. Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
Improved final strength. have to be carried out prior to application.
Provides additional protection to reinforcement steel
by reducing chloride ion diffusion. Estimating & Supply:
Can be used in high w/c ratio (up to 0.55) IBCs 1.100 kg
concretes. drums 200 kg
Liquid; no lumping, easily dispersed. cans 25 kg
Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars).
Compatible with most types of concrete admixtures. Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Eliminates need for surface waterproofing. Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Primary Properties: Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
Colour: clear - colourless contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Form: liquid and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
Density (+20 C.) 1.15 g/cm3 formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
pH-value: 11.5 crusts.
Processing temp.: +8 C to +30 C
Storage & Shelf-life:
Dosage Range: BETOCRETE C-16 has a shelf-life of 12 months when
w/c ratio < 0.45: 2% by weight of CEM stored at +20 C in original, unopened containers, free
w/c ratio > 0.45: 3% by weight of CEM from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.

Dosage in ready-mix factory: Special Advice:

BETOCRETE C-16 can be dosed together with the
gauging water or to the ready mix as the last
component.
Dosage in truck mixer on the job site:
2-3 m.-% of BETOCRETE C-16 is dosed into the mixer
drum and then thoroughly mixed for 3-5 minutes. Pour
without delay.
Instructions for Use:
When stored for extended times, stir BETOCRETE C-16
well before use.
Concrete modified with BETOCRETE C-16 may tend
to effloresce depending on the composition.
Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line.
It is recommended to perform compatability tests with
other admixtures as required.
Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE C-16 must
be produced, placed and finished accord. to valid
norms.
BETOCRETE C-16 is non corrosive and has no
adverse effects on the re-inforcement.
Protect surrounding areas against the influence of
BETOCRETE C-16.

47
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

It is rarely possible that BETOCRETE C-16 influences

the setting of the concrete. Our product REMITARD
30 has proven as the most effective retarder.
BETOCRETE C-16 is also marketed in the US and
Canada as AQUAFIN-IC-Admix.

Safety & Health:

Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS)!
14/08

48
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) Art.-No. 4 04217

Crystalline waterproofing concrete plasticiser

Primary Uses: Dosage in ready-mix factory:

BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) is a crystalline technology BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) can be dosed together with
concrete admixture used to produce permanently active the gauging water or to the ready mix as the last
waterproof concrete in: component.
Water retaining structures; potable water tanks,
sewage treatment plants, septic tanks. Dosage in truck mixer on the job site:
Water excluding structures; retaining walls, tunnels, 2-3 m.-% of BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) is dosed into the
elevator pits, dams. mixer drum and then thoroughly mixed for 3-5 minutes.
Below grade structures; piles foundations, basements. Pour without delay.
Mass concrete.
Instructions for Use:
Advantages: The water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.55.
Permanently active; will self heal future static cracks Workability time is approx. 45 minutes after the
up to 400 microns. addition of BETOCRETE C-17 (BV).
Improved final strength. The addition of a concrete retarder may be necessaary
Provides additional protection to reinforcement steel when using Portland Cement Type II or III. Suitability
by reducing chloride ion diffusion. tests have to be carried out before usage.
Can be used in high w/c ratio (up to 0.55) When using BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) at temperatures
concretes. below +10 C, the product shall be blended with
Liquid; no lumping, easily dispersed. water in the ratio 1:1 prior to usage.
Withstands high water pressures (up to 14 bars). If the material was stored at temperatures below
Compatible with most types of concrete admixtures. +8 C crystals may form. The product is suitable for
Eliminates need for surface waterproofing. usage again after stirring or homogenizing.
Complies with EN 934-2.
Self-healing of later occuring static cracks up to Estimating & Supply:
0.4 mm is possible. IBCs 1.100 kg
drums 200 kg
Primary Properties: cans 25 kg
Colour: clear blue
Form: liquid Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Density (+20 C): 1.16 g/cm3 Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
pH-value: 11 prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Processing temp.: +8 C to +30 C Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Compliance: and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
Complies with EN 9342:part 2; 2001. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.
Dosage Range:
2.0 - 3.0 % by weight of cement, at least 7 kg per m3 Storage & Shelf-life:
of concrete. BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months
when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. dirt contamination.
This must be determined in suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our Special Advice:
technical office. Concrete modified with BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) may
tend to effloresce depending on the mix design.

49
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line.

It is recommended to perform compatability tests
with other admixtures as required.
When using CEM II or CEM III, the long-term
efficiency of BETOCRETE C-17(BV) may suffer in
individual cases. This is also valid for the use of
hydraulic or pozzolanic concrete additives
Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE C-17 (BV)
must be produced, placed and finished accord. to
valid norms.
BETOCRETE C-17 (BV) is non corrosive and has no
adverse effects on the re-inforcement.
It is rarely possible that BETOCRETE C-17 (BV)
influences the setting of the concrete. Our product
REMITARD 30 has proven as the most effective
retarder.
The crack width limitations given by the planner or
engineer must be followed under all circumstances.
Other interpretations must be verified by qualification
tests.
In individual cases, BETOCRETE C-17(BV) can
influence the setting properties of the concrete. Our
product RUXOLITH T5 (VZ) has proven its efficiency.

Health & Safety:

Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS)!
37/08

50
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE C-21
Crystalline waterproofing admixture of the 3rd generation

Fields of Application: Storage : Do not store below + 8C,

BETOCRETE C-21 is the first crystalline waterproofer of protect from dirt
the 3rd generation. Shelf-life: 12 months in originally closed
BETOCRETE C-21 is particularly suited for constructional containers
precast elements and for ready-mixed concrete. In Packaging: 1.100 kg IBCs
particular, the use for concrete structures must be 25 kg cans
highlighted that are - partly or constantly - exposed to
or flooded by water. Dosage Range:
2.0 to 3.0 % by weight of cement; at least 7 kg per m3
Properties and mode of action: of concrete.
BETOCRETE C-21 is an anorganic, liquid admixture for
waterproofing, respectively increase of impermeability of Dosage in ready-mix factory:
concrete constructions. BETOCRETE C-21 can be dosed together with the
BETOCRETE C-21 is a liquid admixture that does not gauging water or to the ready mix as the last
tend to lump during the batching process and is added component.
either in the ready-mix plant or on site.
The action of BETOCRETE C-21 is twofold: An Dosage in truck mixer on the job site:
immediate reduction of water penetration by a 2-3% of BETOCRETE C-21 is dosed into the mixer drum
chemical reaction in the concrete on the one side and then thoroughly mixed for 3-5 minutes. Pour without
and the formation of pore closing crystals, known delay.
already from BETOCRETE C-16 and C-17 (BV) on the
other side. Instructions for Use:
BETOCRETE C-21 is added together with the gauging
These active processes of the admixture are permanent water or to the ready mix as the last component. A
and not reversible. sufficient final batching time must be safe-guarded in
each case.
The tendency to continuosly form crystals in the concrete
matrix allows self-healing of static cracks. The water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.55.

Liquid, therefore easier and safer batching The addition of a concrete retarder may be necessaary
no danger of lumps! when using Portland Cement Type II or III. Suitability
Resists extremely high hydrostatic pressure; on positive tests have to be carried out before usage.
(active) and negative side.
Self-healing of static cracks up to 0.4 mm possible Special Advice:
Becomes an integral and permanent part of the Concrete modified with BETOCRETE C-21 may tend
concrete to effloresce depending on the mix design.
Concrete remains open for steam diffusion Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
Maximum w/c ratio: 0.55 have to be carried out prior to application.
No adverse effects with other admixtures or The use of cements Type II and Type III may
workability properties sometimes lead to a limited effectiveness of
Permanently active BETOCRETE C-21. This is also valid for latent
hydraulic of pozzolanic concrete additives.
Technical Data: Aggregates must have a continous sieve-line.
Colour: white It is recommended to perform compatability tests with
Form: liquid other admixtures as required.
Density ( 20C.): 1.05 g/cm3 The given parameters for crack width control by the
pH-value: approx. 11.5 planer or (structural) engineer must be followed at
Processing temp.: + 8C - + 30 C. all circumstances. Variations must be verified with sui-
table methods!

51
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

Concrete, modified with BETOCRETE C-21 must be

produced, placed and finished according to valid
norms.
BETOCRETE C-21 is non-corrosive and has no
adverse effects on the re-inforcement.
It is rarely possible that BETOCRETE C-21 influences
the setting of the concrete. Our product RUXOLITH T5
(VZ) has proven as the most effective retarder.

Certificates:
Certification according to DIN EN 934-2:T.9 under
preparation.

Health & Safety:

Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS)!
41/09

52
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Road and Track Construction

Concrete Restoration
Hydraulic Structures
Surface Protection Systems
RETHMEIER -
Concrete Technology

BETOCRETE C-Series
Integral waterproofing for concrete
www.schomburg.com

INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS

53
Brochure
BETOCRETE
C-Series
The only liquid crystalline water-
proofing admixtures for concrete
with EN 934-2 approval available
world wide.
The waterproofing effect of the
BETOCRETE C-Series products
occurs within the concrete due to
a latent and permanent chemical
process driven by the highly
reactive chemical ingredients.
Additionally, BETOCRETE C-Series
products are unique to the market as
they do not cause clumping during the
mixing process, which can occur with
competitve products because they are
only available in a powder form. This
makes it is easy to add directly to the
concrete, creating a homogenous mix
which assures even distribution of the
waterproofing effect throughout the
entire concrete structure.
BETOCRETE C-Series products be-
come an integral part of the concrete.
As a result the waterproofing effect is
not lost or canceled if the surface of
the concrete is damaged by mechani-
cal abrasion. This provides a cost
saving compared to topically applied
coatings, which must be repaired if
they are damaged or removed from
the surface.
The chemistry within BETOCRETE
C-Series products activates upon
addition to fresh concrete, and re-
mains active during the entire life
of the concrete.
1. ADMIXTURES
They are easily dosed to meet all BETOCRETE C-21 (DM)
requirements of typical waterproofing
specifications and can also be used
Third generation liquid, crystalline
in conjunction with other construction
waterproofing admixture. Suitable for
products depending on what the
all applications in accordance with
situation calls for.
EN 206 / DIN 1045 (German
Standards for plain, reinforced and
The BETOCRETE C-Series products
prestressed concrete structures). Ap-
are all approved concrete admixtures
proved as a concrete waterproofer.
according to the EN 934-2 and
Works exceptionally well with CEM
EN 206 (resp. DIN 1045).
III, CEM II and CEM I cements. Has
a slight plasticizing effect. Crystalline
waterproofing that integrally seals
BETOCRETE C-16
the concrete matrix with an added
hydrophobic effect for immediate
First generation liquid, crystalline
waterproofing. Proven self-sealing
waterproofing admixture. Suitable for
of static cracks up to 0.4 mm.
all types of non-reinforced concrete.
BETOCRETE C-16 is the pure, highly
concentrated combination of active Active integral building envelope
ingredients. waterproofing is made possible with
the BETOCRETE C-Series products.
BETOCRETE C-17 (BV)
Projects completed using the
Second generation liquid, crystalline BETOCRETE C-Series system
waterproofing admixture. Suitable for components can be backed by a
all applications in accordance with warranty, find out more by
DIN 1045 (German Standards for contacting us!
plain, reinforced and prestressed
concrete structures). Approved as a
concrete plasticizer. Works exceptio-
nally well with CEM III, CEM II and
CEM I cements. Crystalline water-
proofing which seals the concrete
matrix from within. Proven self-
sealing of static cracks up to
0.4 mm.
Onsite dosing: direct addition into a ready-mix truck
54
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE

Active Crack Sealing

The system components of

BETOCRETE C-Series were specifi-
cally formulated to support, facilitate
and improve the crack sealing ability
of concrete. During a comprehensive
trial, concrete cubes were created
using the BETOCRETE C-Series pro-
ducts. Cracks were created in the
A static crack in the concrete
cubes, which were then placed into
testing equipment and subjected to
constant water pressure. All cubes
made with the BETOCRETE C-Series
concrete displayed an automatic crack
self sealing effect of cracks from
0.2 to 0.4 mm within a reasonable
time frame. In contrast, the cracks in
the control cubes (which were created
without any additives and subjected to
the same testing) did not display a
reduction in water penetration rates or
self sealing of cracks.

The crack is sealed due to crystalline growth promoted by the chemistry within BETOCRETE C-Series

55
Brochure 1. ADMIXTURES

Reduced Water
Penetration

Independent industry leading concrete

producers have test results proving that
the addition of BETOCRETE C-Series
products improves the quality of their
water-impermeable concrete mixes.
Mix designs for concrete with low
water penetration rates (designed
to achieve penetration of approx.
10 mm) experienced an 80% perfor-
mance increase, only allowing water
to penetrate up to 2 mm when adding
BETOCRETE C-Series to the same mix
design. The water permeability rate
experienced an almost 10x overall
reduction.

Control Concrete BETOCRETE C21 Concrete

Extended Service Life

The crystalline waterproofing effect of

BETOCRETE C-Series significantly 100

increases the service life of concrete

reinforcing steel. According to test Control Concrete, CEM III, W/C = 0.6

methods of The Federal Waterways BETOCRETE C-21 (DM), CEM III, W/C = 0.6
Chloride migration coefficient [*10 12 m/s]

Engineering and Research Institute BETOCRETE C-17 (BV), CEM III, W/C = 0.6
10
(BWA), BETOCRETE C-Series pro-
ducts can increase the time before C nom = 60 mm
reinforcing steel corrodes by up to C nom = 50 mm

30 years. This effect is especially C nom = 40 mm

noticeable in concrete which is 1 C nom = 30 mm

produced with w/c ratios above

0.55. C nom = 20 mm

C nom = 10 mm
0,1
1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Time until corrosion of reinforcement occurs [a]

56
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) Art.-No. 4 06702

Highly efficiency superplasticiser for ready-mix and precast concretes

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) is a concentrated superplasticiser IBCs 1.100 kg
for low w/c concretes or where highly flowable mixes drums 200 kg
are required without affecting setting times. cans 25 kg
Based on naphthalene sulphonate, BETOCRETE-F4 (FM)
will result in better dispersion of cement agglomerates Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
and optimal wetting of cement particles. Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) is particularly suited for the prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
production of ready mix and pre-cast concretes. Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Advantages: and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
Results in homogeneous mix and pumpability. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
Significant initial and final strength gains. crusts.
Ability to highly reduce w/c ratios.
No adverse effect on setting times. Storage & Shelf-life:
Does not entrain air. BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months when
Easy finishing of surfaces no stickiness. stored at +20 C in original, unopened containers, free
from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.
Primary Properties:
Base: naphthalene sulphonate Health & Safety:
Colour: dark brown Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Form: liquid (MSDS)!
Density (+20 C): 1.20 g/cm3
20/09
Processing temp.: > +5 C

Compliance:
As superplasticiser according to
DIN EN 934-2:T3.1&3.2 in preparation.

Dosage Range:
0.2 - 3.0 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

BETOCRETE-F4 (FM) should mainly be added to the
ready mix as the last component. Sufficient final
batching times shall be allowed. When dosed in truck
mixers on the job site, a good dispersion must be
cleared. Guidance value for batching time: 1 minute
per m3 of concrete (at least 5 minutes)
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

57
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

BETOCRETE-P10 (FM) Art.-No. 4 06704

Concentrated superplasticizer for precast applications

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

BETOCRETE-P10 (FM) is mainly used to produce high IBCs 1.100 kg
fluidity concretes that develop very high early strengths. drums 200 kg
BETOCRETE-P10 (FM) is designed for use in the precast cans 25 kg
industry.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Advantages: Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
Powerfil water reduction up to 35%. prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Ideal for fair-faced concrete, particularly with Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
intricate details. contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Reduces vibration times & increases mould turn and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
around. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
High initial strength development allows early crusts.
de-moulding.
High final strength allows cement reduction. Storage & Shelf-life:
BETOCRETE-P10 (FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months
Primary Properties: when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
Base: Melamine/ containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt
naphthalene sulphonate contamination.
Colour: Brown
Form: Liquid Health & Safety:
Density (+20 C): 1.23 g/cm3 Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS)!
Compliance:
20/09
Complies with DIN EN 934-2:T3.1 & 3.2.

Dosage Range:
0.3 2.0 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

BETOCRETE-P10 (FM) is best added to the ready mix
as the last component. The dosage together with the
gauging water is also possible when cleared in practical
tests. Mixing times depend on the type of mixer and
have to be adjusted, if necessary. Sufficient final mixing
times have to be secured in each case.
Suitability tests have to be carried out before practical
use according to valid norms.
The action time of the superplasticizer depends on the
ambient conditions.

58
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

ESCODE-P80 Art.-No. 2 02408

Screed agent

Properties: Important advice:

ESCODE-P80 is a concentrated liquid admixture for Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
screed with excellent and plasticizing capacities. ESCODE-P80. For the production of cement screed
with an early capability for tiling use ASO-EZ2 or
Areas of application: ASO-EZ6.
This screed agent is suitable for high quality floating
45/06
floor covering (cement and anhydrite bonded). It is
especially suitable for heated screed and for the
processing in screed mortar conveying systems.

Technical Data:
Basis: aqueous tenside solution
chloride-free
Colour: black-brown
Density: 1.13 g/cm3
Consumption: 1.5 g per kg cement
75 g per 50 kg cement
or 1 kg (0.85 l) per
200 - 300 l water
Storage: Dry and air tight up to
24 month
Storage time: 24 month

Product preparation:
Before addition of water ESCODE-P80 is filled into the
mixing device.
ESCODE-P80 reduces the water consumption up to
20%. The addition of water should result a plastic
workable material.
The dosage of ESCODE-P80 may also ensue to the
gauging water. In this case the mixing ratio is:
1 kg ESCODE-P80 per 200 - 300 l water, depending
on the grade of moisture of the aggregate.
The addition of ESCODE-P80 enables the preparation
of a workable screed mortar with a low water-cement
ratio. An excess of water has to be avoided.
Aggregates and binding agent have to be in a correct
mixing ratio and must be suitable.
The addition of ESCODE-P80 prevents the water
segregation (bleeding)on the surface of the screed. With
heavy bleeding cement a larger amount of ESCODE-P80
may be necessary. If the green mortar becomes sticky
reduce the amount of added screed agent.

59
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

OC 17 - Anti Freeze Art.-No. 2 05502

Curing accelerator for concrete and cement mortars

Properties: 4. The product contains Calcium Nitrate. For use in

Chloride-free, liquid admixture
Protection against frost damages as low as -10 C
Suitable for cementitious concretes and mortars
Areas of application:
OC17 is used to accelerate concrete hardening and
is therefore suitable for concrete works in temperate
climates and during the winter season. It can also be
used for achieving high early strength cementitious
mortars and screeds.
reinforced or pre-stressed concrete please refer to
local standards and/or regulations.
5. The use of this type of admixture - regardless of
brand name - does not replace existing regulations
in winter.
Please adhere to valid European Materials Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS)!
41/09

Technical Data:
Basis: inorganic salts
Colour: clear
Form: liquid
Density (+25 C): 1.43 g/cm3
Packaging: 10 kg, 5 kg, 1 kg cans
Processing Temp.: -10 C - +25 C
Storage: cool and dry, 24 months
Consumption:
Concrete: max. 1 % of cement content
Cementitious mortar: max. 2 % of cement content

Product preparation:
OC17 may be added to the gauging water according
to the dosage amounts as stated above or with water
into the mixer at the same time.

Important advice:
The regulations for concreting in the winter are to be
strictly observed. In order to obtain the best possible
results with the antifreeze agent the following should be
regarded:
1. The temperature of the aggregates (water and
cement) should always be greater than +2 C.
If necessary, hot gauging water should be used.
The temperature of the fresh concrete must not be
below +5 C
2. Choose a water cement ratio as low as possible in
order to keep the percentage of water to a minimum.
3. After the addition of OC 17 the cement hydration
process is accelerated. Therefore long transport
ways and small transport containers are to be
avoided. Immediately after pouring the concrete or
mortar is to be protected with straw mats, foils etc.
to avoid the heat from escaping too quickly.

60
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

POR-AKTIV Art.-No. 4 01427

Pore reducing agent

Primary Uses: Storage & Shelf-life:

POR-AKTIV admixture is used when high quality surface
finishes are required. Examples:
Face mixes in pavers / flagstones.
Fair-faced concrete elements.
Fair-faced cast-in situ concretes.
Advantages:
Significant reduction of superficial surface pores.
Assists in producing uniform and durable surface
laitance.
POR-AKTIV has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored
at +20 C in original, unopened containers, free from
frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.
Health & Safety:
Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS)!
34/07

Primary Properties:
Colour: white
Form: liquid
Density (+20 C): 0.99 g/cm3
Processing temp.: > +5 C

Recommended Dosage and Use:

0.2 0.8 % by weight of cement.

The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on

the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
The desired reduction of pores requires an adequate
concrete recipe, a good compaction, a suitable release
agent, etc.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Mix well before each use!

Estimating & Supply:

IBCs 1.000 kg
drums 180 kg
cans 25 kg

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.

61
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

PURCOLOR 6000 (DM) Art.-No. 4 01420

Efflorescence reducing and colour intensifying admixture

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

PURCOLOR 6000 (DM) is of particular benefit for the IBCs 1.000 kg
pro-duction of coloured no-slump concrete products such drums 180 kg
as cans 25 kg
paving blocks
terrace slabs and flagstones Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
palisades Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
planters prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
kerbstones etc. Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Advantages: and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
Significant efflorescence reduction; impairs migration formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
of free lime to surface. crusts.
Enhances colour intensity.
Increased cohesion of mix. Storage & Shelf-life:
Results in a homogeneous mix. PURCOLOR 6000 (DM) has a shelf-life of 12 months
Improved surface finish. when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
Provides hydrophobic surface repellent to water containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt
ingress. contamination.

Typical Properties: Health & Safety:

Base: Fatty acids Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Colour: white (MSDS)!
Form: liquid
34/07
Density: 1.00 g/cm3
Processing temperature: > +5 C

Compliance:
Complies with EN 9342:part 9; 2001. Fulfills the
requirements of DIN EN 206 slump classes F1 & F2.

Dosage Range:
0.5 1.3 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

PURCOLOR 6000 (DM)is predominantly added to the
ready mix as the last component. The dosage together
with the gauging water is also possible when cleared
in suitability tests. The upper limit of the water content
in the mix should be determined. Doing so, the
effectiveness of the agent can even be increased.

62
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMI-AIR (LP) Art.-No. 4 01467

Air entrainer

Primary Uses: The effectiveness of REMI-AIR (LP) can be affected by

REMI-AIR (LP) is particularly suited for all concretes
classi-fied XF1 to XF4 according to EN206 with
exposure to frost, freeze-thaw cycles and de-icing salts.
Roadways
bridges
pre-cast elements
water retaining structures
wave breakers.
Advantages:
Introduces micro bubbles up to 200 microns.
Uniform distribution of bubble matrix.
Improved workability, cohesiveness and pumpability.
No adverse effect on cement hydration.
Improved durability in frost, freeze-thaw environments
due to reduced scaling of surfaces.
other admixtures with defoaming components.
The compatability must be cleared in trials.
Estimating & Supply:
IBCs 1.000 kg
drums 180 kg
cans 25 kg
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.

Primary Properties: Storage & Shelf-life:

Base: resin REMI-AIR (LP) has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored
Colour: yellowish at +20 C in original, unopened containers, free from
Form: Liquid frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.
Density (+20 C): 1.00 g/cm3 The product should be homogenized by stirring after
longer storage times.
Compliance:
Complies with DIN EN 934-2:T5 Health & Safety:
Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Dosage Range: (MSDS)!
0.20 to 1.1 % by weight of cement.
34/07
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined in suitability tests.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

REMI-AIR (LP) is best added together with the gauging
water or to the ready mix, in each case, however,
before the addition of other admixtures. Sufficient final
mixing times have to be secured in each case.
Mixing times are usually longer than with normal
concrete as the activiation of the air entraining
components requires a higher input of mixing energy.
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

63
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMI-FROST Art.-No. 4 01406

Anti-freeze concrete and mortar admixture and setting accelerator

Primary Uses: Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

REMI-FROST is a liquid admixture for cold weather
concreting jobs. It is also used as a mortar admixture.
Advantages:
Significant decrease of the freezing point of the
gauging water.
Accelerates the hydration process, the setting and
hardening of cement.
Increased early strength values of concrete or mortar.
Increases the flowability of the fresh mix at the same
w/c ratio resp. allows the reduction of the w/c ratio
with the same slump.
Usually, addition of other plasticizers or
superplasticizers not necessary.
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.
Storage & Shelf-life:
REMI-FROST has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored
at +20 C in original, unopened containers. Always
re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.
Frozen material can be re-used after thawing and
stirring.

Typiccal Properties: Health & Safety:

Colour: brown Please adhere to valid EU Materials Safety
Form: liquid Data Sheet!
Density: 1.26 g/cm3
47/08
Freezing Point: -15 C

Dosage Range:
0.30 to 5.0 M-% by weight of cement.
We recommend the following guide-line values for the
dosage at different ambient temperatures:

Amb. temperature -5 C -10 C -15 C

Dos. in % of CEM 1.0 1.5 2.0

The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on

the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

REMI-FROST is best added together with the gauging
water or to the ready mix as the last component.
Sufficient final mixing times have to be secured in each
case. Additional local regulations regarding concreting
during winter times must be followed, if existing.

Estimating & Supply:

IBCs 1.250 kg
drums 200 kg
cans 25 kg

64
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMICRETE-SP10 (FM) Art.-No. 4 01410

Superplasticizer for high-performance concrete and SCC

Primary Uses: Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms

REMICRETE-SP10 (FM) is particularly suited for concrete should be carried out prior to usage.
mixes such as: Superplasticizers of the latest generation should
High performance concrete always be applied by briefed and experienced staff.
Self-Compacting-Concrete (SCC)
Easy-Compacting-Cocnrete (ECC) Estimating & Supplies:
ready mix concrete IBCs 1.060 kg
pumpable concrete drums 180 kg
pre-cast concrete cans 25 kg
an alternative to conventional superplasticisers when
used at low dosages Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
ideal for fair-faced concrete production. Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Advantages: Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
Excellent workability at very low w/c ratios. contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Superior cement dispersion compared to conventional and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
admixtures. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
Significant reduction in shrinkage and creep. crusts.
Increased early and final strengths (compressive and
flexural). Storage & Shelf-life:
Significant permeability reduction. REMICRETE SP10 (FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months
when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
Typiccal Properties: containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid
Base: Polycarboxylate ether dirt contamination.
Colour: Light yellow
Form: liquid Health & Safety:
Density: 1.10 g/cm3 Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS)!
Compliance:
34/07
Complies with EN 9342:T2: 3.1&3.2.
Non steel corrosive according to DIN V 18998.

Dosage Range:
0.2 1.6 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

REMICRETE-SP10 (FM) should mainly be added to
the ready mix as the last component. Sufficient final
mixing times shall be allowed. When dosed in truck
mixers on the job site, a good dispersion must be
cleared. Guidance value for batching time: 1 minute
per m3 of concrete (at least 5 minutes).

65
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMICRETE SP60 (FM) Art.-No. 4 01408

High-performance, early strength superplasticiser for precast concrete

Primary Uses: In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our

REMICRETE SP60 (FM) is developed for the production technical office.
of high performance, structural pre-cast concrete elements. Suitability tests according to valid standards and
REMICRETE SP60 (FM) is particularly suited for mixes norms should be carried out prior to usage.
with:
very low w/c ratios Instructions for use:
very high fines content REMICRETE SP60 (FM) is predominantly added to the
demanding smooth surface finishes ready mix as the last component. The dosage together
Self-Compacting-Concrete (SCC with the gauging water is also possible when cleared
Easy-Compacting-Concrete (ECC). in suitability tests. Mixing times depend on the type
of the batching equipment and must be adjusted
Advantages: accordingly.
Superior high early strength (20% above conventional
PCE superplasticisers). Estimating & Supply:
IBCs 1.000 kg
drums 180 kg
cans 25 kg

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Express demoulding.
Finishing of surfaces typically completion within
30 minutes of mixing.
Significant reduction in production time cycles.
Ultimate solution to high quality fair-faced finish.
Reduction in concrete element cross sections possible.
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.
Storage & Shelf-life:
REMICRETE SP60 (FM) has a shelf-life of 12 months
when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid
dirt contamination.

Typical Properties: Health & Safety:

Base: polycarboxylate Please adhere to valid EU Materials Safety
Colour: brown Data Sheet!
Form: liquid
34/07
Density: 1.1 g/cm3

Compliance:
Complies with EN 9342:3.1&3.2.
Fulfills the requirements of DIN EN 206 slump classes
F3 up to F6.

Dosage range:
0.2 - 1.8 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.

66
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMIFEROX
Iron Oxide Pigments

Primary Uses: Certificate:

REMIFEROX Iron Oxide Pigments are used to colour all Several colours comply with DIN EN 12878. Based
cementitious mixes such as: on the certificate 1032-CPD-0026, the corresponding
pavers and kerbs colours are marked with [CE] in the b.m. table of this
flagstones Technical Data Sheet.
pre-cast elements
noise barrier walls Health & Safety:
ready mix concrete especially facades Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
dry mixes. (MSDS)!

Advantages: Important Note:

Weather resistant. Also available, Carbon Black, Cobalt Blue and
Low dosage; economic. Chromium Green (ask Technical Department for
Inorganic. separate data sheets). Consult Technical Department
Wide colour range (refer to table below). on pigment metering equipment.

Primary Properties: See table on the next page.

Form: powder
03/08
Colours: See b.m. table
Dosage: 2 to 8% by weight of cement

Compliance:
Several colours comply with

Instructions for Use:

The dosage quantity of REMIFEROX Iron Oxide Pigments,
necessary to achieve the desired colour shade, is to be
batched at once with the aggregates. We recommend
an initial pre-blending time of approx. 45 seconds,
followed by the addition of cement, water and
admixtures as required. A final batching time of 120
seconds is a minimum requirement. The batching time
can vary depending on the employed raw material
and mixing equipment. The final colour grade can vary
depending on aggregate and cement type or origin.
Suitability tests to determine the dosing quantity and the
colour intensity are indispensable.

Estimating & Supply:

Paper sacks 25 kg

Storage & Shelf-life:

REMIFEROX has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored
at +20 C in original, unopened containers. Opened
sacks should be used up without delay.

67
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

Product name Article-No. Colour -E Value Tamped density Spec. density

REMIFEROX 9110 [CE] 114374 red (110) 1.5 0.7 1.1 kg/l ~ 5.0 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9120 [CE] 114375 red (120) 1.5 0.7 1.1 kg/l ~ 5.0 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9130 [CE] 114380 red (130) 1.5 0.7 1.1 kg/l ~ 5.0 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9330 [CE] 114405 black (318) 1.5 0.8 1.2 kg/l ~ 4.6 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9380 114406 black (330) ------- 0.8 1.2 kg/l ~ 4.6 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9420 [CE] 114390 yellow (420) 1.5 0.4 0.8 kg/l ~ 4.1 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9610 114407 brown (610) ------- 0.7 1.1 kg/l ~ 4.7 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9663 114408 brown (663) ------- 0.8 1.2 kg/l ~ 4.8 kg/l
REMIFEROX 9960 [CE] 114409 yellow (960) 1.5 0.4 0.6 kg/l ~ 4.3 kg/l
REMIFEROX B-655 N 114410 brown (655 N) ------- 0.8 1.2 kg/l ~ 4.6 kg/l

68
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

REMITAN (BV) Art.-No. 4 01421

Plasticizer with water retention capacity for no-slump concrete

Primary Uses: Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

REMITAN (BV) is used for the production of no-slump Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
(semi-dry) concrete products such as in prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
paving blocks Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
pipes contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
paving slabs/flagstones and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
masonry blocks/bricks. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.
Advantages:
REMITAN (BV) modified concrete results in Storage & Shelf-life:
water retention ability, improving hydration and REMITAN (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months when
subsequent final strength stored at +20 C in original, unopened containers,
improved cement dispersion free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt
increased compactability contamination.
enhanced, closed surface finish.
Health & Safety:
Typical Properties: Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Base: surfactant (MSDS)!
Colour: milky
34/07
Form: liquid
Density: 1.05 g/cm3

Compliance:
Complies with EN 934 2:T2. Non corrosive according
to DIN V 18998. REMITAN (BV) is suitable for use with
alkalisensitive aggregates.

Dosage Range:
0.20.8 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instruction for Use:

REMITAN (BV) is to be added during the dry phase of
the mix. In case of very absorbent aggregates, it has
to be added to the ready mix as the last component. In
case of maximum dosage quantities, REMITAN (BV)
does not entrain air!

Estimating & Supply:

IBCs 1.000 kg
drums 180 kg
cans 25 kg

69
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) Art.-No. 4 06315

Phosphate based set retarder

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) is particularly suited for set retarding IBCs 1.200 kg
all types of cementitious mixes, eliminating risks drums 200 kg
associa-ted with overdosing. cans 25 kg
RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) is ideal for retarding of mass
concrete mixes. Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
Advantages: prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Extended workability times. Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
Prolonged transit times. contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Significant distribution of heat of hydration over and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
longer periods, reducing risks of thermal cracking. formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
Suitable for pre-stressed concrete. crusts.

Primary Properties: Storage & Shelf-life:

Base: phosphate RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) has a shelf-life of 12 months when
Colour: red stored at +20 C in original, unopened containers,
Form: liquid free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt
Density (+20 C): 1.10 contamination.
Processing temp.: > +5 C
Health & Safety:
Compliance: Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
As retarder according to EN 9342: Part 8 in (MSDS)!
preparation.
34/07

Dosage Range:
0.2 1.8 % by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.
In case of max. permitted dosage RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ)
can stop the cements hydration completely.

Instructions for Use:

Usually, RUXOLITH-T5 (VZ) is added to the ready mix as
the last component.
The dosage of the admixture onto the aggregates is
possible, when cleared in practical tests. Sufficient final
batching time shall be allowed.
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

70
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

SAVEMIX 407 (BV) Art.-No. 4 06119

Plasticiser for high grade semi-dry concretes

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

SAVEMIX 407 (BV) is particularly designed for
producing semi-dry concrete elements where improved
watertightness, increased chemical and mechanical
resistance is required such as:
pipes
slatted floors
oil separators
septic tanks
manholes
Advantages:
The first main constituent of SAVEMIX 407 (BV) helps
reduce the capillarity of concrete by reducing the w/c
ratio while the pozzolanic suspension will react with
the free lime to block any remaining capillaries. The
dual synergy created by SAVEMIX 407 (BV) results in
concrete with improved watertightness, chemical and
mechanical resistance.
IBCs 1.100 kg
drums 200 kg
cans 25 kg
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened concrete
crusts.
Storage & Shelf-life:
SAVEMIX 407 (BV) has a shelf-life of 6 months when
stored at +20 C in original, unopened containers,
free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt
contamination.

Primary Properties: Health & Safety:

Base: Mod. lignosulphonate Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Colour: anthracite (MSDS)!
Form: liquid
34/07
Density (+ 20 C): 1.29 g/cm3
Processing temp.: > +5C.

Compliance:
As plasticiser according to DIN EN 934-2:T.2 in
preparation.

Dosage Range:
2.0% by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe. This
must be determined in suitable trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

SAVEMIX 407 is added to the mix as the last
component. Sufficient final batching times shall be
allowed.
Prior to use, SAVEMIX 407 must be homogenized
by stirring or re-pumping.
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

71
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) Art.-No. 4 06125

Plasticiser and water reducer

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

In semi-dry concrete: IBCs 1.160 kg
paver blocks drums 200 kg
kerbstones cans 25 kg
pipes
manholes Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
In ready-mixed concrete: prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
all concretes with regular consistency Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
fair-faced concrete contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
pumped concrete and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened
Advantages: concrete crusts.
SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) modified concrete results in a
denser and workable mix, improving long-term durability. Storage & Shelf-life:
Other benefits are: SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months
improved early and final strength when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
cement reduction possible containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid
improved compactability and reduced vibration times dirt contamination.
no adverse effects on setting times
improved workability and pumpability Health & Safety:
increased cohesiveness reduces risks of segregation Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
and bleeding. (MSDS)!
34/07
Typical Properties:
Base: lignosulphonate
Colour: dark brown
Form: liquid
Density: 1.16 g/cm3

Compliance:
Complies with EN 9342:part 2; 2001.
Non steel corrosive according to DIN V 18998.

Dosage Range:
Recommended dosage: 0.20.8 % on CEM.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office. Suitability tests according to valid stan-
dards and norms should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

We recommend the use of appropriate dispensing
equipment. SAVEMIX 2000 (BV) is added to the mix
as the last component or together with the gauging
water (depending on the type of batch mixer). A
sufficient final mixing time must be allowed.

72
Technical Data Sheet 1. ADMIXTURES

SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) Art.-No. 4 06126

High efficiency plasticiser for semi-dry concrete

Primary Uses: Estimating & Supply:

SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) dual action of plasticising and IBCs 1.100 kg
enhancing surface finish makes it ideal for semi-dry drums 200 kg
mixes such as: cans 25 kg
pavers and kerbstones
pipes Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
manholes / manhole segments Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
slatted floors. prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
Due to its ability to produce homogeneous mixes, contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) is also suited for face mixes with and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
exposed aggregate finish, enabling a uniform wash-out formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened
concrete crusts.
Advantages:
Improved workability and compaction. Storage & Shelf-life:
Closed surface finish. SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) has a shelf-life of 12 months
Increased green & final strengths. when stored at +20 C in original, unopened
containers, free from frost. Always re-cap to avoid
Primary Properties: dirt contamination.
Colour: Dark brown
Form: Liquid Health & Safety:
Density (+20 C): 1.13 g/cm3 Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
Processing temp.: > +5 C (MSDS)!
34/07
Compliance:
As plasticiser according to DIN EN 934-2:T.2 in
preparation.

Dosage Range:
0.2 to 0.5 by weight of cement.
The final dosage quantity depends, among others, on
the reactivity of the cement and the concrete recipe.
This must be determined by suitability trials.
In case of overdosing, consult our local agent or our
technical office.
Suitability tests according to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

Instructions for Use:

SAVEMIX 2002 (BV) is added to the ready mix or
together with the gauging water (depend. on type of
mixer).
Optimal results are usually achieved when added as
the last component. Sufficient final mixing times shall
be allowed.
Suitability tests accord. to valid standards and norms
should be carried out prior to usage.

73
74
Product Name/Page No. 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ADF-Systemkleber 76 INDUCRET-VK4045 113

AK7P 79 INDUFLEX-Primer-S 115
ASO-Flexfuge 81 LIGHTFLEX 116
ASO-Fliesengrund 83 MONOFLEX 119
ASO-Fugenbreit 84 MONOFLEX-FB-SE 121
ASO-Fugenbunt 85 P79-Aufbrennsperre 124
ASO-Unigrund-GE 86 POWERPLAST-D2 125
ASO-Unigrund-K 86 Primer-2000 127
ASOCRET-HB-flex 87 Primer-2000-A 129
ASODUR-EK98-floor 89 Primer-2000-S 131
ASODUR-EK98-wall 92 SOLOFLEX 133
ASOFIX-2000 95 SOLOFLEX-SE 135
CRISTALLFUGE 96 UNIFIX 138
CRISTALLIT 99 UNIFIX-2K 140
CRISTALLIT-flex 102 UNIFIX-2K/6 141
CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex 105 UNIFIX-S3 143
HF05-Brillantfuge 108 UNIFIX-S3-FAST 146
INDUCRET-VK4020 111

75
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ADF-Systemkleber Art.-No. 2 05956

Hydrophobic special adhesive

Properties: appropriate strength. When fixing tiles, the substrate,

Tested to DIN EN 12004, C1TE preparation and workmanship must be in accordance
Water repellent with DIN 18 157, part 1. Prime porous susbstrates
Easy to use with ASO-Unigrund. Anhydrite screeds must be
Good slump resistance abraded, vacuumed and like all calcium sulphate
Polymer modified substrates primed with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:3
For interior and exterior use with water. Before covering heated screeds must
be commissioned in accordance with recognised
Areas of application: technical regulations. Carry out moisture
ADF-Systemkleber is used for bonding SANIFIN, measurements with a carbide hygrometer (CM
ADF-Balkonfolie, and the ASO-Joint-Tapes within a device) to determine the suitability of the substrate
system on to cementitious substrates such as concrete, for laying. Moisture measurements may not exceed
render, plaster, brickwork etc. Cement screeds2.0 %
ADF-Systemkleber is suitable as a thin bed adhesive Calcium sulphate screeds without underfloor
for fixing earthenware and vitrified tiles, ceramic with heating0.5 %
low water absorption <0.5% (fully vitrified), split tiles, Calcium sulphate screeds with underfloor
mosaics and natural stone sensitive to discolouration, heating0.3 %
on to SANIFIN and ADF-Balkonfolie. Furthermore
ADF-Systemkleber is suitable for secure installation on The carbide hygrometer measurement is to be
to all substrates in accordance with DIN 18 157, part carried out in accordance with current working
1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render, heated and practice of the FBH-AD from the technical informa-
standard cement-based and calcium sulphate screeds, tion sheet Coordinating cut-out areas in heated floor
plasterboard etc. construction. The substrate may exhibit high levels of
residual moisture when fixing ADF-Balkonfolie.
Technical Data:
Base: Sand, cement, additives Brickwork should be flush pointed. Fill existing holes
(polymer modified) in concrete as well as the approx. 2 cm chiselled out
Colour: Grey bay spacers with ASOCRET-RN or cement mortar from
Filler composition: fine sandy group MG III with the addition of ASOPLAST-MZ.
Loose density: 1.35 kg/dm3
Application/ Application:
substrate temp: + 5 C to +25 C Mix ADF-Systemkleber to a smooth mortar with clean
Pot life *): approx. 2 hours water, in a clean mixing vessel, using a slow speed
Open time *): approx. 20 30 minutes drill and appropriate mixing paddle (300 rpm). For
Grout after *): after approx. 24 hours laying the waterproof membranes use approx. 8.5
Traffickable *): after approx. 24 hours litres of water per 25 kg bag of ADF-Systemkleber in
Fully cured *): after approx. 7 days order to achieve good wetting out of the membrane.
Testing: DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW For a non-slip consistency for fixing tiles and slabs
test certificate 220002647-04 reduce the water quantity.

*) The values refer to 20C and 65% relative humidity; higher Mix ratio:
temperatures shorten, lower temperatures lengthen the given
1.0 litre water : 2.9 3.4 kg ADF-Systemkleber.
timings.
7.25 8.5 litres water : 25.00 kg ADF-Systemkleber.
Leave to stand for 3 minutes before remixing. Do not
Surface preparation:
mix more adhesive than can be used within the pot
The substrate must be dry, sound, suitably even, free
life. Spread the ADF mortar onto the substrate and
from penetrating cracks, holes, voids and be free from
comb through with the appropriate notched trowel
separating substances like oil, paint, laitance and loose
dependant on the material to be adhered. Lay
components. They must have an extensively closed
materials within the adhesive open time.
surface, which must be in an appropriate condition with

76
Technical Data Sheet
Fixing ADF-Balkonfolie/SANIFIN:
Comb out the ADF-Systemkleber on to the substrate
approx. 10 cm wider than the relevant membrane with
a 6mm notched trowel. Pre-trim the strip with a knife or
scissors and lay in the adhesive (print uppermost). Then
carefully press the appropriate waterproof membrane
tightly into the adhesive bed with a float. Ensure an
extensively void-free bedding and wetting of the
membrane.
Fixing ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 and pre-formed pieces as
joints in the ADF-Balkonfolie and SANIFIN (wall/floor
junction, gaskets etc.) is also generally carried
out with the ADF-Systemkleber. In wet duty exposures
falling under classification C, ASO-Joint-Tapes should
be installed with ASOFLEX-AKB.
Spread the ADF-Systemkleber approx. 1 cm wider than
the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/preformed pieces. Place the
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/preformed pieces in the fresh
adhesive layer and push in evenly and without folds.
Fixing must be carried out so that the membrane
cannot migrate behind due to water presence. Due to
the fleece laminated to the rear of the ADF-Balkonfolie,
bonding the waterproof tape and pieces is always
carried out on the printed upper side of the
membrane.
Fixing tiles to the ADF-Balkonfolie / SANIFIN:
In wall areas ceramic tiles can be fixed directly to
the freshly adhered SANIFIN. Floor tiles can also be
fixed to the freshly adhered SANIFIN or Balkonfolie
where suitable protective boards are used to stand
on. Tiles and slabs are fixed directly to the SANIFIN
or Balkonfolie in the normal way. Spread the mixed
adhesive onto the substrate and comb through with
the appropriate trowel dependant on tile format. Fix
tiles within the adhesive open time. In exterior and
continuously wet areas, ensure tiles and slabs are
extensively solid bedded. Grout with HF05-Brillantfuge,
ASO-Flexfuge or ASO-Fugenbunt.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption **):
approx. 1.5 kg/m2 with a 4mm notched trowel
approx. 2.3 kg.m2 with a 6mm notched trowel
approx. 2.9 kg/m2 with an 8mm notched trowel
approx. 3.5 kg/m2 with a 10mm notched trowel
**) Greater consumption on uneven substrates cannot
be discounted.
77
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Packaging:
25 kg bag with polythene liner
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
With water immediately after use.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when store dry and cool in original
unopened packaging. Use opened packaging
immediately.
Important advice:
The ADF-Systemkleber can also be applied
mechanically by using suitable spray equipment
(e.g. PFT-Swing).
Modify 25 kg ADF-Systemkleber with 2kg UNIFLEX-B
when fixing ADF-Balkonfolie/SANIFIN to old
well-fixed tiles.
Where time pressures exist the ADF-Balkonfolie can
be fixed with SOLOFLEX-SE. In these cases fixing of
the waterproof tapes, binding tapes and the fixing of
tiles is also carried out with ADF-Systemkleber.
When fixing natural and synthetic stone observe the
product specific properties of the material (tendency
to discolour, danger of curling etc.) and the fixing
recommendations of the manufacturer. Where doubt
exists carry out a trial area.
In order to avoid curling effects from water
absorption we recommend that agglomerate/
synthetic stone is fixed with ASODUR-EK98.
Prime substrates with calcium sulphate binders with
ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (diluted 1:3
with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite with
calcium sulphate bound substrates, UNIFIX-AEK is
suited for fixing on to these substrates up to residual
moisture levels of 1.0% on heated constructions and
1.5% on unheated constructions using the carbide
hygrometer method.
As additional protection against the formation of
ettringite with calcium sulphate bound substrates,
the special adhesive UNIFIX-AEK is recommended
for fixing the SANIFIN to these substrates.
Do not re-life ADF-Systemkleber that has begun to
stiffen by adding more water or fresh mortar. There
is the danger of inadequate strength development.
The direct contact between cement-based tile
adhesives and magnesium-based screeds leads to
the destruction of the magnesite screed. Rear
penetrating moisture from the substrate must be
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

eliminated with suitable measures. The magnesite

substrate is to be mechanically abraded and primed
with the epoxy resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360, see TDS
for application instructions.
In continuously wet areas (swimming pools,
containers etc.) we recommend the use of system
thin bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 onto
the SCHOMBURG waterproofing compounds
suitable for the appropriate area of application.
ADF-Systemkleber is a hydraulic setting mortar that is
to be protected from water and frost penetration until
it is completely hardened which may take several
days under inclement weather conditions.
Observe the appropriate relevant technical data
sheet for the named products.
Whilst using ADF-Systemkleber protect areas that are
not to be treated.
Follow relevant current regulations. For e.g.
DIN 18157, DIN 18195, DIN 18352, DIN
18560, DIN 13813, DIN 18202, DIN 1055
The BEB-information sheets distributed by
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The technical information Coordinating cut-out areas
in heated floor construction
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
Fachverband des deutschen Fliesengewerbes:
[*1] Information on the installation of waterproofing
in combination with ceramic tiles and slabs in internal
and external areas
[*2] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on calcium sulphate screeds.
[*3] Movement joints in ceramic tile and slab
coverings
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on cementitious floor constructions
with insulation layers.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on heated cementitious floor
constructions.
[*7] Cladding construction with tiles and slabs
external to buildings.

GISCODE: ZP1
49/08

78
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

AK7P Art.-No. 2 01000

Thin set tile adhesive

Properties: Product preparation:

AK7P is a plastic-modified thin bed adhesive according AK7P is mixed with tap water until a knot-free, pasty
to Standard EN 12004, for interior and exterior like mortar is obtained.
application. AK7P is simple to use, with a high initial Mixing ratio:
bond and very good stability. 1.00 l water to 3.0 kg AK7P
8.25 l water to 25.0 kg AK7P
Areas of application: Mix again after a short period (3 min) of maturing.
AK7P is used as tile adhesive as a thin layer method for Do not prepare more adhesive than is required,
ceramic coatings, mosaic, clinker and brick tiles. We keeping within the handling time of up to two hours.
recommend AK7P for natural stone tiles as long as the The ready to use adhesive is applicated with surface
specific properties of the natural stone are considered. continuity and troweled with a suitable serrated
AK7P is suitable for the safe tiling on surfaces according trowel.
to DIN 18157 part 1, e.g. concrete, plaster, masonry, The tiles are fixed with light pressure. Do not cover
gypsum boards and heating screed. more surface than is necessary, fixing tiles between
AK7P is suitable as tile adhesive on construction boards 20 and 30 minutes.
from wood wool, gypsum boards, gypsum fibres and
extruded polystyrene. Important advice:
AK7P contains cement and reacts alkaline with
Technical Data: moisture. Therefore:
Basis: Sand/cement (polymer Protect skin and eyes
modified) In case of irritation wash thoroughly with clear
Colour: Cement grey cool water
Filler structure: Fine sand In case of eye contact seek immediate medical
Bulk density: 1.37 kg/l treatment
Application temperature: +5 C up to +30 C
Pot life*: Approx. 2 hours With a low content of chromate according to
Skin formation*: Approx. 20 minutes TRGS 613.
Traversable*: After approx. 24 hours
Walkable*: After approx. 24 hours With the application of ASOFLEX-AKB for laying of
Cleaning: Immediately after use with tiles, we recommend ASODUR-EK98. For laying of
water tiles, slabs on highly stressed areas such as for
Consumption: Depending on surface and balconies and terraces, we recommend the
tiles, at least 2.0 kg/m2 application of our high elasticated binding sealant
Storage: In dry storage for up to system AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K.
12 months, opened bags are For laying of cast stone or natural stone it is
to be used up immediately. imperative that the specific product details of the cast
Packaging: 25 kg bag with PE inlet material (colorisation and key dangers) etc. and also
the laying recommendations, be regarded. If in doubt,
* The values are valid at an ambient temperature of +20 C and at carry out tests in advance.
65% relative humidity.
To reduce key factors due to water penetration, we
Surface preparation: recommend the application of ASODUR-EK98 for
The surface has to be dry resp., be of load bearing agglomerate cast stone.
capacity, having no continious cracks and is to be free For levels containing calcium sulfate bindings we
from dirt, dust and separating agents. Further information recommend a primer such as ASO-Universal Primer-
according to DIN 18157 part 1 is available and is to GE or ASO-Universal Primer-K (Mix Ratio 1:3 with
be adhered to. Absorbing surfaces are to be prepared water).
with ASO-Universal Primer. Smooth concrete surfaces To reduce the effect of etringite in calcium sulfate
have to be roughened, anhydrite screed has to be layers we recommend UNIFIX-AEK, for relocation of
abraded and primed with ASO-Universal Primer. such layers with up to 1% of remaining humidity for

79
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

heated constructions and 1.5% remaining humidity for

unheated constructions (according to up to date
measures provided by FBH-AD official handling
regulations).
Thin bed mortar which has already hardened should
not receive additional water or freshly mixed mortar
amounts, trying to achieve a re-workable mixture, this
may cause a lack in strength development.
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools
and water vessels etc.), we recommend UNIFIX-2K and
UNIFIX-2K/6 our thin bed adhesive system using the
Floating-Buttering method, on such areas for application
with the appropriate SCHOMBURG sealants.
Industrial flooring can be destroyed by having direct
contact between the screed topping and the cemented
tiling, a chemical reaction is caused and is known as
expansion tendency due to magnesia.
A back drop in the moisture load capacity of the
surface must under all circumstances be prevented.
The magnesia base is to be mechanically abraded
and is to be primed (approx. 250 g/m2 with
ASODUR-D2).Epoxy resin and an additional 5% max.
of water. After a waiting time of 12 to 24 hrs at an
ambient temperature of + 20C, the second layer of
ASODUR-D2 can be applied (approx. 300 - 350 g/m2).
The fresh layer of siliceous sand (grain size 0.5 to
1 mm) is to be spread over the area. After waiting a
further 12 to 16 hrs the tile laying can be carried out.
AK7P is an hydraulical hardening mortar sealant which
can, however, take several days to completely harden
under the influence of bad weather conditions. The
area should be protected against rain and frost
exposure.
Surfaces which are not be treated should be protected
prior to the application of AK7P.
The up to date, active rules and regulations are to be
adhere.

Please adhere to current European Materials Safety

Data Sheet (MSDS)

Low chromate content according to TRGS 613

(European Hazmat regulation)

GISCODE: ZP1
48/06

80
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASO-Flexfuge Art.-No. 2 04260

Cement-based joint mortar

Properties: unopened packaging.

Good application and wash-off properties Use opened packaging
Water repellent immediately.
Rapid hardening Water demand: 1.0 1.2 l / 6 kg or
Resilient 4.0 5.0 l /25 kg
Vapour permeable Consumption: see table
Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles Cleaning: with water in the fresh state
Suitable for floor and wall heating Loose density: approx. 1.4 kg/dm3
Colours matched to the ESCOSIL silicone system Fresh mortar density: approx. 2.0 kg/dm3

Areas of application: *) The figures indicated are related to +20 C and 65 % relative
ASO-Flexfuge is suitable for grouting vitrified and fully humidity.
vitrified clay tiles, brick tiles, tile slips, floor clinkers in
bathrooms, showers and living rooms, on terraces, Consumption table:
balconies and loggia. As well as facades, in swimming
pools, commercial and industrial areas, and on Tile/ Joint width Joint depth Approx.

heated and flow screeds. Furthermore ASO-Flexfuge slab format consumption

is suitable for jointing of natural stones, if the product- (in cm) (in mm) (in mm) per 10 m2 (in kg)

specific properties of the natural stone material permit 20.0 x 20.0 4.0 8.0 6.9
this and discolouration (i.e. through stones physical 30.0 x 30.0 5.0 8.0 5.8
characteristics) can be eliminated. We recommend 30.0 x 30.0 5.0 15.0 10.8
CRISTALLFUGE for the jointing of natural stones. We 40.0 x 40.0 5.0 10.0 5.5
30.0 x 5.0 8.0 10.0 36.1
recommend ASO-Fugenbunt for wall jointing.
24.0 x 11.5 10.0 12.0 31.7
24.0 x 11.5 10.0 20.0 52.8
Technical Data:
Basis: cement, mineral aggregates Surface and product preparation:
and high-quality additives Adequately rake out mortar joints once the adhesive
Colour: cement grey, anthracite grey, has sufficiently set, then wet-clean the tile surface. The
mid grey adhesive bed must be fully set or discolouration may
Application-/ appear. Pre-wet strongly porous surfaces uniformly
Substrate temp.: +5 C to +25 C with water. Joints must be clean and free from
Pot life *): approx. 30 minutes separating media. The time at which grouting may
Packaging: 6 kg bag, 25 kg sack commence depends on the adhesive used and
Joint width: 4 to 20 mm varies from 2 to 72 hours. Mortar beds used in
Traffic after *): approx 2 hours sand : cement fixing must be sufficiently set and
Loadable after *): at the earliest 1 day uniformly dry. Do not grout surfaces with differing
Compressive strength *): approx. 18 N/mm2 surface temperatures (i.e. in direct sunlight).
after 24 hours The consistency of the grout is to be adjusted
approx. 29 N/mm2 dependent on the porosity of the cladding material
after 7 days and the substrate.
approx. 38 N/mm2 1. Mix ASO-Flexfuge with clean water in a clean
after 28 days container. Provide 4.0 5.0 l water dependant
Flexural strength *): approx. 0.9 N/mm2 on the desired consistency. Add 25 kg
after 24 hours ASO-Flexfuge and mix until a smooth mass is
approx. 5.5 N/mm2 achieved. We recommend using a suitable mixer
after 7 days at approx. 300 500 rpm. After a maturing time
approx. 6.0 N/mm2 of 4 minutes the joint mortar is mixed once again.
after 28 days In order to avoid discrepancies in the colourshade,
Storage: 6 months in original the mix ratios should be kept consistent.

81
Technical Data Sheet
2. ASO-Flexfuge is filled in wall and floor areas using
jointing board, with slight pressure and placed
diagonally so that the joint is completely filled,
being carefully removed after use.
3. After the initial hardening of the joint mortar (tactile
control) wash the outlines. After approx. 10 -15
minutes wash clean with a sponge board.
4. Protect expansion joints for the subsequent
application of the elastic jointing with
ESCOSIL-2000. After initial hardening, scratch
the mortar residues out by washing with a slightly
moist sponge.
Potential formations of ceramic mortar (fog) are to be
washed off after several hours using a sponge board
with clean water. Do not use dry cloths for the cleaning
as the rubbing of the dried joint mortar may lead to
discoloration of the fresh joint. Protect the fresh jointing
against high temperatures, winds, rain or frost that may
negatively influence the curing. In case of unsuitable
weather conditions (low air humidity, draught air, wind)
and strongly absorbing ceramics, the joint mortar will
cure better when the joint diameter is treated with
clean water (moistening with the sponge board). The
washing water should often be replaced by clean
water. For coverings with rough, profiled or porous
surfaces, as well as natural stones which are rough at
the surface, a test jointing should be carried out (the
surface should be slightly moistened or primed with
suitable material prior to the jointing). The time of the
washing is dependant on the material and the existing
climate. After sufficient waiting time the surface is to be
smoothened without washing the joints out.
Important advice:
Joint mortar which has already begun harden-
ing should not be made workable again through
the addition of water or fresh mortar. There is an
increased danger of colour discrepancies.
Do not powder and remove ASO-Flexfuge with dry
material. Increased risk of discolouration exists due
to inadequate dissociation of the component parts.
Only use clean water and clean tools!
Clean the substrates thoroughly prior to jointing!
Regard the setting time of adhesives and mortars!
Discoloration may occur by grouting to early.
Protect the joints from rapidly drying out in drafts
and strong sunlight by hanging polythene sheets or
repeated wetting of the joints!
Protect grouting until hardened from rain and frost!
82
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Do not improve ASO-Flexfuge with ASO-Fugenplus!
This will drastically shorten the pot life!
Joints around tile bays, interruptions and pipe outlets
as well as perimeter and connection joints should
be sealed with an elastic material such as
ESCOSIL-2000, ESCOSIL-2000-ST or
ESCOSIL-2000-UW dependant on application.
The use of ASO-Flexfuge does not replace
waterproofing measures!
For maintenance and cleaning of the jointing area
we only recommend the use of neutral cleaning
agents. After cleaning, the surface is to be rinsed off
with clean water. Pay attention to varying absorption
rates of the substrate and the joint flanks.
Irregular effects of moisture due to the construction
below, the mortar bed, differences in temperature or
covering materials, may lead to colour discrepancies
in the joint pattern which do not affect the quality of
the joint mortar and may level themselves through
positive environmental conditions. We do not
guarantee against differences in the colourshade.
In case of high mechanical wear such as cleaning
machines or chemical loads, we recommend the
2-component, highly-wearable epoxy resin joint
ASODUR-EK-98!
Prior to the jointing of border finishes and expansion
joints, and to support the mortar structure, polystyrene
or foam elements are secured.
If etching is required, the joints must be wetted
sufficiently.
Only material from the same production batch should
be applied within an area.
To achieve optimal hydration of the cement,
adequate moisture is to be provided. This is
especially important for non-absorbing stone or tiles;
therefore no moist depositories can be expected!
Refer to the specific product properties when laying
natural stone and synthetic stone (tendency to
discolour). When doubt exists carry out a grout
trial. We recommend grouting natural stone with
CRISTALLFUGE.
Protect surface areas which are not to be treated
against the effects of CRISTALLFUGE.
Please adhere to the current EU-safety data sheet!
Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613.
GISCODE: ZP1
20/07
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASO-Fliesengrund Art.-No. 2 04275

Dispersion primer

Properties: Product preparation:

ASO-Fliesengrund is a solvent-free ready to use Apply ASO-Fliesengrund with a foamed plastic
dispersion primer as bond improving agent for grouting cylinder or a brush crosswise evenly. Further
and tiling compounds on absorbing and non-absorbing applications can only be done after thorough drying
surfaces. out. Drying time: approx. 2 - 4 hours. The dry layer
ASO-Fliesengrund is easy to apply, economic in is translucent and slightly sticky.
consumption and suitable for all common surfaces.
Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
Areas of application: Data Sheet (MSDS)
ASO-Fliesengrund is used as bonding improving agent
on critical surfaces prior to the fixing and laying of GISCODE: D1
ceramic tiles with tile adhesives onto old tiles, linoleum,
40/06
PVC floors and other smooth surfaces.
ASO-Fliesengrund bonds well to concrete, cement
screed, anhydrite and mastic asphalt screed, grouting
compounds, ceramic tiles, terrazzo, natural and synthetic
stone plates.
Not suitable for rooms subject to continuous water loads
and exterior areas.
Magnesium oxychloride screeds and magnesia screeds
are to be primed with ASODUR-GBM and to be
broadcast.

Technical data:
Basis: neoprene dispersion
Colour: white, translucent after drying
Density: approx. 1.05 g/ml
Application temperature: at least +5 C
Can be laid with tiles: after entire curing
(approx. 2 hours at +20 C)
Cleaning: with water, remove dried
on material with
AQUAFIN-Reiniger
Storage: frost free, min. 12 months in
original unopened packs
Consumption: approx. 90 150 g/m2

Surface preparation:
Surfaces must be dry, sound, free from dirt, dust and
separating agents.

83
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASO-Fugenbreit Art.-No. 2 04261

Cement based hydraulic hardening joint mortar

Properties: For jointing in wall areas the water addition is to be

Easy to process, breathable, water and resistant to frost. reduced.
The material hardens crackfree, suitable for joints of The joint mortar is filled into the joints by means of a
5-20 mm width, for interior and exterior use as well as pointing trowel. The material is stroked off diagonal to
for under water use. the joint. Dry ASO-Fugenbreit is powdered onto the
layer and stroken off again. Rework with a moist
Areas of application: sponge. The final cleaning is facilitated by sprinkling
For the jointing of fine stoneware, stone ware tiles, brick with quartz sand.
tiles, quarter bricks, facing engineering clinker in bath
and shower rooms, living areas, on terraces, balconies Be careful with tiles that are subject to easy
and loggias as well as on facades, in swimming pools, scratching!
trade and industrial areas, also on heating and levelling
screeds. Important advice:
Process only at temperatures of +5 C to + 25 C.
Technical Data: Protect against too fast drying out. Do not process in
Basis: sand/cement direct sun.
(polymer modified)
Colour: grey To improve tensile strength, flank bonding and water
Dangerous goods: not water polluting repellent properties modify with ASO-Fugenplus.
Application temperature: +5 C up to +25 C Add ASO-Fugenplus to the gauging water (1 l
Packaging: 25 kg bags ASO-Fugenplus to 4 l of clear water).
Consumption: Depending on the width and
depth of the joints approx. ASO-Fugenbreit grey contains cement, react alkaline
1.5 - 2.5 kg/m2 with water and can lead to skin irritations. In case of
Storage: Store in dry rooms, open contamination of the eyes or the mucous membranes
bags have to be used as rinse with plenty of water and contact a physician if
soon as possible. necessary.

Surface preparation: Please observe a valid European Materials Safety

Tile and plate surfaces have to be clean. Soon after Data Sheet (MSDS).
the tiling the joints have to be raked out to tile depth.
Absorbing surfaces and tiles have to be wetted before Low chromate level according to TRGS 613.
tiling.
GISCODE: ZP1
Product preparation:
48/06
ASO-Fugenbreit is mixed with tap water in a clean
vessel. The powder is poured into the water, not the
other way around, and mixed to a homogenous pasty
and knotfree mortar. Use a slowly revolving drilling
mixer.

Mix ratio:
1.0 parts water - 2.3 parts powder (by weight)
5.5 l water - 25.0 kg powder
1.0 l water - 4.6 kg powder

84
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASO-Fugenbunt Art.-No. 2 04273

Cement based hydraulic hardened joint filler

Properties: Important advice:

ASO-Fugenbunt is an easy to process, breathable, Use only clean water and clean tools. Start jointing
water resistant joint filler. after settle of the tile adhesive (after 24 h at the
earliest). Soon after the tiling the joints have to be
Areas of application: raked out to tile depth. For that purpose do not use
ASO-Fugenbunt is used for the jointing of vertical and metallic tools. Early jointing may lead to colouring.
horizontal tiling. It is suitable for stoneware, earthenware Absorbing surfaces and tiles have to be wettened.
and glass tile, brick tile, brick for floors, stone slab and Pilot testing is necessary.
cast stone tile. For light marble the application of For hue differences no warranty.
ASO-Fugenbunt white is recommended.
ASO-Fugenbunt contains cement and reacts alkaline
Technical Data: with moisture. Therefore:
Colour: white, jasmine, silver grey, Protect skin and eyes
beige, manhattan, grey In case of irritation wash thoroughly with water
Joint width: upto 5 mm In case of eye contact consult a physician
Processing time: approx. 120 min. at 18C
Processing temperature: +5C up to +25C Please observe a valid European Materials Safety
Dangerous good: no Data Sheet (MSDS).
Consumption: approx. 0.5 kg at 5 mm joint
width and 15 cm x15 cm Low chromate level according to TRGS 613.
tiles
Storage: dry and close, at least 6 GISCODE: ZP1
months, open bags have to
48/06
be used as soon as possible.
Delivery: 5 kg and 25 kg bags

Surface preparation:
Tile and plate surfaces have to be clean. Soon after
the tiling the joints have to be raked out to tile depth.
Absorbing surfaces and tiles have to be wettened
before tiling.

Product preparation:
ASO-Fugenbunt is mixed with tap water in a clean
vessel. The powder is poured into the water, not the
other way around. 5 kg ASO-Fugenbunt is mixed
together with 1.6 to 1.9 l water (depending on
temperature) to a homogenous pasty and knotfree mass.
The joint filler is pressed into the joints by a pointing
trowel. The material is stroked off diagonal to the joint
and washed by a sponge rubber. After setting of the
joint filler the joints have to be washed with a rubber
sponge again.

85
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASO-Unigrund
Concentrate ASO-Unigrund-K Art.-No. 2 05535
Ready-to-use ASO-Unigrund-GE Art.-No. 2 05536
Properties: Method of application:
ASO-Unigrund-K and -GE are solventfree prime coats Depending on the surface condition and its absorbing
on a polymer dispersion basis to improve the bonding capability ASO-Unigrund-K has to be diluted with
capacity of following water containing polymer modified water in the ratio of 1:3 to 1:6. ASO-Unigrund-GE
surface sealing, finishes, paints and tile adhesives. By is ready for use. Application should only be carried
hardening the surface its load bearing capacity is out with brush or paint-brush. The material can also
increased. The pre-treatment with be applied with a suitable sprayer. Further appli-
ASO-Unigrund avoids that the following material looses cations can only be done after ASO-Unigrund is
the water contained too quickly. Furthermore the thoroughly dried.
pot life is increased and the danger of shrinkage
cracking is decreased. To mark already primed surfaces Please observe a valid European Materials Safety
ASO-Unigrund-GE is coloured greenish (therefore only Data Sheet (MSDS).
applicable under sealant and tile adhesives).
GISCODE: D1
Areas of application:
45/06
ASO-Unigrund-K and -GE are used for absorbing and
sanding surfaces such as gypsum construction materials
(screeds, planks, tiles), asbestos cement, concrete and
masonry, with hardening and moisture stemming
properties. It also used as bonding bridge for surface
waterproofings (such as COMBIFLEX and SANIFLEX),
plastic screed and colours (like ADICOR) and tile
adhesives like ASOFIX, MONOFLEX or UNIFIX.

Technical Data:
Basis: modified polymer dispersion
Pot life: +5 C upto +30 C
Density: 1.0 g/cm3
Cleaning: in fresh condition with water
Storage: at least 12 months, stored in
frost-free places
Consumption: ASO-Unigrund-K
30 - 80 g/m2
ASO-Unigrund-GE
approx. 200 g/m2

Surface preparation:
The surface should be sound, clean, free of oil, old
paints and as dry as possible.

86
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASOCRET-HB-flex Art.-No. 2 02224

Flexible contact slurry

Properties: As a bonding agent for cement-based

Polymer modified bonded screeds:
Heavy duty Suitable substrates are concrete to DIN 1045,
Single component heated and unheated screeds to DIN 18560 and
Watertight EN 13813 and rapid screeds. They may be dry
For interior and exterior use or damp. The substrate must be load bearing, flat,
Easy to use sound, clean and free from materials that function as
separating agents. Separating layers and laitance
Areas of application: must be removed by suitable means e.g. blasting or
ASOCRET-HB-flex is used as a bonding agent for scabbling. Brush the ASOCRET-HB-flex into the
cement-based bonded screeds and as a contact and dampened substrate with a brush, broom or roofers
bonding slurry for the laying of tiles and slabs in broom and lay the screed whilst it is still wet.
traditional sand:cement methods. ASOCRET-HB-flex is As a contact slurry in traditional sand:
used as a bonding slurry for vitrified tiles, concrete slabs, cement bedding:
ceramic tiles with low water absorption 0.5% (fully Comb out the ASOCRET-HB-flex on to the fresh
vitrified tiles), clinker, mosaic and non-translucent natural mortar bed with a plasterers trowel or notched trowel
stone sensitive to discolouration. (4-8 mm notches) dependent on the format and
type of tile to be laid. Press the tiles into the fresh
Technical Data: ASOCRET-HB-flex within 15 20 minutes and tap
Basis: Cement, aggregate, additives into place.
Colour: Grey As a contact slurry by vibration fixing:
Bulk density: 1.15 kg/dm3 Comb out the ASOCRET-HB-flex on to the fresh mortar
Application/substrate bed with a plasterers trowel or notched trowel (4-8mm
Temperature: +5 C to +25 C notches) dependent on the format and type of tile to
Standing time *): approx. 3 minutes be laid. Press the tiles into the fresh ASOCRET-HB-flex
Pot life *): approx. 120 minutes within 15-20 minutes and tap into place. Up to the
Traversable *): after approx. 24 hours when initial set time of the mortar bed vibrate the tiles in the
used with rapid screeds, after usual manner.
3 days with conventional
screeds ASOCRET-HB-flex is particularly matched to our
Tool cleaning: in the fresh state with water special screeding cements ASO-EZ2, ASO-EZ4,
Consumption: approx. 1 2 kg/m2 ASO-EZ6 and the pre-blended mortars with
Storage: dry, 12 months in original complimentary particle size distribution from the
unopened packaging. Use ASO-EZ-Plus range.
opened packaging
immediately. Important notes:
Packaging: 25 kg bags with polythene Ventilation is necessary where the screed is laid.
liner Avoid direct sunlight and draughts during
installation and during the setting process.
*) Valid at 23 C and 50% relative humidity. Higher temperatures Do not add water or fresh mortar once the
shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.
ASOCRET-HB-flex has started to set. There is a
Substrate and application: danger of insufficient strength development!
Lay screeds or floor coverings within the open time
General:
Place approx. 7.5 litres of water in a clean mixing of the slurry!
bucket and add 25 kg of ASOCRET-HB-flex and mix to When laying natural or synthetic stone observe
the product specific properties of the materials
a homogenous slurry with a drill mixer (approx.
300 700 rpm). The substrate and ambient temperature (tendency to discolour, curling etc) and the fixing
should not drop below +5 C during application and recommendations of the manufacturer. In the case
of doubt carry out a trial area.
for one week after.

87
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of

ASOCRET-HB-flex.
High temperatures accelerate and lower temperatures
slow down the setting process.
When laying tiles or slabs on balconies and terraces
we recommend the use of the highly flexible bonded
waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K/M and
UNIFIX-2K.
Protect from frost and water penetration during the
setting phase.
Use only clean tools and clean water.
Work tools can be cleaned immediately after use
with water.
Relevant current regulations are to be observed!
Therefore e.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
Information sheets from by the ZDB (Central
building industry association) issued by issued by
the Technical association of the German tile industry:
Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles and slabs in interior
and exterior areas.
Ceramic finishes in exterior locations.
Movement joints in tile and slab finishes.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613.

GISCODE: ZP1
45/08

88
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASODUR-EK98-floor Art.-No 2 05748

Joint filler - Constructive adhesive

Properties: packages of 2 and 6 kg.

ASODUR-EK98-floor is a solvent-free two component Component A and
epoxy resin. In hardened condition it stands out for component B are delivered
high hardness and high adhesive tensile-, pressure- and in the corresponding mixture
bending tensile strength. ASODUR-EK98-floor is resistant ratio.
to the most acids, leaches, waters attacking concrete, Storage: The shelf life for both
detergents, seawater and brine. It is washable with components (A and B) at least
water in green condition. is 18 months, if they are
stored separately. In case of
Areas of application: longer storage time the
ASODUR-EK98-floor is applied for the bonding of tiles reaction might decrease.
on mortar, concrete, screed, plaster, old tiles and other Store cool and dry.
grounds according to DIN 18157, Part 3.
Furthermore it is used for the jointing of ceramic tile- and Material Consumption:
plate coatings and for the levelling of slight unplain parts Adhesive: approx. 1.40 kg/m2 and
on concrete- resp. screed- and plaster surfaces. mm layer thickness.
ASODUR-EK98-floor is applied in breweries, dairies, Jointing:
laboratories, swimming pools, meat processing plants Ceramic Format size Joint width approx.
and other fields of the food- and chemical industry. surfacing in cm in mm consumpt.
materials kg/m2
Technical Data: Tiles 24.0/11.5/1.5 8 2.25
Basis: Filled epoxy resin 24.0/11.5/1.5 10 2.77
Colour: Middlegrey
24.0/11.5/2.0 8 3.00
Special colour: old white, light grey
24.0/11.5/2.0 10 3.70
further special colours on
demand 24.0/11.5/2.5 8 3.75
Viscosity: Filler consistency 24.0/11.5/2.5 10 4.62
Density: 1.40 g/cm3 at + 23C Middle mosaic 5.0/ 5.0/0.4 2 0.47
Compressive strength: (Din 1164,7) 51.9 N/mm2 Stoneware 4.2/ 4.2/0.6 1.5 0.64
Bending tensile strength: (DIN 1164;7) 25.1 N/mm2 10.0/10.0/0.9 3 0.81
E-modulus: (DIN 1048,5) 5,050 N/mm2 15.0/15.0/1.2 5 1.19
Shear strength: 11.6 N/mm2 (dry storage) 24.5/12.0/0.8 5 0.74
(EN 12003)
9.8 N/mm2 (water storage) Surface preparation:
10.5 N/mm2 (temp. change) The ground has to be dry, able to bear load, fine
Ratio of mixture: 100:6.8 weight parts gripping, free of grout, dust and loose parts,
Processing time: Approx. 60 min. at + 23C furthermore free of oil, fat and other spillings, which
Washable: In betw. 60 min. at + 23C can act as separating agent.
Minimum hardening If necessary, pre-treat the ground by sand-blasting,
temperature: + 10C ball-blasting, scarfing, milling or rubbing down.
Accessible: After 16 hours at + 23C
Lightly/fully loadable: After 48 hours/ Product preparation:
7 days at + 23C The component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
Adhesive strength: Breakage of concrete are being delivered in the corresponding mixture ratio.
Cleaning of tools: Whenever the work is The component B (hardener) has to be poured
interrupted, all tools have to completely into the component A. The mixing of the
be cleaned thoroughly with two components is effected with a mechanical stirrer
water. at max. 300 Rpm (slowly running drilling machine with
Delivery: ASODUR-EK98 is delivered in stirrer). Mix very thoroughly! It is essential to stir also

89
Technical Data Sheet
from the sides and from the ground thoroughly, that the
hardener also distributes in vertical direction. It has to
be stirred, until the hardener is homogeneous. Do not
work out of the delivered bucket! After the mixing fill
the material into a separate, clean bowl and stir it
thoroughly again. The temperature should be approx.
+15C.
Tile Fixing:
ASODUR-EK98-floor is applied roughly with a
smoothening trowel, then it has to be ruled in
proportionately with a tooth trowel. Afterwards the
plates have to be applied by pushing- and pressing
in according to DIN 18157, Part 3.
For exterior tiling and at high mechanical loadings a
fixing free from hollow space is necessary.
Distance of the tooths:
50 mm egde length 3 mm
50 - 108 mm egde length 4 mm
109 - 200 mm egde length 4 mm
> 200 mm egde length 4 mm
Jointing of Tiles and Plates by Elutriation Procedure:
The mixed jointing mass ASODUR-EK98-floor is applied
on the surface in stages and immediately afterwards
brought into the clean, dry joints with an elutria-
tion trowel or, on smaller surfaces, with joint filler.
Afterwards the excess material has to be removed from
the tile surface with the elutriation trowel or elastic joint
filler by ruling in diagonal direction.
Jointing With Pneumatic Pistols:
For the processing with pneumatic pistols
ASODUR-EK98-floor is mixed in an extraction bucket.
The filling of the cartridges is effected with a pressure
plate. A compressor with an output of at least 10 bar
and a suction power of approx. 100 l/min will be
required.
Washing of the Tile Surface:
After the removal of the excess material with the
elutriation trowel, the remaining joint material at the
surface has to be emulsified with the least possible
water. According to the circumstance, a hard or very
hard scouring fleece with fleece support is suitable for
this purpose. After the emulsifying the grout is taken up
with a soft sponge. Afterwards the tile surface has to be
cleaned again with a clean, soft sponge. This cleaning
should be performed only after the ASODUR-EK98-floor
90
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
has lightly started to harden. Warm and stress relieved
water makes the cleaning easier.
Remarks for the Revision of Faulty Resp. Washed Out
Cement Joints:
a) The joint depth has to be at least 3 mm.
b) A flank adhesion of the tiles of the
ASODUR-EK98-floor has to be assumed as a fact.
c) Loose tiles can be bonded with ASODUR-EK98-floor.
d) The joints must be dry, free of dust, and free of
substances, which decrease the adhesion.
Health and safety:
ASODUR-EK98-floor is physiologically harmless after
complete hardening. The hardener (component B) is
caustic. Do not let touch the hardener with the skin. It
is recommended to wear rubber gloves and goggles
during the processing. Spots on the skin have to be
cleaned immediately with plenty of soap and water,
best under addition of 2% vinegar. If spots come into
the eye, they have to be washed out with plenty of
water. Afterwards wash with borated water filled into
an eye wash bottle (available in medical supply shops),
than immediately contact an eye specialist. In any case
the general protective regulations of the vocational
league have to be observed.
Important advice:
At low temperatures it is recommended to warm up
the material before use in a cooking vat at approx.
+50 C and to let it cool down to ambient temperature
afterwards. That way appearances of crystallization
are being removed and the processing properties are
recovered. Low object temperatures increase the
consumption. The material looses its good plasticity, the
reaction times increase. However, high temperatures
shorten the processing time down. ASODUR-EK98-floor
is classified according to GefStoffV. Please regard the
EC safety data sheet.
Chemical resistancy:
According to DIN 12808.
Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS)
GISCODE: RE1
47/06
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

No. Tested liquid Weight change 1) Compressive Notes

6W in % strength change
6S in %

1 Animal fat 2) + 0.06 - 2.56

2 Vegetable fat 3) + 0.11 - 2.56

3 Lactic acid, 5% + 0.22 - 0.38

4 Citric acid, 10% + 0.09 - 1.28

5 Hydrochloride, 3% + 0.15 - 1.28

6 Sulfuric acid, 35% + 0.21 - 2.56 Brownish colouring

7 Potassium hydroxide, 20% + 0.59 - 7.69

8 Iron(II) sulfate, 25% + 0.14 - 2.56 Yellow-brownish colouring

9 Iron(II) chloride, 30% + 0.14 - 7.69 Yellow-brownish colouring

10 Sodium hypochloride - 0.18 - 3.8 White colouring

11 Brine + 0.11 - 6.41

12 Premium fuel + 0.09 - 0.62

13 Fuel oil + 0.06 - 1.28

1) Average from three testings

2) Pork fat and beef tallow
3) Subflower and rape oil

91
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASODUR-EK98-wall Art.-No 2 05750

Joint filler - Constructive adhesive

Properties: Delivery: ASODUR-EK98 is delivered in

ASODUR-EK98-wall is a solvent-free two component packages of 2 and 6 kg.
epoxy resin. In hardened condition it stands out for Component A and
high hardness and high adhesive tensile-, pressure- and component B are delivered in
bending tensile strength. ASODUR-EK98-wall is resistant the corresponding mixture
to the most acids, leaches, waters attacking concrete, ratio.
detergents, seawater and brine. It is washable with Storage: The shelf life for both
water in green condition. components (A and B) at least
is 18 months, if they are
Areas of application: stored separately. In case of
ASODUR-EK98-wall is applied for the bonding of tiles longer storage time the
on mortar, concrete, screed, plaster, old tiles and other reaction might decrease.
grounds according to DIN 18157, Part 3. Store cool and dry.
Furthermore it is used for the jointing of ceramic tile- and
plate coatings and for the levelling of slight unplain parts Material Consumption:
on concrete- resp. screed- and plaster surfaces. Adhesive: approx. 1.42 kg/m2 and mm layer thickness.
ASODUR-EK98-wall is applied in breweries, dairies,
laboratories, swimming pools, meat processing plants Jointing:
and other fields of the food- and chemical industry. Ceramic Format size Joint width approx.
surfacing in cm in mm consumpt.
Technical Data: materials kg/m2
Basis: Filled epoxy resin
Colour: Middlegrey Tiles 24.0/11.5/1.5 8 2.28
Special colour: old white, light grey 24.0/11.5/1.5 10 2.81
further special colours on 24.0/11.5/2.0 8 3.04
demand 24.0/11.5/2.0 10 3.75
Viscosity: Filler consistency 24.0/11.5/2.5 8 3.80
Density: 1.42 g/cm3 at + 23C 24.0/11.5/2.5 10 4.69
Ratio of mixture: 100:6.8 weight parts
Processing time: Approx. 60 min. at + 23C Note: For joints smaller than 6 mm ASODUR-EK98-floor
Washable: In betw. 60 min. at + 23C has to be used.
Minimum hardening
temperature: + 10C Surface preparation:
Accessible: After 16 hours at + 23C The ground has to be dry, able to bear load, fine
Adhesive strength: Breakage of concrete gripping, free of grout, dust and loose parts,
Lightly/fully loadable: After 48 hours/ furthermore free of oil, fat and other spillings, which
7 days at + 23C can act as separating agent.
Compressive strength: (DIN 1164, 7) 54.4 N/mm2 If necessary, pre-treat the ground by sand-blasting,
Bending tensile strength: (DIN 1164;7) 26.2 N/mm2 ball-blasting, scarfing, milling or rubbing down.
E-modulus: (DIN 1048, 5) 4,640 N/mm2
Shear strength: 11.7 N/mm2 (dry storage) Product preparation:
(EN 12003) 10.7 N/mm2 The component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
(water storage) are being delivered in the corresponding mixture ratio.
10.1 N/mm2 The component B (hardener) has to be poured
(temp. change) completely into the component A. The mixing of the
Cleaning of tools: Whenever the work is two components is effected with a mechanical stirrer
interrupted, all tools have to at max. 300 Rpm (slowly running drilling machine with
be cleaned thoroughly with stirrer). Mix very thoroughly! It is essential to stir also
water. from the sides and from the ground thoroughly, that the

92
Technical Data Sheet
hardener also distributes in vertical direction. It has to
be stirred, until the hardener is homogeneous. Do not
work out of the delivered bucket! After the mixing fill
the material into a separate, clean bowl and stir it
thoroughly again. The temperature should be approx.
+ 15C.
Tile Fixing:
ASODUR-EK98-wall is applied roughly with a
smoothening trowel, then it has to be ruled in
proportionately with a tooth trowel. Afterwards the
plates have to be applied by pushing- and pressing
in according to DIN 18157, Part 3.
Jointing of Tiles and Plates by Elutriation Procedure:
The mixed jointing mass ASODUR-EK98-wall is applied
on the surface in stages and immediately afterwards
brought into the clean, dry joints with an elutria-
tion trowel or, on smaller surfaces, with joint filler.
Afterwards the excess material has to be removed from
the tile surface with the elutriation trowel or elastic joint
filler by ruling in diagonal direction.
Jointing With Pneumatic Pistols:
For the processing with pneumatic pistols
ASODUR-EK98-wall is mixed in an extraction bucket.
The filling of the cartridges is effected with a pressure
plate. A compressor with an output of at least 10 bar
and a suction power of approx. 100 l/min will be
required.
Washing of the Tile Surface:
After the removal of the excess material with the
elutriation trowel, the remaining joint material at the
surface has to be emulsified with the least possible
water. According to the circumstance, a hard or very
hard scouring fleece with fleece support is suitable for
this purpose.
After the emulsifying the grout is taken up with a soft
sponge. Afterwards the tile surface has to be cleaned
again with a clean, soft sponge. This cleaning should
be performed only after the ASODUR-EK98-wall has
lightly started to harden. Warm and stress relieved
water makes the cleaning easier.
93
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Remarks for the Revision of Faulty Resp. Washed Out
Cement Joints:
a) The joint depth has to be at least 3 mm.
b) A flank adhesion of the tiles of the
ASODUR-EK98-floor has to be assumed as a fact.
c) Loose tiles can be bonded with ASODUR-EK98-wall.
d) The joints must be dry, free of dust, and free of
substances, which decrease the adhesion.
Health and safety:
ASODUR-EK98-wall is physiologically harmless after
complete hardening. The hardener (component B) is
caustic. Do not let touch the hardener with the skin.
It is recommended to wear rubber gloves and goggles
during the processing. Spots on the skin have to be
cleaned immediately with plenty of soap and water,
best under addition of 2% vinegar.
If spots come into the eye, they have to be washed
out with plenty of water. Afterwards wash with borated
water filled into an eye wash bottle (available in
medical supply shops), than immediately contact an
eye specialist. In any case the general protective
regulations of the vocational league have to be
observed.
Important advice:
At low temperatures it is recommended to warm up
the material before use in a cooking vat at approx.
+50 C and to let it cool down to ambient temperature
afterwards. That way appearances of crystallization
are being removed and the processing properties are
recovered. Low object temperatures increase the
consumption.The material looses its good plasticity, the
reaction times increase. However, high temperatures
shorten the processing time down. ASODUR-EK98-wall
is classified according to GefStoffV. Please regard the
EC safety data sheet.
Chemical resistancy:
According to DIN 12808.
Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS)
GISCODE: RE1
47/06
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

No. Tested liquid Weight change 1) Compressive Notes

6W in % strength change
6S in %

1 Animal fat 2) + 0.06 - 2.56

2 Vegetable fat 3) + 0.11 - 2.56

3 Lactic acid, 5% + 0.22 - 0.38

4 Citric acid, 10% + 0.09 - 1.28

5 Hydrochloride, 3% + 0.15 - 1.28

6 Sulfuric acid, 35% + 0.21 - 2.56 Brownish colouring

7 Potassium hydroxide, 20% + 0.59 - 7.69

8 Iron(II) sulfate, 25% + 0.14 - 2.56 Yellow-brownish colouring

9 Iron(II) chloride, 30% + 0.14 - 7.69 Yellow-brownish colouring

10 Sodium hypochloride - 0.18 - 3.8 White colouring

11 Brine + 0.11 - 6.41

12 Premium fuel + 0.09 - 0.62

13 Fuel oil + 0.06 - 1.28

1) Average from three testings

2) Pork fat and beef tallow
3) Subflower and rape oil

94
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

ASOFIX-2000 Art.-No. 2 03840

Dispersion adhesive to DIN EN 12004

Properties: Surface preparation:

Ready to use The surface must be clean, dry, load bearing and
non-slip flat. Completely remove mould oil or release agents,
deformable old, flaking or chalky paint. Firmly bonded paint must
easy to use be abraded. Carry out trial areas on old paint and
high initial grab remove in cases of uncertainty. When tiling to dry
flexible construction panels observe the manufacturers
tested to DIN EN 12004, D1 TE. guidelines for cladding with ceramic tiles. We
recommend priming with ASO-Unigrund.
Areas of application:
ASOFIX-2000 is used for the thin bed fixing of tiles and Application:
mosaics to flat, porous backgrounds such as concrete, Surface preparation and work is to be carried out in
pre-cast concrete, aerated, expanded concrete and accordance with DIN 18 157, part 2. ASOFIX-2000
plasters/renders of groups PII to PIV as well as to rigid is spread evenly with a trowel or steel float over the
polystyrene panels (Styropur and similar) in interior areas. prepared surface and combed through with a notched
It is also suitable for the secure bonding of tiles and trowel. The choice of notched trowel should be such
mosaics to dry construction panels such as plasterboard, that a minimum 65% wetting of the back of the tile
and gypsum fibreboards that require a flexible adhesive with adhesive is guaranteed. Apply a thin coat of
bed and for fixing earthenware tiles and mosaics to old ASO-Fliesengrund to old tiles as preparation. Press
ceramic finishes. the tiles into the adhesive whilst it is still wet, a film
For flexible fixing in floor areas as well as wet areas we must not have formed, with a twisting/sliding action.
recommend UNIFIX-2K elastic powder adhesive. Dependent upon working conditions only spread out
in advance over an appropriately sized area.
Technical Data:
05/07
Basis: acrylic dispersion
Colour: cream white
Specific gravity: approx. 1.6 kg/l
Open time: 20 30 minutes dependent
on background and
temperature
Curing time: after 14 21 days fully cured
Grouting: with porous substrate after
approx. 2 days, with
non-porous substrate longer
Application/
Substrate temperature: +5 C to +25 C
Cleaning: in the fresh state with water,
dried dissolve with
AQUAFIN-Cleanser
Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm
thickness
Packaging: 20 and 8 kg packs
Storage: frost free minimum 12 months
in the original unopened
packaging. Use opened
packaging promptly.

95
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

CRISTALLFUGE Art.-No. 2 04277

Joint mortar for natural stones

Properties: Fresh mortar density: approx. 1.9 kg/dm3

quick crystalline water bond Packaging: 5 kg bags
provides protection against discolouring, when using Storage: in dry rooms approx.
sensitive materials which can suffer the affects caused 6 months
by the stones own particles
rapid hardening *) the values refer to +20C ambient temperature and at 65 %
excellent jointing and washing properties relative air humidity.
smooth
free from quartzsand, for jointing of sensitive surfaces Table of consumption:
diffusion open format joint width joint depth consumption
pigmented (cm) (mm) (mm) kg/10 m2
polymer modified 2x2 1.5 2,0 5.8
cures against cracking 2x2 1.5 10 29.2
for floor- and wall heating 10 x 10 3.0 6 7.3
colours are adapted to the ESCOSIL-2000-ST 20 x 30 3.0 8 4.4
system silicone 30 x 30 3.0 10 4.1
30 x 40 3.0 10 4.8
Areas of application: 30 x 60 3.0 10 3.1
CRISTALLFUGE is particularly suitable for the jointing 30 x 60 3.0 20 6.2
of sensitive natural stones which tend to discolour 30 x 90 3.0 20 5.5
such as lime stones, jurassic marble, Solnhofer plates,
sensitive light crystalline marble, granite and similar. Surface preparation:
The processability, the stiffening property in the joint, Scratch out joints after initial setting of the bedding
the water retention capacity and the washability were mortar in sufficient depth. Subsequently clean the tile
adapted accordingly. The quick crystalline water bond layer and left moist. The bedding mortar must be
avoids discolouring at the edges. completely cured since joint discolouring can other-
CRISTALLFUGE is suitable for joint widths upto 7 mm in wise occur. Dampen strongly absorbing coverings
interior and exterior areas, on walls and floors, both in with water evenly. The joint flanks must be clean and
dry and damp and wet rooms (bathrooms etc.) free from separating substances.
Furthermore it is suitable for the jointing of ceramic The time of jointing of tiles laid in thin bed mortar
material such as stone ware, fine stone ware and glass depends on the used thin bed mortar requiring
mosaic. approx.
3 and 72 hours. For thick bed mortar, the mortar bed
Technical Data: sufficiency relies upon the hardened and evenly dried
Composition: Special cement, mineralic surface. Do not joint on surfaces which have different
aggregates and high-quality temperatures caused by the influence of direct sun
additives exposure for example.
Colours: white, grey, pearl grey, The consistency of the joint mortar is to be laid,
pergamon, beige, anthrazite adapted by the absorbing capacity of the material
Joint widths: upto 7 mm and the substrate.
Pot life*): approx. 30 min.
Application/ Product preparation:
substrate temperature: +5 C upto +25C 1. 1. Mix CRISTALLFUGE only with clean water in
Traffic*) after: approx. 1 1/2 hours a clean container. Fill 1 1/4 to 1 1/2 l of water
Loadable *) after: 1 day at the earliest into a container depending on the required
Water demand: 1 1/4 1.45 (1.5 kg) consistency, then add 5 kg CRISTALLFUGE and
Consumption: see table below mix until a homogenous smooth mass is achieved.
Cleaning: in fresh condition with water We recommend to use a suitable mixer at approx.
Bulk density: approx. 1.1 - 1.2 kg/dm3 300 500 rpm. After a maturing time of 2

96
Technical Data Sheet
minutes the joint mortar is mixed once again. In
order to avoid discrepancies in the colourshade, the
mix ratios are to be kept to the same level. Do not
mix more joint mortar than is required for the
application, keeping within the pot life of 30
minutes.
2. CRISTALLFUGE is filled in wall and floor areas using
a jointing board, with slight pressure and placed
diagonally so that the joint is completely filled,
being carefully removed after use. After short
intervals the procedure is to be repeated
accordingly.
3. After the initial hardening of the joint mortar (tactile
control) wash the outlines. After some minutes wash
clean with a sponge board.
4. Protect expansion joints for the subsequent
application of the elastic jointing with
ESCOSIL-2000-ST. After initial hardening, scratch
the mortar residues out by washing with a slightly
moist sponge.
5. Potential formation of ceramic mortar (fog) are to
be washed off after several hours using a sponge
board with clean water. Do not use dry cloth for
the cleaning as the rubbing of the dried joint mortar
may lead to discolourisation of the fresh joint! Protect
the fresh jointing against high temperatures, winds,
rain or frost that may negatively influence the curing.
In case of unsuitable weather conditions (low air
humidity, draught air, wind) and strongly absorbing
ceramics, the joint mortar will cure better when the
joint diameter is treated with clean water (moistening
with the sponge board). The washing water should
be often replaced by clean water. For coverings
with rough, profiled or porous surface as well as
natural stones which are rough at the surface a test
jointing should be carried out (the surface should
probably be slightly moistened or primed with
suitable material prior to the jointing). The time of
the washing is depending on the material and the
existing climate. After sufficient waiting time the
surface is to be smoothened without washing the
joints out.
Important advice:
Joint mortar which has already hardened should
not receive additional water or new mortar and
be made workable again, otherwise an increased
danger of colour discrepancies and insufficient
strength development in the joint mortar is caused.
97
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Strong absorbing stones are to be moistened or
primed with suitable material prior to jointing.
Only use clean water and clean tools! For the
jointing of floor surfaces in exterior areas we
recommend the use of ASO-Flexfuge, provided
the products own properties of the natural stone
can be excluded (caused by discolouring due the
stones own particles.)
Clean the substrates thoroughly prior to jointing.
Regarding the curing time of the adhesive and
mortar! If the jointing is influenced too early by the
uneven colours which may occur over the whole
joint pattern.
Pores or blister formations in the joint are not
caused by the joint mortar according to earlier
tests. The following basic conditions are caused
by:
1. high absorbing capacity of the natural stone or
of the ceramic.
2. high W/C value of the joint mortar
3. entrapped air bubbles. As to a.m. points 1
and 2: stones with high density should not be
moistened, stones with low density and high
porosity and capillarity are to be moistened until
saturation with the sponge board is achieved, then
jointing is to be subsequently carried out. To point
3: In such cases of high mixing speeds or use of
unsuitable mixer, air might be entrapped, in order
to remove this, it is recommended to jolt the fresh
mortar, the entrapped air will then escape visibly.
A rounded, spiraled mixer has proven to be quite
advantageous in application.
Protect joints against the affect of quick drying,
draught air or strong sun influence. The use of
foils or repeated moistening of the joint might
be helpful.
Protect joints against rain and frost until thorough
curing.
Close joints between the single covering fields,
fittings and pipe penetrations as well as corner and
connection joints elastically with ESCOSIL-2000-ST.
We recommend for the maintenance and cleaning
of the jointed area, only the use of neutral cleaning
agents. After cleaning the surface is to be rinsed
off with clean water. Regard to an even absorption
capacity of the substrate and the joint flanks.
Irregular effects of moisture due to the construction
underneath, the mortar bed, difference in
temperature or covering material may lead to
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

colour discrepancies in the joint pattern which do

not affect the quality of the joint mortar and may level
themselves by positive environmental conditions. We
do not guarantee for differences in the colourshade.
In case of high mechanical wear such as cleaning
machines or chemical loads, we recommend the
2-component, highly-wearable epoxy resin joint
ASODUR-EK 98, provided the product properties of
the natural stone1 allows this application. Prior to the
jointing of border finishes and expansion joints and
to support the mortar structure, polystyrene or foam
elements are secured. If etching is required to be
carried out (taking into consideration the specific
product properties of the natural stone), then the joints
are to be wetted prior to etching and subsequently
washed over with adequate water. Lightly coloured
applications are only to be used in interior areas and
for walled elements which can be better cleaned as
when applied on exterior surfaces which can in both
cases become dirty. Within the same area the
material is only to be applied from the same
production batch. To achieve optimal hydration of
the cement, adequate moisture is to be provided.
This is especially important for non-absorbing stone
or tiles, therefore no moist depositries can be
expected! Jointing of natural stone and cast stone
tiles/slabs with respect to the effects caused by the
specific product properties i.e.: decolorisation, if this
does occur, it is advisable to carry out joint tests in
advance! Protect surface areas which are not to be
treated against the effects of CRISTALLFUGE.
Keep out of reach of children!

Please adhere to the current European Materials Safety

Data Sheet (MSDS).

GISCODE: ZP1
45/06

98
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

CRISTALLIT Art.-No. 2 05414

White rapid mortar for natural stones

Properties: each tooth width of 6 mm

quick crystalline water bond approx. 2.80 kg/m2
rapid hardening with serrated trowel
white in colour each tooth width of 8 mm
for use up to Surface thickness of 5 mm approx. 3.60 kg/m2
for interior and exterior use with serrated trowel
resilient each tooth width of 10 mm
According to German Industrial Standard Cleaning: clean equipment with water
DIN EN 12004, C 1 FT immediately after use
Packaging: 25 kg Sacks
Areas of application: Storage: in dry storage for approx.
CRISTALLIT is particularly suitable for jointing and 6 months in original closed
arranging of calibrated natural stones, cast stone tiles sacks, open sacks are to be
possessing extreme water absorption properties also used up as soon as possible
including ceramic surfaces on stone ware and
earthenware. *) The values refer to 20C ambient temperature and at 65 %
Furthermore it is suitable for limited work periods and relative air humidity.
placement of ceramic material such as crystalline
marble, limestone etc. fine stone ware and glass mosaic. Test Certificates: acc. to DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW
Due to its quick crystalline water bond, this provides (North Rhein Westfalia, Germany). Test Certificate
extra protection against discolouring caused by the No.: 220003502-04
effects of the stones own ingredients.
CRISTALLIT is suitable for the secure joining of even Surface preparation:
surfaces with load bearing capability. It is also suitable CRISTALLIT is suitable for secure laying on all
as a thin bed adhesive for tile laying on SCHOMBURG general surfaces according to German Industrial
mineral and dispersion binding sealants. Standard DIN 18157 Part 1 for eg:
For application on permanent wet constructions such as Concrete, aerated concrete, plaster, Cement Screed
swimming pool surfaces and public shower facilities, (CT) and (CA) Screed and Masonry etc. Generally, a
we recommend 2 kg of UNIFLEX-B added to 25 kg of secure, closed surface finish must be achieved in
CRISTALLIT mortar for a better modified floor structure. relation to the products capabilities.
For application on horizontal, exterior surfaces ie: The surface must be secure, clean, capable of load
Balconies and Terraces, we recommend using the carrying capacity, and to be free of separating
mixture ratio of: 8 1/3 kg of UNIFLEX-B to be added to substances and continious cracking. Coatings, Paint
25 kg of CRISTALLIT. residues, Oils, sinter layers and loose particles are to
be removed in advance.
Technical Data: Prior to binding, even concrete surfaces are to be
Composition: cement, Sand, and additives abraded, absorbing surfaces are to be primed with
Colour: white ASO-Unigrund (Universal Primer). Anhydrite screed
Filling density: approx. 1 1/2 kg/dm3 surfaces are to be milled and shot blasted including,
Processing/ all types of calcium sulfate bonded surfaces
Substrate temperature: + 5C up to + 25C are also to be carefully primed with ASO-Unigrund
Processing time*): approx. 45 min. (Universal Primer) see annotations.
Adhesion Period*): within 10 to 20 minutes For measuring the surface maturity a moisture density
Traversable*) after: approx. 4 to 6 hours test is to be carried out using the CM-device. The
Operationable*) after: 6 hours CM-moisture content (humidty) should not exceed the
Fully operationable*) following values:-
after: 7 days CT 2 CM%
Consumption: approx. 2.10 kg/m2 CA without Floor heating at 0.5 CM %
with serrated trowel CA with floor heating at 0.3 CM %.

99
Technical Data Sheet
The CM test is required to be carried out according
to the up to date working instructions, instructed by
the FBH-AD and coordinated using the Information
Transfer provided by the Technical committee for floor
constructions.
Product preparation:
Mix only in a clean vessel using clean water (approx.
5 1/4 l to 5 3/4 l adding 1 Sack of CRISTALLIT
(25 kg Sack) to the measured water. We recommend
using a suitable mixer at approx. 300 700 rpm,
mixing until a homogenous smooth mass is achieved.
Mixing Ratio:
1 l of water to 4.3 4.8 kg of CRISTALLIT or 5 1/4
l to 5 3/4 l of water to 1 sack of CRISTALLIT (25 kg).
After a short maturing time the components are to be
mixed once again. Do not mix more joint mortar than
is required for the application, keeping within the
handling time of 30 minutes.
The already stirred adhesive is to be spread over
the spactling surface, combing with an apporopri-
ate toothed trowel. Natural Stones or tiles are to be
pushed lightly into place.
For non-calibrated materials we recommend application
with CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex using the Floating-Buttering
method. Do not cover too much surface with Natural
Stone or tiles, allowed within the adhesion time given.
If the same mixing bucket is being used it is advisable
to clean as often as possible, as the already hardened
CRISTALLIT agent acts also as an accelerator.
Not to be mixed with other mortar cement
consistancies!
Important advice:
Not designed for under water applications.
Only lay tiles using ASODUR-EK98 for applications
with ASOFLEX-AKB.
To reduce the effects of water absorption caused by
the products key components, we recommend the
application of ASODUR-EK 98 for laying of
serpentine, slate and Sinter stones/Cast Stones
containing natural stone elements.
For laying Sinter Stones/Cast Stones we recommend
our thin bed mortar, 25 kg of CRISTALLIT-flex mixed
with 2 kg of UNIFLEX-B.
For laying of Natural Stone and cast stone the
specific product properties of the surface topping
and the Manufacturers recommendations are to be
100
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
taken into effect (effects of colorisation and key
product factors). It is advisable to carry out
adhesion tests in advance!
For laying of Natural Stone on bituminious mastic
screed (with hardening class IC10 and IC15) a
mixture of 4.2 kg of UNIFLEX-B to 25 kg of
CRISTALLIT is required.
For laying of Natural Stone on heating screed a
mixture of 2 kg of UNIFLEX-B is to be mixed with
25 kg of CRISTALLIT. Heating screed surfaces prior
to application are to be pre-heated according to
certified rules of technique.
Calcium sulfate bonded surfaces are to be carefully
primed ASO-Unigrund-GE (Universal Primer) or
ASO-Unigrund-K with mixing ratio: 1:3 Water!
To reduce forming of entringite in calcium sulfate
bonded surfaces we recommend application of
UNIFIX-AEK for laying of such surfaces with
remaining moisture up to 1 % for heated and 1.5%
(according to the CM values!) for unheated
constructions! The effects caused by the specific
product properties is to be taken into account!
Thin bed mortar which has already hardened
should not receive additional water or new mortar
and be made workable again, which weakens
the structure causing an insufficient strength
development.
For laying of tiles, slabs on highly stressed areas
such as for Balconies and Terraces, we recom-
mend the application of a high elasticated binding
sealant system (AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M).
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools
and water vessels etc.), we recommend the use
of our thin bed system mortar UNIFIX-2K or
UNIFIX-2K/6, on such areas for application with
the appropriate SCHOMBURG sealants.
The effects of the specific product properties on the
surface is to be taken into account.
Non treated areas are to be protected from the
effects of CRISTALLIT!
Direct contact between the cementious tile mortar and
magnesite screed causes weakness and destruction of
the magnesite screed, a chemical reaction effect of
the properties, results in expansion tendency due to
magnesia. A back drop in the moisture load
capacity of the surface must under all circumstances
be prevented. The magnesia base is to be mechani-
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

cally abraded (milled) and is to be primed (approx.

250 g/m2) with ASODUR-D2 - Epoxy resin and an
additional 5% max. of water. After a waiting time of
12 to 24 hrs at an ambient temperature of + 20C,
the second layer of ASODUR-D2 can be applied
(approx. 300 - 350 g/m2). The freshly layed siliceous
sand (Quartz sand) with (grain size 0.5 to 1 mm) is
to be spread over the area. After waiting a further 12
to 16 hrs the tile laying can be carried out.
The up to date, active rules and regulations are to be
adhered to:
(German Industrial Standards such as): DIN 18157,
18352, 18560, EN 13813 and DIN 1055.
BEB-Info Sheets (Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. -
German Federal Association for screed and surface
laying).
Including technical information interface coordination
for heated flooring constructions.
Other technical literature currently handed out by the
German Federal tiling Industry, such as:
1) references on sealants in connection with ceramic
tiling and slabs for interior and exterior use (August
2000)
3) settlement joints on surfaces covered with tiles and
concrete tiling
4) see 1.
5) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone
and cast stone on concreted surfaces, floor
constructions with layers of insulation
6) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone
and cast stone on heated concrete
floor constructions
7) surface constructions covered with tiles and slabs for
outdoor Building surroundings

Please adhere to current EC Materials Safety Data

Sheet (MSDS).

With a low content of chromate according to TRGS 613.

GISCODE: ZP1
47/06

101
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

CRISTALLIT-flex Art.-No. 2 05419

White rapid, flexible mortar for natural stones

Properties: Traversable*) after: approx. 4 hours

quick crystalline water bond Operationable*) after: 6 hours
flexible Fully operationable*)
rapid hardening after: 7 days
white in colour Consumption: approx. 2.60 kg/m2
for use up to Surface thickness of 10 mm with serrated trowel
for interior and exterior use each tooth width of 6 mm
very resilient approx. 3.50 kg/m2
according to European Standard EN 12004, C 1 FT with serrated trowel
each tooth width of 8 mm
Areas of application: approx. 4.30 kg/m2
CRISTALLIT-flex is particularly suitable for placement with serrated trowel
and arrangement of natural stones, cast stone tiles with each tooth width of 10 mm
minimal and extreme water absorption properties also for Cleaning: clean equipment with water
ceramic surfaces on stone ware and earthenware. immediately after use
Furthermore it is suitable for limited work periods and Packaging: 25 kg Sacks with PE
placement of ceramic material also subject to (Polyethylene) Inlay
discoloration for eg: crystalline marble, limestone, Storage: in dry storage for approx. 6
Granite Stone, Arthophr, Quartzite, Sandstone etc. Due months in original closed
to its quick crystalline water bond, this provides extra sacks, open sacks are to be
protection against discolouring caused by the effects of used up as soon as possible
the stones own ingredients.
CRISTALLIT-flex is suitable for the secure bonding of *) The values refer to 20C ambient temperature and at 65 %
concrete, plaster, brick work, Gypsum plasterboard relative air humidity.
and on heating screeds. It is also suitable as a bonding
agent on light weight concrete slabs for eg: slabs Test Certificates: acc. to DIN EN 12004,
consisting of extruded Polystyrene elements and for tile C2 FT MPA NRW (North
laying on SCHOMBURG mineral and dispersion Rhein Westfalia, Germany).
binding sealants. Test Certificate No.:
For application on permanent wet constructions such as 220002640-03
swimming pool surfaces and public shower facilities,
we recommend 2 kg of UNIFLEX-B added to 25 kg of Surface preparation:
CRISTALLIT-flex mortar for a better modified floor CRISTALLIT-flex is suitable for secure laying on all
structure. general surfaces according to German Industrial
For application on horizontal, exterior surfaces ie: Standard DIN 18157 Part 1 for eg: Concrete,
Balconies and Terraces, we recommend using the arerated concrete, plaster types IC10 and IC15,
mixture ratio of: 8 1/2 kg of UNIFLEX-B to be added to Cement Screed (CT) and (CA) Screed, heating
25 kg of CRISTALLIT-flex. screed, gypsum plasterboard and Masonry etc.
The surface must be dry, capable of load carrying
Technical Data: capacity, providing a sufficient smooth surface, be
Composition: cement, Sand, and additives free of separating substances and continious cracking.
(plasticizer additives) Coatings, Paint residues, Oils, sinter layers and loose
Colour: white particles are to be removed in advance. Generally,
Filling material base: finest sand quality a secure, closed surface finish must be achieved in
Filling density: approx. 1.40 kg/dm3 relation to the products capabilities. For laying of
Processing/ tiles on the surface structure, the Substrate prepara-
Substrate temperature: + 5C up to + 25C tion and processing must be carried out according to
Processing time*): approx. 60 min. the Standard requirements given under the German
Adhesion Period*): within 15 to 20 minutes Industrial Standard DIN 18157, Part 1.

102
Technical Data Sheet
Prior to binding, smoothened concrete surfaces are to
be abraded, absorbing surfaces are to be primed with
ASO-Unigrund (Universal Primer). Anhydrite screed
surfaces are to be milled and shot blasted including, all
types of calcium sulfate bonded surfaces are also to
be carefully primed with ASO-Unigrund (Universal
Primer) see annotations.
Prior to laying of the surfaces for heated screed the
screed is to be pre-heated only according to current
and certified methods of technique.
For measuring the surface maturity a moisture density
test is to be carried out using the CM-device. The
CM-moisture content (humidty) should not exceed the
following values:
CT 2 CM%
CA without floor heating at 0.5 CM%
CA with floor heating at 0.3 CM%.
The CM test is required to be carried out according
to the up to date working instructions, instructed by
the FBH-AD and coordinated using the Information
Transfer provided by the Technical committee for floor
constructions.
Product preparation:
Mix CRISTALLIT-flex only in a clean vessel using clean
water to obtain a clump free mixture, approx. 5 l to
6 l to 1 Sack of CRISTALLIT-flex (25 kg Sack) is to be
added to the measured water. We recommend using
a suitable mixer at approx. 300 700 rpm, mixing
until a homogenous smooth mass is achieved.
Mixing Ratio:
1 l to 1.2 l of Water added to 5 kg of CRISTALLIT-flex
or 5 l to 6 Liters of Water to 1 Sack of CRISTALLIT-flex
(25 kg).
After a short maturing time the components are to be
mixed once again. Do not mix more joint mortar than
is required for the application, keeping within the
handling time of 60 minutes. The already stirred
adhesive is to be spread over the spactling surface.
According to the type of tile format the surface is to be
combed using an apporopriate toothed trowel. Natural
Stones or tiles are to be pushed lightly into place. Do
not cover too much surface with Natural Stone or tiles,
allowed within the adhesion time given.
Important advice:
Not designed for under water applications.
103
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Only lay tiles using ASODUR-EK98 for applications
with ASOFLEX-AKB.
To reduce the effects of water absorption caused
by the products key components, we recommend
the application of ASODUR-EK 98 for laying of
serpentine, slate and Sinter stones/Cast Stones
containing natural stone elements.
For laying Sinter Stones/Cast Stones we
recommend our thin bed mortar, 25 kg of
CRISTALLIT-flex mixed with 2 kg of UNIFLEX-B.
For laying of Natural Stone and cast stone the
specific product properties of the surface topping
and the Manufacturers recommendations are to be
taken into effect (effects of colorisation and key
product factors). It is advisable to carry out adhe-
sion tests in advance!
Calcium sulfate bonded surfaces eg: ASO-NM15
are to be carefully primed ASO-Unigrund-GE
(Universal Primer) or ASO-Unigrund-K with mixing
ratio: 1:3 Water!
To reduce forming of entringite in calcium sulfate
bonded surfaces we recommend application of
UNIFIX-AEK for laying of such surfaces with
remaining moisture up to 1 % for heated and 1.5%
(according to the CM values!) for unheated
constructions! The effects caused by the specific
product properties is to be taken into account!
Thin bed mortar which has already hardened
should not receive additional water or new mortar
and be made workable again, which weakens
the structure causing an insufficient strength
development.
For laying of tiles, slabs on highly stressed areas
such as for Balconies and Terraces, we recom-
mend the application of a high elasticated binding
sealant system (AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M).
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools
and water vessels etc.), we recommend the use of
our thin bed system mortar UNIFIX- 2K or
UNIFIX-2K/6, on such areas for application with
the appropriate SCHOMBURG sealants.
The effects of the specific product properties on the
surface is to be taken into account. Non treated
areas are to be protected from the effects of
CRISTALLIT-flex!
Direct contact between the cementious tile mortar and
magnesite screed causes weakness and destruction of
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

the magnesite screed, a chemical reaction effect of

the properties, results in expansion tendency due to
magnesia.

A back drop in the moisture load capacity of the

surface must under all circumstances be prevented. The
magnesia base is to be mechanically abraded (milled)
and is to be primed (approx. 250 g/m2) with
ASODUR-D2 - Epoxy resin and an additional 5% max.
of water. After a waiting time of 12 to 24 hrs at an
ambient temperature of + 20C, the second layer of
ASODUR-D2 can be applied (approx. 300-350 g/m2).
The freshly layed siliceous sand (Quartz sand) with
(grain size 0.5 to 1 mm) is to be spread over the area.
After waiting a further 12 to 16 hrs the tile
laying can be carried out. The up to date, active
rules and regulations are to be adhered to: (German
Industrial Standards such as): DIN 18157, 18352,
18560, EN 13813 and DIN 1055.

BEB-Info Sheets (Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. -

German Federal Association for screed and surface
laying). Including technical information interface
coordination for heated flooring constructions.

Other technical literature currently handed out by the

German Federal tiling Industry, such as:
1) references on sealants in connection with ceramic
tiling and slabs for interior and exterior use (August
2000)
3) settlement joints on surfaces covered with tiles and
concrete tiling
4) see 1.
5) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on concreted surfaces, floor constructions with
layers of insulation
6) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on heated concrete floor constructions
7) surface constructions covered with tiles and slabs for
outdoor Building surroundings

Please adhere to current EC Materials Safety Data

Sheet (MSDS)

With a low content of chromate according to TRGS 613.

GISCODE: ZP1
47/06

104
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex Art.-No. 2 05400

Natural stone adhesive, white, rapid, thin bed or medium bed

Properties: Full loading/service: after approx. 7 days*

Rapid crystalline water binding Testing: DIN EN 12004,
Polymer modified C1F MPA NRW
Rapid setting Test certificate
White 220002641-03
Up to 15mm bed thickness
For interior and exterior areas *) at +20 C, 65% RH
Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C1F
Especially smooth Substrate preparation:
CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex is suitable for a secure bond to
Areas of application: all substrates conforming to DIN 18157, part 1, e.g.
CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex is suitable as a medium or thin bed concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, asphalt of
adhesive for the installation of natural and synthetic stone hardness class IC10 and IC15, CT and CA screeds,
tiles as well as vitrified or earthenware ceramic finishes heated screeds, masonry work, plasterboard etc. The
with highly profiled backs, with variations in thickness, substrate must be dry, load bearing, adequately flat
with high and low water absorption. Preferred for and free from penetrating cracks and separating
installations under time pressure and for fixing light, substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose
translucent materials prone to discolouration such as parts. It must have a largely closed finish with a
e.g. crystalline marble, limestone, granite, porphyry, surface condition and strength appropriate for its
quartzite, sandstone etc. The efficient binding of the type. When fixing tiles the substrate preparation and
water in CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex offers additional protection application must follow DIN 18157, part 1. Abrade
against discolouration from the stones own residue. smooth concrete surfaces and prime porous substrates
CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex is suitable for a secure bond to with ASO-Unigrund. Mechanically abrade anhydrite
even and uneven, load bearing substrates. Furthermore screeds followed by vacuuming and as with all
CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex is suitable for levelling out calcium sulphate bound substrates prime with
irregularities up to 15mm. ASO-Unigrund. Heated screeds must be heated up
It is additionally suitable as an adhesive for lightweight prior to laying finishes in accordance with recognised
building panels e.g. in extruded polystyrene and for technical regulations. The suitability of substrates to
bonding tiles to SCHOMBURG waterproof coatings. take coverings is to be determined through moisture
In continuously wet areas such as e.g. swimming pool measurements with a CM-device (carbide
decks and public showers we recommend the addition hygrometer).
of 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg.
On horizontal exterior surfaces such as balconies and The CM-moisture content may not exceed:
terraces modify CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex with 8.33 kg CT 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or
UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg. separating layers
CA without underfloor heating 0.5 CM%
Typical Properties: CA with underfloor heating 0.3 CM%
Basis: cement, sand and additives The carbide hygrometer measurement is to be carried
(polymer modified) out in accordance with current operating instructions
Colour: white FBH-AD from the technical information Coordination
Bulk density: approx. 1.5 kg/dm3 of cut out areas with heated floor constructions.
Application/
substrate temperature: min. +5 C to max. +30 C Product preparation:
Higher temperatures shorten/lower temperatures increase Mix CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex with clean water in a clean
the pot life and curing time. mixing bucket until homogenous.
Pot life: approx. 30-45 mins.* Mixing ratio:
Open time: approx. 10-20 mins.* 1.1 1.2 litres water : 5.0 kg CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex or
Foot traffic after: approx. 4 hrs.* 5.5 6.0 litres water : 25.0 kg CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex
Grout after: approx. 12 hrs.* Allow to stand for a short time, then remix. Do not

105
Technical Data Sheet
prepare more adhesive than can be used within the pot
life. Spread the mixed adhesive on to the substrate and
comb through with a suitable notched trowel dependent
on tile format. Lay finishing materials within the
adhesive open time. It is advantageous to lay
uncalibrated material using the floating-buttering
method. Always clean the mixing bucket as CRISTALLIT-
MBK-flex acts as an accelerator. Do not mix with other
cement-based adhesives.
Estimating & Supply:
Packaging:
25 kg bag
Consumption:
- approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness
- 3.4 kg/m2 with an 8mm notched trowel
- 7.2 kg/m2 with a 20/15 medium bed trowel
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Clean tools with water immediately after use
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored cool and dry in the original
unopened packaging. Use opened packaging
promptly.
Important advice:
When using ASOFLEX-AKB use ASODUR-EK98 to
install the tiles.
Not suitable for areas to be fully submersed
underwater.
Large irregularities in the substrate up to 15mm
can be evened out by spreading a levelling layer
of CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex. The levelling layer must be
allowed to cure for a minimum of 6 hours at +20
C, 65% RH.
To avoid curling effects due to water absorption we
recommend that when installing serpentinite, schist,
and with agglomerate/synthetic stones that contain
these natural stones, to use ASODUR-EK98.
For the installation of agglomerate/synthetic stone
we recommend our thin bed adhesive CRISTALLIT-flex
modified with 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg.
When installing natural or synthetic stone observe
the specific properties of the material (tendency to
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation
recommendations of the producer. In cases of doubt
carry out a trial area.
106
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates
such as e.g. ASO-NM15 with ASO-Unigrund-GE
or ASO-Unigrund-K (mixing ratio 1:3 with water).
In order to avoid the formation of ettringite with
calcium sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK is
suited for the installation onto these substrates up
to residual moisture contents of 1.0% on heated
screeds or 1.5% with unheated constructions,
measured with a carbide hygrometer.
Do not add more water or fresh mortar to a thin
bed adhesive that has started to set in order to
re-life it. There is a risk of inadequate strength
development.
When installing tiles or slabs in highly demanding
external areas (balconies/terraces) use the highly
elastic waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K or
AQUAFIN-2K/M.
In continuously wet areas (swimming pools,
containers etc.) we recommend the use of the
system thin bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6
onto the SCHOMBURG waterproofing product
suitable for the particular area. Observe the
specific properties of the covering material.
Protect areas where CRISTALLIT-MBK-flex will not
be applied, from exposure.
The direct contact between cement-based tile
adhesives and magnesium-based screeds leads
to the destruction of the magnesite screed. Rear
penetrating moisture from the substrate must be
eliminated with suitable measures. The magne-
site substrate is to be mechanically abraded and
primed with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with
up to 5% water (approx. 250 g/m2). After waiting
for approx. 12 hours up to 24 hours at +20 C
apply a second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx.
300-350 g/m2). Blind the wet second coat with
quartz sand of particle size 0.5-1.0 mm. Wait for
a further 12-16 hours before further work.
Observe the relevant current regulations. Therefore
e.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560, DIN
13813, DIN 18202, DIN 1055
The BEB information sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The professional information for the coordination of
cut out points for heated floor construction.
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
German professional tile association:
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

[*1] Advice for the installation of combined

waterproofing with tile and slab cladding and
finishes for interior and exterior areas. (January
2005).
[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and
finishes.
[*4] Advice on the installation of bonded
waterproofing coatings combined with tiles and
slabs in interior and exterior areas.
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor
constructions.
[*7] Tiled finishes in exterior locations.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
46/08

107
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

HF05 Brillantfuge Art.-No. 2 05555

High strength, flexible cement-based grout

Properties: Technical Data:

High strength, cement-based grout. Base: cement, mineral
Fulfils the requirements of EN 13888, CG2. aggregates, high quality
Increased abrasion resistance. additives and pigments
Water repellent. Colour: cement grey, mid grey
Resistant to freeze/thaw cycles. Surface/
Mould resistant. application temperature: +5 C to +25 C
Resistant to high pressure cleaning. Pot life *): approx. 90 minutes
Free from hazardous silicaceous fine quartz dust. Packaging: 25 kg bag
For interior, exterior and under water use. Joint width: 3 to 20 mm
Polymer modified. Traffickable *): after approx. 6 hours
For joints from 3 20 mm wide. Fully cured *): 7 days at the earliest
Vapour permeable. Compressive strength *): approx. 66 N/m2 after 28
Good application and wash-off properties. days to DIN EN 12808-2
Suitable for floor and wall heating. Flexural strength *): approx. 9 N/mm2 after 28
Colourways matched to the ECOSIL-2000 days to DIN EN 12808-2
silicone system. Storage: Dry, 12 months in original
unopened packaging.
Areas of application: Use opened packaging
HF05 Brillantfuge is suitable for grouting fully vitrified, immediately.
vitrified, brick tiles, tile slips, floor clinker etc. The strength Water demand: 3.9 to 4.5 litres / 25kg
of the tiles to be grouted must be greater than that of Coverage: see table
HF05 Brillantfuge. Cleaning: with water in the fresh state
Due to its high mechanical performance and abrasion Loose density: approx. 1.45 kg/dm3
resistance, HF05 Brillantfuge is especially suitable for Fresh mortar density: approx. 2.13 kg/dm3
grouting tiles in swimming pools, washing plants,
commercial kitchens, sales rooms, commercial areas, *) The figures indicated are related to 20 C and 65% relative humidity.
industrial areas and workshops. Furthermore HF05
Brillantfuge can be used on heated and flow screeds Consumption table:
in bathrooms, showers and living rooms, on terraces,
balconies and loggia as well as facades. See next page.
HF05 Brillantfuge can be used in heavy-duty areas e.g.
where cleaning equipment, high pressure steam
cleaning or scouring vacuums are present. Furthermore
the dense grout joints give increased resistance to
cleaning che-micals. Neutral or alkaline cleaners can
be used unrestricted. Compared to conventional
cement-based grouts, HF05 Brillantfuge has increased
resistance to acidic cleaners.
HF05 Brillantfuge is furthermore suitable for grouting
natural stone, should the specific product properties of
the natural stone material permit it without discoloura-
tion/picture framing e.g. via the stones components.
We recom-mend CRISTALLFUGE for grouting natural
stone. For grouting tiles in walls in living areas we
recommend ASO-Fugenbunt.

108
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Consumption table:

Tile/slab format Joint width Joint depth Approx. consumption

(in cm) (in mm) (in mm) per 10 m2 (in kg)

20.0 x 20.0 4.0 8.0 7.4

30.0 x 30.0 5.0 8.0 6.1
30.0 x 30.0 5.0 15.0 11.5
40.0 x 40.0 5.0 10.0 5.8
30.0 x 5.0 8.0 10.0 38.4
24.0 x 11.5 10.0 12.0 33.7
24.0 x 11.5 10.0 20.0 56.2

Surface preparation /
Method of application:
Once the adhesive has sufficiently set adequately
rake out the joints. Subsequently wet-clean the tile
surface. The adhesive bed must be fully set because
discolouration may appear. Pre-wet strongly porous
surfaces uniformly with water. Joints must be clean and
free from separating media. The time at which grouting
may commence depends on the adhesive used and is
from 3 to 72 hours. Mortar beds used in sand: cement
fixing must be sufficiently set and uniformly dry. Do not
grout surfaces with differing surface temperatures (e.g.
in direct sunlight).
The consistency of the grout is to be adjusted
dependant on the porosity of the cladding material
and the background.
1. Mix HF05 Brillantfuge with clean water in a
clean container. Provide 3.90 to 4.50 litres water
dependant on the desired consistency. Add 25 kg
HF05 Brillantfuge and mix with a paddle (approx.
500 rpm) to a smooth paste. In order to disperse
all components thoroughly mix HF05-Brillantfuge for
approx. 3 minutes Leave to stand for 3 minutes, then
re-stir. Do not mix more material than can be used
within 90 minutes*). To avoid colour variation keep
to the same mix ratio.
2. Work the HF05 Brillantfuge into the wall and floor
area with a grout float under light pressure and strike
off cleanly diagonally to the joint so that the grout
profile is completely filled.
3. Once the grout has begun to set (check with a
finger test, approx. 14 45 mins) wash the joint
contours with a dampened sponge board. After
a further 15 45 minutes wash clean with the
sponge board.
4. Keep movement joints free for elastic jointing
with ECOSIL-2000 or ECOSIL-2000-UW. Rake
out mortar residues and wash off with a rung-out
damp sponge.
Wash-off any remaining mortar film with the sponge
board and clean water after a few hours. Do not use
dry cloths to clean as there is a risk of discolouration
as the dried-on grout may be rubbed into the still
damp joints.
Protect the fresh joints from influences detrimental to
setting such as high temperatures, wind, rain or frost.
In adverse weather conditions (low humidity,
draught, wind) and with strongly porous ceramic
bodies the optimum setting of the grout can be
assisted by post-treating the grout profile with clean
water (re-wetting with the sponge board).
Frequently replace the wash-off water with fresh
water. Where ceramic tiles have profiled, rough or
unglazed surfaces or where surfaces are porous, or
with rustic natural stone as well as profiled fully vitri-
fied tiles that have surface micro-pores in varying
magnitude, it is recommended that a trial area is
carried out (possibly lightly pre-wet the surface or seal
before grouting) in order to determine the ability to
completely wash-off cement and pigment residues.
The timing for wash-off is dependant on the type of

109
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

tile and the prevailing climate. Smooth the surface after Protect the joints from rapid drying out in draughts
an appropriate waiting time without washing out the and strong sunlight possibly by hanging polythene
grout. sheets or repeated wetting of the joints!
Protect grouting until hardened from rain and frost!
Important advice: Ensure perimeter joints and movement joints are
Do not add further water or fresh mortar to HF05 clear from mortar by filling with Styrofoam strips or
that has already started to stiffen in order to re-life the foam profiles prior to grouting.
product. There is an increased risk of discolouration Joints around tile bays, interruptions and pipe
and of reduced strength development! outlets as well as perimeter and movement joints
For regular maintenance and cleaning of the grouted should be sealed with an elastic material such
surface we recommend the use of neutral or alkaline as ECOSIL-2000, ECOSIL-2000-ST or
cleaning materials in the prescribed application ECOSIL-2000-UW dependant on application.
concentrations. Rinse the surface with clean water The use of HF05 does not replace waterproofing
after cleaning. measures.
High pressure and steam cleaning jets are Watch for uniform absorption of the background
comprehensive and should only be used within and the tile edges.
the necessary scope of cleaning. Thoroughly clean the background before
When using acidic cleaners the relevant regulations commencing grouting.
should be observed. Pre-wet the joints, subsequently Only use clean water and tools.
apply the cleaning material in the prescribed Refer to the specific product properties when
concentration. Keep the activity time of the cleaner laying natural stone and synthetic stone (tendency
to a minimum. Wash-off with plenty of clean water to discolour). When doubt exists carry out a grout
afterwards. trial. We recommend grouting natural stone with
Under heavier duty chemical conditions, in particular CRISTALLFUGE.
frequent or lengthy activity of acidic materials, use Protect areas not to be treated with HF05.
the highly durable 2 component epoxy resin grout
ASODUR-EK 98. Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613.
Do not powder and remove with dry material.
Increased risk of discolouration exits due to Please observe valid EU-safety data sheet.
inadequate dissociation of the component parts.
Adequate dampness should be provided for optimum GISCODE: ZP1
hydration of the cement. This is particularly relevant
35/06
for non-porous tiles because no storage effect is
expected here.
Observe the setting times of adhesives and mortar.
Colour discolouration may occur by grouting to early.
Sand: cement mortars with unwashed, additives
prone to discolouration (e.g. with clay components)
or substances prone to discolouration, from adjacent
building products, can lead to patchiness.
Irregular dampness penetration, caused by the
sub-construction, mortar bed, temperature variations
or floor coverings, can lead to colour differences in
the grout lines, which do not effect the quality of the
grout and which will with favourable environmental
conditions increasingly even themselves out. No
guarantee against shade variations!
Use material from the same batch number within a
room.

110
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

INDUCRET-VK4020 Art.-No. 5 50015

Two-component thixotropic concrete adhesive

Properties:
INDUCRET-VK4020 is a two-component, solvent-free
epoxy resin with the following properties:
high tensile adhesion strength
high compressive and flexural strengths
resistant to many dilute acids, alkalis, solutions
aggressive to concrete
water washable whilst still fresh
bonds to damp substrates.
Areas of application:
INDUCRET-VK4020 is used for bonding pre-cast
concrete elements (e.g. shaft rings), for filling out wide
joints in concrete, under-grouting and bonding of metal
rails, flanges and profiles, for grouting anchors, guardrail
posts etc.
Storage:
Both components (A and B) can be stored for 12
months in the unopened containers. Store dry and free
from frost above approx. +10 C.
Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be:
dust free, dry, solid, load bearing and have a
good key
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease and
similar.
Dependent on the condition of the substrate use
suitable means of preparation such as e.g. planing,
scabbling, grit-blasting, shot-blasting.

Technical Data: The following criteria must also be respected,

Basis: two-component epoxy resin dependent upon the particular substrate:
Colour: grey
Viscosity: trowellable consistency Cement-based areas:
Density: approx. 1.37 g/cm3 Concrete quality: min. C20/25
at +23 C Age of the substrate: min. 14 days
Material consumption: approx. 1.37 kg/m2/mm Tensile adhesion
thickness strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Mixing ratio: 3:1 parts by weight Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes hygrometer method)
at +23 C
Adhesive open time: approx. 20 minutes Iron and steel surfaces are to be abraded to expose
at +23 C bright metal and to be protected with an active
Minimum cure temp: +10 C corrosion inhibitor.
Overcoat after: min. 16 hours,
max. 24 hours at +23 C Product preparation:
Light traffic / Both components, A (resin) and B (hardener), are
full load after: 48 hours / 7 days at +23 C delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip all of
Tensile adhesion strength: concrete failure component B into component A. It is advantageous
Compressive strength: approx. 50 N/mm2 to mix both components with a mechanical stirrer at a
(DIN 1164, part 7) maximum of 300 rpm (e.g. with a slowly rotating drill
Flexural strength: approx. 25 N/mm2 with paddle). Mix very thoroughly. Implicitly stir from
(DIN 1164, part 7) the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener
is evenly dispersed vertically. Stir until the mix is
Cleaning: homogenous. Do not use directly from the packaging.
All tools must be thoroughly cleaned with water every Decant the material into a clean container and mix
time work is suspended. through thoroughly once again. The material
temperature during mixing should be +15 C.
Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK4020 is available in 3 kg and 6 kg Application:
containers. Both components are delivered at a Apply INDUCRET-VK4020 onto the prepared
predetermined mixing ratio. substrate as an adhesive using a trowel, steel float or

111
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

notched trowel and spread evenly over the substrate

appropriate to the use.
Minimum adhesive bed thickness: 2.0 mm.
When bonding concrete units (shaft rings) remove
excess material with a trowel once the individual
concrete pieces have been positioned.
When using as a grout, apply the INDUCRET-VK4020
to the prepared opening. Ensure a particularly careful
application and compaction is followed to prevent voids.

Health and safety:

Once completely cured INDUCRET-VK4020 is
harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive.
Therefore implicitly ensure that the hardener does not
come into contact with the skin. It is recommended to
wear protective gloves when working with this product.
Clean up contamination with plenty of water and soap,
preferably with the addition of 10% household vinegar.
Should splashes get into the eyes, rinse immediately
with plenty of water. Subsequently rinse again with an
eye wash bottle containing boric acid solution
available from pharmacies then consult an optician/
doctor immediately. Adhere to the general government
health and safety protective directive.

Important advice:
Lower site temperatures increase the consumption.
The material also loses good workability and
reaction times are increased. Higher temperatures
shorten the pot life.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
INDUCRET-VK4020 is classified in accordance with
the ordinance on hazardous substances.

Please observe a current EU health and safety data

sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
10/07

112
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

INDUCRET-VK4045 Art.-No. 5 50029

Jointing tape and concrete adhesive

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUCRET-VK4045 is a solvent-free two component The area to be treated must be
epoxy resin. dry, solid, load bearing and have a good profile
High tensile adhesion strength. free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Good bond to dry and damp backgrounds. substances such as dust, laitance, grease etc.
Resistant to a variety of dilute acids, alkalis and
concrete aggresive water. Dependant on its condition the following suitable
Water washable in the fresh state. methods can be used to prepare the background
to be treated; planing, scabbling, grit blasting, shot
Areas of application: blasting.
INDUCRET-VK4045 is used as a construction adhesive
for bonding: The following criteria also need to be fulfilled
INDUFLEX-Elastomer-Fugenbnder (jointing tapes) dependant on the particular background:
Precast concrete elements (e.g. shaft rings)
Filling wide joints in concrete Cement-based surfaces:
Under pouring and bonding of metal rails, flanges Concrete quality: min. C20/25
and profiles Age of the
Bedding in and grouting of anchors, site posts etc. background: min. 14 days
Tensile adhesion
Technical Data: strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Basis: 2 component epoxy resin Residual moisture: < 6.0% (carbide
Colours: grey hygrometer method)
Viscosity: trowelable consistency
Density: approx. 1.36 g/cm3 Iron and steel substrates are to be abraded to shiny
at +23 C metal and protected with an active corrosion inhibitor.
Material consumption: approx. 1.36 kg/m2/mm
thickness Product preparation:
Mixing ratio: 100:9 parts by weight Components A and B are delivered in a
Pot life: approx. 35 mins at +20 C predetermined mixing ratio. Empty component B into
Minimum cure temp: +8 C component A. Blending of both components is to be
Overcoat after: min. 8 hrs, max. 24 hrs carried out using a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm
at +23 C (slowly rotating drill with mixing paddle). Mix very
Light/full traffic after: 36 hrs / 3 days at +23 C thoroughly. It is important also to stir from the sides
Tensile adhesion and the bottom so that the hardener is evenly dis-
strength: concrete failure persed vertically. Mix until the mixture is homogenous
(free from striations): mix time approx. 3 minutes.
Cleaning: Do not use the mixed material directly from the
All tools must be thoroughly cleaned with water at every packaging. Pour the mix into a clean ves-sel and stir
interruption in work. through once again thoroughly. The material
temperature should be minimum +15 C.
Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK4045 is available in 6 kg containers. Application:
Both components are delivered at a predetermined INDUCRET-VK4045 is applied to the prepared
mixing ratio. background as an adhesive with a trowel, float or
notched trowel and evenly spread over the substrate
Storage: appropriate to the use.
Both components (A and B) can be stored for 12 Minimum adhesive bed thickness: 1.0 mm.
months in closed containers. Store dry and frost free For bonding the jointing tapes INDUFLEX-8000 the
at approx. +10 C. adhesive INDUCRET-VK4045 is applied along both

113
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

sides of the joint or the crack onto the previously

prepared substrate with the appropriate tool. Bed
thickness 1.0 to 2.0 mm. Application width 3 - 6
cm (both sides). The inside edge of the jointing tape
must be adhesive free to a minimum width of 2 cm.
The jointing tape can be laid in a loop or flat. Bed
and press the jointing tape firmly into the adhe-sive.
Adhesive consumption: approx. 1 kg, dependant on
jointing tape width and substrate.
When bonding concrete elements (e.g. shaft rings),
remove excess adhesive with a trowel or spatula
after placing the units. Bed thickness: min. 20 mm.
Consumption: approx. 2.6 kg/m2 bonded area.
As an anchoring grout insert the INDUCRET-VK4045
into the prepared opening. Thoroughly apply and
compact to avoid voids.
Consumption: approx. 1.33 kg/l.

Health and safety:

Once fully cured INDUCRET-VK4045 is physiologically
harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive.
Therefore it is imperative that the skin does not come
into contact with the hardener. It is recommended that
protective gloves are worn. Wash off contamination
with plenty of soap and water, preferably contain-
ing 2% household vinegar. If splashes get into the
eyes, wash out immediately with plenty of water.
Subsequently rinse out with an eye wash bottle filled
with boric acid solution available at chemists then
immediately seek a doctor/eye specialist. In all cases
please observe the government health and safety
protective directive.

Important advice:
Lower site temperatures increase the consumption.
The material also loses its good application
properties and reaction times are increased. Higher
temperatures reduce the working time.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
INDUCRET-VK4045 is classified in accordance with
the ordinance on hazardous substances. Please
observe a current EU material safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
20/07

114
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

INDUFLEX-Primer-S Art.-No. 5 55109

Primer/Adhesion promoter

Properties: Substrate preparation:

Very good adhesion to porous, non-porous and The area to be treated must be:
metallic substrates. See substrates/contact surfaces. Dry to matt damp, sound, load bearing and have
a good key.
Areas of application: Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
In particular as an adhesion promoter for the joint substances.
sealant INDUFLEX-VK6060.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: INDUFLEX-Primer-S is supplied ready for use. Briefly
Basis: one component, solvent shake the contents of the bottle well before use.
containing, modified epoxy
resin Method of application and yield/
Colour: colourless, weakly yellow Consumption:
Density: approx. 0.98 g/cm3 Priming the joint edges or edge of the joint unit:
Application temperature: +5 C to +35 C 1. Evenly apply INDUFLEX-Primer-S in one operation
Flash off time: min. 30 minutes and max. with a priming brush.
24 hours at +23 C and 2. Yield/Consumption:
75% RH Consumption per litre = approx. 6 m2.
Cleaning: carefully clean work tools With a joint dimension of 20 x 15 mm =
immediately after use with approx. 220 to 400 m, dependent on the type
the appropriate cleaner e.g. of contact surface.
acetone
Packaging: 1 litre tin Notes:
Storage: cool and dry above +10 C, The primer is to be applied with care and serves
12 months in the original exclusively as an adhesion promoter between the
unopened container contact area and the joint sealant. Thoroughly clean
the contact area.
Substrate/Contact surface: Use INDU-IB- Cleanser as the cleaner. Dry clean
Cementitious substrates: porous contact areas. Use a fine abrasive paper for
Concrete, aerated concrete, render/plaster, abrading.
fibre cement, unglazed tiles
43/09
Metal/Iron:
Construction steel, metallic bright (Sa2.5),
steel (galvanised), stainless steel (V2A, V4A)
Non ferrous metals:
Aluminium (bright and anodised), copper
Plastics:
Epoxy coatings/mortars, GRP in UP, PU and EP.

Advice: Always use bond cleaner INDU-IB-Cleanser as

required.

115
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

LIGHTFLEX Art.-No. 2 01005

Universal flexible adhesive especially light with high yield

Pot life *): approx. 2 hours

Open time *): approx. 30 minutes
0432 Grout after *): approx. 24 hours
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrae 28 Traffic after *): approx. 24 hours
D-32760 Detmold
04 Fully cured *): after 7 days
EN 12004:2002-10

LIGHTFLEX Cleaning: clean immediately after use

Cement-based adhesive for wall and
floor tiles and plates with water
Testing: DIN EN 12004,
C2 TE S1
MPA-NRW
Test certificate
Properties: 220003005-04
Tested to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S1. DIN EN 12002
High yield. Guidelines for flexible
For interior and exterior use. adhesives by the German
Easy and smooth application. Construction Industry and
High initial grab. the Association of the
Good sag resistance. German Tile Industry
Variable, use also as a flow-bed adhesive. Consumption: Approx. 1.3 kg/m2 with a
Fulfils the required criteria for a flexible adhesive. 6 mm notched trowel
Approx. 1.8 kg/m2 with an
Areas of application: 8 mm notched trowel
LIGHTFLEX is used as a thin bed adhesive and flow-bed Approx. 2.2 kg/m2 with a
adhesive with a high yield for fixing vitrified and 10 mm notched trowel
earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with low water Approx. 1.9 kg/m2 with an
absorption0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and 8 mm Flowline trowel
natural stone that is neither translucent nor sensitive to Approx. 2.7 kg/m2 with a
discolouration. LIGHTFLEX is suitable for secure fixing to 10 mm Flowline trowel
all substrates in accordance with DIN 18157, part 1, Approx. 3.2 kg/m2 with a
e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, render, cement-based 12/20 mm medium bed
(CT) and calcium sulphate based (CA) screeds and trowel
heated screeds, brickwork, plasterboard etc. as well as Packaging: 15 kg PE lined bags
to existing well bonded tiled finishes. Storage: dry, 12 months in the
original unopened
Furthermore it is suitable as an adhesive for lightweight packaging. Use opened
construction boards e.g. composed of extruded polysty- packaging promptly
rene and for fixing tiles to mineral-based or dispersion-
based bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof systems. *) The values relate to +20 C and 65% relative humidity.
Uneven wall or floor substrates can be levelled out with
LIGHTFLEX up to a thickness of 15 mm before starting Surface preparation:
tiling. Due to the low weight, transportation to the The substrate must be dry, load bearing sufficiently
building site is considerably easier. flat and free from continuous cracks and separating
substances such as oil, paint, sinter layers and loose
Technical Data: components. The substrate surface condition must be
Basis: lightweight fillers, cement, relevant for its type and be largely close pored. For
additives (polymer modified) tiling, the substrate preparation and application must
Colour: cement grey conform to DIN 18157, part 1. Prime absorbent
Bulk density: approx. 0.81 kg/l substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate
Application/ screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and thoroughly
substrate temperature: +5C to +25 C primed with ASO-Unigrund as with all substrates

116
Technical Data Sheet
based on calcium sulphate binders. Heated screeds
must be commissioned in accordance with technical
regulations before applying finsihes. To determine
whether the substrate is ready for tiling carry out a
moisture measurement with a carbide hygrometer
(CM device). The CM moisture measurement may not
exceed
CT 2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or
separating layers in interiors
CA without underfloor heating 0.5 CM%
CA with underfloor heating 0.3 CM%
The CM measurements are to be carried out in
accordance with current working instructions from
FBH-AD from the technical information coordination
of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.
Product preparation:
Mix LIGHTFLEX, with clean water in a clean mixing
bucket until homogenous.
Mixing ratio:
as a thin-bed adhesive:
7.5 8.1 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX
as a smoothing mortar:
7.4 7.9 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX
as a flow-bed adhesive:
10.2 10.8 litres water: 15 kg LIGHTFLEX
Allow to mature for 4 minutes, then mix through once
again. When using as a flow-bed adhesive firstly
mix LIGHTFLEX with approx. 8 litres of water and
subsequently mix in the remaining water until the
pourable consistency is achieved. Do not mix more
material than can be used within the pot life. Spread
the mixed adhesive over the substrate and dependent
on the tile format comb through with the appropriate
notched trowel. Fix the finishing material within the
adhesive open time.
Important advice:
For fixing tiles in heavy duty areas in exterior
locations (balconies and terraces) install the
highly elastic bonded waterproofing system
AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K.
Levelling coats produced with LIGHTFLEX can be
tiled over after approx. 8 24 hours dependent
on thickness applied *).
117
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Where LIGHTFLEX is used as a flow-bed adhesive,
tiles can generally be trafficked and grouted after
48 hours.
When fixing natural and synthetic stone refer to
the specific product properties (tendency to
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the
manufacturers recommendations. In cases of
doubt carry out a trial area.
To avoid curling effects through water uptake, we
recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with
conglomerate/synthetic stone.
Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with
ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund (mix ratio
1:3 with water).
To avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium
sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK is suitable
for fixing on to these substrates up to a residual
moisture content of 1.0% when heated and 1.5%
when unheated, measured with a carbide
hygrometer.
Adhesive that has already started to set should
not be re-lifed by adding more water or fresh
adhesive. There is a risk of inadequate strength
development.
In continually wet areas (swimming pools,
containers etc.) we recommend the use of the
system thin bed adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6 on to the
SCHOMBURG waterproofing compound suitable
for the particular installation.
Direct contact between cement-based adhesives
and magnesium-based screeds leads to the
destruction of the screed through chemical
reaction. Negative moisture pressure from the
substrate must be prevented with appropriate
measures. Mechanically abrade the magnesite
substrate and prime with the epoxy resin
ASODUR-V-360-W with a maximum addition of
5% water (approx. 250 g/m2). Leave for between
12 and 24 hours at +20 C, then apply a
second coat of ASODUR-V-360-W (approx.
300 350 g/m2). Broadcast the wet second coat
with quartz sand of particle size 0.5 1.0mm to
excess. After waiting for a further 12 - 16 hours
carry out the floor finish.
LIGHTFLEX is a hydraulically setting adhesive and
should be protected from the influences of water
and frost until fully cured which may take a few
days under favourable weather conditions.
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of

LIGHTFLEX.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
E.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN 18202
DIN 13813
DIN 1055

The BEB data sheets distributed by the National

Association for screeds and finishes. The technical
information coordination of cut out areas with heated
floor construction.

The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical

Association of the German Tile Industry:
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and
exterior areas (January 2005).
[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds (October
2005).
[*3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on cement-based floor construction with
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based floor construction.
[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613

GISCODE: ZP1
30/07

118
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

MONOFLEX Art.-No. 2 04256

Flexible Cement Based Tile Adhesive, grey

Properties: Surface preparation:

MONOFLEX is a high grade, polymer-modified, thin The surface must be dry, resp. moist, load bearing
bed adhesive, tested and supervised according to and free from dirt, dust and release agents. Further
EN 12004, for interior and exterior applications. information is available in DIN 18157, part 1 is to
MONOFLEX is easily workable, with a high initial be adhered to.
bond and has very good stability. Due to its flexible Prime absorbent substrates with ASO-Universal.
form, application is also suitable on weak deformable Smooth concrete surfaces have to be roughened,
surfaces. anhydrite screed are to be abraded and primed
with ASO-Universal Primer.
Areas of application:
MONOFLEX is used as a tile adhesive for thin layer Product preparation:
methods for ceramic coatings (even fine earthen ware), MONOFLEX is mixed with tap water until a lump free,
mosaic, clinker, brick tiles and insulating plasterboards. pasty mortar is obtained.
For translucent materials MONOFLEX white is Mixing ratio:
recommended. MONOFLEX is suitable for the applica- 1.00 l water to 4 kg MONOFLEX
tion on masonry, plaster, gas concrete, concrete and 6.25 l water to 25 kg MONOFLEX
gypsum board as well as on old tiles. MONOFLEX is Do not cover more surface than is required, keeping
suitably flexible for surfaces such as heating screed (see within the handling time of up to two hours.
special technical leaflet), precast concrete (at least two The ready to use adhesive is applied with surface
months old) and dry construction boards such as gypsum continuity and troweled with a suitable serrated
boards etc. MONOFLEX is suitable for the tile laying trowel. The tiles are fixed with light pressure.
on composite sealed surfaces in interior applications
according to ZDB-leaflet. Important advice:
With application of ASOFLEX-AKB for laying of tiles,
Technical Data: we recommend ASODUR-EK98.
Basis: Sand/cement (plastic For laying of tiles, slabs on highly stressed areas such
modified) as for balconies and terraces, we recommend the
Colour: Cement grey application of our high elasticated binding sealant
Filler structure: Fine sand system AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K.
Bulk density: approx. 1.25 kg/l For laying of cast stone or natural stone it is
Application temperature: +5 C up to +30 C imperative that the specific product details of the cast
Pot life*: approx. 1 hour material (decoulorisation and key dangers) etc. and
Skin formation*: approx. 25 minutes also the laying recommendations, be regarded. If
Traversable*: After approx. 24 hours in doubt, carry out tests in advance. To reduce key
Jointable*: After approx. 24 hours factors due to water penetration, we recommend the
Cleaning: In green condition application of ASODUR-EK98 for agglomerate cast
with water stone.
Official tests: according to EN 12004 For levels containing calcium sulfate bindings we
supervised by MPA Dortmund recommend a primer such as ASO-Universal Primer-
Consumption: depending on surface and GE or ASO-Universal Primer-K (Mix Ratio 1:3 with
tiles, minimum 1.2 kg/m2 water).
Storage: in dry storage for at least 12 To reduce the effect of ettringite in calcium sulfate
months, use opened bags layers we recommend UNIFIX-AEK,for relocation of
immediately. such layers with up to 1% of remaining humidity for
Packaging: 25 kg bags with PE inlet heated constructions and 1.5% remaining humidity for
6 kg bag (6 bags in one unheated constructions (according to up to date
cardboard box) measures provided by FBH-AD official handling
* The values are valid at an ambient temperature of +20 C and at regulations). Thin bed mortar which has already
65% relative humidity. hardened should not receive additional water or

119
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

freshly mixed mortar amounts, trying to achieve a 5) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
better workable mixture, this may cause a lack in stone on heated concrete floor constructions
strength development. 6) surface constructions covered with tiles and slabs
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools and for outdoor Building surroundings
water vessels etc.), we recommend UNIFIX-2K/6 our
thin bed adhesive system on such areas for application Safety advice:
with the appropriate SCHOMBURG sealants. MONOFLEX contains cement and reacts alkaline with
Industrial flooring can be destroyed by direct contact moisture. Therefore:
between the screed topping and the cemented tiling, * Protect skin and eyes
a chemical reaction is caused and is known as * In case of irritation wash thoroughly with clear cool
expansion tendency due to magnesia. water
A back drop in the moisture load capacity of the * In case of eye contact seek immediate medical
surface must under all circumstances be prevented. The treatment
magnesia base is to be mechanically abraded and is
to be primed (approx. 250 g/m2) with ASODUR-D2 - With a low content of chromate according to
Epoxy resin and an additional 5% max. of water. After TRGS 613.
a waiting time of 12 to 24 hrs at an ambient
temperature of + 20 C, the second layer of Please adhere to current EC-Safety Data Sheet
ASODUR-D2 can be applied (approx. 300-350 g/m2). (MSDS).
The fresh layer of siliceous sand (grain size 0.5 to
1 mm) is to be spread over the area. After waiting a GISCODE: ZP1
further 12 to 16 hrs the tile laying can be carried out.
48/06
MONOFLEX is an hydraulical hardening, thin bed
mortar sealant which can, however, take several
days to completely harden under the influence of bad
weather conditions. The area should be protected
against rain and frost exposure.
Surfaces which are not to be treated should be
protected prior to the application of MONOFLEX.

The up to date, active rules and regulations are to be

adhered to:
(German Industrial Standards such as):
BEB-Info Sheets (Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V. -
German Federal Association for screed and surface
laying) Including technical information, interface,
coordination for heated flooring constructions.
Other technical literature currently handed out by the
German Federal tiling Industry, such as:.
1) references on sealants in connection with ceramic
tiling and slabs for interior and exterior use (August
2000)
2) settlement joints on surfaces covered with tiles and
concrete tiling
3) see 1.
4) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on concreted surfaces, floor constructions with
layers of insulation

120
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

MONOFLEX-FB-SE Art.-No. 2 04228

Flow bed flexible adhesive

Properties: *) These values are valid at + 20 C and 65% relative humidity.

Higher temperatures shorten, lower temperatures lengthen the
Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C2 FE S1
declared times.
S1 deformable adhesive to DIN EN 12002
For interior and exterior use
Rapid setting Substrate preparation:
Thixotropic MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for a secure bond to all
Efficient application floor substrates e.g. concrete, cement-based and
Fulfils the criteria required for the guideline calcium sulphate based screeds / heated screeds.
flexible adhesive The substrate must have a virtually closed surface and
a surface condition and strength appropriate for its
Areas of application: type. The substrate must be dry, clean, load bearing,
MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for use as a thin bed and be free from separating substances and penetrat-
adhesive for the virtually void free installation, when ing cracks. Remove coatings, paint, oil, laitance and
under time pressure, especially of profiled or large loose parts. Abrade smooth concrete surfaces and
format tiles and in heavy duty areas. With prime porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund before
MONOFLEX-FB-SE a virtually void free adhesive bed tiling. Anhydrite screeds must be mechanically abrad-
is possible in one operation; buttering the backs of ed, vacuumed and as with all calcium sulphate bound
the tiles with the adhesive can be omitted when using substrates thoroughly primed with ASO-Unigrund.
suitable fixing techniques. When installing tiles observe all parts of DIN 18157,
MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for fixing vitrified or part 1.
earthenware tiles, ceramic tiles with water absorption
< 0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and natural stone The suitability of substrates to take coverings is to be
materials that are neither sensitive to discolouration nor determined through moisture measurements with a
translucent. MONOFLEX-FB-SE is suitable for secure CM-device (carbide hygrometer). The CM-moisture
fixing on horizontal substrates, or those with a slight fall, content may not exceed:
in accordance with DIN 18157 part 1 e.g. concrete, CT2.0 CM% for screeds on insulation or
aerated concrete, cement and calcium sulphate based separating layers
screeds/heated screeds etc. It is additionally suitable CA without underfloor heating0.5 CM%
as a bedding mortar for lightweight building panels CA with underfloor heating0.3 CM%
e.g. in extruded polystyrene and for bonding tiles to
SCHOMBURG mineral-based or dispersion-based The carbide hygrometer measurement is to be carried
waterproof coatings. MONOFLEX-FB-SE can be used out in accordance with current operating instructions
to install tiles to difficult substrates (e.g. balconies FBH-AD from the technical information Coordination
and terraces) with the addition of the highly flexible of cut out areas with heated floor constructions.
UNIFLEX-B.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Mix MONOFLEX-FB-SE with clean water in a
Basis: aggregates, cement, clean mixing bucket until homogenous.
additives (polymer modified) Mixing ratio:
Colour: cement grey 5.75 to 6.25 litres water:25.0 kg MONOFLEX-FB-SE
Filler configuration: fine sand
Bulk density: 1.5-1.6 kg/dm3 On external horizontal surfaces e.g. balconies and
Application temperature: +5 C to +25 C terraces MONOFLEX-FB-SE can be modified with
Pot life *): 30 to 45 minutes UNIFLEX-B. For improved workability with
Open time *): approx. 20 minutes MONOFLEX-FB-SE and UNIFLEX-B add water after
Grout after *): approx. 4 hours mixing the two materials.
Foot traffic after *): approx. 4 hours Mixing ratio:
Full loading/service *): after approx. 7 days 8.33 kg UNIFLEX-B:25 kg MONOFLEX-FB-SE:2.0
Testing: conforms to DIN EN 12004 litres water.

121
Technical Data Sheet
The addition of UNIFLEX-B lengthens the adhesive
open time and pot life somewhat. The deformability
to DIN EN 12002 is considerably increased. After
allowing to stand for 3 minutes, remix the adhesive.
Do not prepare more adhesive than can be used within
the pot life. Spread the MONOFLEX-FB-SE on to the
substrate and comb through with a suitable notched
trowel dependent on tile format special trowels
have been proven (e.g. HFV notches, flowline). Lay
finishing materials within the adhesive open time (finger
test approx. 20 minutes). Always clean the mixing
bucket as setting MONOFLEX-FB-SE acts as an
accelerator. Do not mix with other cement-based
adhesives.
Estimating & Supply:
Packaging:
25 kg bag with PE liner
Consumption:
approx. 3.4 kg/m2 with an 8 mm notched trowel
approx. 4.2 kg/m2 with a 10 mm notched trowel
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Clean tools with water immediately after use.
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored cool and dry in the original
unopened packaging. Use opened packaging
promptly.
Important advice:
When installing large format tiles in heavy duty areas
we recommend that they are vibrated e.g. with a
vibration device. Due to its thixotropic properties the
MONOFLEX-FB-SE is encouraged to flow through
vibration. Voids in the adhesive bed are closed.
To assist in the best possible void free bedding of
tiles we recommend that the adhesive bed is combed
in one direction so that the air under the tiles can
escape via the vent spaces (free space between the
ribs).
When installing natural or synthetic stone observe
the specific properties of the material (tendency to
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation
recommendations of the stone/tile producer. In
cases of doubt carry out a trial area.
Perimeter, bay and movement joints are to be
reflected through and sealed with a suitable
material e.g. edging strip.
122
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
To avoid curling effects due to water absorption
we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with
agglomerate/synthetic stone.
Please heed the current ZDB information sheets
distributed by the German tile association,
especially when fixing to calcium sulphate based
substrates and heated constructions.
Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with
ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mixing ratio
1:3 with water). In order to avoid the formation of
ettringite with calcium sulphate based substrates
UNIFIX-AEK is suited for the installation onto these
substrates up to residual moisture contents of 1.0%
on heated screeds or 1.5% with unheated
constructions, measured with a carbide hygrometer.
Do not add more water or fresh mortar to a thin
bed adhesive that has started to set in order to
re-life it. There is a risk of inadequate strength
development.
The direct contact between cement-based tile
adhesives and magnesium-based screeds leads
to the destruction of the magnesite screed. Rear
penetrating moisture from the substrate must be
eliminated with suitable measures. The magne-
site substrate is to be mechanically abraded and
primed with the epoxy resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360,
see TDS for application instructions.
For waterproofing external surfaces (balconies
and terraces) use the elastic waterproofing systems
AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M.
MONOFLEX-FB-SE is a hydraulically setting
adhesive and until fully cured, which may take
a few days in unfavourable conditions, protect
against water and frost.
Protect areas where MONOFLEX-FB-SE will not be
applied, from exposure.
Observe the relevant current regulations. Therefore
e.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN 13813, DIN 18 202, DIN 1055
The BEB information sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The professional information for the coordination
of cut out points for heated floor construction.
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
German professional tile association:
[*1] Advice on the installation of combined
waterproofing with tile and slab cladding and
finishes for interior and exterior areas. (January
2005).
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds

[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and
finishes.
[*4] Ceramic floor finishes in heavy duty areas
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor
constructions.
[*7] Exterior locations.
[*8] Swimming pool construction.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
46/08

123
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

P79-Aufbrennsperre Art.-No. 2 05402

Primer for finish

Properties: Imortant advice:

P79-Aufbrennsperre prevents the serious dry out of The priming must be dried out before the plaster is
plaster on highly absorptive surfaces like brick masonry, applied. It is impossible to apply wet in wet. The
lime sandstone, expanded concrete. finishing may be started 1 to 3 days after application
P79-Aufbrennsperre forms no film and does not cause a of the priming with P79-Aufbrennsperre. Protect areas
parting layer between plaster and masonry. P79 does that are not to be primed. P79-Aufbrensperre etches
not reduce the vapour diffusionability of the masonry. glass, metals, clinker, window frames etc.
P79-Aufbrennsperre disposes of hydrophobizing
attributes and results a slight water repellence to the Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
surface. It does not cause a complete waterproofing. Data Sheet (MSDS).
Water that the plaster needs to cure is not removed on
surfaces pre-treated with P79. GISCODE: M-GF01
45/06
Areas of application:
P79-Aufbrennsperre is applied on absorptive surfaces
which are to be finished like brickwork, lime sandstone,
expanded concrete to avoid the fast dry out of the
plaster.

Technical Data:
pH value: 11 - 12
Colour: yellow
Specific gravity: approx. 1.0 g/cm3
Packaging: 10, 25, and 180 kg holder
Consumption: approx. 30 - 60 g/m2. The
Correct mixing ratio can be
determined by job site testing.
Storage: 18 months, in frost-free places
in unopened packs, but P79
freezes will not be destroyed
by frost. Freeze material has
to defrost and has to be
stirred well.

Product preparation:
P79-Aufbrennsperre is diluted with water and applied
by spraying or brushing.

Dosage on different surfaces:

Brick masonry:
a. strongly absorbing: 1:2 to 1:6
b. weakly absorbing: 1:2 to 1:4
Lime sandstone: 1:6
Expanded concrete
(only interior): 1:2 to 1:4

124
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

POWERPLAST-D2 Art.-No. 2 03828

Non-slip dispersion adhesive conforming to DIN EN 12004

Properties: Fully serviceable *): after approx. 14 to 21

Conforms to DIN EN 12004, days
D2TE Cleaning: with water immediately
Ready to use See printed batch number
after use
Water resistant Certification: conforms to DIN EN
Non-slip 12004, D2 TE, MPA
High initial grab EN 12004 Dresden
Creamy application POWERPLAST-D2 Consumption: approx. 1.5 kg/m2
Improved dispersion adhesive
Deformable with additional characteristics per mm thickness
Solvent free D2 approx. 2.1 kg/m2 with a
Fire performance: E 4 mm notched trowel
Areas of application: approx. 3.2 kg/m2 with a
POWERPLAST-D2 is a non-slip, water resistant dispersion 6 mm notched trowel
adhesive with improved characteristics with extended approx. 4.2 kg/m2 with an
open time. POWERPLAST-D2 has a stress neutralising 8 mm notched trowel
function and is therefore advantageous for use on light- approx. 5.2 kg/m2 with a
weight partition walling and concrete elements. 10 mm notched trowel
POWERPLAST-D2 is used for the thin bed installation of Adhesive bed thickness: 1 to 4 mm
ceramic tiles and mosaics onto flat, porous substrates Packaging: 20 kg plastic buckets
such as concrete, pre-cast concrete units, aerated and Storage: frost free, min. 6 months in
expanded concrete, renders/plasters of groups PII to PV, the original unopened
dry lining boards such as plasterboard, moisture resistant packaging. Use opened
plasterboard and gypsum fibre boards as well as light- packaging promptly.
weight construction boards e.g. rigid foam tilebacker
panels and similar, in interior areas. *) These values relate to +20 C and 65% relative humidity.
Higher temperatures and lower relative humidity reduce, lower
POWERPLAST-D2 is suitable for the installation of large temperatures and higher relative humidity increase these given
format tiles, also onto to existing ceramic finishes. times.
POWERPLAST-D2 can be used for tiling in moder-
ately wet duty areas such as e.g. normal domestic Surface preparation:
bathrooms, onto mineral-based and dispersion-based When installing tiles, DIN 18157, part 1 prevails
bonded SCHOMBURG waterproof membranes. with regard to the substrate, substrate preparation
POWERPLAST-D2 is suitable for wet duty classification and product application.
areas 0, A01 in accordance with the ZDB data sheet The substrate must be dry, sound, clean, load
Advice for the implementation of bonded waterproofing bearing, adequately flat and free from separating
with tile and slab finishes in interior and exterior areas. substances
and penetrating cracks. Remove emulsions, paint, oil,
laitance and loose areas. Roughen smooth concrete
Technical Data: surfaces, prime highly porous substrates with
Basis: acrylic resin dispersion with ASO-Unigrund before adhesive application.
functional fillers and additives When tiling to dry lining boards be aware of the
Colour: cream white guidelines of the board manufacturer for cladding
Specific gravity: 1.6 kg/dm3 with ceramic tiles.
Substrate /
application temperature: +5 C to +30 C Product application:
Temperature resistance: -10 C to +70 C POWEPLAST-D2 is spread evenly onto the prepared
Open time *): up to approx. 30 minutes substrate and combed through with a notched trowel.
Grout after *): approx. 1 day, with large When choosing a notched trowel use a notch that
format tiles or on impervious will achieve approx. 65% adhesive coverage to the
substrates approx. 7 days

125
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

back of the tile. Install the tiled finish within the open
time of the adhesive finger test. On existing ceramic
finishes, prepare by roller applying a thin coat of
ASO-Fliesengrund e.g. with a sponge roller. At least
one of the surfaces must be porous e.g. render/plaster
or earthenware (biscuit) tile.
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor construc-
tions.

Important advice: Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.
When installing tiles in floor areas with deformable
adhesives we recommend UNIFIX-S3, UNIFIX-S3-Fast, GISCODE: D1
UNIFIX-2K or UNIFIX-2K/6.
43/09
When installing natural or synthetic stone respect the
specific product properties of the cladding material
(tendency to discolour, risk of curling) and the instal-
lation recommendations of the manufacturer. We
recommend that a trial fix is carried out.
Perimeter, bay and movement joints are to be
brought through and blanked off with suitable
materials e.g. edge strip RD-SK50.
To avoid curling effects through water absorption
we recommend that with serpentinite contain-
ing agglomerate/synthetic and natural stone that
ASODUR-EK98 be used.
POWERPLAST-D2 is an adhesive that cures through
drying and is therefore to be protected from water
and frost until fully cured.
Protect areas not being treated from the effects of
POWERPLAST-D2.
Observe the current pertinent regulations.
Therefore e.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
EN 13813
DIN 18 202
DIN 1055
The BEB information sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The technical information for the coordination of cut
out points for heated floor construction.
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
German professional tile association:
[*1] Advice on the installation of bonded water-
proofing with tile and slab wall and floor finishes for
interior and exterior areas.
[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds
[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab wall and floor
finishes.

126
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Primer-2000 Art.-No. 5 55134

Primer/Adhesion promoter

Application:
Primer-2000 is supplied ready for use. Briefly shake
the contents of the bottle before use.

Method of application/Consumption:
09 Priming the joint edges or edge of the joint unit:
EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274 1. Backfill the prepared joint cross section with a
closed cell backing strip; ensure that the backing
Properties: strip does not become damaged. Bonding on
Very good adhesion to non-porous substrates. three sides is to be prevented by inserting a
polythene strip at the base of the joint.
Areas of application: 2. Evenly apply Primer-2000 in one operation with
Primer-2000 is used as an adhesion promoter for the a priming brush.
sealants INDUFLEX-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-TKF-2000st and
INDUFLEX-TKF-2000mv to non-porous substrates such as Consumption:
e.g. mild steel, stainless steel, aluminium, copper, zinc, approx. 5-10 ml/m (dependent on the joint dimen-
glass, twin tiles, glazed ceramic, PVC, polyester and sions). After waiting for a minimum of 10 minutes (at
melamine resin. +23 C and 75% relative humidity) or a maximum of
approx. 4 hours joint sealing can be
Technical Data: carried out by extruding INDUFLEX-VKF-2000.
Basis: one component based
on silane Physiological behaviour and
Colour: colourless protective measures:
Density: approx. 0.8 g/cm3 Once cured Primer-2000 is harmless. When using
Application temperature: +5 C to +30 C this product be aware of the government health and
Flash off time: min. 10 minutes and max. safety protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well
24 hours at +23 C and as the advice on the packaging.
75% RH. Max. waiting time
approx. 4 hours. Important advice:
Material consumption: max. 10 ml per linear metre The material contains solvent. When working in
dependent on joint dimension confined spaces ensure that there is adequate
ventilation and extraction.
Cleaning: Protect areas not being treated from the effects of
Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after Primer-2000.
use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone. Higher temperatures decrease and lower
temperatures increase the application and curing
Packaging: time.
1 litre tin The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
Storage: or contamination between individual applications.
Cool and dry above +5 C, 18 months in the original When longer waiting times occur between
unopened packaging. application of the coats, the surface must be well
cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which a
completely new priming coat should be applied.
Substrate:
Primer-2000 must be protected from dampness after
See areas of application:
application (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness
The surface to be treated must be:
damages the cured primer film. Damaged surfaces
Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key.
must be removed e.g. by abrading and re-coated.
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances.

127
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Applications that are not clearly explained in this

technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from the
Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK
08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain
organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured
product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.

GISCODE: S5
43/09

128
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Primer-2000-A Art.-No. 5 55136

Primer/Adhesion promoter for asphalt contact areas

Application:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
completely from its container. Both components must
09 be intensively blended together. It is important to
EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274 also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
Properties: homogenous (free from striations). The material
Very good adhesion to porous substrates such as temperature during mixing should be +15 C. Do not
bituminous asphalt joint edges. use the mixed material directly from the packaging.
Decant the material into a clean container and
Areas of application: carefully mix through once again. There must not be
Primer-2000-A is used as an adhesion promoter on any film of moisture as a result of dropping below the
freshly cut/abraded asphalt joint edges for the sealants dew point on the surface to be treated.
INDUFLEX-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-TKF-2000st and
INDUFLEX-TKF-2000mv. Method of application/Consumption:
Once the joint cross section has been prepared (see
Technical Data: technical data sheet for INDUFLEX-VKF-2000), the
Basis: two component epoxy resin joint edges are primed with Primer-2000-A in one
Colour: colourless, yellowish operation with a priming brush.
Consistency: brushable Material consumption: approx. 20-40 ml/m.
Density: approx. 1.0 g/cm3 Dependent on the joint dimensions and the porosity
Application temperature: +5 C to +30 C of the substrate.
Pot life *: approx. 2 to 3 hours After waiting for a minimum of approx. 30 minutes (at
Flash off time *: min. 30 minutes, +23 C and 75% relative humidity), joint sealing can
max. 6 hours be carried out by extruding INDUFLEX-VKF-2000.

* These values relate to +23 C and 75% relative humidity.

Physiological behaviour and
protective measures:
Cleaning: Once cured, Primer-2000-A is harmless. When using
Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after this product be aware of the government health and
use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone. safety protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well
as the advice on the packaging.
Packaging:
Primer-2000-A is available in 500 ml containers. Important advice:
Component A and component B are at a predetermined The material contains solvent. When working in
mixing ratio. confined spaces ensure that there is adequate
Storage: ventilation and extraction.
Cool and dry above +5 C, 18 months in the Protect areas not being treated from the effects of
original unopened packaging. Use opened Primer-2000-A.
packaging promptly. Higher temperatures decrease and lower
temperatures increase the application and curing
Substrate: time. Material consumption is also higher at lower
See areas of application: temperatures.
The surface to be treated must be: The bond between the individual coats (primer/joint
Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key. sealant) can be heavily impeded through the
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting influence of dampness or contamination between
substances. individual applications.

129
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

When longer waiting times occur between

application of the coats, the old surface must be
well cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which
the joint edges must be re-treated with the adhesion
promoter.
After application of the adhesion promoter, protect it
from dampness for 4-6 hours.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from the
Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK
08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain
organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured
product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE3
43/09

130
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Primer-2000-S Art.-No. 5 55135

Primer/Adhesion promoter for porous contact areas

Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key.

Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances.

Application:
09 Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274 in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Properties: completely from its container. Both components must
Very good adhesion to porous substrates. be intensively blended together. It is important to
Very good resistance to moisture, miscellaneous also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
solvents, acids and bases. the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
homogenous (free from striations). The material
Areas of application: temperature during mixing should be +15 C. Do not
Primer-2000-S is used as an adhesion promoting use the mixed material directly from the packaging.
primer on porous contact areas such as e.g. concrete, Decant the material into a clean container and
cement-based screeds, granite pavers for the sealants carefully mix through once again. There must not be
INDUFLEX-TKF-2000, INDUFLEX-TKF-2000st and any film of moisture as a result of dropping below the
INDUFLEX-TKF-2000mv. dew point on the surface to be treated.

Technical Data: Method of application/Consumption:

Basis: two component epoxy resin Once the joint cross section has been prepared (see
Colour: colourless, yellowish technical data sheet for INDUFLEX-VKF-2000), the
Consistency: brushable joint edges are primed with Primer-2000-S in one
Density: approx. 1.0 g/cm3 operation with a priming brush.
Application temperature: +5 C to +30 C Material consumption: approx. 20-40 ml/m.
Pot life *: approx. 2 to 3 hours Dependent on the joint dimensions and the porosity
Flash off time *: min. 30 minutes, of the substrate.
max. 6 hours After waiting for a minimum of approx. 30 minutes (at
+23 C and 75% relative humidity), joint sealing can
* These values relate to +23 C and 75% relative humidity.
be carried out by extruding INDUFLEX-VKF-2000.

Cleaning: Physiological behaviour and

Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately after protective measures:
use with the appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone. Once cured, Primer-2000-S is harmless. When using
this product be aware of the government health and
Packaging: safety protective directive, data sheet M 023, as well
Primer-2000-S is available in 500 ml containers. as the advice on the packaging.
Component A and component B are at a
predetermined mixing ratio. Important advice:
The material contains solvent. When working in
Storage: confined spaces ensure that there is adequate
Cool and dry above +5 C, 18 months in the ventilation and extraction.
original unopened packaging. Use opened Protect areas not being treated from the effects of
packaging promptly. Primer-2000-S.
Higher temperatures decrease and lower
Substrate: temperatures increase the application and curing
See areas of application: time. Material consumption is also higher at lower
The surface to be treated must be: temperatures.

131
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

The bond between the individual coats (primer/joint

sealant) can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
individual applications.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats, the old surface must be
well cleaned and thoroughly abraded, after which
the joint edges must be re-treated with the adhesion
promoter.
After application of the adhesion promoter, protect it
from dampness for 4-6 hours.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from the
Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Waste disposal code: liquid product residues: EAK
08 01 11. Paint and lacquer waste, which contain
organic solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured
product residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE3
43/09

132
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

SOLOFLEX Art.-No. 2 05430

Flexible Thin Set Tile Adhesive

Properties: information according to DIN 18157 part 1 must be

SOLOFLEX is a high-quality polymer-modified thin bed adhered to.
adhesive, according to EN 12004, resistant to water Absorptive surfaces are to be prepared with
and freeze thaw changes. ASO-Unigrund Primer. Smooth concrete surfaces have
SOLOFLEX is stable and easily workable, SOLOFLEX is to be roughened, anhydrite screed has to be abraded
suitable for wall and floor areas. and primed with ASO-Unigrund Primer.
SOLOFLEX is suitable for interior and exterior use.
Product preparation:
Areas of application: SOLOFLEX is mixed with clean water until a clump-
SOLOFLEX is used as a thin tile adhesive for ceramic free pasty mortar is obtained.
coatings (even fine earthenware), mosaic, clinker, and Mixing ratio:
brick tiles. For the fixing of natural stones the properties 1.00 l water to 3.55 kg SOLOFLEX
of the material have to be regarded. 7.00 l water to 25 kg SOLOFLEX
SOLOFLEX is suitable for secure applications on all After a short period of maturing (approx. 3 min) the
surfaces according to DIN 18 157 part. 1 as for mixture has to be stirred again.
masonry, plaster, gas concrete, brick work and gypsum Do not cover more surface than required, keeping
board as well as heated screed applications. within the working time of up to 60 minutes. The
Suitable as adhesive for light weight boards made of ready to use adhesive is applied with surface
wood-wool, gypsum plaster, gypsum fibre, or extruded continuity and troweled with a suitable toothed trowel.
polystyrene. The tiles are to be affixed with light pressure. For tiling
SOLOFLEX can also be used as a system adhesive of swimming pools, the spacings between the tiles
in conjunction with AQUAFIN-waterproofing layers in requires correct and quick handling, so that all tiles
swimming-pools. may be layed in the time given for the adhesive to
set.
Technical Data: Annotation:
Basis: Sand/cement (plastic SOLOFLEX contains cement and reacts alkaline with
modified) moisture. Therefore:
Colour: Cement grey protect skin and eyes
Bulk density: approx. 1.37 kg/l in case of irritation wash thoroughly with clear
Application temperature: +5 C up to +25 C cool water
Pot life*: approx. 1 hours in case of eye contact seek immediate medical
Open time*: approx. 15 minutes treatment.
Jointable*): after 24 hours
Traversable*: After approx. 12 hours Important advice:
Cleaning: In green condition with When installing ASOFLEX-AKB as under tile
water waterproofing, we recommend setting tiles with
Consumption: depending on surface and ASODUR-EK98.
tiles, minimum 1.3 kg/m2 For fixing tiles or pavers on areas highly subject to
Storage: dry, at least 12 month, use movement and stress such as balconies and terra-
opened bags promptly. ces, a high elastic waterproofing/tiling system such
Delivery: 25 kg bag with PE inlet as AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K should
6 kg bag (6 pc in a be used.
cardboard) When fixing natural stone tiles it is imperative that
* The values are valid at an ambient temperature of +20 C and at the specific product details of the stone (coloration,
65% relative humidity. etc.) and the suppliers recommendations are
regarded. If in doubt, carry out tests in advance.
Surface preparation: To avoid warping of agglomerate/natural stone tile
The surface has to be dry, of load carrying capacity, edges due to water penetration, we recommend
and free from dirt, dust and release agents. Further grouting with ASODUR-EK98.

133
Technical Data Sheet
Prime calcium sulfate based screeds with a universal
primer such as ASO-Unigrund. To reduce the effect
of ettringite in calcium sulfate based substrates with
up to 1% of remaining humidity for heated
constructions and 1.5% remaining humidity for
unheated constructions (according to up to date
measures provided by FBH-AD official handling
regulations) we recommend using UNIFIX-AEK.
Do not add additional water or fresh product to
thin bed adhesives which have already begun to
hardened in an attempt to restore workability, this
can result in reduced strength development.
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools,
water tanks, etc.), we recommend using our thin
bed adhesive system UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6 in
combination with the appropriate SCHOMBURG
waterproofing system.
Direct contact between cementitious tile adhesives
and magnesite screeds can cause damage/destruc-
tion of the magnesite screed due to a chemical reac-
tion, known as magnesia. Negative side moisture
vapour transmition from the soil through the substrate
must be treated. The magnesite screed should be
mechanically abraded and primed with the epoxy
INDUFLOOR-IB2360, diluted with 5% water (approx.
250 g/m2). After waiting approx. 12 24 hours at
20C apply a second coat of INDUFLOOR-IB2360
(approx 300 350 g/m2). Fully broadcast quartz
sand (grain size 0.5 1.0 mm) into the still fresh
coating. After a further 12 16 hours of drying,
tiling work can be continued.
SOLOFLEX is a hydraulically hardening adhesive
which could take up to several days to completely
harden under the influence of bad weather condi-
tions. Protect the application from exposure to rain
and frost.
Protect surfaces not to be treated prior to the
application of SOLOFLEX.
Consult and adhere to all up to date, valid rules and
regulations.
134
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
The up to date, active rules and regulations are to be
adhered to:
(German Industrial Standards such as):
BEB-Info Sheets (Bundesverband Estrich und Belag
e.V. - German Federal Association for screed and
surface laying) Including technical information inter-
face coordination for heated flooring constructions.
Other technical literature currently handed out by the
German Federal tiling Industry, such as:.
1) references on sealants in connection with
ceramic tiling and slabs for interior and exterior
use (August 2000)
2) settlement joints on surfaces covered with tiles and
concrete tiling
3) see 1.
4) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on concreted surfaces, floor constructions
with layers of insulation
5) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on heated concrete floor constructions
6) surface constructions covered with tiles and slabs
for outdoor Building surroundings
Please adhere to current EC-Materials Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS). Low chromate content according to
TRGS 613.
GISCODE: ZP1
35/09
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

SOLOFLEX-SE Art.-No. 2 05434

Flexible thin bed adhesive, rapid setting

Properties: The substrate must be dry, load bearing, suitably flat,

Tested to DIN EN 12004, C1FT free from penetrating cracks and free from separating
Rapid setting substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance and loose
Rapid water binding parts. It must have a mostly closed surface and have
Resistant to water and freeze-thaw cycles a surface condition and strength appropriate for its
For interior and exterior areas type. When installing tiles DIN 18157 is decisive
Polymer modified regarding the substrate, substrate preparation and
Smooth application workmanship.
Sag resistant Prime porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium
sulphate screeds must be abraded, vacuumed and as
Areas of application: with all calcium sulphate based substrates thoroughly
SOLOFLEX-SE is preferred as a thin bed adhesive for primed with ASO-Unigrund-GE.
applications under time constraints for the installation of Heated screeds must be commissioned to recognised
vitrified and earthenware tiles, ceramic with low water technical regulations before installing floor finishes.
absorption0.5% (fully vitrified), clinker, mosaic and The suitability of substrates to take coverings is to be
calibrated natural stone that is neither sensitive to determined through moisture measurements with a
discolouration nor translucent. SOLOFLEX-SE is suitable CM-device (carbide hygrometer). The CM-moisture
for a secure installation on flat load bearing substrates. content may not exceed
SOLOFLEX-SE is suitable for installing tiles onto bonded CT2.0% for screeds on insulation or separating
SCHOMBURG tanking systems in continuously wet areas layers in interiors
such as swimming pool decks and public showers, or CA without underfloor heating0.5%
onto heated screeds. CA with underfloor heating0.3%
On horizontal areas externally such as e.g. balco-
nies and terraces modify SOLOFLEX-SE with 8.33 kg The carbide hygrometer measurement is to be carried
UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg. out in accordance with current operating instructions
FBH-AD from the technical information Coordination
Technical Data: of cut out areas with heated floor constructions.
Basis: Sand/cement
(polymer modified) Product preparation:
Colour: grey Mix SOLOFLEX-SE with clean water in a clean mixing
Bulk density: approx. 1.35 kg/dm3 bucket until homogenous.
Application/
substrate temp: +5 C to +25 C Mixing ratio:
Pot life *): approx. 30 to 40 minutes 1.0 litre water : 3.6 4.0 kg SOLOFLEX-SE or
Open time *): approx. 10 to 20 minutes 6.25 7.0 litres water : 25 kg SOLOFLEX-SE
Grout after *): approx. 4 hours Allow to stand for 3 minutes, then remix.
Foot traffic after *): approx. 4 hours Do not mix more SOLOFLEX-SE than can be used
Full loading/service *): after approx. 7 days within the pot life.
Testing: DIN EN 12004, MPA NRW Spread SOLOFLEX-SE onto the surface of the substrate
test certificate 220002645-03 and comb through with a suitable notched trowel for
* The values are valid at an ambient temperature of +20 C and at the tile format. Install tiles within the adhesive open
65% relative humidity. time.
Always clean out mixing containers as setting
Substrate preparation: SOLOFLEX-SE acts as an accelerator. Do not mix with
SOLOFLEX-SE is suitable for a secure installation onto other cement containing mortars.
dimensionally stable substrates in accordance with
DIN 18157 part 1 e.g. concrete, aerated concrete, Estimating & Supply:
render/plaster, cement-based and calcium sulphate Consumption:
based screeds, masonry work etc. approx. 2.30 kg/m2 with a 6 mm notched trowel

135
Technical Data Sheet
approx. 3.10 kg/m2 with an 8 mm notched trowel
approx. 3.80 kg/m2 with a 10 mm notched trowel
Packaging: 25 kg bags with a PE liner
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Clean tools with water immediately after use.
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored dry in the original unopened
container. Use opened packaging promptly.
Important advice:
When using ASOFLEX-AKB use ASODUR-EK98 to
install the tiles.
When installing natural or synthetic stone observe
the specific properties of the material (tendency to
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation
recommendations of the stone/tile producer. In cases
of doubt carry out a trial area.
To avoid curling effects due to water absorption
we recommend using ASODUR-EK98 when installing
serpentinite, schist, and with agglomerate/synthetic
stones that contain these natural stones.
For the installation of agglomerate/synthetic stone
we recommend our thin bed adhesive CRISTALLIT-flex
modified with 2.0 kg UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg.
For the installation of tiles or slabs onto poured
asphalt of hardness classification IC10 and IC15 we
recommend that SOLOFLEX-SE is modified with 2 kg
UNIFLEX-B per 25 kg.
Perimeter, bay, structural and movement joints are
to be reflected through or inserted in the designated
position and stopped with a suitable material e.g.
edging foam. Stress relieving joints are to be sealed
or alternatively secured against height off-sets and
formed as a movement joint in the surface finish.
Thoroughly prime calcium sulphate based substrates
such as e.g. ASO-NM15 with ASO-Unigrund-GE
or ASO-Unigrund-K (mixing ratio 1:3 with water). In
order to avoid the formation of ettringite with calcium
sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK is suited for the
installation onto these substrates up to a residual
moisture content of 1.0% on heated screeds or 1.5%
with unheated constructions, measured with a
carbide hygrometer.
Do not add more water or fresh mortar to a thin bed
adhesive that has started to set in order to re-life it.
There is a risk of inadequate strength development.
136
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
When installing tiles or slabs in highly demanding
external areas (balconies/terraces) we recommend
the use of the elastic waterproofing system
AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K.
In continuously wet areas (swimming pools,
containers etc.) we recommend the use of the
system thin bed adhesives UNIFIX-2K, UNIFIX-2K/6
onto the SCHOMBURG waterproofing product sui-
table for the particular area. Observe the specific
properties of the covering material.
Protect areas where SOLOFLEX-SE will not be
applied, from exposure.
Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K
diluted 1:3 with water can also be used.
SOLOFLEX-SE is a hydraulically setting mortar that
should be protected from water and frost contact
until fully cured, which under unfavourable weather
influences can take several days.
The direct contact between cement-based tile
adhesives and magnesium-based screeds leads
to the destruction of the magnesite screed. Rear
penetrating moisture from the substrate must be
eliminated with suitable measures. The magnesite
substrate is to be mechanically abraded and
primed with the epoxy resin INDUFLOOR-IB2360,
see TDS for application instructions.
Observe the relevant current regulations. Therefore
e.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN 13813, DIN 18202, DIN 1055
The BEB information sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The information sheet of the expert group
EURO-F-E-N Schloss Raesfeld: tiles, slabs, natural
and concrete stone/slabs onto poured asphalt in
interiors.
The professional information for the coordination of
cut out points for heated floor construction.
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
German professional tile association:
[*1] Advice for the installation of combined water-
proofing with tile and slab cladding and finishes
for interior and exterior areas. (January 2005).
[*2] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on calcium sulphate screeds (January
2000).
[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and
finishes.
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete

stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions with
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor
constructions.
[*7] Tiled finishes in exterior locations.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613

GISCODE: ZP1
46/08

137
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX Art.-No. 2 05408

Tile Adhesive

Properties: Product preparation:

UNIFIX is a polymer modified powder adhesive tested UNIFIX is to be mixed with tap water in a clean
and controlled externally according to the German vessel until a knot-free pasty mortar is obtained.
Industrial Standard DIN 18 156 part 2. UNIFIX is Mixing ratio: 7 l water to 25 kg UNIFIX
resistant to water and freeze-thaw-changes. After a short maturing time, it is mixed again being
used within the next hour. The mortar is applied
Areas of application: continuously on the surface and scraped with a
UNIFIX is used as tile adhesive for the tiling of ceramic serrated trowel. Do not cover more surface than
materials (thin bed method). required, keeping within the working time of 15
Natural stone material can be applied with UNIFIX, minutes. The tiles are fixed with light pressure.
however, the specific properties of the products are to Light weight building materials like gypsum card-
be considered. It is suitable as adhesive for construction boards or other suitable boards are bonded to
boards of gypsum plasterboard, gypsum cellulose and vertical surfaces by the spot fixing method. It is
polystyrene. necessary that the boards are provided with a UNIFIX
strip of 6 cm width and depending on the surface
Technical Data: construction 2 - 4 mm thickness. The boards, being
Basis: sand/cement pretreated in this way, can be fixed easily. Please
Colour: cement grey regard the manufacturers instruction.
Filler composition: fine sand
Bulk density: 1.3 - 1.4 kg/l Important advice:
Application UNIFIX contains cement and reacts alkaline with
temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C moisture. Therefore:
Pot life*: approx. 2 hour * Protect skin and eyes
Jointable*: after 24 hrs * In case of irritation wash thoroughly with clear
Traversable*: after 24 hrs cool water
Cleaning: immediately after use * In case of eye contact seek immediate medical
with water treatment
Tests: according to DIN 18156 pt.
supervised by Sureflieser- With the application of ASOFLEX-AKB for laying of
Vereinigung e. V. tiles, we recommend ASODUR-EK98.
Packaging: 6 kg and 25 kg bag For laying of tiles, slabs on highly stressed areas such
Storage: dry, 12 months, open bags as for balconies and terraces, we recommend the
are to be used up as soon application of a high elasticated binding sealant
as possible. system (AQUAFIN-2K/M and UNIFIX-2K).
Consumption: depending on surface and For laying of cast stone or natural stone it is
material condition, at least imperative that the specific product details of the
1.5 kg/m2 per mm cast material (colorisation and key dangers) etc. and
thickness of layer also the laying recommendations, be regarded.
If in doubt, carry out tests in advance.
* The values are valid at an ambient temperature of +20 C and at To reduce key factors due to water penetration, we
65% relative humidity.
recommend the application of ASODUR-EK98 for
Surface preparation: agglomerate cast stone.
The surface has to be dry or slightly moist, load bearing, For levels containing calcium sulfate bindings we
free from dirt, dust or parting agents. The requirements recommend a primer such as ASO-Unigrund-GE or
of DIN 18157 part 1 have to be adhered to. Prime ASO-Unigrund-K (Mix Ratio 1:3 with water).
absorbent surfaces with ASO-Unigrund. To reduce the effect of ettringite in calcium sulfate
Smooth concrete surfaces have to be roughened, layers we recommend UNIFIX-AEK,for relocation of
anhydrite screed has to be grinded, vacuumed and such layers with up to 1% of remaining humidity for
primed with ASO-Unigrund. heated constructions and 1.5% remaining humidity for

138
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

unheated constructions (according to up to date

measures provided by FBH-AD official handling
regulations).
Thin bed mortar which has already hardened should
not receive additional water or freshly mixed mortar
amounts, trying to achieve a better workable mixture,
this may cause a lack in strength developement.
For permanent under water areas (Swimming pools
and water vessels etc.), we recommend UNIFIX-2K and
UNIFIX-2K/6 with the Floating-Buttering method, our
Thin bed adhesive system using the Floating-Buttering
method, on such areas for application with the
appropriate SCHOMBURG sealants.
Industrial flooring can be destroyed by having direct
contact between the screed topping and the cemented
tiling, a chemical reaction is caused and is known as
expansion tendency due to magnesia.
A back drop in the moisture load capacity of the
surface must under all circumstances be prevented. The
magnesia base is to be mechanically abraded and is
to be primed (approx. 250 g/m2) with ASODUR-D2 -
Epoxy resin and an additional 5% max. of water.
After a waiting time of 12 to 24 hrs at an ambient
temperature + 20 C, the second layer of ASODUR-D2
can be applied (approx. 300-350 g/m2). The freshly
layed siliceous sand (grain size 0.5 to 1 mm) is to be
spread over the area. After waiting a further 12 to
16 hrs the tile laying can be carried out.
UNIFIX is an hydraulical hardening mortar sealant
which can, however, take several days to completely
harden under the influence of bad weather conditions.
The area should be protected against rain and frost
exposure.
Surfaces which are not be treated should be protected
prior to the application of AK7P.
The up to date, active rules and regulations are to be
adhered to.

Please adhere to current EC-Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

With a low content of chromate according to TRGS

613

GISCODE: ZP1
48/06

139
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX-2K Art.-No. 2 04252

Elastic Powder Adhesive

Properties: Official tests:

UNIFIX-2K is a special tile adhesive for difficult surfaces
and high loadings. It contains 3 parts by weight UNIFIX
(cement bound rigid powder adhesive) and 1 part by
weight UNIFLEX-B (elastifier, liquid).
UNIFIX-2K is officially tested according to DIN 18 156
as hydraulically hardening thin layer adhesive and as
dispersion adhesive. The hardened layer is water
impermeable, waterproof and frostproof. It is flexible
enough to bridge hairline cracks of the surface. The
vapour diffusionability allows the application on green
surfaces (keep to the special notes).
1. DIN 18 156, part 2 (i.e. water- and frostproofness
2. DIN 18 156, part 3 (deformability)
Surface preparation:
The surface has to be according to DIN 18 157, part
1 respectively part 2. It has to be slightly moist, load
bearing, free from dirt and dust. Absorptive surfaces
are to be pre-treated with ASO-Unigrund. Uneven
parts of the surfaces are to be levelled with UNIFIX or
a suitable spatling compound. Dry construction boards
are to be laid out according to technical rules.

Areas of application: Product preparation:

UNIFIX-2K is used for the fixing of tiles on balconies, The liquid component B is filled in a clean bucket, the
terraces, swimming pools and on floors with floor powder component is added subsequently under slow
heating. It is also suitable for the laying of fine drilling (with slowly revolving drilling machine) and
stoneware tiles on absorptive and non-absorptive will be mix until a knotfree mass develops. To facili-
surfaces for large-size tiles and plates with smooth tate processing, upto 10 % water may be added.
and dense backside, for tiling on shrinking surfaces After a short mature time the mixed adhesive must be
and for tiling onto tiles. It represents an alternative mixed again. Do not prepare more mortar than appli-
tiling according to the ZDB-leaflet 2/88 (ZDB = Central cable in one hour:
Board for Germany for Construction Purposes). Afterwards UNIFIX-2K is applied onto the prepared
surface with a comb trowel. The tiles are placed onto
Technical Data: the still moist adhesive layer and are pressed onto
UNIFIX UNIFLEX-B it. Since a film formation may occur at the surface of
Basis: sand/cement liquid plastic the adhesive, not more than 0.5 - 1.0 m2 are to be
Colour: grey white applied in advance (depending on the temperature).
Mix ratio: 3 parts 1 part (w/w) The DIN 18 157, part 1 Application of ceramic lay-
Packaging: 25 kg bag 8,33kg bucket ers by means of the thin bed layer method is to be
6 kg bag 2 kg bucket adhered to. A water impermeability is achieved by
Storage: dry, 1 year frostfree, 1 year applying UNIFIX-2K in a layer thickness of 2 mm onto
Combination Product the whole area. After hardening of the spactling the
Mixing time: 3 minutes (drilling machine 300 rpm) tiling has to be effected according to the processing
Application recommendations.
temperature: + 5C upto + 30C
Pot life*: 1 hour Important advice:
Open time*: 10 min. Avoid the influence of direct sun light or wind to
Jointable*: after 2 days prevent early skin formation or decreased pot life.
Traversable*: after 2 days The A-component contains cement and reacts alkaline.
Cleaning: immediately after use with water Therefore:
Deformability: 1.33 mm at 5.5 kN according to Protect skin and eyes
DIN 18 156, part 3 In case of irritations wash thoroughly with water
Consumption: depending on surface and In case of eye contact please consult a physician
laying material , min. 1,3 kg/m2/mm
layer thickness Low chromate level according to TRGS 613.

* At +20 C and 65 % relative humidity. GISCODE: ZP 1

48/06

140
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX-2K/6 Art.-No. 2 04253

Highly flexible thin-bed adhesive, grey

Properties: - Guideline for flexible adhesives by

Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C2 TE S2 the German Construction Industry
For interior and exterior use and the Association of the German
Easy application Tile Industry
High initial bond Consumption: approx. 2.40 kg/m2
Good sag resistance with a 6 mm notched trowel
Very high flexibility approx. 3.10 kg/m2
Fulfils the required criteria for a flexible adhesive with a 8 mm notched trowel
approx. 4.00 kg/m2
Areas of application: with a 10 mm notched trowel
UNIFIX-2K/6 is used as a thin-bed adhesive for
adhering vitrified and earthenware tiles, ceramic with * The values relate to +20 C and 65 % relative humidity.
low water absorption0.5 % (fully vitrified), clinker,
mosaic and natural stone that is neither translucent nor Surface preparation:
sensitive to discolouration. The substrate must be dry, load-bearing, sufficiently
UNIFIX-2K/6 is suitable for securely adhering tiles to flat and free from continuous cracks and separating
all substrates in acc. with DIN 18157, part 1, e. g. substances such as oil, paint, laitance and loose
concrete, porous concrete, plaster, cement based and particles. It must have a largely closed surface with a
calcium sulphate screeds/ heated screeds, brickwork, surface condition and strength appropriate to its type.
plasterboard etc. as well as to existing, well bonded When laying tiles the substrate preparation and
tiled finishes. application must follow DIN 18157, part 1. Prime
Furthermore it is suitable as an adhesive for lightweight porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Mechanically
construction board e. g. of composed of extruded abrade anhydrite screeds followed by vacuuming
polystyrene and for adhering tiles of SCHOMBURG and as with all calcium sulphate bound substrates
waterproofing systems, also in swimming pools. thoroughly prime with ASO-Unigrund diluted 1:3 with
water.
Technical Data: Heated screeds must be heated up prior to laying
UNIFIX UNIFLEX-B finishes in accordance with recognised technological
Basis: sand/cement liquid plastic regulations.
Colour: grey white
Mixing ratio: 6 parts 1 part The CM-moisture content may not exceed
by weight by weight Cement screeds2.0 %
Packaging: 25 kg bag 4.17 kg bucket Anhydrite screeds without underfloor heating
Storage: dry, 12 months frostfree, 24 months 0.5 %
In original unopened packaging Anhydrite screeds with underfloor heating0.3 %
UNIFIX-2K/6 (combination product)
Mixing time: approx. 3 minutes Product preparation:
(drilling maschine 300rpm) Add 4.2 kg of UNIFLEX-B and 4.2 l water in a clean
Application-/ mixing bucket and mix.
Substrate temp.: +5 C to +25 C Add one bag of UNIFIX (25 kg) while stirring (with
Pot life *): approx. 2 hours a slowly revolving drilling maschine) and mix until a
Open time *): approx. 30 minutes knotfree mass develops.
Grout after *): at the earliest 2 days, depending on Remix again after a maturing time of 3 minutes. Do
the absorption of substrate not mix more adhesive than can be used within the
Traffic after *): after at the earliest 2 days, depending pot life. Spread the mixed adhesive on the substrate
on the absorption of substrate and comb through with a suitable notched trowel
Cleaning: clean immediately after use with water dependent on tile format. Lay finishing materials within
Testing: - DIN EN 12004 the adhesive open time.

141
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

Important advice:
With the application of ASOFLEX-AKB for tile laying
we recommend ASODUR-EK98.
When laying natural or synthetic stone please
observe the properties specific to the finishing
material (tendency to discolour, risk of curling etc.)
and the manufacturers application recommendations.
In case of doubt, carry out a trial area.
In order to avoid curling effects due to water
absorption we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98
with agglomerate/synthetic stone.
Prior to installation of calcium sulphate based
substrates and heated constructions observe the
current ZDB information sheets distributed by the
Fachverband des deutschen Fliesengewerbes.
In order to avoid ettringite formation with calcium
sulphate based UNIFIX-AEK is suited for fixing on to
these substrates with up to residual moisture content
of 1 % on heated construction or 1.5 % on unheated
constructions.
When laying tiles in heavy duty exterior areas
(balconies and terraces) install the highly elastic
bonded waterproofing system AQUAFIN-2K/M
and UNIFLIX-2K.
UNIFX-2K/6 is a hydraulically setting adhesive and
should be protected from the influences of water and
frost until fully cured which may take a few days
under unfavourable weather conditions.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
UNIFIX-2K/6.
Avoid contact with eyes and skin.

Please observe current valid EU safety data sheet.

Low chromate level according to TRGS 613.

GISCODE: ZP 1
21/07

142
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX-S3 Art.-No. 2 04276

Highly flexible thin bed adhesive

When installing natural stone materials make

allowances for the specific product properties of the
natural stone, sensitivity to discolouration and curling.
See printed batch number

SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG

Dependent on the natural stone and the where it is to
Aquafinstrae 28
D-32760 Detmold
be installed, we recommend the CRISTALLIT series or
EN 12004 UNIFIX-S3-Fast as the bedding mortar on balconies
UNIFIX-S3
Cement-based water repellent adhe- and terraces.
sive for tile installation under normal
conditions UNIFIX-S3 is a system component of the bonded tiled
C1 waterproof system AQUAFIN-2K/M + UNIFIX-S3.
Fire performance Class E
UNIFIX-S3 is suitable for use on mineral-based and
dispersion-based SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof
Properties: systems.
Highly flexible
For interior and exterior use Technical Data:
For critical substrates and heavy duty use Powder component Liquid component
Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C1 TE S2 Basis: aggregate, cement, liquid polymer
Also for use on green substrates additives
Vapour permeable Colour: grey white
Water impermeable Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight 1 part by weight
Water and frost resistant Packaging: 15 kg bag 5 kg bucket
Deformable to DIN EN 12002 30 mm Storage: dry, 12 months frost free, 24 months
in the original unopened container
Areas of application: UNIFIX-S3 (combined product)
UNIFIX-S3 is used as a thin bed adhesive especially Mixing ratio: 15 kg powder component : 5 kg liquid
for the installation of vitrified tiles with lower water component : up to 1.6 litres water
absorption 0.5% (fully vitrified), vitrified tiles, clinker Application/
and mosaic onto green cement-based substrates. The substrate
high deformability of UNIFIX-S3 can largely compensate temperature: + 5 C to + 25 C
for the damaging shear stresses in the tiled finish and is Pot life *): approx. 2 hours
therefore also especially suitable for the installation of Open time *): approx. 30 minutes
large format tiles. UNIFIX-S3 is used primarily in floor Grout after *): 2 days at the earliest dependent on the
areas. porosity of the substrate
UNIFIX-S3 is especially suitable for use on balconies and Foot traffic
terraces, in swimming pools and containers, on heated after *): 2 days at the earliest dependent on
constructions, on green heavier duty cement-based the porosity of the substrate
substrates and for the installation of tiles with lower water Fully
absorption. serviceable
Due to its high elasticity high stresses are also reliably after *): 14 days at the earliest dependent on
accommodated with UNIFIX-S3 (deflection in accor- the porosity of the substrate
dance with DIN EN 12002 > 30 mm without breakage Cleaning: with water immediately after use
of the test piece), such as those that arise e.g. between Deformation: 30.9 mm to DIN 12002 without
substrate and tiled finish in exterior areas or when install- breakage of the test piece
ing on green, trafficked cement-based screeds (approx. Testing: DIN EN 12004
3 days after laying) and heated screeds. DIN EN 12002
The vapour permeability of UNIFIX-S3 guarantees that Consumption: approx. 2.80 kg/m2 with a 6 mm
cement-based substrates, which are still damp, will dry notched trowel
out even when installing tiles early. The mandatory com- approx. 3.70 kg/m2 with an 8 mm
missioning of heated screeds before the installation of notched trowel
ceramic materials can be omitted.

143
Technical Data Sheet
approx. 4.70 kg/m2 with a 10 mm
notched trowel
*) These values relate to +20 C and 65% relative humidity, higher
temperatures shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given
times.
Substrate preparation:
The substrate must be dry, load bearing, adequately
flat, free from penetrating cracks and free from separat-
ing substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance layers
and loose constituents. It must possess a largely closed
surface with a surface condition and strength in accor-
dance with its type. DIN 18157, part 1 and the diver-
gent application specifications of UNIFIX-S3 prevail
when installing tiles regarding the substrate, substrate
preparation and product application. Prime porous sub-
strates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate screeds
must be mechanically abraded, vacuumed and as
with all substrates based on calcium sulphate binders,
primed with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:3 with water.
Heated screeds must be commissioned in accordance
with recognised technical regulations before installing
floor finishes. To determine a substrates readiness to
receive finishes carry out a moisture test with a carbide
hygrometer (CM device). The CM moisture readings
may not exceed:
CA without underfloor heating 0.5%
CA with underfloor heating 0.3%
Tiles can be installed with UNIFIX-S3 on cement-based
screeds as soon as they will take foot traffic, concrete
substrates after 28 days, independent of the moisture
content.
The CM readings are to be carried out in accordance
with current FBH-AD work instructions taken from the
technical information for the coordination of cut out
points in heated floor constructions.
Unevenness in the substrate that is ready to receive tiles
can be levelled out beforehand with SOLOPLAN-30.
Product preparation:
UNIFIX-S3 is a combination product and is supplied at
a predetermined mix ratio. Firstly add the liquid compo-
nent B to a clean mixing bucket. Then add the powder
component whilst stirring and continue to mix until a
homogenous consistency is achieved. For ease of appli-
cation up to a maximum of 8% (approx. 1.6 litres) of
water can be subsequently added. After a short stand-
ing time, stir the thin bed adhesive once again. Do not
144
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
mix more UNIFIX-S3 than can be used within the pot
life of approx. 2 hours.
Mixing ratio:
15 kg UNIFIX-S3 : 5 kg UNIFLEX-B : dependent on
desired consistency up to 1.6 litres water
Trowel UNIFIX-S3 onto the surface of the substrate and
comb through with a notched trowel suitable for the
tile size/material. Install tiles within the open time (fin-
ger test). In exterior areas and continuously wet areas
ensure that as far as possible a void free bedding of
the tiles is achieved. Special trowels (e.g. HFV notch,
Flowline) have proved successful for this purpose.
A waterproofing function is achieved when UNIFIX-S3
is trowelled out at a uniform 2 mm thickness. Apply
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000/preformed pieces at wall/floor
junctions or over movement joints, free from voids or
folds, with UNIFIX-S3. Joints are to be carried out by
overlapping a minimum 5 to 10 cm. Once the mem-
brane has hardened then the tiles can be installed
using the previously mentioned application technique.
Advice:
The relevant regulations (DIN, ZDB data sheets) still
insist on keeping to a 28 day waiting time for
cement-based substrates to receive finishes.
Longstanding experience with the elastic thin bed
adhesive UNIFIX-S3 has shown that it is possible to
safely achieve a damage free installation even on
green substrates. We agree to recommend this
special construction method by contract.
When combining green substrates and the
installation of large format tiles, the tile size is to
be restricted to a maximum of 50 cm x 50 cm.
A minimum joint width of 3 mm is to be planned.
When installing tiles greater than 50 cm x 50 cm
the moisture content of the screed is to be
additionally tested with a carbide hygrometer.
Keep to a moisture content of 2 CM% for
unbonded or floating cement-based screeds.
It is a prerequisite that the following criteria are
followed:
The positioning of movement joints must conform to
relevant regulations. Use a minimum trowel notch
of 8 mm in order to be able to absorb minimal
deformation within the substrate. Undertake the
commissioning (heating up) of screeds from the 21st
day after installation in conformance with relevant
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

regulations (ZDB data sheet). The tile installation Mechanically abrade the magnesium substrate and
begins as early as possible depending on the ability prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with
to traffic the screed; as a rule after a minimum of 3 the addition of max. 5% water as necessary
to 8 days. The screed must have achieved at least (approx. 250 g/m2). Wait for approx. 12-24
70% of its final strength (normally after 7 days). Carry hours at +20 C then apply a second coat of
out grouting with hydraulically setting grouts e.g. ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300-350 g/m2).
ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge. Broadcast quartz sand of particle size 0.5-1.0 mm
When working on green cement-based substrates to excess into the wet second coat. After waiting
(screeds, heated screeds) be aware of the diminished for a further 12-16 hours, installation may be
trafficking capacity of the screed construction. Do commenced.
not store heavy tools, flooring materials etc. on the In continuously wet areas (swimming pools, contai-
screed, especially at fragile locations implement ners etc.) ensure that, as far as possible, the tiles are
load spreading measures. bedded free from voids. For this purpose special
When installing natural and synthetic stone the trowels (e.g. HFV notch, Flowline) have proved
specific properties of these products (tendency to successful. The spreading of adhesive on the rear
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation of tiles can be omitted with suitable installation
recommendations of the manufacturer are to be techniques, in so far as the Floating-Buttering method
observed. In cases of doubt carry out a fixing trial. has not been explicitly specified from a planning
To avoid curling effects due to water absorption aspect. It is recommended to continually monitor the
we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with results of workmanship.
agglomerate/synthetic stone.
Direct sunlight and draughts can lead to the early Low chromate.
formation of a skin or to a shortened open time. Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet.
UNIFIX-S3 is a hydraulically setting adhesive with a
dispersion component that until fully hardened is to GISCODE: ZP1 (component A)
be protected from water and frost penetration, which
GISCODE: D1 (component B)
can take a few days under inclement weather
influences/climatic conditions.
43/09
The filling of pools, containers etc. may only be
implemented after a minimum of 28 days.
Areas not being treated are to be protected from
the effects of UNIFIX-S3.
Avoid contact with the eyes and skin.
Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with
ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio
1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite
with calcium sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK
is suited for the installation on these substrates up to
residual moisture values of 1.0% with heated and
1.5% with unheated constructions, measured with a
carbide hygrometer.
Do not re-life adhesive that has already started to
stiffen by adding more water or fresh adhesive as
there is a risk of inadequate strength development.
The direct contact between cement-based adhesives
and magnesium screeds leads to the destruction
of the magnesium screed via a chemical reaction.
Moisture pressure from the rear of the substrate
must be eliminated with appropriate measures.

145
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX-S3-FAST Art.-No. 2 04298

Highly polymer modified flexible adhesive rapid hardening

Properties: Technical Data:

Highly flexible special adhesive Powder component Liquid component
Conforms to DIN EN 12004, C1 FE S2 Basis: aggregate, special liquid polymer
Rapid hardening cement-based binders,
Rapid crystalline water binding additives
Especially smooth Colour: creamy white white
For interior and exterior areas Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight 1 part by weight
For critical substrates and heavy duty use Packaging: 15 kg bag 5 kg bucket
Also for use on green substrates Storage: dry, 6 months frost free, 24 months
Water impermeable in the original unopened container
Water and frost resistant in accordance with UNIFIX-S3-FAST (combined product)
DIN EN 12004 Mixing ratio: 15 kg powder component : 5 kg liquid
component : 1.4 2.4 litres water
Areas of application: Application/
UNIFIX-S3-FAST is used as a thin bed adhesive substrate
especially for the installation of vitrified tiles with lower temperature: + 5 C to + 25 C
water absorption 0.5% (fully vitrified), vitrified tiles, Pot life *): approx. 30 to 45 minutes
clinker and mosaic onto green cement-based substrates. Open time *): approx. 30 minutes
The high deformability of UNIFIX-S3-FAST can largely Grout after *): approx. 6 hours
compensate for the damaging shear stresses in the tiled Foot traffic
finish and is therefore also especially suitable for the after *): approx. 6 hours
installation of large format tiles. UNIFIX-S3-FAST is used Fully
primarily in floor areas. serviceable
UNIFIX-S3-FAST is especially suitable for use on after *): 7 days at the earliest dependent on
balconies and terraces, on swimming pool surrounds, the porosity of the substrate
on heated constructions, on green heavier duty Cleaning: with water immediately after use
cement-based substrates and for the installation of tiles Deformation: > 5 mm to DIN 12002
with lower water absorption. Testing: DIN EN 12004
Due to its high elasticity high stresses are also reliably DIN EN 12002
accommodated with UNIFIX-S3-FAST, such as those that Consumption: approx. 2.9 kg/m2 with a 6 mm
arise e.g. between substrate and tiled finish in exterior notched trowel
areas or when installing on green, trafficked cement- approx. 3.8 kg/m2 with an 8 mm
based screeds (approx. 3 days after laying) and heated notched trowel
screeds. approx. 4.8 kg/m2 with a 10 mm
The vapour permeability of UNIFIX-S3-FAST guarantees notched trowel
that cement-based substrates, which are still damp, will
dry out even when installing tiles early. The mandatory *) These values relate to +20 C and 65% relative humidity, higher
temperatures shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given
commissioning of heated screeds before the installation
times.
of ceramic materials can be omitted. Due to the rapid
crystalline water binding, the flexible adhesive is suitable
for many synthetic and natural stones. When installing Substrate preparation:
natural stone materials make allowances for the specific The substrate must be dry, load bearing, adequately
product properties of the natural stone e.g. sensitivity to flat, free from penetrating cracks and free from sepa-
discolouration and curling. For the installation of stones rating substances such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance lay-
containing serpentinite we recommend ASODUR-EK98. ers and loose constituents. It must possess a largely
UNIFIX-S3-FAST is suitable for use in wet duty classifica- closed surface with a surface condition and strength in
tions 0, A01, A02, B0 on mineral-based and dispersion- accordance with its type. DIN 18157, part 1 and the
based SCHOMBURG bonded waterproof systems e.g. divergent application specifications of UNIFIX-S3-FAST
AQUAFIN-2K/M and SANIFLEX. prevail when installing tiles regarding the substrate,

146
Technical Data Sheet
substrate preparation and product application. Prime
porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund. Calcium sulphate
screeds must be mechanically abraded, vacuumed and
as with all substrates based on calcium sulphate bind-
ers, primed with ASO-Unigrund. Heated screeds must
be commissioned in accordance with recognised tech-
nical regulations before installing floor finishes. To deter-
mine a substrates readiness to receive finishes carry out
a moisture test with a carbide hygrometer
(CM device). The CM moisture readings may not
exceed:
CA without underfloor heating 0.5%
CA with underfloor heating 0.3%
Tiles can be installed with UNIFIX-S3-FAST on cement-
based screeds as soon as they will take foot traffic,
concrete substrates after 28 days, independent of the
moisture content.
The CM readings are to be carried out in accordance
with current FBH-AD work instructions taken from the
technical information for the coordination of cut out
points in heated floor constructions.
Unevenness in the substrate that is ready to receive tiles
can be levelled out beforehand with SOLOPLAN-30.
Product preparation:
UNIFIX-S3-FAST is a combination product and is sup-
plied at a predetermined mix ratio. Firstly add the liquid
component B to a clean mixing bucket. Then add the
powder component whilst stirring and continue to mix
until a homogenous consistency is achieved. For ease
of application 7% up to a maximum of 12%
(1.4 2.4 litres) of water can be subsequently added.
After a short standing time, stir the thin bed adhesive
once again. Do not mix more UNIFIX-S3-FAST than can
be used within the pot life.
Mixing ratio:
15 kg UNIFIX-S3-FAST (powder component) : 5 kg
UNIFLEX-B (liquid component) : dependent on desired
consistency up to 2.4 litres water
For application on wall areas the water addition can
be waived. Trowel UNIFIX-S3-FAST onto the surface of
the substrate and comb through with a notched trowel
suitable for the tile size/material. Install tiles within the
open time (finger test). In exterior areas and continu-
ously wet areas ensure that as far as possible a void
free bedding of the tiles is achieved. Special trowels
(e.g. HFV notch, Flowline) have proved successful for
this purpose.
147
2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES
Advice:
When installing natural and synthetic stone the
specific properties of these products (tendency to
discolour, risk of curling etc.) and the installation
recommendations of the manufacturer are to be
observed. In cases of doubt carry out a fixing trial.
The relevant regulations (DIN, ZDB data sheets) still
insist on keeping to a 28 day waiting time for
cement-based substrates to receive finishes.
Longstanding experience with the elastic thin bed
adhesive UNIFIX-S3-FAST has shown that it is
possible to safely achieve a damage free installation
even on green substrates. We agree to recommend
this special construction method by contract.
When combining green substrates and the
installation of large format tiles, the tile size is to
be restricted to a maximum of 50 cm x 50 cm.
A minimum joint width of 3 mm is to be planned.
When installing tiles greater than 50 cm x 50 cm the
moisture content of the screed is to be additionally
tested with a carbide hygrometer. Keep to a moisture
content of 2 CM% for unbonded or floating cement-
based screeds.
It is a prerequisite that the following criteria are
followed:
The positioning of movement joints must conform to
relevant regulations. Use a minimum trowel notch of
10 mm in order to be able to absorb minimal defor-
mation within the substrate. Undertake the commissi-
oning (heating up) of screeds from the 21st day after
installation in conformance with relevant regulations
(ZDB data sheet). The tile installation begins as early
as possible depending on the ability to traffic the
screed; as a rule after a minimum of 3 to 8 days.
The screed must have achieved at least 70% of its
final strength (normally after 7 days). Carry out
grouting with hydraulically setting grouts e.g.
ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge.
When working on green cement-based substrates
(screeds, heated screeds) be aware of the diminished
trafficking capacity of the screed construction. Do
not store heavy tools, flooring materials etc. on the
screed, especially at fragile locations implement
load spreading measures.
To avoid curling effects due to water absorption
we recommend the use of ASODUR-EK98 with
agglomerate/synthetic stone.
Direct sunlight and draughts can lead to the early
formation of a skin or to a shortened open time.
Technical Data Sheet 2. PRIMERS & ADHESIVES

UNIFIX-S3-FAST is a hydraulically setting adhesive

with a dispersion component that until fully hardened
is to be protected from water and frost penetration,
which can take a few days under inclement weather
influences/climatic conditions.
Avoid contact with the eyes and skin.
Prime calcium sulphate based substrates with
ASO-Unigrund-GE or ASO-Unigrund-K (mix ratio
1:3 with water). To avoid the formation of ettringite
with calcium sulphate based substrates UNIFIX-AEK
is suited for the installation on these substrates up to
residual moisture values of 1.0% with heated and
1.5% with unheated constructions, measured with a
carbide hygrometer.
Do not re-life adhesive that has already started to
stiffen by adding more water or fresh adhesive as
there is a risk of inadequate strength development.
The direct contact between cement-based adhesives
and magnesium screeds leads to the destruction
of the magnesium screed via a chemical reaction.
Moisture pressure from the rear of the substrate
must be eliminated with appropriate measures.
Mechanically abrade the magnesium substrate and
prime with the epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W with
the addition of max. 5% water as necessary
(approx. 250 g/m2). Wait for approx. 12-24
hours at +20 C then apply a second coat of
ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300-350 g/m2).
Broadcast quartz sand of particle size 0.5-1.0 mm
to excess into the wet second coat. After waiting for
a further 12-16 hours, installation may be
commenced.
Areas not being treated are to be protected from the
effects of UNIFIX-S3-FAST.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1 (component A)

GISCODE: D1 (component B)

43/09

148
Product Name/Page No. 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASO-NM15 150 INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 173

ASOCRET-BM 154 INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 175
ASOCRET-BS2 155 INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 177
ASOCRET-GM100 156 INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 179
ASOCRET-IM 158 INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 181
ASOCRET-OS/BF 160 INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 183
ASOCRET-OS/RS 161 INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 185
ASOCRET-RN 162 INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 187
ASOCRET-RS 163 INDUCRET-VK-Inject 196
ASODUR-K900 164 INDUFLOOR-IB4010 198
FIX 10-M 168 INDUFLOOR-IB4015 200
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 169 SOLOCRET-15 202
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 171 SOLOPLAN-30 205

Brochure/Page No.
Crack Sealing 166
Protection and restoration of concrete elements 189
Surface protection systems for waste water treatment plants 194

149
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASO-NM15 Art.-No. 2 04297

Levelling compound up to 30 mm

Properties: opened packaging

Polymer modified promptly.
For interior areas Packaging: 25 kg bags with PE liner
Very low emissions
*1) The values refer to +23 C and 50% relative humidity. Higher tempera-
Low stress
tures accelerate and lower temperatures extend the hardening time.
Self levelling
Easy to use
Rapid hardening Surface preparation:
Suitable for heated screeds The substrate must be dry, load bearing, sound, have
Pumpable a good key and be free from materials that act as
For thicknesses from 2 to 30 mm separating media. The substrate must be adequately
load bearing to take loads in accordance with DIN
Areas of application: 1055. Separating layers, laitance and similar must be
ASO-NM15 is used for smoothing, filling and level- removed by suitable mechanical means e.g. planing,
ling at thicknesses from 2 30 mm. ASO-NM15 is shot / sand blasting or scabbling. Vacuum the dust
particularly suitable for levelling calcium sulphate based created. There must be no moisture from the substrate
substrates. Suitable substrates are calcium sulphate and or on the surface.
cement-based screeds including heated screeds conform- Test the readiness of the substrate to receive
ing to DIN 18560, old soundly bonded tiled finishes, ASO-NM15 with a carbide hygrometer (CM device)
poured asphalt of hardness class IC10. before application. The CM moisture content for
ASO-NM15 is used in dry areas and can also cement-based screeds must not exceed 2.0%. The
be used beneath the waterproof membranes CM measurements are to be carried out in accor-
AQUAFIN-2K/M and AQUAFIN-2K in rooms where the dance with the current FBH-AD work instructions from
wet duty demands are low (wet duty classifications 0 the technical information on the coordination of cut
and A01 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet out points in heated floor construction.
[*1]). Not suitable as a wearing surface without addi-
tional and appropriate coatings. Product application:
1. Calcium sulphate and cement-based screeds /
Technical Data: heated screeds. Prime with ASO-Unigrund-GE.
Basis: calcium sulphate, aggregate, Allow ASO-Unigrund-GE to fully dry (approx. 6
additives 12 hours *1), because then the porosity of the
Colour: grey substrate is reduced and therefore th flow
Bulk density: 1.4 kg/dm3 properties of ASO-NM15 are retained.
Application/ Subsequently apply ASO-NM15.
substrate temp: +5 C to +25 C With poured asphalt of hardness class IC10 level-
Ideally +18 C to +25 C ling coats up to a maximum of 10 mm are possi-
Pot life *1): 30 minutes ble. There must be a 10 15 mm movement joint
Foot traffic after *1): approx. 3 4 hours within the asphalt screed around all interruptions in
Compressive strength *1): approx. 25 N/mm2 after the floor and these must be carried through in the
28 days final floor finish. The surface must be continuously
Flexural strength *1): approx. 7.5 N/mm2 after abraded with quartz sand.
28 days Well bonded ceramic finishes. Clean, abrade and
Classification: EN 13813 CA-C20-F7 prime with ASODUR-SG2 blinding the surface with
Fire rating: A2fl-S1 0.5 1.0 mm quartz sand. Vacuum up excess
Cleaning: with water whilst in the once cured.
fresh state 2. Place 5.5 6.0 litres of clean water in a clean
Consumption: approx. 1.7 kg/m2/mm mixing bucket, dependent on desired consistency,
Storage: dry, 6 months in the original sprinkle in 25 kg of ASO-NM15 and mix to a
unopened packaging. Use lump free, flowable consistency. Occasionally

150
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

scrape a trowel around the wall of the mixer to Important advice:

blend in unmixed material that has stuck to the sides.
Mix through once again. It is recommended that a
drill be used at 500 700 rpm using a Collomix
paddle of type KR140 to 160.
3. Pour ASO-NM15 onto the primed substrate and,
within the working time, spread evenly with a suit-
able implement (surface rake, long handled rake).
It has proven to be advantageous to place height
markers so that the desired thickness can be con-
trolled with the product in the wet state. The required
thickness should be installed in one operation.
De-aerate the coating with a spiked roller (or other
suitable tool) whilst still fluid and to encourage flow;
the surface and the flow will be decidedly improved.
4. Whilst it is setting protect ASO-NM15 from rapid
water loss e.g. high room temperatures, direct
sunlight and draughts. The air temperature and the
material / substrate temperature should not drop
below +5 C during application and in the follow-
ing week.
5. Where thicknesses are < 15 mm, ASO-NM15 can
be tiled after approx. 16 hours *1) if UNIFIX-AEK is
used as the adhesive. Where thicknesses are
15 mm or where other types of finishes are to be
installed or where alternative tile adhesives are to
be used, it is necessary to measure the residual
moisture with a carbide hygrometer (CM device)
see advice section. Keep to the maximum recom-
mended moisture levels detailed in the current data
sheets. Also refer to the advice section.
Instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K diluted
1:3 with water can also be used.
If water is lost too quickly there is a risk of cracking
(heated rooms or very porous substrates).
It is necessary to ventilate the construction site. Avoid
draughts as well as direct sunlight when working with
the product and during the curing process. The inte-
rior and floor temperature must be a minimum of +5
C during application and for the following week.
Dehumidifiers may not be used for the first 3 days.
The condition of the substrate is essential to the suc-
cess of the floor smoothing process. Porous substrates
negatively alter the flow properties of the levelling
compound, therefore the substrate must be thoroughly
prepared: clean and prime.
Completely remove old linoleum adhesives (lignum/
lignin pastes, sulphite liquor based adhesives). Small
amounts of water soluble dispersion-based resilient
flooring adhesives (surface area 25%/m2) may be
left on the substrate. Clean the substrate, prime with
ASODUR-SG2 and blind with 0.5 1.0 mm quartz
sand and vacuum the excess once cured.
Old water resistant resilient flooring adhesives must
be largely removed by mechanical means, cleaned,
primed with ASODUR-GBM or ASODUR-SG2 and
blinded with 0.5 1.0 mm quartz sand and the
excess vacuumed once cured. Alternatively prime
with undiluted multi purpose primer MG-17.

Priming table
Calcium sulphate screeds
Cement-based screeds
Poured asphalt screeds
of hardness class IC10
Sound tiled finishes,
terrazzo
ASO-Unigrund-GE
ASO-Unigrund-GE
With new, clean substrates it is not
necessary, to bind construction dust
with ASO-Unigrund-GE
ASODUR-SG2 blinded with quartz

151
Technical Data Sheet
When using a mixing pump e.g. PFT G4 or G5
or similar, the mixing pump and pipework must be
rinsed out during interruptions in the application
process.
When using a PFT G4 mixing pump with the
standard PFT G4 mixing screw, the D 6-3 rotor and
the D 6-3 stator twister, set the water flow meter to
400 450 litres per hour. Using the PFT consistency
check container, the correct water addition can be
checked and set using the slump reading. This may
not exceed 61 cm on the prepared substrate and
should be continually checked during installation.
The readiness of the substrate to receive finishes is
to be determined by moisture measurements with a
carbide hygrometer (CM device), keeping to the
limiting values (see table below).
With magnesite screeds rear acting moisture
pressure from the substrate must be eliminated with
appropriate measures. The magnesite substrate must
be mechanically roughened and primed with the
epoxy resin ASODUR-V360W, with maximum 5%
water addition, (approx. 250 g/m2). After waiting
for approx. 12 to 24 hours at +20 C, apply a
second coat of ASODUR-V360W (approx. 300
350 g/m2). Whilst it is still wet, broadcast the
second coat to excess with quartz sand of grading
0.2 0.7 mm. After waiting for a further 12 16
hours, levelling can be carried out with ASO-NM15
up to a maximum thickness of 15 mm.
Maximum moisture content of the levelling compound determined with CM device
Floor finish
Water vapour
permeable finishes
Textile finishes Water vapour barrier
Water vapour permeable
Parquet
Laminate flooring
Ceramic tiles and natural
stone / concrete stone tiles Thin bed method
Thin bed method with UNIFIX-AEK
The CM measurement is to be carried out in accordance with the current FBH-AD work instructions from the technical information for the coordination of cut out points
with heated floor constructions.
3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
Take care with the water addition. Where the water
addition is too great, separation occurs resulting in a
low surface strength. Such low strength surfaces must
be mechanically removed.
Perimeter, bay, structural joints and movement
joints are to be carried through as well as being
incorporated in the planned position, and filled with
a suitable material e.g. perimeter insulating strips
RD-SK-50. Once the ASO-NM15 has hardened,
crack inducing joints are to be cut into the top third
of the applied bed thickness.
Open pored substrates cause greater material
consumption.
Higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures
slow down the setting process.
Follow the appropriate current regulations. Therefore
e.g. DIN 18 157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055
Information sheet of the Schloss Rosefeld expert circle
EURO-F-E-N: Tiles, slabs, natural and concrete slabs
on poured asphalt in interior areas.
The BEB data sheets, distributed by the German
Association for screeds and coverings.
The technical information for the coordination of cut
out points with heated floor constructions.
The ZDB data sheets, distributed by the Professional
Association of the German Tile Industry:
[*1] Advice on the installation of combined water-
proof membranes with tile and slab wall and floor
finishes in interior and exterior areas.
Heated Unheated
0.3 % 0.5 %
0.3 % 0.5 %
1.0 % 1.5 %
0.3 % 0.5 %
0.3 % 0.5 %
0.3 % 0.5 %
1.0 % 1.5 %
152
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

[*2] Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds.

[3] Movement joints in wall and floor tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, cut natural stone and
concrete slabs on cement-based floor constructions
with insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, cut natural stone and
concrete slabs on heated, cement-based floor
constructions.
Only use clean tools and clean water.
Observe the technical data sheets of the products
mentioned above.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!

GISCODE: ZP1
35/09

153
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-BM Art.-No. 2 05518

Filling mortar for drilling holes and voids

Properties: Important advice:

ASOCRET-BM is a premixed cement-trass-lime-mortar Protect non treated areas from the influences of
with superior flowing properties. ASOCRET-BM.
ASOCRET-BM hardens with no-shrinking effect and is
highly capillary absorbent. Please adhere to the valid EC Materials Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS).
Areas of application:
ASOCRET-BM is used for the filling of voids in masonry, GISCODE: ZP1
especially in the field of subsequent horizontal blocking.
47/06
After injection of AQUAFIN-F the drilling holes have to
be filled with ASOCRET-BM.
The filling of the voids are applied by gravitation or
injection method.

Technical Data:
Basis: cemented trass mortar
Colour: grey
Bulk density: 0.9 kg/dm3
Water demand: 33% = 8 L per 25 kg bag
Raw density: 2 kg/dm3
Slump: 30 cm
Pot life: 1 hour
Strength: 1d= 4 N/mm2
7 d = 10 N/mm2
28 d = 15 N/mm2
Packaging: 25 kg paper bag
Storage: in dry storage for 6
months in unopened bags,
use opened bags promptly.

Surface preparation:
The substrate to be filled must be free from gypsum.
Drilling holes must be free from drilling dust.

Product preparation:
ASOCRET-BM is mixed with tap water (8 l per 25 kg)
in a clean mixing container until a lump free mass is
achieved. The ASOCRET-BM mortar is filled into the
drilling holes either by gravity or suitable injection
method. For application of subsequent horizontal
blocking use the bore hole method, the filled drilling
holes must then be re-drilled and re-injected after
16 - 24 hours.

154
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-BS2 Art.-No. 2 05506

Repair and resurfacing mortar

Properties: Important advice:

ASOCRET-BS2 is a polymer-modified, shrinkage ASOCRET-BS2 is a low chromate, tested according to
compensated, premixed mortar. For interior and TRGS 613. ASOCRET-BS2 and is irritant according to
exterior use without corrosive promoting agents. Good Hazmat regulations (GefStoffV). Protect non treated
workability of the flexible, pasty and stable mortar. areas from the influences of ASOCRET-BS2.
Protect the repair mortar surface from rapid drying out
Areas of application: caused by high temperatures or strong winds, this can
For the filling of joints. Repairing and coating of be avoided by continous wetting (with water) or the
ceiling and wall surfaces made of concrete and precast surface is to be covered with suitable protection.
concrete. For the finishing after concrete repair works. With thin layers, application of ASOPLAST-MZ
As a levelling mortar on uneven wall areas, which have increases the quality of the gauging water, this can
to be subsequently sealed or tiled. Up to 10 mm in one reduce the effect of rapid vapour diffusion
working step. For walls and ceilings, in interior and (dehydration).
exterior applications.
Please adhere to the valid EC Materials Safety Data
Technical Data: Sheet (MSDS).
Basis: cement based mortar
Colour: grey GISCODE: ZP1
Bulk density: 1.3 kg/dm3
47/06
Consumption: 1.5 kg /m2 per mm
thickness of layer
Packaging: 25 kg bag
Storage: in dry rooms 6 months, use
opened bags promptly.

Surface preparation:
The surface must be solid and free from dust, dirt or
bond-breaking agents. Loose edge strips have to be
removed.

Product preparation:
Fill clean tap water into a clean mixing container. Mix
with a slow mechanical drill until a lump free, stable,
smooth, pasty scratch consistency is achieved. The
mortar is processable for 30 min. at +20 C and may
be applied unfilled in one coat up to a layer of 10 mm.
For layers stronger than 10 mm the mortar has to be
filled with approx. 30% of washed sand (grain size
0 - 4 mm). At room temperatures further work such as
felting or smoothening is possible after 1 hour. Higher
temperatures shorten the the pot life. ASOCRET-BS2 is
processable at temperatures between +5 C and +25 C.

155
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-GM100 Art.-No. 2 05554

Coarse repair mortar

Properties: Adhesive strenghts: 7 d approx. 3.1 N/mm2

ASOCRET-GM100 is 28 d approx. 3.0 N/mm2
a cement based coarse mortar
ready for use after mixing with water E-modulus, dynamic: 28 d approx. 34.200 N/
watertight mm2
permeable to water vapour
decreases the penetration of CO2 Cleaning: Clean tools with water
frost and thaw salt resistant immediately after use.
ASOCRET-GM100 cures even at dynamic loads Packaging: 25 kg bags
crack free with low shrinkage and has a high Storage: 9 months, in original
carbonization resistance. unopened packs, stored in
Approved acc. To ZTV-SIB, TL/TP-BE PCC 98 for the dry and frost free places.
application area PCC I for holes of > 30 mm; largest
grain size: 8 mm. Surface preparation:
ASOCRET-GM100 may only be applied on concrete
Areas of application: and reinforced concrete surfaces which are clean,
ASOCRET-GM100 is suitable for vertical surfaces as firm, open porous, absorbent and of a minimum
repair mortar for concrete repair works. It is suitable for quality of B 25. Smooth and tight surfaces have to
the following application areas: be roughened. Prepare dirty surfaces accordingly
PCC I: surfaces subject to traffic and dynamic loads (for before application of ASOCRET-GM100, using
example underneath driveway coverings). sandblasting, high pressure water blasting or shot
Repair mortar for excavations in the concrete. As surface blasting. Before application of ASOCRET-GM100
for coatings and other coverings. ASODUR-GM100 the surface has to be prepared with the bonding
is a system component of the concrete repair system coat ASOCRET-KS/HB according to instructions.
ASOCRET PCC-system 2.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Production of coarse mortar:
Basis: Cement ASOCRET-GM100 25.0 kg
Grain size: 0.1 8.0 mm Water 2.50 2.75 l
Bulk density
(fresh mortar): 2.28 g/cm3 Pour 3/4 of the water quantity stated above into a
Water quantity: 10 % clean mixing container. Add ASOCRET-GM100
Consumption: approx. 2.0 g/cm3 constantly to the a.m. water quantity while stirring
Layer thickness: > 30 mm with suitable mixer (approx. 400 rpm). Mix the mass
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes for a period of approx. 3 minutes until a homogenous
at +20 C lumpfree mortar is achieved. Then add the residual
Overworkable: after at least 1 day water and mix again for further 2 minutes. For larger
Application temperature: at least +5 C max. +35 C quantities to be mixed use a compulsory mixer. Mix
Compression strengths: 24 hrs approx. 16.0 N/mm2 only as much material as can be used within the time
2 d approx. 47.0 N/mm2 periods stated above.
7 d approx. 48.0 N/mm2
28 d approx. 60.0 N/mm2 Tools for application:
90 d approx. 74.0 N/mm2 Trowel, jolting machine, shovel, wooden float, steel
trowel
Flexural strengths: 24 hrs. approx. 3.8 N/mm2
2 d approx. 7.6 N/mm2 Method of application / consumption:
7 d approx. 7.9 N/mm2 ASOCRET-GM100 may only be applied on concrete
28 d approx. 10.4 N/mm2 and reinforced concrete surfaces which are
90 d approx. 10.8 N/mm2 pre-treated with the bonding coat ASOCRET-KS/HB

156
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

according to the manufacturers instructions. Spread

ASOCRET-GM100 on the freshly applied and still matt
damp bonding coat ASOCRET-KS/HB with a shovel,
trowel or wooden plank in the desired layer thickness.
Afterwards the mortar is compacted with the shovel or
trowel and drawn off. For larger surfaces use a jolting
machine for this purpose. Afterwards rub off the surface
with a wooden float and smooth with a steel trowel.
Consumption (ready mortar mixture):
approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm layer thickness.

Treatment:
After application of ASOCRET-GM100 protect the
surface against too rapid drying due to direct sun influ-
ence, draught air and/or high differences in
temperature by means of covering with a membrane for
a period of at least 1 day. After a waiting time of at
least 1 day the surface can be further treated with the
fine mortar ASOCRET-FS. In case of longer waiting
times
before the surface is further treated with the fine mortar.
ASOCRET-FS it has to be treated with suitable measures
according to ZTV-SIB98 for a period of at least 5 days.

Health and safety:

ASOCRET-GM100 contains cement and reacts alkaline
with moisture.
Avoid contact with the eyes and the skin.
Splashes have to be immediately cleaned with plenty
of water.
In case of eye contact seek medical advice!
Keep out of reach of children!

Please regard the valid EC-safety data sheet.

Important advice:
Stiffened material must neither be diluted with water
nor mixed with fresh mortar
In case of application according to ZTV-SIB 98 only
whole packing units must be used.
Protect surfaces not to be treated against splashes of
ASOCRET-GM100.

For detailed information see valid application

instructions (AFA).

GISCODE: ZP1
47/06

157
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-IM Art.-No. 2 05523

Repair and sealing mortar for concrete

Properties: Surface preparation:

Mineral-based. Use ASOCRET-IM exclusively on concrete and
Water impermeable. reinforced concrete substrates that are clean, sound,
Also suitable under hydrostatic water pressure. open-pored and porous. Abrade smooth and dense
Vapour permeable. substrates. Contaminated surfaces should be appropri-
Easy to use. ately prepared by a suitable method (e.g. sand-blast-
Supports self-healing of concrete. ing, high pressure jetting, shot-blasting or grit blast-
For thickness from 3 to 12 mm in one coat. ing). Dampen substrates well with water but avoid the
Can also be applied on damp substrates. formation of puddles. Plug water leaks with FIX-10-S.
Chisel out cracks to a minimum width of 20mm and
Areas of application: a minimum depth of 25mm. Apply a slurry bonding
ASOCRET-IM is used for watertight filling of opened-up coat of AQUAFIN-IC to the substrate when forming
cracks and cavities that are to be covered subsequently coved fillets and apply the ASOCRET-IM whilst it is
with AQUAFIN-IC. Alternatively ASOCRET-IM can also still wet.
be used to form coved fillets.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Pour 3.75 4.25 litres of clean water into a mixing
Basis: sand/cement, inorganic bucket and thoroughly stir in as much dry powder
Colour: grey (drill with paddle 300 700 rpm) until a lump-free
Loose density: 1.3 kg/dm3 homogenous trowellable paste is achieved. Apply the
Water demand: 3.75 4.25 litres mortar with a trowel or float. Only mix sufficient mate-
per 25kg bag rial that can be used within 30 minutes.
Mixing time: 3 minutes (drill mixer at
300 700 rpm) Important advice:
Pot life: approx. 30 minutes A sound substrate is a pre-requisite for a durable
(+23 C / 60% RH) bond between substrate and coating system.
Application/ Weakly bonded substances or those that interfere
Surface temperature: +5 C to +30 C. with bonding must be completely removed. High
Lower temperatures shorten, pressure water jetting (> 400 bar), very high
higher temperatures lengthen pressure jetting (up to 2.000 bar) and blasting with
the setting time solid blasting abrasives are suitable methods. The
Cleaning of equipment: Whilst still fresh with water. final cleaning method must be a water jet method.
Remove dried-on material with Protect areas not be treated from the effects of
ASO-Steinreiniger cleaner. ASOCRET-IM.
Strength: approx. 35 N/mm2 ASOCRET-IM cannot be used as an additive for
(28 days) concrete or renders i.e. it may not be mixed with
Storage: Dry, 12 months in original such products.
unopened packaging. Use The reaction between ASOCRET-IM and free lime
opened packaging in the concrete can lead to small incidences of
immediately. efflorescence. This is not a defect and can be
Packaging: 25 kg paper bags brushed away.
Do not apply to dry substrates.
Material consumption: Use suitable protective measures to prevent
U shaped cracks cut out to 20 x 25 mm: ASOCRET-IM from dewatering too quickly.
approx. 1.3 kg/m. Overcoat the ASOCRET-IM with AQUAFIN-IC after
Coved fillets 38 mm haunch height: 1 2 hours. Where this is not possible abrade the
approx. 1.3 kg/m. surface again and subsequently coat with
AQUAFIN-IC.

158
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Varying final colour depends on the varying moisture

content of the concrete.

Please observe a valid EC safety data sheet.

Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613.

GISCODE: ZP1
47/06

159
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-OS/BF Art.-No. 2 05519

Concrete paint

Properties: dry, solid, load bearing and with good grip

ASOCRET-OS/BF is a pigmented, styrene-acrylate free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
polymer dispersion. ASOCRET-OS/BF is substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, poorly
alkali and UV resistant bonded constituents etc.
water vapour permeable Dependant upon the condition of the substrate the
vapour barrier to CO2 area to be treated should be suitably prepared e.g.
crack bridging 0,1 mm (with cracks near the by sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, or shot
surface). blasting. After the substrate has been prepared and in
order to achieve a regular thickness of coating, repair
Areas of application: irregularities, damaged areas and pores with the
ASOCRET-OS/BF is used in combination with appropriate product from the ASOCRET-PCC system
ASOCRET-FS fine smoothing mortar as surface protection in accordance with factory instructions.
OS-C in accordance with TL/TP of the ZTV-SIB.
ASOCRET-OS/BF is further used on cement-based Product preparation:
substrates such as concrete, render and ASOCRET-PCC ASOCRET-OS/BF is delivered ready for use. Simply
mortar and smoothing compound as a protective stir briefly before use.
coating.
ASOCRET-OS/BF is a component of the ASOCRET-OS Method of application / consumption:
System 1. A general technical certificate is available. Protective coating:
ASOCRET-OS/BF is applied by roller or brush in two
Technical Data: coats. The first coat of ASOCRET-OS/BF is diluted
Basis: styrene-acrylate dispersion with up to a maximum of 5% water.
Colour: RAL 7032 Consumption: approx. 200 ml/m2 per coat.
Viscosity: approx. 1.425 m Pa s
Density: approx. 1.4 g/cm3 Health & safety:
Solids content: approx. 60% by weight Once cured ASOCRET-OS/BF is harmless. When
Workability time: no limit using this product the government health and safety
Application temperature: min. +10 C, max. +40 C protective directive should be observed as well as the
Drying time: (at +20C, 60% RH) advice on the packaging.
- dust dry: after approx. 4 hours
- rain fast: after approx. 6 hours Important advice:
- overpaint: after approx. 12 hours Use airless equipment if ASOCRET-OS/BF is to
Diffusion resistance No.: be spray applied (nozzle size: 0.018 0.021
H2O: 4,900 inches).
CO2: 1,600,000 Observe VOB part C (DIN 18363, para 3.1.10)
Equivalent air film thickness during application i.e. the material may not be
H2O Sd: ) 4 m applied:
CO2 Sd: 50 m - During direct sunlight
Cleaning of tools: thoroughly clean tools - During strong winds
immediately after use with - During rain
water - On heated substrates etc.
Packaging: ASOCRET-OS/BF is available If required introduce protective plans
in 15 litre containers Applications that are not clearly explained in this
Storage: 12 months in the original technical data sheet may only be carried out after
unopened packaging under consultation with and written confirmation from the
cool and dry conditions. Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG
GmbH Systembaustoffe.
Surface preparation: GISCODE: M-DF 02
The areas to be treated must be:
46/06

160
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-OS/RS Art.-No. 2 05526

Crack-bridging protective coating

Properties: Dependant upon the condition of the substrate the

ASOCRET-OS/RS is a single component pigmented, area to be treated should be suitably prepared e.g.
styrene-acrylate polymer dispersion. ASOCRET-OS/RS is by sweeping, vacuuming, brushing, planing, or shot
alkali and weather resistant blasting. After the substrate has been prepared and in
water vapour permeable order to achieve a regular thickness of coating, repair
vapour barrier to CO2 and SO2 irregularities, damaged areas and pores with the
elastic when cold and crack bridging0,3 mm (with appropriate product from the ASOCRET-PCC system
surface hairline cracks and separating cracks). in accordance with factory instructions. Design cracks
0,3 mm as joints in accordance with DIN 18 540.
Areas of application:
ASOCRET-OS/RS is used in combination with Product preparation:
ASOCRET-FS fine smoothing mortar as surface protection ASOCRET-OS/RS is delivered ready for use. Simply
OS-S II in accordance with TL/TP of the ZTV-SIB. stir briefly before use.
ASOCRET-OS/RS is further used on cement-based
substrates such as concrete, render and ASOCRET-PCC, Method of application / consumption:
mortar and smoothing compound, as a protective Protective coating:
coating. ASOCRET-OS/RS is applied by roller or brush in 2 to
ASOCRET-OS/RS is a component of the ASOCRET-OS 3 coats. The first coat of ASOCRET-OS/RS is diluted
System 2. A general technical certificate is available. with up to a maximum of 5% water.
Consumption: approx. 200 - 250ml/m2 per coat.
Technical Data:
Basis: polymer dispersion Health and safety:
Colours: RAL 7032 Once cured ASOCRET-OS/RS is harmless. When
Density: approx. 1,4 g/cm3 using this product the government health and safety
Solids content: approx. 68 by weight % protective directive should be observed as well as the
Workability time: no limit advice on the packaging.
Application temperature: min. +8 C, max. +40 C
at max. 80% RH
Drying time: after approx. 24 hours Important advice:
(at +20 C, 60% RH) Observe VOB part C (DIN 18363, para 3.1.10)
Equivalent air film thickness: during application i.e. the material may not be
- H2O Sd 1 m applied:
- CO2 Sd 100 m - during direct sunlight
Strength evaluation: not before 14 days - during strong winds
Cleaning of tools: thoroughly clean tools - during rain.
immediately after use with On heated substrates etc.
water If required introduce protective plans.
Packaging: ASOCRET-OS/RS is available Applications that are not clearly explained in this
in 15 litre containers technical data sheet may only be carried out after
Storage: 12 months in the original consultation with and written confirmation from the
unopened packaging under Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG
cool and dry conditions. GmbH Systembaustoffe.

Surface preparation: GISCODE: M-DF 02

The areas to be treated must be:
dry, solid, load bearing and with good grip 46/06

free from separating and adhesion inhibiting sub-

stances such as e.g. dust, laitance, poorly bonded
constituents etc.

161
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-RN Art.-No. 2 05508

Repair Mortar

Properties: Important advice:

ASOCRET-RN is a polymer-modified, shrinkage
compensated mortar. For interior and exterior use
without corroding substances. Good processability of
the flexible, pasty and stable mortar.
Areas of application:
For repair work of ruptures and defects in walls and
ceilings made of concrete and precast concrete. For
the preparation of concave mouldings.
Protect areas not to be treated from the influences of
ASOCRET-RN. Low chromate level according to
TRGS 613.
ASOCRET-RN is irritant according to Hazmat
regulations (GefStoffV).
Please adhere to the valid EC Materials Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS).

Technical Data: GISCODE: ZP1

Basis: cement-based mortar
47/06
Colour: grey
Bulk density: 1.5 kg/dm3
Storage: in dry rooms 12 months,
in original closed
bags/paper sacks. Use
opened bags/paper sacks
promptly.
Packaging: 6 kg bag and
25 kg paper sack

Surface preparation:
The surface must be free from dust, dirt or separating
agents. Loose edge strips have to be removed.
If necessary the surface is to be sand-blasted. The
surface is to be moistened to a saturated dry surface.

Product preparation:
Fill tap water into a mixing container. Stirr the
ASOCRET-RN mixture the container until a pasty, stable
and flexible mass is achieved. The mortar can also be
prepared using batch mixers. The pot life is approx.
30 minutes at +18 C to +20 C. Higher temperatures
shorten and lower temperatures increases the pot life
and curing time. The application temperature must be
between +5 C and +25 C.
The mortar application is to be carried out according to
approved plastering techniques using a trowel or a
float. The thickness of layer should not exceed 20 mm.
Prime voids and dry spots with a scratch filler. The sur-
face is to be roughened. Rub down the top levelling
layer with a felt or sponge board.

162
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASOCRET-RS Art.-No. 2 05538

Rapid hardening Repair Mortar

Properties: Add subsequently the remaining amount of water to

ASOCRET-RS is a low shrinking mortar. For interior the required consistency and mix further 2 to 3 mins.
and exterior use without corroding substances. Good Before filling the mixed ASOCRET-RS the area of
processability of the flexible, pasty and stable mortar. repair should be prepared with a partial amount. Add
Can be applied in one coat for layer thicknesses of subsequently the required amount of mortar, close and
between 6 and 50 mm. level off the area with a finishing trowel. Do not mix
more
Areas of application: material than is required for handling within 15 minutes.
Application on horizontal concrete surfaces especially on Protect the freshly applied mortar from rapid drying out
heavily stressed industrial areas such as industrial flooring, and keep moist for a period of at least 24 hours.
parking facilities, ramps and other similar commercial
areas. Strengths*):
Compression Bending
Technical Data: strength tensile strength
Basis: cement-bound mortar
Colour: grey after 1 hour approx. 6 N/mm2 0.9 N/mm2
Bulk density: 1.6 kg/dm3 after3 hours approx. 35 N/mm2 7.0 N/mm2
Consumption RS-Mortar: approx. 1.7 kg/m2/mm after 24 hours approx. 40 N/mm2 7.2 N/mm2
thickness after 7 days approx. 60 N/mm2 7.8 N/mm2
Consumption RS-Silt: approx. 0.88 kg/m2 after 28 days approx. 65 N/mm2 8.0 N/mm2
Water demand: maximum of 0.8 l to 2.7 l
of Water *) the above mentioned values are based on average
Pot life: approx. 15 to 30 mins. laboratory values at an ambient temp. of 20 C
at +20 C ambient temp. with 65% of relative air humidity.
with 65% relative air humidity.
Application/ Important advice:
substrate temp.: +5 C up to +25 C Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
Packaging: 6 and 20 kg Plastic (PE) ASOCRET-RS.
buckets High temperatures shorten, lower temperatures increase
Storage: In dry storage for 6 months in the given pot life and curing time.
original, unopened containers.
Use opened containers Please adhere to the valid EC safety data sheet.
immediately.
GISCODE: ZP1
Surface preparation:
47/06
The surface must be free from dust, dirt or bond-breaking
agents. Loose edge strips have to be removed. The
substrate is to be moistened prior to application to
maintain moisture when applying ASOCRET-RS. Border
areas for repairing are to be chiselled out 10 mm deep.
The repair area should always be moistened but avoid
puddle formations. Highest levels of the worked surface
should be coated with minimum 6 mm of ASOCRET-RS.

Product preparation:
Add ASOCRET-RS with approx. 0.6 l - 2.1 l clean
water into a clean mixing container and pre-mix with a
mechanical hand drill with agitator (approx. 300 - 700 rpm)
until a lump free mass is achieved.

163
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

ASODUR-K900 Art.-No. 2 05755

Casting and adhesive resin

Properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate

ASODUR-K900 is a two-component low viscosity, solvent dependent on its condition such as e.g. planing,
free epoxy resin with an exceptional bond to concrete, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming.
screed, stone etc. In addition the following minimum substrate criteria
very good penetration are to be fulfilled:
high adhesion strength Cement-based surfaces:
rapid hardening Concrete quality: min. C20/25
resistant to chemicals Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
water and frost resistant. Age: min. 28 days
Tensile adhesion
Areas of application: strength: 1.5 N/mm2
For producing tight secure bonds between joints Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
and cracks in screeds and concrete. method)
For sealing hollow areas in bonded screeds.
For repairing stone, concrete and similar. Product preparation:
Suitable for underfloor heating Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio in a two compartment
Technical Data: container. Pull out the separating clamp to allow both
Binder: two component epoxy resin components to run together. Mix the bag contents by
Colour: transparent yellowish kneading and tumbling. Ensure that the mix is
Viscosity: approx. 360 50mPa s homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx.
at +23 C 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing
Mixing ratio: 100:50 parts by weight should be +15 C. Once mixed untwist the threaded
Density: 1.10 g/cm2 closure on the top of the bag and squeeze out the
Minimum cure temp: +8 C mixture.
Application time: approx. 12 minutes
Overcoat after: approx. 4 hours at +23 C Methods of application / consumption:
Through cured after: approx. 7 days at +23 C 1. Sealing cracks in screed and concrete using
Packaging: 1 kg in pack with three screed clips:
sections, including screed Open up the crack or joint with a cutting disc along
clips and 1 pair of disposable its length to 1/2 to 2/3 the screed thickness. Cut
gloves in a carton with 5 x approx. 10 cm long cuts across the crack at right
1 kg and 1 m plastic tubing angles approx. every 30 cm. Thoroughly remove dust
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean tools from the cut area using an industrial vacuum cleaner.
immediately after use with Pour the premixed casting resin into the cut joints until
AQUAFIN-Reiniger visibly saturated. It is possible that a second pour will
Storage: 18 months in the original be necessary.
unopened packaging under Place the screed clips supplied in the crosscuts and
cool, dry conditions above wipe off expelled resin from the surface. Then blind
+10 C. the wet resin surface with quartz sand of particle size
0.2 to 0.7 mm.
Surface preparation: Once hardened vacuum away all non-bound, loose
The area to be treated must be: sand. After 4-5 hours the hardened casting resin can
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip be abraded. For abrasion 60 grade grit paper is
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting sub- suitable. Afterwards thoroughly de-dust the surface.
stances such as dust, laitance, grease, paint residues
and similar 2. Levelling out irregularities:
protected from moisture ingress from the rear. For levelling irregularities produce a smoothing com-
pound with ASODUR-K900 as the binder as follows:

164
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
ASODUR-K900: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 1.0 part by weight
(particle size 0.1 - 0.4 or
0.2 - 0.7 mm)
Note: Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly blended.
Firstly prime the background with ASODUR-K900.
Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2.
The mixed smoothing compound is then trowel applied
in a single operation. Immediately afterwards broadcast
the smoothing compound, whilst it is still wet, with fine
quartz sand of particle size 0.1 - 0.4 mm or
0.2 - 0.7 mm.
Consumption of finished smoothing compound:
approx. 1.600 g/m2/mm.
3. Repair of small areas with extensive and deep
damage:
For repairing large damaged holes produce a mortar
using the binder ASODUR-K900 as follows:
Production of the epoxy mortar:
Thickness: approx. 3 to 15 mm
ASODUR-K900: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 7.5 - 10.0 parts by weight,
particle size 0 - 1.5 mm
diameter.
Place the determined quantity of quartz sand into a
large mixing container. Subsequently add the pre-mixed
resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid
and solid constituents are evenly blended.
Firstly prime the substrate with ASODUR-K900.
Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2.
Apply the mixed mortar onto the freshly primed surface
to a minimum thickness of 5mm, mechanically tamp
and smooth off. Immediately afterwards broadcast the
mortar, whilst it is still wet, with fine quartz sand of
particle size 0.1 - 0.4 mm or 0.2 - 0.7 mm.
Mortar consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm.
4. Filling of voids
In order to fill voids, the area where pouring is to take
place needs to be made accessible by opening up
and/or drilling. After the preparatory measures have
been implemented thoroughly clean and remove dust.
Afterwards pour the mixed casting resin into the void in
stages. It is possible that a second pour will be
necessary.
Consumption: approx. 1.10 kg per volume.
165
Health and safety:
Once cured ASODUR-K900 is harmless. The hardener
(component B) is corrosive. When using this product
the government health and safety protective directive,
data sheet M 023, should be observed as well as the
advice on the packaging.
Important advice:
Only fill screed crack and shrinkage control joints
once the screed has reached the accepted moisture
level and is ready to receive finishes.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life and curing
time. Lower temperatures increase the pot life and
curing time. Material consumption is also increased
at lower temperatures.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between the appli-
cation of coats the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new and even
application of the adhesive/casting resin should be
carried out.
After application the resin must be protected from
damp (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a
white discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface
and can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from the
Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG
GmbH Systembaustoffe.
Waste disposal key:
Liquid residues: EAK 08 01 11 paint and lacquer
waste that contains organic solvents or other
dangerous substances.
Hardened residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!
GISCODE: RE 1
46/06
 ASODUR-K900 Required tools
Brochure

System components:

Quartz sand
Broadcast and mixing sand with
various grain sizes

ASODUR-K900
Highly fluid resin adhesive

Application areas

For securely sealing joints and cracks

in concrete and screeds, and for
levelling surface irregularities.

166
ASODUR -K900
Your market partner:
is ideal for producing secure bonds
between joints and cracks in screeds and
concrete as well as for sealing hollow areas
in bonded screeds and for repairing stone
and concrete.

Crack sealing
SCHOMBURG
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrasse 28
D - 32760 Detmold (Germany)
phone + 49- 5231- 953 - 00
24/09 VH/EKe/JD AQUAFIN International GmbH Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8 D-32760 Detmold - Germany phone +49-5231-953-00 www.schomburg.de/en Subject to changes. Consult current technical datasheet for most recent information.

fax + 49- 5231- 953 - 333

email export@schomburg.de
SCHOMBURG web www.schomburg.de/en
3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
 Brochure

Multi-use 2-comp. Sealing of cracks

epoxy resin Saw cut the joint or crack along the length to a
depth of 1/ to 2/3 of the substrate thickness.
Properties: Cut 10 cm lengths across the crack at a right
angle approx. every 30 cm.
fast curing
solvent-free Clean all saw-cut areas carefully, e.g. with an
chemical resistent industrial vacuum cleaner.
water and frost resistant
high adhesive strenghts Carefully open the third chamber of the bag and
good chemical resistance remove the disposable gloves and screed clips.
easy to use packaging
Mixing the material in the bag:
Technical Data: Remove the safety seal and black separating
strip from the middle of the bag, so that the
Base: 2-comp. epoxy resin components flow together.
Colour: transparent yellowish Mix both components well, by thoroughly
Viscosity: approx. 360 50mPa s kneading the pack.
at +23 C Ensure that the bag is not damaged during
Mixing ratio: 100:50 parts mixing.
by weight
Mixing time: 3 minutes Fill the prepared crack/joint halfway with the
Density: 1.10 g/cm3 mixed material. If the pouring neck is not long
1 2 3
Application/ enough, the included PE-hose can be used as an

167
Substrate temperature: min. approx. +8 C, extension.
max. approx. +35 C
Application time*: approx. 15 minutes Place the screed clips in the perpendicular joints.
at +23 C
Minimum cure temp: +8 C Using the mixed ASODUR-K900 and quartz
Overcoat after: approx. 4 hours sand create a trowelable consistency and use it
at +23 C to seal the surface of the crack.
Complete cured after: approx. 7 days
at +23 C Broadcast quartz sand with grain size
Packaging: 1 kg pack incl. screed 0.2 0.7mm onto the still fresh material.
clips, disposable & After curing, remove all loose remaining sand.
plastic tubing
Leveling uneven surfaces 4 5 6
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean tools

ASODUR-K900
immediately after use The substrate must be load bearing and dry with
with AQUAFIN- a good grip and free from separating agents such
Cleanser as grease, dust, oil, etc.
Storage: 18 months in the
original unopened Mix the material as described above and prime
packaging under cool, the substrate with the ASODUR-K900.
dry conditions above
+10 C Mix the remaining material evenly with quartz
sand and apply with a trowel.
*) Higher temperatures shorten, lower temperatures
increase reaction time and curing time. To increase
reaction/application time at higher temperatures, Broadcast quartz sand with grain size
store material in a cool environment above +10 C 0.2 0.7mm onto the still fresh material. 7 8 9
and only expose to warm temperature shortly After curing, remove all loose remaining sand.
before mixing.
Quartz sand grain size is determined by the
Note: desired build-up thickness:
For complete application instructions
and product information consult the < 3mm : 0,2 0,7mm quartz sand
current valid technical datasheet. 3 - 15mm : 0 1,5mm quartz sand

SCHOMBURG
3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

FIX 10-M Art.-No. 2 01818

Construction Cement

Properties: Important advice:

FIX 10-M is a chloride free quick setting construction Pilot testing is necessary.
cement compatible with all standard cements according FIX 10-M contains cement and is classified irritant
to DIN 1164. FIX 10-M is suitable as a fast setting according to GefStoffV.
additive for all plaster and concrete works.
The potential bonding strength allows the addition of Please observe valid EU-safety data sheet.
sand (1 part FIX 10-M to 1 - 2 parts sand by volume).
The curing process will not decrease, the strength will be GISCODE: ZP1
almost the same after addition of the sand. The curing
45/06
depends on the temperature.

Areas of application:
Suitable for the fast filling of holes, for the anchoring and
fixing of machinery, piping, railings etc. For all exterior
and interior connector joint sealing and fast repairing on
concrete, artificial and natural stone, plaster, screed or
masonry surfaces.

Technical Data:
Basis: Cement
Bulk weight: 1.1 kg/dm3
Curing: After 20 min.
Packaging: 1, 6 and 12 kg buckets
Storage: dry and air tight up to
12 months

Surface preparation:
Loose plaster and masonry particles have to be remo-
ved. The clean surface is wetted with water.

Product preparation:
In a clean vessel the powderous FIX 10-M is added to
water.
FIX 10-M must be mixed and processed fast. Do not
mix more FIX 10-M than can be processed in this time.
After addition of 25% water the consistency of a good
filler is reached, FIX 10-M is floatable after addition of
30 - 50% water.
To FIX 10-M sand may be added, mixing ratio:
1 part FIX 10-M to 1 - 2 parts sand by volume.

168
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 Art.-No. 5 50041

Mineral-based corrosion protection and bonding agent

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is a mineral-based corrosion Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 exposed
protector and bonding slurry with the following steel reinforcement must be de-rusted to DIN EN ISO
properties: 12944-4 (in accordance with standard purity 2
ready to use after mixing with water 2.5). The concrete reinforcement must be dry, dust
water impermeable and grease free.
resistant to saponification Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good key
resistant to frost and de-icing salts and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose
cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks even particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances
under dynamic loading (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other
very easy to use even on vertical and overhead contamination). Surface preparation is necessary
areas. such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-pressure water
jetting, scabbling or planing.
Areas of application:
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is used as corrosion protection Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2
for steel reinforcement in concrete restoration and
simultaneously as a bonding agent on concrete and Product preparation:
mortar substrates. 1. Production of the repair mortar:
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 is a component of the concrete INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 = 25.0 kg
restoration system with the products Water = 5.5 7.5 litres
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 and INDUCRET-KIS-6/40.
2. Production of the bonding agent:
Technical Data: INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 = 25.0 kg
Colour: cement grey Water = 7.25 7.5 litres
Basis: cement
Components: 1 Mix INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a suitable stirrer (max.
Particle size: up to 0.5 mm 300 rpm) or in a forced paddle mixer (mixing time
Bulk density: 1.2 kg/dm3 approx. 3 5 minutes) until a homogenous and lump
Working life: approx. 60 minutes free consistency. After a maturing time of approx. 2
at +20 C minutes stir through briefly once again. Only mix as
Overcoat after: min. 1 day much material as can be used within the above
Application temp: min. approx. +5 C, mentioned timings.
max. approx. +35 C
Waiting time before application of second coat: Application tools:
Corrosion protection: min. 4 hours, as soon as the Corrosion protection: brush
first coat will not be disturbed Bonding agent: hard broom, brush
Bonding agent: wet in wet with the repair
mortar Application method/consumption:
Corrosion protection:
Cleaning: Apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 in two coats with a brush
Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. to the de-rusted steel reinforcement to thoroughly
cover it. Apply the second coat after a waiting time
Packaging: of approx. 4 hours, as soon as the first coat will not
25 kg bag be disturbed. Once the second coat has cured the
bonding agent can be applied the next day with the
Storage: subsequent repair mortar.
12 months when kept in the original unopened
packaging under dry and cool conditions above Bonding agent:
+10 C. Brush apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a hard broom

169
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

onto the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring

complete coverage and pore filling.
The subsequent application e.g. with the repair
mortar INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 must be applied while
the bonding agent is still wet.

Material consumption:
Corrosion protection:
Approx. 1.8 kg/m2/mm thickness,
approx. 1.0 litre/ mix = 2.03 kg

Bonding agent:
Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness,
approx. 1.0 litre/ mix = 1.98 kg

Health and safety:

INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 out of the reach of children.

Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2.
Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain.
Building substrates and ambient temperatures below
+20 C delay setting times and above +20 C
accelerate setting times.
Only use water of drinking quality when mixing
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2. Do not add additional water or
powder to material which has begun to stiffen in an
attempt to restore original consistency. This can sesult
in inadequate bonding.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP 1
44/08

170
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 Art.-No. 5 50040

Cementitious fine smoothing mortar for voids from 1 6 mm,
maximum grain: 0.5 mm
Properties: Storage:
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 is a cementitious fine smoothing 12 months when kept in the original unopened
mortar for voids from 1 6 mm with the following packaging under dry and cool conditions above
properties: +10 C.
a cementitious repair mortar of mortar group M2 for
vertical surfaces Surface preparation:
ready to use after mixing with water Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 the substrate
water impermeable is to be intensively pre-wetted but during application
water vapour permeable of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 the relevant substrate may
resistant to frost and de-icing salts however only be matt damp. Surface preparation
very easy to use is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-
impairs the passage of CO2 pressure water jetting if no previous restoration work
cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks even was carried out.
under dynamic loading and has a high resistance to Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good grip
carbonating. and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose
particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances
Areas of application: (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 is used for concrete restoration as a contamination).
thioxtropic mortar for re-profiling of:
Horizontal and vertical surfaces as well as overhead Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2
areas for voids from 1 6 mm.
For concrete areas under dynamic load (e.g. Product preparation:
carriage way coverings, concrete parapets, soffits 1. Production of the repair mortar:
of superstructures). INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 = 25.0 kg
Water = approx. 5.0 5.25 litres
Technical Data:
Colour: cement grey Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above
Basis: cement mentioned water quantity.
Components: 1 Add the required quantity of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6
Particle size: up to 0.5 mm under constant mixing with a suitable stirrer (approx.
Bulk density: 1.3 kg/dm3 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approx. 3 5 minutes
Wet density: 2.0 kg/dm3 to a lump free mortar. Add the remaining 20% water
Working life: approx. 60 minutes and mix for a further 2 minutes. Use a forced paddle
at +20 C mixer for preparing large quantities. Only mix as
Overcoat after: min. 1 day much material as can be used within the stated
Application temp: min. approx. +5 C, working life.
max. approx. +35 C
Compressive strength: 24 hours approx. 15 N/mm2 Application tools:
7 days approx. 30 N/mm2 Hand trowel, steel lath, hand smoother, rubbing
28 days approx. 50 N/mm2 sponge.
Flexural strength: 24 hours approx. 3 N/mm2
7 days approx. 7 N/mm2 Application by hand:
28 days approx. 9 N/mm2 Apply INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 on prepared substrate to
the desired thickness. Pre-fill pores and cavities by
Cleaning: troweling or brusting.
Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. After the required waiting time smooth the surface. Do
not rework surface with a wetted brush or trowel. For
Packaging: a smooth transition in the repaired surface it is pos-
25 kg bag sible to rub with a dry sponge.

171
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Wet application with spray equipment:
When spraying in wet form, a bonding slurry is not
required. The substrate must have a matt damp surface
after thorough saturation with water. After mixing, the
material is applied to the substrate with appropriate
spray equipment using a MAWO-nozzle. To ensure
even coverage, an industrial compressor is required
(min. 5m3 air/5 bar pressure).
Pump system PFT:
PFT MULTIMIX batch mixer combined with
PFT N 2 FC 400
Conveying pump/ Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10 mm nozzle (MAWO)
Pump system Inotec:
inoMIX ZM 80 turbocharged compulsory mixer
combined with
inoBEAM F21 light feeding pump/Rotor stator D81.5
25 mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Material application:
Through introduction of compressed air at the spray
nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform
circular pattern. During the first spray coat application,
blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar,
irregularities in the wall, etc, should be filled and
evened out. The second spray coat should be used to
build up desired material thickness, which can then be
finished with proper smoothing methods.
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 out of the reach of children.
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6.
Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain.
Building substrates and ambient temperatures below
+20 C delay setting times and above +20 C
accelerate setting times.
Only use water of drinking quality when mixing
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6. Do not add additional water or
powder to material which has begun to stiffen in an
attempt to restore original consistency. This can sesult
in inadequate bonding.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: ZP 1
44/08

Material consumption (finished mix):

Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm coat thickness,
approx. 1.0 litre/Mix = 1.95 kg

Curing and protection:

Protect the surface for at least one day after application
of INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 using suitable measures
(e.g. covering with polythene) against rapid drying
out resulting from direct sunlight, draughts and/or high
temperature fluctuations. After waiting for at least one
day further suitable surface protection systems can be
applied/carried out.

Health and safety:

INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with

172
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 Art.-No. 5 50039

Repair mortar for voids from 5 40 mm,
maximum grain: 2 mm
Properties: Storage:
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is an anti-sag repair mortar for 12 months when kept in the original unopened
voids from 5 40 mm with the following properties: packaging under dry and cool conditions above
a cementitious repair mortar of mortar group M2 for +10 C.
vertical and horizontal surfaces
ready to use after mixing with water Surface preparation:
water impermeable Before application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40
water vapour permeable exposed steel reinforcement must be treated with
resistant to frost and de-icing salts INDUCRET-BIS--0/2 corrosion protection according
very easy to use to product instructions. Cementitious surfaces must be
impairs the passage of CO2 solid with a good grid and be load-bearing, free from
cures with low shrinkage and free from cracks even cement laitance, loose particles as well as adhesion
under dynamic loading and has a high resistance to inhibiting substances (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint
carbonating. residues or other contamination). Surface preparation
is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is a system component and pressure water jetting or scabbling. The substrate is to
is only to be used in combination with INDUCRET-BIS-0/2. be intensively pre-wetted but during application
of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 the relevant substrate may
Areas of application: however only be matt damp.
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 is used as an anti-sag re-profiling Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2
mortar for vertical, horizontal and overhead areas for
voids up to 40 mm. Use for concrete restoration areas Product preparation:
under dynamic load (e.g. under roadbeds and 1. Production of the repair mortar:
concrete parapets). INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 = 25.0 kg
Water = approx. 3.5 3.75 litres
Technical Data:
Colour: cement grey Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above
Basis: cement mentioned water quantity.
Components: 1 Add the required quantity of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40
Particle size: up to 2 mm under constant mixing with a suitable stirrer (approx.
Bulk density: 1.6 kg/dm3 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approx. 3 5 minutes
Wet density: 2.1 kg/dm3 to a lump free mortar. Add the remaining 20% water
Working life: approx. 60 minutes and mix for a further 2 minutes. Use a forced paddle
at +20 C mixer for preparing large quantities. Only mix as
Overcoat after: min. 1 day much material as can be used within the stated
Application temp: min. approx. +5 C, working life.
max. approx. +35 C
Compressive strength: 24 hours approx. 14 N/mm2 Application tools:
7 days approx. 50 N/mm2 Hand trowel, wood float, steel lath, hand smoother,
28 days approx. 60 N/mm2 rubbing board.
Flexural strength: 24 hours approx. 4 N/mm2
7 days approx. 8 N/mm2 Application by hand:
28 days approx. 9 N/mm2 INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 may only be used in combina-
tion with the bonding agent INDUCRET-BIS-0/2.
Cleaning:
Thoroughly clean tools with water after use. Bonding agent:
Brush apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a hard broom
Packaging: onto the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring
25 kg bag complete coverage and pore filling.

173
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Subsequent application of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 must Health and safety:

be wet in wet with the bonding agent. Spread
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 onto the fresh bonding agent to
the required thickness with a suitable tool. Finish by
compacting the mortar and smoothening.
Wet application with spray equipment:
When spraying in wet form, a bonding slurry is not
required. The substrate must have a matt damp surface
after thorough saturation with water. After mixing, the
material is applied to the substrate with appropriate
spray equipment using a MAWO-nozzle. To ensure
even coverage, an industrial compressor is required
(min. 5m3 air/5 bar pressure).
Pump system PFT:
PFT MULTIMIX batch mixer combined with
PFT N 2 FC 400
Conveying pump/ Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10 mm nozzle (MAWO)
Pump system Inotec:
inoMIX ZM 80 turbocharged compulsory mixer
combined with
inoBEAM F21 light feeding pump/Rotor stator D81.5
25 mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10 mm nozzle (MAWO)
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 out of the reach of children.
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40.
Cover with suitable sheeting to protect against rain.
Building substrates and ambient temperatures below
+20 C delay setting times and above +20 C
accelerate setting times.
Only use water of drinking quality when mixing
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40. Do not add additional water
or powder to material which has begun to stiffen in
an attempt to restore original consistency. This can
sesult in inadequate bonding.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

Material application: GISCODE: ZP 1

Through introduction of compressed air at the spray
44/08
nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform
circular pattern. During the first spray coat application,
blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar,
irregularities in the wall, etc, should be filled and
evened out. The second spray coat should be used to
build up desired material thickness, which can then be
finished with proper smoothing methods.

Material consumption (finished mix):

Approx. 1.8 kg/m2/mm thickness,
approx. 1.0 litre/ mix = 2.13 kg

Curing and protection:

Protect the surface for at least one day after application
of INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 using suitable measures (e.g.
covering with polythene) against rapid drying out
resulting from direct sunlight, draughts and/or high
temperature fluctuations.

174
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 Art.-No. 5 50025

Slurry for channels / ducts

Properties: Storage & Shelf Life:

INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 is a slurry for channels/ducts with
the following properties:
rigid waterproof slurry, hydraulic cure
highly resistant to sulphate attack
resistant to negative water pressure
easy to use at low temperatures
can be applied to horizontal, vertical or overhead
areas
easy efficient application
can be sprayed with suitable equipment, brush or
trowel applied
vapour permeable, frost and ageing resistant
technically tested and approved for application.
INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 guarantees a strong bond to the
concrete substrate.
Cool and dry, 12 months in the original unopened
packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
Surface preparation:
Before application of INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 the substrate
is to be intensively pre-wetted but during application
of INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 the relevant substrate may
however only be matt damp. Surface preparation
is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-
pressure water jetting if no previous restoration work
was carried out.
Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good grip
and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose
particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances
(oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other
contamination).

Areas of application: Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2

INDCRET-KIS-0/2 is used for coating concrete surfaces
that are particularly subjected to chemical aggression: Product preparation:
waste water disposal systems 1. Production of the repair mortar:
wall and floor surfaces in process water storage INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 = 25.0 kg
sewerage works Water = approx. 6.0 7.5 litres
sewerage collection units, sewerage storage.
Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above
Technical Data: mentioned water quantity.
Basis: Sand/cement, Add the required quantity of INDUCRET-KIS-0/2
polymer modified under constant mixing with a suitable stirrer (approx.
Fresh mortar density: 1.94 kg/l 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approx. 3 minutes to
Mixing time: approx. 3 minutes a lump free mortar. Add the remaining 20% water
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes and mix for a further 4 minutes. Use a forced paddle
Application/ mixer for preparing large quantities. Only mix as
Substrate temperature: min. approx. +5 C to much material as can be used within the stated work-
max. approx. +35 C ing life.
Load bearing1): foot traffic after Application is carried out in a minimum of 2 coats
approx. 1 day with a consumption of a maximum of 2 kg/m2/mm to
Chemical contact: after 7 days the prepared surface to be waterproofed. The second
Material consumption: approx. 1.94 kg/m2 and further coats may only follow when the first coat
per mm will not be damaged by further applications.
Material consumption does not take uneven substrates
into consideration. Application tools:
Hand trowel, steel lath, hand smoother, rubbing
) at +20 C and 60% relative humidity.
1
sponge.

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: Application by hand:

Whilst still fresh with water, dried material is difficult Apply INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 on prepared substrate to
to remove. the desired thickness. Pre-fill pores and cavities by
troweling or brusting. After the required waiting time

175
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
smooth the surface. Do not rework surface with a
wetted brush or trowel. For a smooth transition in the
repaired surface it is possible to rub with a dry sponge.
Wet application with spray equipment:
When spraying in wet form, a bonding slurry is not
required. The substrate must have a matt damp surface
after thorough saturation with water. After mixing, the
material is applied to the substrate with appropriate
spray equipment using a MAWO-nozzle. To ensure
even coverage, an industrial compressor is required
(min. 5m3 air/5 bar pressure).
Pump system PFT:
PFT MULTIMIX batch mixer combined with
PFT N 2 FC 400
Conveying pump/ Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Pump system Inotec:
inoMIX ZM 80 turbocharged compulsory mixer
combined with
inoBEAM F21 light feeding pump/Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Material application:
Through introduction of compressed air at the spray
nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform
circular pattern. During the first spray coat application,
blow holes, honeycombs, irregularities in the wall, etc,
should be filled and evened out. The second spray coat
should be used to build up desired material thickness,
which can then be finished with proper smoothing
methods.
Material consumption (finished mix):
Approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm coat thickness,
approx. 1.0 litre/Mix = 1.95 kg
Curing and protection:
Protect the surface for at least one day after application
of INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 using suitable measures
(e.g. covering with polythene) against rapid drying
out resulting from direct sunlight, draughts and/or high
temperature fluctuations. After waiting for at least one
day further suitable surface protection systems can be
applied/carried out.
176
Health and safety:
INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 out of the reach of children.
Important advice:
The application temperature range lies between
+5 C and +35 C. Lower temperatures and cold
gauging water delay the strength development.
Higher temperatures accelerate the strength
development.
Not suitable for process water storage where the
water hardness <3 dH.
Protect areas not be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-KIS-0/2.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
When the mortar INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 is to be spray
applied then separate technical advice is to be
requested.
Please observe a current EU health and safety data
sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 Art.-No. 5 50020

Channel / ducting mortar

Properties: Packaging:
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 is a channel/ducting mortar with the 25 kg bags.
following properties:
cementitious Storage:
highly resistant to sulphate attack Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
easy to use at low temperatures packaging above +10 C. Use opened packaging
can be used on horizontal, vertical and overhead promptly.
areas.
Surface preparation:
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 guarantees a strong bond to the Before application of INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 the substrate
concrete substrate. is to be intensively pre-wetted but during application
of INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 the relevant substrate may
Areas of application: however only be matt damp. Surface preparation
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 is used as a PCC (Polymer modified is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-
concrete) concrete replacement system for the pressure water jetting if no previous restoration work
renovation and coating of concrete surfaces that are was carried out.
especially subjected to chemical contact: Cementitious surfaces must be solid with a good grip
sewerage pipe systems and be load-bearing, free from cement laitance, loose
rain overflow basins particles as well as adhesion inhibiting substances
sewerage works (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint residues or other
sewerage collection contamination).
retention ponds.
Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 is to be applied at a minimum
thickness of 2 mm up to maximum of 5 mm. Product preparation:
1. Production of the repair mortar:
Technical Data: INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 = 25.0 kg
Particle size: 0.1 0.5 mm Water = approx. 5.0 5.25 litres
Wet mortar density*): 2.12 kg/dm3
Consumption: 2.00 kg/dm3 Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above
Pot life*): approx. 45 minutes mentioned water quantity.
Expansion*): +0.4% volume after 24 hours Add the required quantity of INDUCRET-KIS-2/5
Compressive strength under constant mixing with a suitable stirrer (approx.
(DIN 1164)*: approx. 12 N/mm2 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approx. 3 - 5 minutes
after 24 hours to a lump free mortar. Add the remaining 20% water
approx. 45 N/mm2 and mix for a further 2 minutes. Use a forced paddle
after 7 days mixer for preparing large quantities. Only mix as
approx. 61 N/mm2 much material as can be used within the stated
after 28 days working life.
Flexural strength*: approx. 3.0 N/mm2
after 24 hours Application tools:
approx. 8.0 N/mm2 Hand trowel, steel lath, hand smoother, rubbing
after 7 days sponge.
approx. 9.0 N/mm2
after 28 days Application by hand:
*) These values are valid for +20 C and 65% relative humidity. Apply INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 on prepared substrate to
the desired thickness. Pre-fill pores and cavities by
Cleaning: troweling or brusting.
Thoroughly clean tools after use with water. After the required waiting time smooth the surface.

177
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Do not rework surface with a wetted brush or trowel.
For a smooth transition in the repaired surface it is
possible to rub with a dry sponge.
Wet application with spray equipment:
When spraying in wet form, a bonding slurry is not
required. The substrate must have a matt damp surface
after thorough saturation with water. After mixing, the
material is applied to the substrate with appropriate
spray equipment using a MAWO-nozzle. To ensure
even coverage, an industrial compressor is required
(min. 5m3 air/5 bar pressure).
Pump system PFT:
PFT MULTIMIX batch mixer combined with
PFT N 2 FC 400
Conveying pump/ Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Pump system Inotec:
inoMIX ZM 80 turbocharged compulsory mixer
combined with
inoBEAM F21 light feeding pump/Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Material application:
Through introduction of compressed air at the spray
nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform
circular pattern. During the first spray coat application,
blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar,
irregularities in the wall, etc, should be filled and
evened out. The second spray coat should be used to
build up desired material thickness, which can then be
finished with proper smoothing methods.
Health and safety:
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 out of the reach of children.
Important advice:
The application temperature range lies between
+5 C and +35 C. Lower temperatures and cold
gauging water delay the strength development.
Higher temperatures accelerate the strength
development.
Protect areas not be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
When the mortar INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 is to be spray
applied then separate technical advice is to be
requested.
Please observe a current EU health and safety data
sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
45/08

Curing and protection:

Protect the surface for at least one day after application
of INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 using suitable measures
(e.g. covering with polythene) against rapid drying
out resulting from direct sunlight, draughts and/or high
temperature fluctuations. After waiting for at least one
day further suitable surface protection systems can be
applied/carried out.

178
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 Art.-No. 5 50021

Channel / ducting mortar

Properties: Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 is a channel/ducting mortar Thoroughly clean tools after use with water.
with the following properties:
cementitious Packaging:
highly resistant to sulphate attack 25 kg bags.
easy to use at low temperatures
can be used on horizontal, vertical and Storage & Shelf Life:
overhead surfaces Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
sprayable packaging above +10 C. Use opened packaging
promptly.
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 guarantees a strong bond to the
concrete substrate. Surface preparation:
Before application of INDUCRET-KIS-6/40
Areas of application: exposed steel reinforcement must be treated with
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 is used as a PCC (Polymer INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 corrosion protection according
modified concrete) concrete replacement system for the to product instructions. Cementitious surfaces must be
renovation and coating of concrete surfaces that are solid with a good grid and be load-bearing, free from
especially subjected to chemical contact: cement laitance, loose particles as well as adhesion
sewerage pipe systems inhibiting substances (oil, grease, rubber marks, paint
rain overflow basins residues or other contamination). Surface preparation
sewerage works is necessary such as e.g. grit or shot blasting, high-
sewerage collection pressure water jetting or scabbling. The substrate is to
retention ponds. be intensively pre-wetted but during application
of INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 the relevant substrate may
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 is to be applied at a minimum however only be matt damp.
thickness of 6 mm up to maximum of 40 mm.
Average surface tensile strength: min. 1.5 N/mm2
Technical Data:
Particle size: 0.1 2.0 mm Product preparation:
Wet mortar density*): 2.23 kg/dm3 1. Production of the repair mortar:
Consumption: 1.99 kg/dm3 INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 = 25.0 kg
Pot life*): approx. 45 minutes Water = approx. 3.75 litres
Expansion*): +0.4% volume after 24 hours
Compressive strength Fill a mixing vessel with up to 80% of the above
(DIN 1164)*: approx. 10 N/mm2 mentioned water quantity.
after 24 hours
approx. 46 N/mm2 Add the required quantity of INDUCRET-KIS-6/40
after 7 days under constant mixing with a suitable stirrer (approx.
approx. 66 N/mm2 300 rpm). Mix thoroughly for approx. 3 5 minutes
after 28 days to a lump free mortar. Add the remaining 20% water
Flexural strength*: approx. 2.0 N/mm2 and mix for a further 2 minutes. Use a forced paddle
after 24 hours mixer for preparing large quantities. Only mix as
approx. 8.0 N/mm2 much material as can be used within the stated
after 7 days working life.
approx. 9.0 N/mm2
after 28 days Application tools:
Hand trowel, wood float, steel lath, hand smoother,
*) These values are valid for +20 C and 65% relative humidity. rubbing board.

179
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
Application by hand:
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 may only be used in combination
with the bonding agent INDUCRET-BIS-0/2.
Bonding agent:
Brush apply INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 with a hard broom
onto the prepared matt damp substrate ensuring
complete coverage and pore filling.
Subsequent application of INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 must
be wet in wet with the bonding agent. Spread
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 onto the fresh bonding agent to
the required thickness with a suitable tool. Finish by
compacting the mortar and smoothening.
Wet application with spray equipment:
When spraying in wet form, a bonding slurry is not
required. The substrate must have a matt damp surface
after thorough saturation with water. After mixing, the
material is applied to the substrate with appropriate
spray equipment using a MAWO-nozzle. To ensure
even coverage, an industrial compressor is required
(min. 5m3 air/5 bar pressure).
Pump system PFT:
PFT MULTIMIX batch mixer combined with
PFT N 2 FC 400
Conveying pump/ Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Pump system Inotec:
inoMIX ZM 80 turbocharged compulsory mixer
combined with
inoBEAM F21 light feeding pump/Rotor stator D81.5
25mm diameter mortar hose
Spray gun with 35/10mm nozzle (MAWO)
Material application:
Through introduction of compressed air at the spray
nozzle, the material should exit the nozzle in a uniform
circular pattern. During the first spray coat application,
blow holes, honeycombs, voids behind the rebar,
irregularities in the wall, etc, should be filled and
evened out. The second spray coat should be used to
build up desired material thickness, which can then be
finished with proper smoothing methods.
180
Curing and protection:
Protect the surface for at least one day after application
of INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 using suitable measures (e.g.
covering with polythene) against rapid drying out
resulting from direct sunlight, draughts and/or high
temperature fluctuations.
Health and safety:
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 contains cement that forms an
alkaline reaction with moisture. Therefore contact with
the eyes and skin is to be avoided and mortar splashes
are to be immediately and thoroughly washed off with
plenty of water. Seek medical attention from an eye
specialist when contact with eyes occures. Store
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 out of the reach of children.
Important advice:
The application temperature range lies between
+5 C and +35 C. Lower temperatures and cold
gauging water delay the strength development.
Higher temperatures accelerate the strength
development.
Protect areas not be treated from the effects of
INDUCRET-KIS-6/40.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
When the mortar INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 is to be spray
applied then separate technical advice is to be
requested.
Please observe a current EU health and safety data
sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 Art.-No. 5 50030

Repair mortar for drinking water and service water containers for
thicknesses from 2 6 mm
Properties: Cleaning:
INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 is a repair mortar for drinking In the fresh state with water. Dried material is difficult
water and service water containers for thicknesses from to remove.
2 - 6 mm with the following properties:
cementitious Packaging:
modified with micro silica 25 kg paper bags.
vapour permeable
water impermeable Storage:
minimizes the ingress of CO2 Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
corrosion inhibiting packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
microbiologically harmless
smooth and efficient application by hand or by wet or Load capacity:
dry spray methods to vertical or horizontal surfaces Foot traffic after 2 days, container can be filled after
conforms to the DVGW (The German Technical and approx. 28 days.
Scientific Association for Gas and Water) work sheets
W 270, W 347 and W 300 and fulfils the drinking All data given are reference values tested at +20 C
water issues working groups recommendations for and 50% relative humidity.
the KTW commission (synthetic materials and drinking
water) of the government public health department for Surface preparation:
container materials regarding water performance. The substrate to be waterproofed must be load
bearing, largely even, free from surface pockets,
Areas of application: cracks and ridges and be free from adhesion
For producing protective coatings to wall and floor inhibiting substances. The concrete quality should
surfaces in drinking and service water containers and be in accordance with the relevant guidelines and
constructions for water storage retrospectively on to standards and achieve a minimum of B 25 and
substrates with no risk of cracking. Also suitable for tensile adhesion strength of > 1.5 N/mm2.
repairing concrete, render and screed surfaces. A load bearing substrate is a prerequisite for a
durable bond between the substrate and coating
Technical Data: systems. Poorly consolidated substrates are to be
Basis: cement mortar appropriately prepared using suitable methods to
Colour: grey a sustainable grain structure. Exposed steel
Particle size: 0 0.5 mm reinforcement must be completely de-rusted and
Thickness of coats: 2 6 mm rendered inactive in accordance with restoration
Wet density guidelines.
(fresh mortar): 2.18 kg/dm3 High-pressure washing (> 400 bar), very high
Water demand: approx. 14 16% pressure washing (up to 2000 bar) and blasting
Consumption: approx. 1.7 kg/m2/mm with solid blasting media are suitable methods. The
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes final treatment must be by pressure washing. The
Application temperature: +5 C to +35 C substrates are to be wetted to saturation whereby
Compressive strength: approx. 16.0 N/mm2 puddle formation is avoided.
after 1 day
approx. 25.0 N/mm2 Mixing instructions:
after 3 days Preparation of bonding agent:
approx. 35.0 N/mm2 Mix INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 with approx. 16% water.
after 7 days Preparation of a trowelable smoothing mortar:
approx. 45.0 N/mm2 Mix INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 with approx. 14% water.
after 28 days
Tensile adhesion Mix INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 with a rotary stirrer (approx.
strength: 28 days >2.0 N/mm2 300 700 rpm) or in a forced paddle mixer (mix

181
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

time approx. 5 minutes) until the material is
homogenous and lump free. After a maturation time
of 2 minutes briefly stir again. Only mix as much
material that can be used within 60 minutes.
Product application:
Corrosion protection:
In two coats, evenly apply INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 to the
steel reinforcement, which has been cleaned of rust,
ensuring complete coverage using a brush. The steel
reinforcement may be damp. The second coat can be
applied after waiting for minimum 4 hours, if the first
coat will not become damaged during this applica-
tion. After approx. 24 hours when the second coat has
dried, the smoothing mortar can be applied.
Smoothing mortar:
At a pliable consistency spread and smooth out the
INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 to the desired thickness on the
matt damp substrate.
INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 can also be spray applied. The
surface should have a dense, orange peel structure.
According to the work sheet W 300 DVGW the
required minimum total thickness is 5 mm. Consumption
(prepared mortar mix): approx. 2.2 kg/m2/mm
thickness.
Equipment parameters for
wet spray application:
COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSOR:
Air quantity: > 5 m2 / minute
Air pressure: > 5 bar
Spray machine: e.g. HM2/N2V from PFT
Nozzle: Cover stream nozzle (MAWO)
FEEDER PIPE:
Feed length: max. 40 m
Feed cross section: 35 mm
End reduction: 5 6 m diameter 25 mm
ing out. In general 7 days is sufficient. It is
fundamental that the formation of condensation or
standing films of water on the coating is avoided
during this time period after application. Where
there is danger of dropping below the dew point
(formation of condensation) install dehumidifiers
until the mortar is cured. At no time should
uncontrolled warm air be blown in.
INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 is complimented by the
following products:
- INDUCRET-TIM-5/10, particle size 0 1.0mm
(corrosion protector and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-10/30, particle size 0 2.0mm
(bonding aid and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-20/40, particle size 0 4.0mm
(render and sprayable mortar)
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with
INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 from its effects.
Observe the guidelines DVGW work sheet
W 300, water storage.
Where the hardness of drinking water has a
degree of hardness <3 dH the water will need
analysing.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
09/07

Post treatment:
Protect the fresh coating from rapid drying out
(draught etc.) and early exposure to water e.g.
by lightly spraying with water or covering with
polythene.
In drinking water containers the temperature is mostly
around +10 C to +15 C. In order to guarantee
complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating
damp for an appropriate length of time (constant
relative humidity of > 80%) and protect against dry-

182
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 Art.-No. 5 50031

Repair mortar for drinking water and service water containers for
thicknesses from 5 10 mm
Properties: Cleaning:
INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 is a repair mortar for drinking In the fresh state with water. Dried material is difficult
water and service water containers for thicknesses from to remove.
5 10 mm with the following properties:
cementitious Packaging:
modified with micro silica 25 kg paper bags.
vapour permeable
water impermeable Storage:
minimizes the ingress of CO2 Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
corrosion inhibiting packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
microbiologically harmless
smooth and efficient application by hand or by wet or Load capacity:
dry spray methods to vertical or horizontal surfaces Foot traffic after 2 days, container can be filled after
conforms to the DVGW (The German Technical and approx. 28 days.
Scientific Association for Gas and Water) work sheets
W 270, W 347 and W 300 and fulfils the drinking All data given are reference values tested at +20 C
water issues working groups recommendations for and 50% relative humidity.
the KTW commission (synthetic materials and drinking
water) of the government public health department for Surface preparation:
container materials regarding water performance. The substrate to be waterproofed must be load
bearing, largely even, free from surface pockets,
Areas of application: cracks and ridges and be free from adhesion
For producing protective coatings to wall and floor inhibiting substances. The concrete quality should
surfaces in drinking and service water containers and be in accordance with the relevant guidelines and
constructions for water storage retrospectively on to standards and achieve a minimum of B 25 and
substrates with no risk of cracking. Also suitable for tensile adhesion strength of > 1.5 N/mm2.
repairing concrete, render and screed surfaces. A load bearing substrate is a prerequisite for a
durable bond between the substrate and coating
Technical Data: systems. Poorly consolidated substrates are to be
Basis: cement mortar appropriately prepared using suitable methods to
Colour: grey a sustainable grain structure. Exposed steel
Particle size: 0 1.0 mm reinforcement must be completely de-rusted and
Thickness of coats: 5 10 mm rendered inactive in accordance with restoration
Wet density guidelines.
(fresh mortar): 2.18 kg/dm3 High-pressure washing (> 400 bar), very high
Water demand: approx. 11 13% pressure washing (up to 2000 bar) and blasting
Consumption: approx. 1.8 kg/m2/mm with solid blasting media are suitable methods. The
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes final treatment must be by pressure washing. The
Application temperature: +5 C to +35 C substrates are to be wetted to saturation whereby
Compressive strength: approx. 25.0 N/mm2 puddle formation is avoided.
after 1 day
approx. 38.0 N/mm2 Mixing instructions:
after 3 days Preparation of bonding agent:
approx. 45.0 N/mm2 Mix INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 with approx. 13% water.
after 7 days Preparation of a coating mortar:
approx. 60.0 N/mm2 Mix INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 with approx. 11% water.
after 28 days
Tensile adhesion Mix INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 with a rotary stirrer
strength: 28 days >2.0 N/mm2 (approx. 300 700 rpm) or in a forced paddle

183
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

mixer (mix time approx. 5 minutes) until the material
is homogenous and lump free. After a maturation time
of 2 minutes briefly stir again. Only mix as much
material that can be used within 60 minutes.
Product application:
Bonding agent:
Mix to a flowable consistency and subsequently apply
the INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 by brush to the substrate.
Under light pressure push the material into the pores.
Apply subsequent coatings to the desired thickness
whilst the bonding agent is still wet (wet in wet
application).
Coating mortar:
At a pliable consistency spread and smooth out the
INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 to the desired thickness onto the
bonding agent whilst it is still wet (wet in wet
application).
Spray application:
INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 can be used with suitable spray
equipment. The surface should have a dense, orange
peel structure. An adhesion promoting primer is not
required when spray applying. According to the work
sheet W 300 DVGW the required minimum total
thickness is 5 mm. Consumption (prepared mortar mix):
approx. 2.2 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Equipment parameters for
wet spray application:
COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSOR:
Air quantity: > 5 m2 / minute
Air pressure: > 5 bar
Spray machine: e.g. HM2/N2V from PFT
Nozzle: Cover stream nozzle (MAWO)
FEEDER PIPE:
Feed length: max. 40 m
Feed cross section: 35 mm
End reduction: 5 6 m diameter 25 mm
damp for an appropriate length of time (constant
relative humidity of > 80%) and protect against
drying out. In general 7 days is sufficient. It is
fundamental that the formation of condensation or
standing films of water on the coating is avoided
during this time period after application. Where
there is danger of dropping below the dew point
(formation of condensation) install dehumidifiers
until the mortar is cured. At no time should
uncontrolled warm air be blown in.
INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 is complimented by the
following products:
- INDUCRET-TIM-2/6, particle size 0 0.5mm
(corrosion protector and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-10/30, particle size 0 2.0mm
(bonding aid and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-20/40, particle size 0 4.0mm
(render and sprayable mortar)
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with
INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 from its effects.
Observe the guidelines DVGW work sheet
W 300, water storage.
Where the hardness of drinking water has a
degree of hardness <3 dH the water will need
analysing.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
09/07

Post treatment:
Protect the fresh coating from rapid drying out
(draught etc.) and early exposure to water e.g.
by lightly spraying with water or covering with
polythene.
In drinking water containers the temperature is mostly
around +10 C to +15 C. In order to guarantee
complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating

184
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 Art.-No. 5 50032

Repair mortar for drinking water and service water containers for
thicknesses from 10 30 mm
Properties: Cleaning:
INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 is a repair mortar for drinking In the fresh state with water. Dried material is difficult
water and service water containers for thicknesses from to remove.
10 30 mm with the following properties:
cementitious Packaging:
modified with micro silica 25 kg paper bags.
vapour permeable
water impermeable Storage:
minimizes the ingress of CO2 Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
corrosion inhibiting packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
microbiologically harmless
smooth and efficient application by hand or by wet or Load capacity:
dry spray methods to vertical or horizontal surfaces Foot traffic after 2 days, container can be filled after
conforms to the DVGW (The German Technical and approx. 28 days.
Scientific Association for Gas and Water) work sheets
W 270, W 347 and W 300 and fulfils the drinking All data given are reference values tested at +20 C
water issues working groups recommendations for and 50% relative humidity.
the KTW commission (synthetic materials and drinking
water) of the government public health department for Surface preparation:
container materials regarding water performance. The substrate to be waterproofed must be load
bearing, largely even, free from surface pockets,
Areas of application: cracks and ridges and be free from adhesion
For producing protective coatings to wall and floor inhibiting substances. The concrete quality should
surfaces in drinking and service water containers and be in accordance with the relevant guidelines and
constructions for water storage retrospectively on to standards and achieve a minimum of B 25 and
substrates with no risk of cracking. Also suitable for tensile adhesion strength of > 1.5 N/mm2.
repairing concrete, render and screed surfaces. A load bearing substrate is a prerequisite for a
durable bond between the substrate and coating
Technical Data: systems. Poorly consolidated substrates are to be
Basis: cement mortar appropriately prepared using suitable methods to
Colour: grey a sustainable grain structure. Exposed steel
Particle size: 0 2.0 mm reinforcement must be completely de-rusted and
Thickness of coats: 10 30 mm rendered inactive in accordance with restoration
Wet density guidelines.
(fresh mortar): 2.15 kg/dm3 High-pressure washing (> 400 bar), very high
Water demand: approx. 10 12% pressure washing (up to 2000 bar) and blasting
Consumption: approx. 1.85 kg/m2/mm with solid blasting media are suitable methods. The
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes final treatment must be by pressure washing. The
Application temperature: +5 C to +35 C substrates are to be wetted to saturation whereby
Compressive strength: approx. 25.0 N/mm2 puddle formation is avoided.
after 1 day
approx. 40.0 N/mm2 Mixing instructions:
after 3 days Mix INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 with a rotary stirrer
approx. 48.0 N/mm2 (approx. 300 700 rpm) or in a forced paddle
after 7 days mixer (mix time approx. 5 minutes) until the material
approx. 55.0 N/mm2 is homogenous and lump free. After a maturation time
after 28 days of 2 minutes briefly stir again. Only mix as much
Tensile adhesion material that can be used within 60 minutes.
strength: 28 days >2.0 N/mm2

185
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Product application: INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 is complimented by the

Prior to the application of the coating, the substrate
must be treated with an adhesion promoting primer
of INDUCRET-TIM-5/10. INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 is
applied to the adhesion slurry, whilst it is still wet,
at a pliable consistency to the desired thickness and
smoothed.
Spray application:
INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 can be used with suitable spray
equipment. The surface should have a dense, orange
peel structure. An adhesion promoting primer is not
required when spray applying. According to the work
sheet W 300 DVGW the required minimum total
thickness is 5 mm. Consumption (prepared mortar mix):
approx. 2.2 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Equipment parameters for
wet spray application:
COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSOR:
Air quantity: > 5 m2 / minute
Air pressure: > 5 bar
Spray machine: e.g. HM2/N2V from PFT
Nozzle: Cover stream nozzle (MAWO)
FEEDER PIPE:
Feed length: max. 40 m
Feed cross section: 35 mm
End reduction: 5 6 m diameter 25 mm
following products:
- INDUCRET-TIM-2/6, particle size 0 0.5mm
(corrosion protector and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-5/10, particle size 0 1.0mm
(bonding aid and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-20/40, particle size 0 4.0mm
(render and sprayable mortar)
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with
INDUCRET-TIM-10/30 from its effects.
Observe the guidelines DVGW work sheet
W 300, water storage.
Where the hardness of drinking water has a
degree of hardness <3 dH the water will need
analysing.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
09/07

Post treatment:
Protect the fresh coating from rapid drying out
(draught etc.) and early exposure to water e.g.
by lightly spraying with water or covering with
polythene.
In drinking water containers the temperature is mostly
around +10 C to +15 C. In order to guarantee
complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating
damp for an appropriate length of time (constant
relative humidity of > 80%) and protect against
drying out. In general 7 days is sufficient. It is
fundamental that the formation of condensation or
standing films of water on the coating is avoided
during this time period after application. Where
there is danger of dropping below the dew point
(formation of condensation) install dehumidifiers until
the mortar is cured. At no time should uncontrolled
warm air be blown in.

186
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 Art.-No. 5 50033

Repair mortar for drinking water and service water containers for
thicknesses from 20 40 mm
Properties: Modulus of elasticity
INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 is a repair mortar for drinking (static): 33,000
water and service water containers for thicknesses from
20 - 40 mm with the following properties: Cleaning:
cementitious In the fresh state with water. Dried material is difficult
modified with micro silica to remove.
vapour permeable
water impermeable Packaging:
minimizes the ingress of CO2 25 kg paper bags.
corrosion inhibiting
microbiologically harmless Storage:
smooth and efficient application by hand or by wet or Cool and dry, 9 months in the original unopened
dry spray methods to vertical or horizontal surfaces packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
conforms to the DVGW (The German Technical and
Scientific Association for Gas and Water) work sheets Load capacity:
W 270, W 347 and W 300 and fulfils the drinking Foot traffic after 2 days, container can be filled after
water issues working groups recommendations for approx. 28 days. All data given are reference values
the KTW commission (synthetic materials and drinking tested at +20 C and 50% relative humidity.
water) of the government public health department for
container materials regarding water performance. Surface preparation:
The substrate to be waterproofed must be load
Areas of application: bearing, largely even, free from surface pockets,
For producing protective coatings to wall and floor cracks and ridges and be free from adhesion
surfaces in drinking and service water containers and inhibiting substances. The concrete quality should
constructions for water storage retrospectively on to be in accordance with the relevant guidelines and
substrates with no risk of cracking. Also suitable for standards and achieve a minimum of B 25 and
repairing concrete, render and screed surfaces. tensile adhesion strength of > 1.5 N/mm2.
A load bearing substrate is a prerequisite for a
Technical Data: durable bond between the substrate and coating
Basis: cement mortar systems. Poorly consolidated substrates are to be
Colour: grey appropriately prepared using suitable methods to
Particle size: 0 4.0 mm a sustainable grain structure. Exposed steel
Thickness of coats: 20 40 mm reinforcement must be completely de-rusted and
Wet density rendered inactive in accordance with restoration
(fresh mortar): 2.12 kg/dm3 guidelines.
Water demand: approx. 10 12% High-pressure washing (> 400 bar), very high
Consumption: approx. 1.85 kg/m2/mm pressure washing (up to 2000 bar) and blasting
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes with solid blasting media are suitable methods. The
Application temperature: +5 C to +35 C final treatment must be by pressure washing. The
Compressive strength: approx. 28.0 N/mm2 substrates are to be wetted to saturation whereby
after 1 day puddle formation is avoided.
approx. 42.0 N/mm2
after 3 days Mixing instructions:
approx. 55.0 N/mm2 Mix INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 with a rotary stirrer
after 7 days (approx. 300 700 rpm) or in a forced paddle
approx. 66.0 N/mm2 mixer (mix time approx. 5 minutes) until the material
after 28 days is homogenous and lump free. After a maturation
Tensile adhesion time of 2 minutes briefly stir again. Only mix as much
strength: 28 days >2.0 N/mm2 material that can be used within 60 minutes.

187
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Product application: INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 is complimented by the

Prior to the application of the coating, the substrate
must be treated with an adhesion promoting primer
of INDUCRET-TIM-5/10. INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 is
applied to the adhesion slurry, whilst it is still wet,
at a pliable consistency to the desired thickness and
smoothed.
Spray application:
INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 can be used with suitable spray
equipment. The surface should have a dense, orange
peel structure. An adhesion promoting primer is not
required when spray applying. According to the work
sheet W 300 DVGW the required minimum total
thickness is 5 mm. Consumption (prepared mortar mix):
approx. 2.2 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Equipment parameters for
wet spray application:
COMPRESSED AIR COMPRESSOR:
Air quantity: > 5 m2 / minute
Air pressure: > 5 bar
Spray machine: e.g. HM2/N2V from PFT
Nozzle: Cover stream nozzle (MAWO)
FEEDER PIPE:
Feed length: max. 40 m
Feed cross section: 35 mm
End reduction: 5 6 m diameter 25 mm
following products:
- INDUCRET-TIM-2/6, particle size 0 0.5mm
(render and sprayable mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-5/10, particle size 0 1.0mm
(corrosion protector and fine mortar)
- INDUCRET-TIM-10/30, particle size 0 2.0mm
(bonding aid and fine mortar)
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with
INDUCRET-TIM-20/40 from its effects.
Observe the guidelines DVGW work sheet
W 300, water storage.
Where the hardness of drinking water has a
degree of hardness <3 dH the water will need
analysing.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: ZP1
09/07

Post treatment:
Protect the fresh coating from rapid drying out
(draught etc.) and early exposure to water e.g.
by lightly spraying with water or covering with
polythene.
In drinking water containers the temperature is mostly
around +10 C to +15 C. In order to guarantee
complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating
damp for an appropriate length of time (constant
relative humidity of > 80%) and protect against
drying out. In general 7 days is sufficient. It is
fundamental that the formation of condensation or
standing films of water on the coating is avoided
during this time period after application. Where
there is danger of dropping below the dew point
(formation of condensation) install dehumidifiers until
the mortar is cured. At no time should uncontrolled
warm air be blown in.

188
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Road and Track Construction

Concrete Restoration
Hydraulic Structures
Surface Protection Systems
RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology

Protection and restoration

of concrete elements
www.schomburg.com

INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS

189
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Construction and restoration of

concrete structures
Concrete is found in almost every type of structure today,
whether in bridges, water treatment works, potable water
containers, multi-storey car parks, high rise apartment blocks,
balcony construction or industrial floors. Together with steel
reinforcement, concrete provides a stable, economic and
durable building material.

Concrete structures are however subject to erosion and

weathering. Mechanical loads, stresses, unpredictable impacts
and climatic and environmental influences all damage the
concrete during its service life. This damage can greatly affect
the structural integrity as well as the safety to pedestrian and
vehicular traffic on these concrete structures. In order to
protect concrete and allow it to maintain its integrity, concrete
must be protected with the proper materials and coatings.
Additionally, concrete which has fallen into disrepair can also
be brought back into service with high quality repair materials.
Restoration mortars and concretes are classified
in accordance with physical demands as follows:
Class M 1
Reinstatement of the component geometry
To comply with DIN EN 1504-3, SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH
developed specialty concrete repair products and systems for
structural restoration and protection, which are extremely
efficient and easy to apply, requiring little to no waiting times
between steps. These products also develop high early
strengths and offer superior properties. The special composition
of the restoration mortars INDUCRET-BIS-1/6 and
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40 can either be applied by hand, such as
method 3.2, or with appropriate spray equipment (SPCC),
such as method 3.3.

Class M 2 SCHOMBURG ICS has also developed the INDUCRET-TIS

Requirements of M1, with additional resistance to products for use in for potable water containers and the
carbonisation and ability to carry out repair work under INDUCRET-KIS for effluent treatment structures, thus offering
dynamic loading a complete range for all types of repairs.

Class M 3
Requirements of M2, with higher load bearing capacities

Based on the nature of application the restoration

mortars are segmented into the following PCC
grades:

PCC I for horizontal surfaces and areas with minimal falls

PCC II for vertical surfaces and overhead areas

SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH offers high quality solutions for

protection and repair of concrete structures, which ensure long
lasting results. SCHOMBURG ICSs restoration mortars are
spray applied as an SPCC (polymer modified sprayable
mortar) for large area repairs usually without the need for a
primer. For small areas and fast repairs application by trowel
is preferred, as well as for repairs of load bearing structural
components.

These applications should be carried out by accredited

professional/specialised applicators to ensure an extended
service life of the structure & continued protection against
detrimental effects after the repairs have been carried out.

190
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-BIS
System for bridges, multi-storey car parks and balconies

Class M2 restoration mortar for vertical, overhead

and horizontal applications
2 build up rates available - 1 6 mm and 5 40 mm
per application. Multiple layers possible
Sprayable or trowalble
Water impermeable
Water vapour permeable
Resistant to frost, de-icing salts and freeze/thaw
High resistance to carbonisation
High compressive and flexural strength
Modified modulus of elasticity
Shrinkage compensated with no cracks under
dynamic loading
Fulfils the requirements of DIN EN 1504-3.
(methods 3.2 and 3.3)
Concrete Restoration

System overview
INDUCRET-BIS
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2
Corrosion protection and bonding coat
Used for corrosion
protection: INDUCRET-BIS-0/2
No. of applications: 2
Used as bonding coat: INDUCRET-BIS-0/2
No. of applications: 1
Thickness per layer: 0.0 2.0 mm

INDUCRET-BIS-5/40
Repair mortar for depths of 5 40 mm
(multiple layer applications possible for
greater depths)
Repair mortar: INDUCRET-BIS-5/40
No. of applications: min.1 layer
Thickness per layer: 5.0 40.0 mm

INDUCRET-BIS-1/6
Fairing/levelling mortar for
depths of 1 6 mm
Fine mortar: INDUCRET-BIS-1/6
No. of applications: min.1 layer
Thickness per layer: 1.0 6.0 mm

191
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-TIS
System for potable water tanks and potable water conduits

Conforms to the DVGW (German technical and

scientific association for gas and water) work
sheets W 270, W 347 and W 300
Microbiologically harmless
Can be sprayed using wet or dry spraying
techniques
Water impermeable
Hydraulic Structures
Water vapour permeable
Resistant to frost, de-icing salts and freeze/thaw
High resistance to carbonisation
High abrasion resistance
High compressive and flexural strength
Modified modulus of elasticity
Shrinkage compensatedcrack free
Modified with microsilica

System overview
INDUCRET-TIS

INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 INDUCRET-TIM-10/30
Restoration mortar for potable and service Restoration mortar for potable and service
water for depths from 2 6 mm water for depths from 10 30 mm
Corrosion protection: INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 Corrosion protection: INDUCRET-TIM-2/6
No. of applications: 2 coats No. of applications: 2 coats
Thickness per layer: 2.0 6.0 mm Thickness per layer: 2.0 6.0 mm
Mortar top coat: INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 Bonding coat: INDUCRET-TIM-5/10
No. of applications: 1 layer (by hand or spray) No. of applications: 1 coat
Thickness per layer: 2.0 6.0 mm Thickness per layer: 5.0 10.0 mm
Mortar top coat: INDUCRET-TIM-10/30
No. of applications: 1 layer (by hand or spray)
Thickness per layer: 10.0 30.0 mm

INDUCRET-TIM-5/10
Restoration mortar for potable and service
water for depths from 5 10 mm
Corrosion protection: INDUCRET-TIM-2/6 INDUCRET-TIM-20/40
No. of applications: 2 coats Restoration mortar for potable and service water for
Thickness per layer: 2.0 6.0 mm depths from 20 40 mm
Bonding coat: INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 Corrosion protection: INDUCRET-TIM-2/6
No. of applications: 1 coat No. of applications: 2 coats
Thickness per layer: 5.0 10.0 mm Thickness per layer: 2.0 6.0 mm
Mortar top coat: INDUCRET-TIM-5/10 Bonding coat: INDUCRET-TIM-5/10
No. of applications: 1 layer (by hand or spray) No. of applications: 1 coat
Thickness per layer: 5.0 10.0 mm Thickness per layer: 5.0 10.0 mm
Mortar top coat: INDUCRET-TIM- 20/40
No. of applications: 1 layer (by hand or spray)
Thickness per layer: 20.0 40.0 mm

192
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-KIS
System for sewage pipes and waste water treatment plants

Concrete surfaces in sewage and waste water

treatment works are exposed to continuous chemical
and biological attack and mechanical stress. These
factors will cause damage that entail high renovation
costs. To limit disruption and reduce maintenance
down time, SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH provides an
economic, quick and resilient cement based repair and
surface protection system.

When selecting surface protection and repair

materials for the construction of a new hydraulic
structure or restoration of an existing one, the exposure
factors should be carefully considered to ensure a long,
maintenance-free service life. Planners typically refer to
the DIN EN 206-1 and DIN 1045-2 Standards, which
define the exposure classes as summarized in the
following extracts:

XF = Exposure to frost with/without the influence of

de-icing materials*

XA = Exposure to chemical attack*

XM = Exposure to mechanical abrasion*

* Additional protective coatings are necessary as per DIN EN 206-1 and

System overview
DIN 1045-2 Standards
INDUCRET-KIS
For surface protection and repairs, the high C3A
cement-based fairing/levelling compounds and mortar INDUCRET-KIS-0/2
systems namely, INDUCRET-KIS-0/2, 2/5 and 6/40 Highly sulphate resistant corrosion
are designed for exposure class XA2 and 3. These protection and bonding coat
products are easily applied by hand or with spray Used for corrosion
equipment. protection: INDUCRET-KIS-0/2
No. applications: 2
Used as bonding coat: INDUCRET-KIS-0/2
No. applications: 1
Thickness per layer: 0.0 mm 2.0 mm

INDUCRET-KIS-2/5
Highly sulphate resistant mortar (standard-build)
for depth from 2 - 5 mm
No. of applications: min. 1 layer
Thickness per layer: 2.0 5.0 mm

INDUCRET-KIS-6/40
Highly sulphate resistant mortar (high-build)
for depth from 6 - 40 mm
No. of applications: min. 1 layer
Thickness per layer: 6.0 40.0 mm

193
Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Surface protection and constructive detail

solutions for hydraulic structures.
Example: waste water treatment plants

1 2

Concrete surfaces in water treatment plants are under The composition of waste water is becoming increasingly
constant chemical, biological and mechanical attack. corrosive, which leads to stronger and quicker erosion of
These attacks cause damage which lead to very high unprotected concrete surfaces. When planning water
repair and restoration costs. treatment plants the load dependent effects should
especially be considered to safeguard the durability.
In order to decrease the amount of time spent making
repairs, and thus disrupting the workflow of these treatment
plants, cementitious and/or epoxy coatings can be used to
protect the surfaces and provide longer life spans.

194
 Brochure 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

System Overview
System: INDUCRET-KIS System: INDUFLEX-VK6065
1 5
Exposure class XA2 Exposure class XA3
(moderately aggressive pH value: <5.5 4.5) (strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0)
System build-up: Dilatation joint:
Coved fillet: Primer: INDUFLEX-Primer S
Bonding coat: INDUCRET-KIS-0/2 Backfill profile: INDU-Backerrod The fundamental standards for planners are DIN EN 206
Fillet mortar: INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 Positional requirements: Stable backfilling
Surface protection (cementitious): with insulation strips part 1 and DIN 1045 part 1. The exposure classes listed
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5, one coat Joint sealant: INDUFLEX-VK6065 differentiate between the different classes of concrete in
relation to their chemical and biological stresses.

The exposure classes are defined

as follows:

XF: Freezing (exposure to frost with/without the effect

System: INDUFLOOR-IB2370 2 6
System: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 of de-icing salts)
Exposure class XA3 Exposure class XF4, XA3, XM3
(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) (strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) XA: Chemical attack (exposure to chemical attack)
System build-up Repair mortar: XM: Mechanical abrasion (exposure to abrasion)
Coved fillet: Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or INDUFLOOR-IB1250
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 Epoxy resin mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 When considering these exposure classes the concrete
Fillet mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 classification is derived from the fundamental requirements.
Surface protection:
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or Additional surface protective measures will be necessary in
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 order to counteract the different chemical/physical stresses.
Coating: INDUFLOOR-IB2370, 2 coats

The C3A free mortar systems INDUCRET-KIS-0/2,

6
INDUCRET-KIS-2/5 and INDUCRET-KIS-6/40 are used for
surface protection.
System: GEPOTECH-11/22 3 7
Apron plates
Exposure class XA3 Exposure class XM3 For very high levels of chemical attack (exposure class XA3)
(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0) Protective measures for dilatation joints in with pH values below 4.5, the reaction resin based surface
System build-up: clearing runways
Coved fillet: protection systems such as e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB2370 (epoxy
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260 or resin based) or GEPOTECH-11/22 (polyurea based) are
INDUFLOOR-IB1250
Fillet mortar: INDUFLOOR-IB4010 used.
Surface protection:
Primer: GEPOTECH-EP-11/22 or
INDUFLOOR-IB1250
To ensure a lasting bond to the concrete substrate under
Top coat: GEOPTECH-11/22, 1 coat negative moisture pressure and to counteract osmotic
blistering, INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is recommended as a primer
for the INDUFLOOR-IB2370 or GEPOTECH-11/22 systems.

System: INDUCRET-VK4045
7
Exposure class XA3
(strongly aggressive pH value: <4.5 and >4.0)
Concrete adhesive:
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260
Levelling adhesive: INDUCRET-VK4045

195
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUCRET-VK-Inject Art.-No. 5 50024

Epoxy resin based injection resin

Properties: Application tools: Hand lever press, foot

INDUCRET-VK-Inject is an epoxy resin based injection operated press, low
resin with the following properties: pressure equipment.
solvent free
transparent Substrate:
resistant to alkalis, dilute acids, salt solutions, The following criteria must be fulfilled for cementitious
fuel and minerals areas:
resistant to freeze-thaw cycles. Concrete classification: min. C20/25
Age: min. 28 days
Areas of application: Adhesion strength: 1,5 N/mm2
INDUCRET-VK-Inject is used for the adhesive sealing of Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer)
cracks and joints in concrete and concrete sections.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Basis: two component epoxy resin in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Viscosity: approx. 380 m Pa s component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Density: approx. 1,06 g/cm3 completely from its container.
Mixing ratio: 2:1 parts by weight (A:B) Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with
at +10 C paddle). It is important to stir from the sides and the
approx. 45 minutes bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly
at +20 C dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free
approx. 12 minutes from striations); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. The
at +30 C minimum temperature during mixing should not fall
Minimum cure temperature: +8 C below +15 C.
Ready for overcoating: after approx. 16 to max. Do not use the mixed material directly from the
24 hours at +23 C packaging. Decant the material into a clean container
Ready for light traffic: after approx. 48 hours and thoroughly mix through once again.
at +23 C
Fully ready for traffic: after approx. 7 days Application method / consumption:
at +23 C 1. Drill existing cracks (crack width 0.2 mm) at a
Water absorption: approx. 0.15% by weight distance of approx. 20 cm apart.
Volume shrinkage: approx. 3.8% 2. Free the bore holes from drilling dust with oil free
Linear shrinkage: approx. 0.36% compressed air.
Saponification number: 0 3. Insert injection packers.
Adhesion to concrete: Concrete failure 4. Block off the inserted injection packers and the
(>1,5 N/mm2) crack zone surface with INDUCRET-VK-4020
Packaging: INDUCRET-VK-Inject is (concrete adhesive). Strip width approx. 15 cm.
available in 1 kg containers. Consumption: approx. 300 g/m.
Components A and B are 5. Inject the thoroughly mixed INDUCRET-VK-Inject
provided in a predetermined with the appropriate injection equipment once the
ratio. crack blocking material has hardened. Vertical
Storage: 18 months when stored dry cracks: begin injection from below.
and cool above +10 C in Horizontal cracks: begin injection from the left.
the original unopened Consumption: approx. 1 kg/litre.
containers. 6. If necessary, once the injection resin has hardened,
Cleaning: Tools must be cleaned remove the injection packers and close off the bore
immediately after use with holes with INDUCRET-VK-4020 (concrete adhesive)
INDU-IB-Cleanser. and adjust to the concrete surface.

196
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUCRET-VK-Inject is harmless. The
hardener (component B) is corrosive. During product
application observe the government health and safety
protective directive as well as the advice given on the
packaging.

Important advice:
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues should be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!

GISCODE: RE1
03/10

197
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUFLOOR-IB4010 Art.-No. 5 55015

Epoxy repair mortar

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is a two component filled epoxy
resin mortar with the following properties:
solvent free
high compressive and flexural strength
high resistance to mechanical loading.
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is used
for producing coved fillets
as a heavy duty repair mortar for voids in concrete
and cement-based screed surfaces e.g. on concrete
roadways, ramps, industrial floors etc.
The area to be treated must be:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
rubber marks, paint residues and similar
protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot
blasting, scabbling, planing, grit blasting, brushing,
sweeping, vacuuming, high pressure water jetting,
pressure washing.

Technical Data: In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled

Basis: two component epoxy resin dependent on the substrate:
Colour: grey
Viscosity: mortar like Cementitious substrates:
Mixing ratio: 100:3.6 parts by weight Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Density: approx. 2.00 g/cm3 Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Pot life: approx. 40 minutes Age: min. 28 days
at +23 C Tensile adhesion
Application temperature: min. approx. +10 C, strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
max. approx. +30 C Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide
Traffic after: min. approx. 16 hours hygrometer method)
at +23 C
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours, Product preparation:
max 24 hours at +23 C Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
at +23 C into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Min cure temperature: +8 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Compressive strength: approx. 100 N/mm2 ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Flexural strength: approx. 35 N/mm2 at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
E-modulus: approx. 16,000 N/mm2 important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Cleaning: time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
INDU-IB Cleanser. material directly from the packaging. Decant the
material into a clean container and mix through
Packaging: thoroughly once again.
INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is available in 12 kg containers.
Components A and B are delivered in a predetermined Method of application/consumption:
mixing ratio. Priming:
Evenly apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260 to damaged
Storage: areas. Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2 per
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C coat.
in the original unopened packaging.

198
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Repair of damage and voids in concrete:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB4010 to the voids over the wet
primer in one application, compact and strike off
level with the surface.
Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
under the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy
resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

Production of coved fillets: GISCODE: RE 1

In one application, apply INDUFLOOR-IB4010 to the
40/06
primed area to be coved whilst the primer is still wet,
compact and strike off level with the surface. Cove
radius: approx. 3 - 5 cm. Consumption: approx.
1.8 kg/m (with a cove radius of approx. 5 cm).

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB4010 is harmless. The
hardener (component B) is corrosive. When using this
product the government health and safety protective
directive, data sheet M 023, should be observed as
well as the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between applica-
tion of the coats or where surfaces already treated
with liquid resin must be re-coated after a long time,
the surface must be well cleaned and abraded, after
which a completely new closed-pore coating should
be applied. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

199
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

INDUFLOOR-IB4015 Art.-No. 5 55035

Epoxy resin mortar

Properties: Protected from moisture penetration from the rear.

INDUFLOOR-IB4015 is a two component, filled epoxy Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
resin mortar. dependent on its condition such as e.g.
Solvent free shot-blasting, scabbling, vacuuming or grit-blasting.
High compressive and flexural strength
Withstands high mechanical loading In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled
No primer / bonding agent necessary dependent on the substrate:
Cementitious surfaces:
Areas of application: Concrete quality: min. C20/25
INDUFLOOR-IB4015 is used: Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
For producing coved fillets Age: min. 28 days
As a heavy duty repair mortar for cracked or Tensile adhesion
fractured areas in concrete and cement-based strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
screed surfaces e.g. on concrete roadways, ramps, Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide
industrial floors etc. hygrometer method)

Typical Properties: Product preparation:

Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Colour: grey in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Viscosity: mortar like into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Mixing ratio: 100 : 5.2 parts by weight completely from its container. Mixing of the
Density: approx. 2.00 g/cm3 components is to be carried out with a suitable
Application/substrate mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle).
temperature: min. approx. +10C, It is important to also stir from the sides and the
max. approx. +30C bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly dis-
Higher temperatures shorten/lower temperatures increase persed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from
the pot life and curing time. striations); mixing time approx. 3 minutes. The
Pot life: approx. 40 mins. at +23C minimum temperature of the material during mixing
Minimum cure should be approx. +15 C. Do not use mixed
temperature: +8C material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 16 hrs material into a clean container and mix through
at +23C thoroughly once again.
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hrs,
max. 24 hrs at +23C Method of application/consumption:
Full cure: after approx. 7 days
at +23C Repair of cracks/fractures and defects in the
concrete:
Technical Properties: INDUFLOOR-IB4015 is applied to the prepared
Compressive strength: approx. 110 N/mm2 defective area in one application, com-pacted and
Flexural strength: approx. 40 N/mm2 the surface struck off flush.
Tensile adhesion Consumption: approx. 2000 g/m2/mm thickness.
strength: concrete 1.5 Production of coved fillets:
Apply the INDUFLOOR-IB4015 to the area where
Substrate: the fillet is required in one application, compact and
The area to be treated must be: strike off the surface flush.
Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good grip Coved fillet radius: approx. 3 to 5 cm
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting Consumption: approx. 1800 g/m (at approx. 5 cm
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber fillet radius).
marks, paint residues and similar.

200
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

Optional: Protect surface protection and mortar systems from

Priming:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1230 evenly to the defective
area in one application.
Consumption: approx. 300 - 500 g/m2/coat.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB-Cleanser and thinners.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB4015 is available in 8 kg containers.
Larger containers available on request.
Components A and B are supplied in a pre-determined
mixing ratio.
moisture (e.g. rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after
application. Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading or
blasting and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
under waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy
resin.

Storage & Shelf Life: GISCODE: RE 1

18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
45/08
in the original unopened container.

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB4015 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at all
times when working with epox-ies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.

201
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

SOLOCRET-15 Art.-No. 2 05437

Sag resistant wall and floor levelling compound

Description: installed. Not suitable as a wearing surface without

SOLOCRET-15 is a polymer modified, cement based
levelling mortar used to create even substrates for
subsequent applications of waterproofing or tiling
products.
Primary Uses:
For interior and exterior applications to level and smooth
uneven mineral-based wall, ceiling and floor areas that
are to be waterproofed or clad with tiles. Also for use
beneath waterproofing in swimming pool tanks and
exterior areas.
additional appropriate finishes.
To determine a floor substrates readiness to receive
finishes carry out moisture measurements before
applying SOLOCRET-15 using a carbide hygrometer
(CM device). The CM moisture readings may not
exceed:
CT2.0 CM % for screeds on insulation or
separating layers
CA without underfloor heating0.5 CM %
CA with underfloor heating0.3 CM %

Advantages: The CM measurements are to be carried out in

Low tension accordance with current work instructions of the
Rapid setting FBH-AD from the technical literature Coordination
For walls, ceilings and floors of cut-out areas for heated floor constructions.
For thicknesses from 2 to 15 mm
Mixing:
Typical Properties: Mixing ratio:
Basis: cement, aggregates, 4.75 5.0 litres water : 25 kg SOLOCRET-15
high quality additives
Colour: grey Mix SOLOCRET-15 with clean water in a clean
Bulk density: approx. 1.4 kg/dm3 mixing bucket until homogenous. Add the water to a
Pot life: minimum 30 minutes *) clean mixing bucket and mechanically stir in the dry
Overcoat after: approx. 4 hours *) powder with a stirrer (approx. 300 700 rpm) until a
Flexural and homogenous, slump free smoothing paste is obtained.
compressive strength: 4.0/25 N/mm2 The mixing time is approx. 3 5 minutes.
after 28 days *) SOLOCRET-15 can be used for a minimum of 30
Substrate temperature: +5 C to +25 C minutes at +20 C.

*) Values refer to +23 C and 50% relative humidity Product application:

Substrate preparation:
The mineral-based substrate must be load-bearing, solid,
have a good grip and be free from materials that act as
separating layers. The substrate must be load-bearing to
loads in accordance with DIN 1055. Remove separat-
ing layers, laitance and similar by suitable measures
e.g. blasting or scabbling. Shrinkage processes should
be largely concluded. Remove loose edges back to a
sound base. Prime very porous substrates beforehand
with ASO-Unigrund. In floor areas, suitable substrates
are concrete in accordance with DIN 1045, heated
and unheated cement-based screeds in accordance with
DIN 18560 and rapid setting cement-based screeds
(e.g. ASO-EZ6-Plus). SOLOCRET-15 is also suitable for
exterior use and wet duty areas providing a suitable
SCHOMBURG bonded waterproofing compound is
1. Prime the substrate with ASO-Unigrund.
2. Skim/spread out the properly mixed
SOLOCRET-15 onto the primed substrate and
distribute evenly with a suitable tool (lath) within
the pot life. SOLOCRET-15 can be applied over
the area up to 15 mm in one application.
3. After approx. 45 80 minutes dependent on the
substrate, ambient temperature and thickness, rub
with a damp open-pored sponge or felt-board and
subsequently smooth with a steel float. Possible
further smoothing is best carried out when the first
layer has hardened but is still recognisably damp
from the dark colour. Do not exceed the maximum
thickness of 15 mm.
Curing & Protection:
Protect set SOLOCRET-15 from drying out too quickly

202
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
(e.g. by repeated misting with water or covering) from
high room temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts. The
air, product and substrate temperature must not drop
below +5C during application and for the week
afterwards.
Cleaning of Tools:
With water while still in the fresh state.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption:
approx. 1.5 kg/m2 at 1mm thickness
Packaging:
6 kg bags and 25 kg sacks with PE liner
Storage & Shelf Life:
Minimum 6 months when stored cool and dry in the
original unopened packaging. Use opened packaging
promptly.
Advice:
When applying thin coats rapid water loss (burning)
can be counteracted by adding ASOPLAST-MZ. Mix
ASOPLAST-MZ 1:5 with clean water and mix with
SOLOCRET-15.
Instead of using ASO-Unigrund-GE, ASO-Unigrund-K
(diluted 1:3 to 1:4 with water) can also be used.
Clean existing well adhered ceramic finishes,
abrade, prime with ASODUR-SG2 and broad-
cast with 0.5 1.0 mm quartz sand to excess.
Vacuum after cured. Subsequently smooth with
SOLOCRET-15.
Direct contact between cementitious mortars and
magnesium screeds leads to destruction of the mag-
nesium screed through a chemical reaction. Moisture
penetrating out of the substrate from the rear must be
excluded by appropriate measures. Mechanically
roughen the magnesite substrate and prime with
epoxy resin ASODUR-D2 (approx. 250 g/m2) with a
maximum addition of 5% water. After a waiting time
of approx. 12 to 24 hours at +20 C, apply
a second coat of ASODUR-D2 (approx. 300
350g/m2). Broadcast 0.2 0.7 mm quartz sand
to excess into the wet second coat. After a further
waiting time of approx. 12 16 hours trowel the
SOLOCRET-15 up a maximum thickness of 15 mm.
With calcium sulphate screeds at the time of level-
ling carried out with SOLOCRET-15 the moisture
content measured with a carbide hygrometer may not
203
exceed 0.5% without underfloor heating or 0.3%
with underfloor heating. Thoroughly prime with
multi-primer MG-17 and allow to completely dry.
After a further waiting time of 12 16 hours apply
SOLOCRET-15 up to a maximum thickness of
10 mm. Exclude subsequent moisture presence.
Perimeter, bay, structural and movement joints
should be brought through / inserted in the
designated position and instated with suitable
materials e.g. edge strips. Crack control joints
should be cut to a third of the applied depth
once the SOLOCRET-15 has hardened.
An open textured surface causes greater material
consumption.
Higher temperatures accelerate and lower
temperatures slow down the setting process.
Do not re-life SOLOCRET-15 that has started to
stiffen by adding water or fresh mortar. There is a
risk of inadequate strength development.
Protect areas not to be treated from exposure to
SOLOCRET-15.
Observe the appropriate current regulations. E.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
DIN EN 13318
DIN 1055
The BEB technical sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The technical information Coordination of cut-out
areas for heated floor construction.
The ZDB (German tile association) technical sheets
distributed by the professional German tile
association:
1) Advice for the installation of combined water-
proofing with tile and slab cladding and finishes
for interior and exterior areas.
2) Finishes on calcium sulphate screeds.
3) Movement joints in tile and slab cladding and
finishes.
4) Mechanical heavy duty ceramic floor
coverings
5) Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and
concrete slabs on cement-based floor constructions
on insulation.
6) Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural stone and con-
crete slabs on heated cement-based floor construc-
tions.
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

7) Exterior finishes
8) Swimming pool construction
TKB (Technical committee for construction adhesives)
technical sheet: Technical description and applica-
tion of cement-based floor smoothing compounds

Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
41/07

204
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

SOLOPLAN-30 Art.-No. 2 01338

Self levelling underlayment upto 30 mm

Approx. 28 N/mm2
after 7 days
Approx. 38 N/mm2
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrae 28
D-32760 Detmold
after 28 days
siehe Chargenaufdruck
Tensile strength
EN 13813 CT-C30-F7
SOLOPLAN-30 in bending: Approx. 2,8 N/m2
Cement-containing levelling mortar for
floor areas for exterior and interior use after 24 hours
Fire rating A2 Approx. 7,5 N/mm2
after 7 days
Properties: Approx. 8,0 N/mm2
polymer modified after 28 days
self levelling Classification: EN 13813 CT-C30-F7
waterproof Fire behaviour rating: A2
low emission Cleaning: in fresh condition with water
for exterior and interior use Consumption: approx. 1,65 kg/m2/mm
easy to process layer thickness
fast curing Storage: dry, 6 months in originally
suitable for heated screeds closed packs, opened
pumpable packs are to be sealed
for layers 3 30 mm thick and be used up as soon as
meets class RWFC-550 according to possible.
DIN EN 13892-7 Packaging: 25 kg-bags with PE-liner

*) The values stated are applicable with ambient temperatures of

Areas of application: +23 C and at 50% relative air humidity. Higher temperatures
SOLOPLAN-30 is used for smoothening and levelling in shorten the processing time, whilst lower temperatures extend
layers of 3 30 mm thick. Suitable surfaces are floors the processing time.
made of concrete in accordance to German Industrial
Standard DIN 1045, heated and unheated cement Surface and product preparation:
screeds according to DIN 18560, old hardened tile The surface is to be dry, of load bearing capacity,
surfacess and rapid hardening cement screeds (for hardened, be skid-proof and be free from substances
example ASODUR-EZ6 Plus). SOLOPLAN-30 is suitable acting as separating agents. The surface has to meet
for exteriorareas and areas subject to moisture loads, the load carrying capacity requirements as specified
provided a suitable SCHOMBURG compound water- in DIN 1055. Separating and sintering layers have to
proofing sealant has been applied in advance. Other be removed by suitable measures such as blasting or
than the already planned surface, it is not suitable as a milling. Cement screeds on separating or insulating
wearing surface without additional coating! layers the coating maturity is to be measured using the
CM-device prior to application of SOLOPLAN-30, this
Technical data: avoids further deforming of the screed plate caused
Basis: cement, aggregates, by shrinking. The temperature of air and ground sur-
additives face must not fall below +5 C during and one week
Colour: grey after application.
Bulk density: 1.4 kg/dm3 1. For layers less than or the same as 20 mm thick,
Application and concrete and cement screeds are to be primed
surface temperature: +5 C up to + 25 C with ASO-Universal Primer-GE, SOLOPLAN-30
Pot life*): 30 minutes is applied as soon as the primer has dried. We
Traversable*): after approx. 4 hours recommend to allow the primer coat to complete-
Compressive ly dry out (approx. 6 12 hours) as the absorp-
strength*): Approx. 14 N/mm2 tion capacity of the surface is minimised and the
after 24 hours flow behaviour of SOLOPLAN-30 is maintained.

205
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING

For layers 20 mm thick or higher, smooth worn sur-
faces have to be primed with ASODUR-GBM and
sprinkled with excessive amounts of Quartz sand
(grain size 0.5 1.0 mm). Prior to the application
of SOLOPLAN-30, and after complete hardening
(approx. 16 hrs), the surplus quartz sand can then
be removed.
2. 4,7 5,4 l of water is to be filled into the mixing
vessel. Adding 25 kg of SOLOPLAN-30 mixing
until a knotfree, flowable mass is achieved. During
mixing a trowel should be used to scrape off the
mixture sticking on the inside of the mixing vessel,
so that the surplus material is re-mixed ensuring a
correct processing of the mixed ratio. It is recommen-
ded to use a mixer at approx. 500 700 Min. -1
Mix ratios:
For layers less than or the same as 20 mm thick,
we recommend 5,0 5,4 l of water to 25 kg of
SOLOPLAN-30. For layers of 20 mm and higher,
we recommend 4,7 5,1 l of water to 25 kg of
SOLOPLAN-30.
With a minimum addition of water ie: less excess
water in the mixture allows a quicker surface maturity
to be achieved.
3. SOLOPLAN-30 is poured onto the primed surface
and spread evenly with a suitable tool (surface
blade etc.) within the handling time given. It is pro-
ved to be quite advantageous by setting level
pointers during the green state of the surface to
control the exact height of the levels required. The
required layer thickness should be applied in one
working coat. The wet layer is to be de-aerated
with a toothed roller (or other suitable tool), acti-
vating the flowing movement. The surface and
flowing is substantially improved by this method.
4. SOLOPLAN-30 under curing is to be protected
against quick water withdrawal caused by high
room temperatures, direct sun influence or draught
air! If a recoating of SOLOPLAN-30 is required
then this should be carried out when the first layer
becomes traversable, but has still a slightly moist
texture noticeable by its dark colouration. If the
first layer has already dried out, intermediate pri-
ming with ASO-Universal Primer-GE is essential.
5. SOLOPLAN-30 applied in layers of less than or
the same as 20 mm thick can be affixed with tiles
and plates (after hardening time of approx. 16
hrs*) . For other coverings or layer strengths of
20 mm or more, the residue moisture has to be
determined by means of a CM-device. The maxi-
mum tolerated values for residual moisture, accor-
ding to the valid data sheets must be maintained.
See important notes as follows:

Concrete with quartzsand
Cement screed with quartzsand,
Cement quick screed
Smooth worn
Cement bond surfaces
Fixed ceramic layers, terrazzo
Priming table
For layer thickness <= 20 mm
ASO-Unigrund-GE
ASO-Unigrund-GE
ASODUR-GBM + broadcast or
ASODUR-SG2 + broadcast
ASODUR-SG2 + broadcast
For layer thickness >20 mm
ASODUR-GBM + broadcast
ASODUR-GBM + broadcast
ASODUR-GBM + broadcast or
ASODUR-SG2 + broadcast
ASODUR-SG2 + broadcast

206
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
Important advice:
ASO-UNIGRUND-K (1 : 3 diluted with water) or
MG 17 can be used instead of ASO-Unigrund-GE
In order to exclude a pore formation ASO-Universal
Primer-GE is to be brushed into the surface thoroughly
and should dry out completely (within approx. 6
12 hours *1). The still wet SOLOPLAN-30 layer is to
be de-aerated with a toothed roller!
If rapid water vapour withdrawal has occurred (in
heated rooms or strongly absorbing surfaces) the
surface layer may suffer the danger of cracking!
Ventilation around the work area is necessary, drafts
and excessive sun rays during the hardening process
are to be avoided. The inner and floor temperature
must be maintained at +5 C during and also 1
week after working. Air dehumidifiers must not be
used within the first three days.
The condition of the surface underneath is essential
for the success of floor spactling. Absorbing surfaces
influence the flow capacity of the spactling com-
pound negatively, therefore, the surface is to be pre-
treated thoroughly: it is to be cleaned and primed!
It is possible to have inclined surfacings done up to
2%, however, in this case the water addition has to
be reduced to 4,25 4,5 l to 25 kg of
SOLOPLAN-30.
Older already hardened, fixed ceramic layers are
to be cleaned, grinded, primed with ASODUR-SG2,
spread over with excessive amounts of Quarz sand
(grain size 0,5 1,0 mm). After total reaction the
surplus quartz sand has to be removed.
Sulphite lye adhesive is to be totally removed!
Only very small quantities of water soluble flooring
adhesives on dispersion basis (surface part
<25% /m2) may remain on the surface. The surface
is to be cleaned, primed with ASODUR-SG2, spread
Upper flooring
Water permeable
surface densitiy
Textiled surface Water vapour seal
Water vapour permeability
Parquet Floating layed
Laminate flooring Floating layed
Ceramic tiles and/or Thick bed
Natural stone/Cast stone Thin bed
207
over with excessive amounts of quartz sand ( grain
size 0,5 1,0 mm) and is to be exhausted after
complete reaction. Followed by levelling off with
SOLOPLAN-30 upto a maximum layer thickness of.
10 mm . A moisture load from the surface underne-
ath and from the top has to be excluded, otherwise
the adhesive residues have to be removed com-
pletely.
Total screed moisture, given by the humidity measu-
ring device (CM-device):
Old waterproof adhesives have to be removed
mechanically as much as possible, cleaned,
primed with ASODUR-GBM or ASODUR-SG2,
spread over with excessive amounts of Quartz
sand (grain size 0,5 1,0 mm) and after com-
plete reaction be vacuumed! Alternatively the prime
coat can be made of undiluted MG-17. Followed
by levelling off with SOLOPLAN-30 upto a maxi-
mum layer thickness of 10 mm.
In order to evaluate the grade of maturity for cov-
ering the moisture has to be measured by means
of a CM-device. The following values are to be
kept (see table). In case of anhydrite screeds
the CM-moisture at the time of application of
SOLOPLAN-30 must not exceed 0.5% without floor
heating and 0.3 % with floor heating. Prime with
ASO-Universal Primer-GE and allow complete dry-
ing out. After waiting a further 12 to 16 hrs the
levelling off using SOLOPLAN-30 up to a maximum
layer thickness of 10 mm can be carried out.
Posterior moisture effects have to be excluded. For
the levelling of calcium sulfate bond surfaces such
as anhydrite we recommend the use of
ASO-NM15. Direct contact of cementitious mortar
and magnesite screed leads to destruction of the
heated unheated
1.8% 2.0%
1.8% 2.5%
2.0% 3.0%
1.8% 2.0%
1.8% 2.0%
2.0% 2.0%
2.0% 2.0%
Technical Data Sheet 3. CONCRETE REPAIR & FLOOR/WALL LEVELLING
magnsitescreed by means of a chemical reaction
resulting in expansion tendancy due to magnesia.
Moisture from the negative side of the surface under-
neath has to be excluded by means of corresponding
measures. The magnesite surface is to be roughened
mechanically and to be primed with the epoxy resin
ASODUR-D2 and anaddition of max. 5% water
(approx. 250 g/m2). After a waiting time of approx.
12 hours upto 24 hours at +20 C the second layer
of ASODUR-D2 is to be applied (approx. 300 -
350 g/m2). The fresh second layer is to be spread
over with an excessive amount of quartz sand (grain
size 0.2 - 0.7 mm) . After an additional waiting
time of approx,. 12 to 16 hours levelling off with
SOLOPLAN-30 upto a maximum layer thickness of
15 mm can be carried out.
Important! regard the amount of water addition! If
too much water is added, the mixture tends to
segregate combined with surfaces of reduced
strength capacity. Such surfaces with reduced
strength should be removed mechanically.
When using a mixing pump, for example PFT G4 or
G5 or similar, especially when work is stopped, both
the pump and the tubes must be cleaned.
When using a mixing pump PFT G4, also the stan-
dard mixer PFT G4, the rotor D 6-3 and the stator
twister D 6-3 the water flow meter is to be set at
350 400 l/h. The correct water addition can
be checked by means of the PFT consistency check
according to the unit measure of slump. This must
not exceed 60 cm on the prepared surface and
should be checked several times during application.
Borders, edge joints, expansion and construction
joints are to be placed accordingly. To be placed
correctly on the already planned area and sepa-
rated by suitable means such as trimmings! As soon
as SOLOPLAN-30 has hardened, dummy joints have
to be cut utpo a third of the applied layer thickness.
For levelling of mastic asphalt screeds of quality
IC10 (GE10) and IC15 (GE15), we recommend the
use of ASO-NM15 upto a layer thickness of 10 mm!
Preparations such as the levelling off of transitions,
excavations and uneven areas is to be applied with
a stable repair mortar ASOCRET-RN!
208
Coarsely porous surfaces cause increased material
demand. Higher temperatures minimises and lower
temperatures extends the curing procedure. The
up to date, active rules and regulations are to be
adhered to: BEB-Info Sheets (Bundesverband Estrich
und Belag e.V. - German Federal Association for
screed and surface laying) including technical infor-
mation interface coordination for heated flooring
constructions.
German Industrial Standards such as:
Other technical literature currently handed out by the
German Federal tiling Industry, such as:
1) References on sealants in connection with ceramic
tiling and slabs for interior and exterior use
(August 2000)
3) Settlement joints on surfaces covered with tiles
and concrete tiling
4) see 1.
5) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on concreted surfaces, floor constructions
with layers of insulation
6) Ceramic Tiles and slabs, Natural Stone and cast
stone on heated concrete floor constructions
7) Surface constructions covered with tiles and slabs
for outdoor Building surroundings
Please regard the valid EC-data sheet!
EMICODE EC1: very low emission
GISCODE: ZP1
48/06
Product Name/Page No. 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

AQUAFIN-F 210
AQUAFIN-IB2 212
ASOLIN-OH30 214
ASOLIN-SFC45 216
ASOLIN-WS 217
ESCO-FLUAT 218
THERMOPAL-FS33 219
THERMOPAL-GP11 220
THERMOPAL-SR24 222
THERMOPAL-SR44 224

Brochure/Page No.
Restoration of moist walls 226

209
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

AQUAFIN-F Art.-No. 2 04247

Silification solution for construction waterproofing

Properties: determined by the application method. Borehole

Ready to use. spacing is as a rule 10 12.5 cm from hole centre
Hydrophobic. to hole centre. The boreholes are placed horizontally
Pore restricting. in the pointing mortar or at an angle of up to 45.
Vapour permeable. The depth of the borehole is about 5cm less than the
Against capillary rising damp. thickness of the wall. With dense weakly porous brick-
Over 40 years practical experience. work as well as horizontal boreholes, chose a double
Solvent free. row borehole arrangement. Here the vertical offset
Tested to the WTA (Association for Science and should be < 8 cm. With porous natural stone wall-
Technology of Building Maintenance and Monuments ing place the boreholes in the stone and with dense
Preservation) data sheet 4-4-04/D to 95% moisture quarry stone walling in the joints. For wall
saturation. thicknesses greater than 60 cm and on corners
boreholes should be drilled from both sides. Before
Areas of application: saturating remove drilling dust. Post application of
For the production of retrospective horizontal moisture AQUAFIN-1K to both sides of the wall around the
barriers in accordance with the WTA data sheet borehole barrier prevents the AQUAFIN-F from
4-4-04/D with capillary rising damp in walls. The escaping. Insert injection packers in the holes.
capillary porosity of the construction material (block- Walls with large voids, hollow blocks, cracks and
work/concrete) is interrupted by the combination of open joints up to 5mm should be repaired with
active agents (capillary restriction/hydrophobicity). ASOCRET-BM before carrying out the injection
process. Subsequently inject AQUAFIN-F at a
Technical Data: 1) pressure of <10 bar. Sustain the injection until the
Basis: alkali silicate-siliconate neighbouring joint is filled to a satin appearance
Colour: clear with AQUAFIN-F. After approx. 24 hours remove the
Specific gravity: 1.3 g/cm3 packers and close off the holes with ASOCRET-BM.
pH value: 12.2
Cleaning: with water when in the II. Injection without pressure equipment:
fresh state Position 30 mm boreholes at a distance of between
Consumption: dependent on the porosity of 10 12.5 cm apart, at an angle of between 45
the brickwork (determined and 30. The depth of the borehole is approx.
with a trial bore hole). Min. 5 cm less than the thickness of the wall. When
15 kg/m2 e.g. 36 cm thick arranging the bore angles, ensure that at least one
wall = min. 5.5 kg per linear mortar joint (two joints in thicker walls) is included. It
metre is recommended to place the boreholes in two
Packaging: 6, 12, 30, 220, 1.000 kg planes. The distance between borehole centres is
Storage: frost free, 24 months in the determined by the porosity of the wall. The closer
original unopened container. together the boreholes are, the greater the success of
Use opened containers the procedure. Electro-pneumatic drills that work with
promptly. minimum vibration (e.g. Hilti) with appropriate drill bits
are suitable. For wall thicknesses greater than
)
1
The quoted data was determined under standard conditions. Under 60 cm and on corners boreholes should be drilled
other conditions of application varying values may result. from both sides. Before saturating remove drilling dust.
Subsequently insert AQUAFIN-F into the boreholes.
Product preparation: It is practical to inject from a storage vessel (hopper
I.Low pressure injection method: with pressure plugs). Saturation time should be a
Particularly suitable when the wall to be treated is minimum of 24 hours. Afterwards seal the boreholes
already considerably or completely saturated with water. with ASOCRET-BM. For sealing open joints, cracks or
The borehole arrangement is determined by the type voids use the same procedure as for the low pressure
and condition of the wall. The borehole diameter is application method.

210
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

III. Supporting measures

After implementation of the wall injection with
AQUAFIN-F to combat rising damp additional suitable
supporting measures are necessary. This is essentially
the refurbishment of renders with the THERMOPAL
renovation render system, vertical waterproofing of
the external areas in contact with the ground with
AQUAFIN-2K/M or COMBIFLEX-EL as well as the
incorporation of drainage to DIN 4095 and the
elimination of structural defects.

Waterproofing the area:

Impregnate the cleaned area in a minimum of one
application until saturated. Apply AQUAFIN-1K whilst
the impregnator is still wet in a minimum of two
applications in order to achieve the minimum dry film
thickness of 2.0 mm. Once the waterproofing slurry is
dry, spray apply a thorough coating of THERMOPAL-SP
(alternatively: Cement mortar MGIII with the addition of
ASOPLAST-MZ (1:3 with gauging water)). Subsequently
apply THERMOPAL-SR44 to prevent condensation.

Important advice:
AQUAFIN-F is not suitable for exposed surfaces such
as concrete, brickwork, render etc.
The WTA data sheet 4-4-04/D forms the basis of the
renovation measures against capillary rising damp.
Generally exploratory tests (e.g. moisture balance,
salts analysis) are necessary.
Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-F from
its effects.

Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet!

47/06

211
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

AQUAFIN-IB2 Art.-No. 2 04200

Water soluble siloxane horizontal damp barrier and impregnator

Properties: Material consumption as an impregnator:

Concentrate
Low consumption Surface Mixing Material consumption
Can be diluted with water with long term ratio ml, concentrate /m2
storage stability
Hydrophobic
Weakly porous clinker 1:8 approx. 20 - 30
Solvent free
High depth of penetration Render 1 : 10 approx. 30 - 50
Prevents capillary water absorption
Tested in accordance with WTA (Association for Strongly porous clinker 1 : 12 approx. 30 - 65
Science and Technology) up to 95% degree of
saturation Application horizontal moisture barrier:
Dependent on the porosity of the building material
Areas of application: and the degree of saturation dilute with drinking
For the production of horizontal moisture barriers water.
according to the WTA (Association for Science and
Technology) data sheet 4-4-04/D against rising damp IMPORTANT ADVICE:
in walls. always add AQUAFIN-IB2 to the water!
As a surface impregnator for porous building materials
e.g. brickwork, clinker, sand lime bricks, natural stone Dispersion is very good in the injection zone
and mineral renders/plasters. irrespective of the degree of saturation. A functional
barrier is also achieved even at high levels of
Technical Data: saturation.
Basis: Siloxane
Colour: clear to yellowish Substrate and product preparation:
Specific gravity: 1.05 g/cm2 I. Injection by the low pressure method
Application/ Particularly suitable when the wall to be treated is
substrate temperature: +5 C to +30 C considerably or completely saturated with water.
Storage undiluted: 12 months in original The borehole arrangement is determined by the type
unopened containers. and condition of the wall. The borehole diameter is
Storage diluted determined by the method of application. As a rule
with water: with clean drinking water borehole spacing is 10 12.5 cm from hole centre
max. 2 months, with distilled to hole centre. The boreholes are placed horizontally
water min. 12 months in in the pointing mortar (only double row borehole
closed containers. arrangement) or at an angle of up to 45. The depth
Packaging: 1, 5, 10 and 25 litre of the borehole should be 5 cm less than the thick-
containers ness of the wall. With dense weakly porous brickwork
chose a double row borehole arrangement. Here the
vertical offset should be < 8 cm. With porous natural
Material consumption as a stone walling place the boreholes in the stone and
horizontal barrier: with dense quarry stone walling place them in the
Area of application Mixing Material consumption joints. For walls thicker than 60 cm and on corners,
ratio concentrate/m2/ boreholes should be drilled from both sides. Before
wall cross section
saturating remove drilling dust. The application of
AQUAFIN-1K to both sides of the
95 % degree of saturation 1 : 12 1.2 wall around the borehole barrier prevents the
60 % degree of saturation 1 : 16 0,9 AQUAFIN-IB2 from escaping. Insert injection packers.
Walls with large voids, hollow blocks, cracks and
< 50 % degree of saturation < 1 : 20 0.7 open joints up to 5 mm should be repaired with

212
Technical Data Sheet
ASOCRET-BM before carrying out the injection process.
Subsequently inject AQUAFIN-IB2 (mixed to the relevant
mixing ratio with drinking water) at a pressure of < 10
bar. Sustain the injection until the neighbouring joint is
full and appears matt-satin with AQUAFIN-IB2 (mixed
to the relevant mixing ratio with drinking water). After
approx. 24 hours remove the packers and close off the
holes with ASOCRET-BM.
II. Injection without pressure equipment
Create 30 mm diameter boreholes at an angle of
between 30 and 45 at a distance of 10 12.5 cm
apart. The depth of the borehole should be approx.
5 cm less than the thickness of the wall. When
arranging the bore angles ensure that a least one
mortar joint (two joints in thicker walls) is included. It is
recommended to place the boreholes on two
levels. The spacing of the borehole centres is
determined by the porosity of the wall. The closer
together the boreholes are, the greater the success of
the procedure. Electro-pneumatic drills that work with
minimum vibration (e.g. Hilti) with appropriate drill
bits are suitable. For walls thicker than 60 cm and on
corners boreholes should be drilled from both sides.
Before saturating remove drilling dust. Subsequently
insert AQUAFIN-IB2 (mixed with drinking water to the
appropriate mixing ratio) into the boreholes. In practice
it is convenient to inject from a storage vessel (hopper
with pressure plugs). Saturation time should be a mini-
mum of 24 hours. Afterwards seal the boreholes with
ASOCRET-BM. For sealing open joints, cracks or voids
use the same procedure as for the low pressure appli-
cation method.
III. Supporting measures
After implementation of the wall injection to combat
rising damp, suitable additional supporting measures
are necessary. This is essentially the refurbishment of
renders with the THERMOPAL renovation render system,
vertical waterproofing of the external areas in contact
with the ground with AQUAFIN-2K/M or
COMBIFLEX-EL as well as the incorporation of drainage
to DIN 4095 and the elimination of structural defects.
Product preparation impregnation:
Preparation:
Dilute the concentrate with clean drinking water in the
ratio 1:8 to 1:12.
213
4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS
IMPORTANT ADVICE:
Always add the AQUAFIN-IB2 to the water.
Brush or spray apply in one or more coats but always
cover completely and consistently. With all building
materials it is generally sufficient to saturate the area
twice whereby the impregnating medium is applied wet
over wet. The best impregnation is achieved on a dry
to lightly damp, porous substrate.
Surface preparation:
The dry to lightly damp substrate must be free from dirt,
dust and other contamination. Construction defects must
be eliminated before starting. It must be ensured that
water and any dissolved substances cannot lie behind
the hydrophobic zone. Where salts damaging to con-
struction exist a quantitative salts analysis is required.
Building materials to be treated must have open pores
(prepare with e.g. ASO-Steinreiniger). White surfaces
can lead to minor yellowing. Protect adjacent areas
such as e.g. windows, painted areas or those to be
painted, as well as glass and planting from the effects
of AQUAFIN-IB2.
Important advice:
Protect areas not to treated from the effects of
AQUAFIN-IB2.
Always add AQUAFIN-IB2 to water. Never add
water into the concentrate as it can lead to prema-
ture gelling of the active component (inhomogeneity).
AQUAFIN-IB2 solutions are not suitable for highly
alkaline surfaces (e.g. concrete < 12 months old).
Do not pour mixed material back into the product
container.
Use opened containers immediately.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: M-KH5
47/06
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

ASOLIN-OH30 Art.-No. 2 05540

Natural and cement stone hardener without hydrophobizing features

Properties: Preliminary investigation, testing of the surface:

Ready for use. The destruction degree of the building materials is
Optimal seeping. often different, only general notes can be given. In
Residueless drying (no soiling). order to lead the restoration to success, it is necessary
No damaging reaction products. that:
Resistant to rain water (acid resistant). a. the status of the substrate which can be
The treated construction material remains strengthened is determined.
vapour open. b. the necessary work and the materials consumption
are determined.
Areas of application: c. a sufficiently large sample surface are created
For the refurbishment and preservation of historic and the success of the measure are controlled
buildings and monuments. Hardening of weather-beaten by an optical evaluation and by appropriate
construction material. Restoring of natural stones, stucco measurements from the building design aspect.
and fresco and other construction materials like bricks d. keeping the processing steps as well as the
and terracotta. materials consumption is monitored
e. a careful final inspection of the work is executed.
Technical Data:
Basis: Silicic acid ethylester Method of application:
Colour: colourless to yellowish ASOLIN-OH30 can be applied by spraying, capers
Specific Gravity: approx 0.94 g/ml or by dipping on the building material. The job
Viscosity: 42 s (2 mm DIN beaker) procedure depends on the article which can be
Consumption: 0.5 - 15 l/m2 depending strengthened. Larger surfaces should be treated with
on surface spray equipments, small with the washing bottle. With
Storage: 12 months in original closed mobile articles (sculptures) the dipping process is
packs. Use opened packs favorable.
promptly.
Consumption:
Surface preparation: A substantial precondition for strengthening is that the
The objects waiting for the restoration often indicate a entirely damaged layer up to the healthy core will be
dirt-loaded surface. The cleaning of the surfaces should soaked with ASOLIN-OH30, it can come otherwise
take place with the most careful cleaning methods, e.g. by bowl formation to flakings. In order to achieve the
via spraying also cold or warm water or via steam desired penetration depth, always smaller surfaces are
purging. In many cases the stone is already crumbling, treated wet in wet with ASOLIN-OH30, until the laid
so that the cleaning without material loss cannot take on material is not any longer absorbed. If necessarily
place any longer. For the avoidance of the material loss at the earliest until two weeks after the first treatment
a solidification with ASOLIN-OH30 should be carried a further can take place, whereby an impregnating
out before the cleaning, and execute afterwards the of the damaged layer must be likewise achieved. If
main strengthening. So that the entire crumbling material the subsequent treatment before the termination of the
layer can be soaked with the Steinfestiger, the surface active substance reaction takes place, the stone is not
which can be treated must be air-dry and absorbent. yet again absorptive. It will come to grey formations
The treated surface is to be protected two to three days at the surface.
after the handling before rains and direct sun exposure.
The best processing temperatures are situated between The quantity of ASOLIN-OH30 necessary for
+ 10 C and + 20 C. strengthening depends on the building material.
Adjoining areas like windows, painted areas or areas to Consumption can be situated between 0,5 and
paint or glass has to be protected with a PE-foil as well 15 l/m2. The requirement of Steinfestiger is to be
as plantation. Construction parts which will be affected determined at a test surface.
by solvents like polystyrene, mastix, bitumen, latex must
not be treated with ASOLIN-WS.

214
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

Subsequent treatment
In order to avoid a colour modification of the surface
due to supersaturation, the surface should be washed
with ASO-Kaltreiniger fluid immediately after achieving
the saturation.

Application of stone back-up

mass and colours
On the surfaces strengthened with ASOLIN-OH30 stone
back-up masses and mineral silicate paints can be laid
on. Furthermore as paints silicone colours are suitable.
If the ASOLIN-OH30 is only applied after laying the
stone back-up masses or the mineral silicone colour on,
then a waiting period of 4 weeks is necessary.

Hydrophobic treatment
The termination of each restoration should be a
hydrophobizing, thus against precipitation. This can
be made by a handling with ASOLIN-WS.

Important advice:
ASOLIN-OH30 contains easily inflammatory solvents.
Take please the appropriate safety precautions.
Flame and sparking avoid. Do not smoke.
The bins must be protected against direct sun
exposure.
With work in closed rooms is to be provided for
good aeration, eventually is a breathing mask to be
carried.
Do not let product get in contact with food. Do not
let the products come into drains.
Keep Bundles always closed. Product reacts with air
humidity and becomes useless.
ASOLIN-OH30 attacks not solvent-steady plastics.
Application in a dipping process the dipping basin
should be hermetically closed for the avoidance of a
gelling in the case of a longer immersion time.
If a water-repellent effect is formed, which makes
the application of stone back-up masses and silicate
paints difficult, the surface should be abraded with
aqueous ammonia.

Please adhere to current European Materials Safety

Data Sheet (MSDS)

GISCODE: GH20
47/06

215
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

ASOLIN-SFC45 Art.-No. 2 01247

Deep penetrating hydrophobic faade cream

Properties: Method of application:

Ready to use. Apply ASOLIN-SFC45 with suitable spray equipment
Solvent free. (e.g. airless spray), brush, or lambs wool roller. The
For a very good water repellent effect. material should be applied as an even white and
Optimum penetration. anti-sag film at the desired thickness. This film is taken
Dries to a non-sticky finish. up by the substrate and remains visible for about 10
The substrate appearance is unaffected by to 30 minutes and transforms into a clear gel during
application. this time. A few hours may elapse until this process is
Water vapour permeable. complete and dependent on the weather conditions,
Improves the resistance to aggressive media. the substrate may show a dark discolouration before
High degree of resistance to frost and de-icing salts. the normal appearance reappears.
Spray, roller or trowel application.
Especially clean and almost loss free application. Important advice:
Protect areas, which are not to be treated with
Areas of application: ASOLIN-SFC45. Protect and cover adjacent
ASOLIN-SFC45 is used for the water repellent impregna- surfaces and building components that shouldnt
tion of vertical or steeply sloping surfaces or overhead come into contact with the material e.g. windows,
areas in brick, clinker, natural stone, lime-sand blocks, doors, glass areas as well as plants.
mineral-based renders and concrete substrates. The mate- Do not apply during rain or drizzle.
rial cross-links in the interior of the appropriate substrate
to a deep water repellent barrier. Please observe a valid European safety data sheet.
45/06
Technical Data:
Basis: silane cream
Colour: white (transparent once dry)
Density: approx. 0.87 kg/l
Consistency: creamy
Active agent content: approx. 45%
Consumption: dependent on the substrate,
approx. 0.100 0.250 l/m2
Substrate/
application temperature: +5 C to +35 C
Cleaning: whilst still wet with water
Packaging: 2.5 litre, 10 litre, 20 litre
containers
Storage: frost free, 18 months in the
original unopened container.
Use opened containers
promptly

Surface preparation:
The substrate to be impregnated must be dry, sound,
load bearing, open-pored, clean and free from
separating substances such as oil, grease, moss, algae
or other contamination. In each case a professional
assessment of the substrate and preparation is necessary.
It must be guaranteed that water and salts dissolved
within it cannot permeate from the rear of the
hydrophobic zone.

216
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

ASOLIN-WS Art.-No. 2 01246

Siloxane Impregnation

Properties: Porous concrete: 500 - 1,000 ml/m2

ASOLIN-WS is a solvent-containing construction chemi-
cal based on oligomere siloxanes for a colourless and
water repellent impregnation of mineralic construction
materials. ASOLIN-WS is ready for use. ASOLIN-WS
is applied onto the construction material and absorbed
by capillarity. It is transformed into the water repellent
siloxane under the influence of moisture. Water repellant
characteristics of surfaces treated with ASOLIN-WS are
resulting in significant protection against damages
caused by frost and salts.
Important remarks concerning efficiency and durability:
Low molecular weight - high penetration depth.
Large alkyl groups - therefore suitable for highly
alkaline construction chemicals.
Dry tack-free - no subject to dirtiness.
Applicable on slightly moist surfaces.
Quick formation of a water-repellent effect - therefore
fast pelting rain proof.
Improvement of frost resistance and corrosion caused
by salts.
Areas of application:
ASOLIN-WS is recommended for moisture protection
of facades or strongly inclined areas. Test on objects
before use. General remarks concerning impregnation of
different construction materials with ASOLIN-WS:
Excellent: Porous concrete, bricks, lime sand
stone, mineralic plaster, mineralic
paint
Good: Concrete, cement bonded artificial
stone, asbestos cement
Different: Natural stone
Limited
suitability: Plastic resin plaster
Not suitable: Gypsum, plastic resin paints
Storage: 12 months in closed packs.
Surface preparation:
The dry or slight moist surface has to be in a flawless
condition. Defects have to be removed in advance.
Water and in water soluble material may not get
behind the hydrophobized area. If damaging salts
are existing a laboratory analysis is necessary. The
impregnated construction materials have to be open-
cell. (Priming with ASO-Steinreiniger). Adjoining areas
like windows, painted areas or areas to paint or glass
has to be protected with a PE-foil as well as plantation.
Construction parts which will be affected by solvents
like polystyrene, mastix, bitumen, latex must not be
treated with ASOLIN-WS.
Product preparation:
The ready for use ASOLIN-WS is applied onto the
construction material by means of spraying and
brushing. Application is effected in one or
several layers that all have to be saturated and
even. Generally, the surface is to be impregnated
twice wet in wet. Best impregnation effects are
achieved on slightly moist and absorbing surfaces.
Important advice:
ASOLIN-WS is classified according to the
GefStoffV.
Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet.
Protect areas not to be treated. Glass, metals and
window frames may be attacked by ASOLIN-WS.
ASOLIN-WS is harmful.
44/07

Technical Data:
Basis: Oligomere siloxane with
arge alykl groups.
Colour: colourless
Specific Gravity: approx 0.78 g/ml
Cleaning: Clean tools immediately
after use with
AQUAFIN-Cleanser.
Consumption: between 100 - 1,000 ml/m2
Examples:
Concrete: 250 - 500 ml/m2
Plaster: 500 - 800 ml/m2

217
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

ESCO-FLUAT Art.-No. 2 04146

Impregnating solution for the transformation of
building damaging salts
Properties: One treatment:
Water soluble salts (chlorides and sulphates) may ESCO-FLUAT:water = 1:1 (V:V)
be transformed into insoluble res. heavily soluble Two treatments:
compounds by ESCO-FLUAT. 1st treatment:
Essentially a salt treatment is performed as far-reaching ESCO-FLUAT:water = 1:2 (V:V)
measure, if subsequently THERMOPAL restoration plaster 2nd treatment:
is being applied. The salt treatment avoids the invasion ESCO-FLUAT:water = 1:1 (V:V)
of lightly soluble salts into the wet, not yet hydrophobic
restoration plaster by back wandering of the preparation Between the treatments there has to be a waiting time
water during the drying period. of minimum two hours. Approx. 24 hours after the last
treatment sweep the surfaces dry again.
Areas of application:
ESCO-FLUAT is applied as flanking measure during the Important advice:
restoring of salt containing masonry. Avoid metal vessels and tools under all circumstances
during the processing. Clean tools thoroughly immedi-
Technical Data: ately after use with clear water.
Basis: Aqueous hexafluorosilicate
solution Attention:
Packaging: 25 and 10 kg-buckets, Protect areas that are not treated from the influence
liquid, concentrated of ESCO-FLUAT.
Storage: frost resistant up to -5 C, Splashes have to be washed off immediately.
12 months Glass, metal, window frames might be attacked by
Consumption: for two treatments approx. ESCO-FLUAT.
0.4 - 0.5 kg/m2 ESCO-FLUAT is injurious to health.
Danger Notes: hazardous if swallowed
47/06
Safety Advices: Avoid contact with eyes and
skin.
If swallowed contact a
physician with showing
packing or label.

Surface preparation:
Remove contaminated and destroyed plaster areas at
least 80 cm around the damaged areas. Srape out the
masonry joints at least 2 cm deep. Sweep masonry and
joints with a steel broom thoroughly. The areas to be
treated have to be dry as far as possible.

Product preparation:
Brush ESCO-FLUAT on the exposed masonry once or
twice depending on the salt exposure and absorbing
capacity of the masonry.

218
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

THERMOPAL-FS33 Art.-No. 2 01422

Trass/Lime Fine Filler

Properties: Important advice:

THERMOPAL-FS33 is a mineral fine filler with polymer
additives. It is a low-stress, hydrophobe and is easy to
process. Is also suitable for interior and exterior
applications. For layer thicknesses between 1 and
5 mm.
Areas of application:
THERMOPAL-FS33 is applied for the production of
fine render surfaces. It is applicable on rough plaster
surfaces, as a fine plaster and surface filler for indoor
and outdoor (mortar class P II b). Used on
THERMOPAL-SR44 and THERMOPAL SR24 to create
an ideal surface ready for wall papering.
Protect areas are not to be treated against the effects
of THERMOPAL-FS33.
For colour structuring use the Silika paint type
ADICOR-SK.
Protect against the influences of strong sun light.
Due to rapid dehydration (eg: in heated rooms or
on strong absorbing surfaces) forming of cracks may
occur!
Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS)!
Low in Chromate according to TRGS 613.

Technical Data: Shelf life of the Chromate reducing agent in cool and
Weight: approx. 1.6 kg/l dry storage for approx. 12 months.
Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg
powder/m2/mm The first two digits show the filling month, the third set
Packaging: 25-kg-bags of digits show the filling year on the Batch label.
Storage: In dry storage for approx.
12 months, in original closed GISCODE: ZP 1
sacks, use open sacks
47/06
promtly.
Mixing ratio: approx. maximum of 6 1/2 l
of water to 25 kg of
THERMOPAL-FS33
Processing-/Substrate
Temperature: above +5 C up to +25 C
Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg to m2 for
each mm of layered thickness

Surface preparation:
The surface must be firm and free from dust, dirt, old
coatings and other remaining residues. Prime very
porous substrates with ASO-Unigrund-K diluted 1:4
with water. No priming is necessary on the renovation
renders THERMOPAL-SR24 and THERMOPAL-SR44.

Product preparation:
Pour clean water into a clean mixing bucket and with
a stirrer (approx. 300 - 700 rpm) mechanically mix
in sufficient dry powder until a lump free, non-slump,
smooth paste is achieved. The mixing time is approx.
2 - 3 minutes.
Filling the spactling mixture and smoothening off using
a trowel. After hardening it may be rubbed off with an
expanded rubber or feltboard. Layer thickness approx.
1 - 5 mm.

219
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

THERMOPAL-GP11 Art.-No. 2 01414

Air-entraining Ground Plaster According to WTA-Leaflet 2-2-91

Properties: Product preparation:

THERMOPAL-GP11 is a cement-lime based, ground and Pour 6.5 liters of water into a clean vessel or mixer,
levelling plaster suitable for the restoration of wet and adding 25 kg of THERMOPAL-GP11 (1 Bag). After
saline masonry on interior and exterior applications, mixing for approx. 4 minutes THERMOPAL-GP11 may
containing THERMOPAL-SR44, THERMOPAL-SR44-white be applied with a plaster machine or by hand.
or THERMOPAL-SR24. It prevents the intrusion of water When the layer thickness is greater than 3 cm the
soluble salts in the masonry and in the green restoration plaster is to be applied in several layers. Strike off the
plaster. previous with a horse brush and roughen up horizon-
tally, e.g. by using a saw blade.
Areas of application: The waiting time for applying the next layer is approx.
THERMOPAL-GP11 is as an interior or exterior levelling 1 day per millimeter of plaster thickness. The waiting
plaster for uneven surfaces with excess moisture or salt time must be regarded strictly, when applying greater
contained in natural-stone or brick-stone masonry. plaster thicknesses. (above 2 cm) (see WTA-Leaflet
2-2-91 point 7.7, part. 2).
Technical Data:
Basis: cement-lime- based mortar Important advice:
class of mortar PII Very damp substrates can cause longer waiting times
Colour: grey before surfaces roughening up.
Water requirement: 36% = 9 l per bag The WTA-Leaflet 2-2-91 - Restoration Plaster Systems -
Cleaning of tools: In wet condition with water. is to be adhered to in application. (WTA =
Hardened materials may only scientific-technical working group) Protect the surface
be removed mechanically. from strong sunlight.
Tests: In accordance with WTA- Protect non treated areas against the influences of
Leaflet 2-2-91 THERMOPAL-GP11.
Storage: In dry storage for approx. 6
47/06
months in original closed
sacks, use opened sacks
promptly.
Packaging: 25 kg bag (40 bags/pallet)
Consumption: 8 kg/m2 per cm thickness
of layer

Surface preparation:
The substrate must be load bearing, free from separating
agents. Remove dust and other substances or residues.
Older plaster coatings and slurrys up to a thickness of
80 cm, or within the visible, contaminated area.
Scratch out and crumbling masonry joints down to a
depth of 2 cm and clean the remaining surface
mechanically.
Concrete surfaces must be open-pored.
Pre-treat with ESCO-FLUAT when the surface is affected
by a high salt content.
Apply subsequently a spatterdash coat of
THERMOPAL-SP as a bonding aid (coating density
approx. 50%).

220
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

Degree of salting1) Measures Layer Thickness [cm] Notes

low 1. Spatterdash coat 0.5 Do not completely cover

2. THERMOPAL-SR24/-SR44 * 2.0 with spatterdash coat.

medium 1. Spatterdash coat 0.5 Total layer thickness

2. THERMOPAL-SR24/-SR44 1-2 min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm
3. THERMOPAL-SR24/-SR44 1-2 roughen up previous coat.
Drying time of individual
high 1. Spatterdash coat 0.5 coats 1 mm/day.
2. THERMOPAL-SR24/-SR44 * 1.0
3. THERMOPAL-SR24/-SR44 * 1.5

1)
To be determined and calculated by pre-testing.

221
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

THERMOPAL-SR24 Art.-No 2 01411

Mineral-based restoration render WTA

Properties: of 3 cm in one operation. Apply more coats for

Mineral-based pre-blended mortar.
High volume of entrained air.
Vapour permeable.
High salt storage capacity.
Low consumption per surface area.
Ready for rubbing down at an early stage.
Hand or mechanical application.
thicker renders. Strike off the previous coat with a
lath and roughen up horizontally as soon as it starts
to stiffen and allow to dry. Roughening up too early
leads to binder concentrations at the surface and can
cause shrinkage cracks.
Allow 1 day waiting time per mm of thickness.

Areas of application: Important advice:

For producing vapour permeable and dry renders on Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
to damp and/or salt containing walls in interior and THERMOPAL-SR24.
exterior installations. Very damp substrates can cause possible delayed
waiting times before roughening up.
Technical Data: Protect from strong sunlight.
Basis: pre-blended dry mortar Smooth surfaces can be achieved by trowelling
Colour: grey with THERMOPAL-FS33.
Water demand: approx. 6 - 6.5 litres per bag For coloured finishes add the silicate colour
Bulk density: 1.0 - 1.1 kg/dm3 ADICOR-SK.
Consumption: approx. 9.5 kg/m2 Observe the WTA information sheet Restoration
per cm thickness renders when planning and implementing
Thickness: see table renovation.
Packaging: 25 kg bags nett
Substrate/ Please observe a current EU safety data sheet.
application temp: +5 C to +25 C
Storage: dry, 12 months in the original GISCODE: ZP1
unopened packaging. Use
46/06
opened packaging promptly

Surface preparation:
The substrate must be load bearing and free from
adhesion inhibiting media such as release agents, dust
or other coatings. Remove old render/plaster, paint and
laitance up to 80cm above the visible damaged area or
neighbouring damaged area determined by analysis.
Rake out brittle masonry joints to a depth of 2 cm and
clean mechanically. Concrete surfaces must be open-
pored. Where the salt content is high, pre-treat with
ESCO-FLUAT. Apply a spatterdash coat of THERMOPAL-SP
as a bonding aid (degree of coverage approx. 50%).

Product preparation:
THERMOPAL-SR24 can be prepared in all usual
continuous mixing pumps (e.g. with the PFT-G4) with a
secondary mixer. Small quantities can be mixed by hand
with a drill mixer. In accordance with WTA guidelines
(see reverse) THERMOPAL-SR24 can be applied at
thicknesses, including a single coat, up to a maximum

222
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

Table:
Measures in connection with degree of salting in accordance with WTA

Degree of salting1) Measures Thickness (cm) Notes

low 1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Do not completely cover
2. THERMOPAL-SR24 * 2.0 with spatterdash coat
1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Total thickness:
2. THERMOPAL-SR24 12 Min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm
3. THERMOPAL-SR24 12 roughen up previous coat
medium to high
1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Drying time of individual
2. THERMOPAL-GP11 * 1.0 coats 1mm/day
3. THERMOPAL-SR24 * 1.5
1)
To be determined and calculated by pre-testing.

223
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

THERMOPAL-SR44 Art.-No 2 01416

Mineralic Restoration Plaster

Properties: of the binding agents at the surface of the plaster and

Restoration Plaster tested by WTA may cause tension cracks.
dry, premixed restoration plaster
high air-entraining volume Important advice:
permeability to vapour diffusion Very damp substrates may lead to longer waiting
high salt storage times before rubbing off.
manual or mechanical handling To achieve smooth surfaces THERMOPAL-SR44
easy and economical application should be trowelled over with THERMOPAL-FS33.
low consumption. For colouring: ADICOR-SK, silicate paint for indoor
and outdoor is recommended.
Areas of application: The WTA Leaflet 2-2-91 is binding for the
THERMOPAL-SR44 is suitable for the interior or exterior application and processing of THERMOPAL-SR44.
plastering of salt containing and/or wet walls. The product is classified according to Hazmat
regulations (GefStoffV)!
Technical Data:
Basis: at works premixed dry mortar System components:
Colour: grey/white Subsequent horizontal sealing: AQUAFIN-F
Water demand: 7 7.5 l per bag Drilling hole mortar: ASOCRET-BM
Storage: 25 kg bag, net Subsequent vertical sealing: AQUAFIN-2K/M
Consumption: approx. 7.5 kg/m2 per cm layer Salt transformation: ESCO-FLUAT
thickness Priming plaster: THERMOPAL-GP11
Layer thickness: see table on second page Spatterdash coat: MG III
Storage: In dry storage for 12 months, in original Restoration plaster: THERMOPAL-SR44
closed bags, use opened bags Fine filler: THERMOPAL-FS33
promptly. Silicate paint primer: ADICOR-G
Application Silicate paint: ADICOR-SK
temperature: +5 to +25 C
Official test: Test certificate Gtegemeinschaft Special advantage of the product:
Kalkstein, Kalk und Mrtel e.V., Kln THERMOPAL-SR44 contains light weight additives,
which results in a low demand of material, very good
Surface preparation: processing characteristics and a raised volume of salt
Remove old plaster, paint and sealing slurries. Scrape storability.
out masonry joints to a depth of 2 cm. Clean the surface
12/10
mechanically. The surface must be load bearing and
free from substances which can minimise the gripping
and which have similar effects caused by parting agents,
dust or other layers. Concrete surfaces must be open-
pored. Walls with a high-salt-content must be pretreated
with ESCO-Fluat. A cement spray layer as a bonding
bridge may be used.

Product preparation:
THERMOPAL-SR44 may be processed with all usual
plaster mixing pumps. Small quantities can be mixed
by hand with a drill mixer. After throwing or laying
THERMOPAL-SR44 shall be levelled with a smoothing
trowel, at a later stage the remainder is to be rubbed off
or structured. Rubbing off to early leads to concentration

224
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

Table:
Measures in connection with degree of salting in accordance with WTA

Degree of salting1) Measures Thickness (cm) Notes

low 1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Do not completely cover
2. THERMOPAL-SR44 * 2.0 with spatterdash coat
1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Total thickness:
2. THERMOPAL-SR44 12 Min. 2.5 cm, max. 4 cm
3. THERMOPAL-SR44 12 roughen up previous coat
medium to high
1. Spatterdash coat ) 0.5 Drying time of individual
2. THERMOPAL-SR44 * 1.0 coats 1mm/day
3. THERMOPAL-SR44 * 1.5
1)
To be determined and calculated by pre-testing.

225
 THERMOPAL-SR44 Required tools:
Brochure

Restoration plaster WTA

System components:

ESCO-FLUAT
For the conversion of soluble masonry
damaging salts into insoluble compounds.

THERMOPAL-SP
Rough cast as a bonding layer to
restoration plasters. Used to produce an
enhanced adhesion of the subsequent
plaster.

THERMOPAL-GP11
Prime plaster as a preliminary layer under
THERMOPAL-SR44, especially when
THERMOPAL-SR44 high salt loads affect the treated substrate.
Restoration plaster tested by WTA
THERMOPAL-FS33
Fine resurfacing mortar to produce a
Fields of application smooth finish on THERMOPAL-SR44
For the reconstruction of dry ADICOR-G
plaster surfaces on moist and/or Silicate-Primer for subsequent painting.
salt contaminated walls.
ADICOR-SK
Silicate-paint.

226
Old walls, especially masonry are very
Distribution partner:
often damaged by moisture. With
THERMOPAL-SR44, our state of the art
light weight restoration plaster according
to WTA, dry plaster surfaces can be
achieved even if a high salt contamination
is present.

Left to right: Masonry after surface

preparation, THERMOPAL-SP,

Restoration of moist walls

THERMOPAL-GP11, THERMOPAL-SR44,
THERMOPAL-FS33, ADICOR-SK.
SCHOMBURG
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8
D-32760 Detmold - Germany
phone +49-5231-953-00
fax + 49-5231-953-108
SCHOMBURG e-mail export@schomburg.de
08/09 Dr. Ho/EKe/JD AQUAFIN International GmbH Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8 D-32760 Detmold - Germany phone +49-5231-953-00 www.schomburg.de/en Subject to changes. Consult current technical datasheet for most recent information.

web www.schomburg.de/en
4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS
 Brochure

Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR44 may be applied with an

tested by WTA
Properties:
Certified by WTA (Munich)
Light weight dry mortar formulation
High content of air voids and storage
volume for salt crystals
Breathable
thixotropic
Low material consumption per m2
appropriate spray equipment or mixed and
applied by hand. For smaller areas the mixing is
done in a mortar pail. Therefore 20 kg of
THERMOPAL-SR44 is mixed into approx. 7.0 l to
7.5 l of clean water.
On wall surfaces remove old plasters and paints
to min. 80 cm above the noticed moisture and
salt contamination. Scrape out soft masonry joints
up to approx. 20 mm. Remove all debris from
the job site to prevent damaging salts from
reentering the structure.

Technical data: Pretreat surfaces twice with ESCO-FLUAT, if

soluble masonry damaging salts are present.
Basis: mineral filler, The waiting time between the two coats is min.
cement, additives 24 hrs. Remove crystallized salts by brush after
Available colours: grey and white drying.
Water demand: approx. 7.0 l to 7.5 l
per bag Apply THERMOPAL-SP as a rough cast on the
Consumption: ca. 7,5 kg/m2/cm pretreated surface.
Surface-/
Air temperature: + 5 C bis + 25 C Apply the first coat of THERMOPAL-SR44* at a

227
Packaging: 20 kg paper bag with thickness of min. 10 mm. Roughen the surface
PE liner after the initial set is noticeable to achieve a better
Storage: 12 months under dry adhesion for the subsequent layer.
conditions
Official approval: Association for the After 10 days waiting time the second layer of
quality of Limestore, THERMOPAL-SR44 is applied at a thickness of
Lime and Mortar, min. 20 mm. The surface is troweled after the
Cologne - Germany initial set is noticed to achieve an open porous
surface structure. This is important to ensure an
optimized vapour diffusion from the surface.
Important note:
If a smooth profile is desired, finish the surface
For the application the latest with THERMOPAL-FS33 after 1 day waiting time
technical data sheet is binding. for each mm thickness of the underlying plaster.
It will supply you with detailed
information on substrates and White surfaces can be achieved by using
application methods. THERMOPAL-SR44-white or ADICOR-SK.

THERMOPAL-SR44
Please note:
* On surfaces with little or no salt contamination
THERMOPAL-SR44 can be applied in one coat of 30 mm.
If two coats are necessary on highly salt contaminated substrates
the first coat should be executed with THERMOPAL-GP11 as a
prime plaster.

SCHOMBURG
4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS
Technical Data Sheet 4. RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS

228
Product Name/Page No. 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

GEPOTECH-11/22 230 INDUFLOOR-IB2360 275

GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer 233 INDUFLOOR-IB2370 278
INDU-ConductiveQuartz 240 INDUFLOOR-IB2380 280
INDU-DecorChips 241 INDUFLOOR-IB2385 282
INDU-DecorQuartz 242 INDUFLOOR-IB3080 284
INDU-FibreFiller 243 INDUFLOOR-IB3100 287
INDUFLOOR-IB1010 244 INDUFLOOR-IB3310 289
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 246 INDUFLOOR-IB3350 292
INDUFLOOR-IB1225 247 INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 295
INDUFLOOR-IB1230 250 INDUFLOOR-IB3351 303
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 253 INDUFLOOR-IB3355 307
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 256 INDUFLOOR-IB3360 311
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 259 INDUFLOOR-IB3365 314
INDUFLOOR-IB1260 262 INDUFLOOR-IB3370 317
INDUFLOOR-IB2010 265 INDUFLOOR-IB3375 319
INDUFLOOR-IB2115 267 INDUFLOOR-IB3380 322
INDUFLOOR-IB2250 269 INDUFLOOR-IB3385 325
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 271 INDUFLOOR-IB3390 328
INDUFLOOR-IB2320 273 INDUFLOOR-IB3395 330

Brochure/Page No.
Restoration and protection of waste water treatment facilities 236
Conductive floor coating for sensitive production areas 300
Industrial flooring 332

229
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

GEPOTECH-11/22 Art.-No. 5 55210

Highly stable sprayable waterproof coating

Properties: Mixing ratio: 1:1 by volume

GEPOTECH-11/22 is a high quality, two component Application temperature
reaction resin based on polyurea. (Amin/Iso): 70 85C
solvent free (Tank and pipe batches
100% solids the same respectively):
extremely rapid setting Application pressure: 150 180 bar
relatively insensitive to moisture Gel time: 2-3 seconds
high impact and abrasion resistance Tack free: 6-7 seconds
crack-bridging Final cure at +23C: 2 days
protects against corrosion Recommended film
impermeable to liquids thickness: approx. 2.5 mm
resistant to a variety of chemicals, solvents, dependant on
acids and alkalis application
resistant to weathering
tolerates radiated heat Packaging:
exceptional bond to concrete, steel, GRP, wood etc. 1 x 220 kg Iso-A component
1 x 200 kg Amine-B component
Areas of application: Components A and B are supplied at a
GEPOTECH-11/22 is used primarily in exterior predetermined mixing ratio.
locations on steel reinforced concrete and steel
surfaces such as e.g. Shelf Life:
Sewage shafts, sewage pits 6 months in the original unopened packaging (on
Sewage treatment works, septic tanks pallets) when stored dry at a room temperature of
Water management, reservoirs +15C to +25C.
Pipelines
Substrate:
Technical Data: Concrete, PCC mortar, render, brickwork (joints)
Basis: Isocyanate (A), Amine (B) substrates must be load-bearing, clean, dry or damp
Solids content: 100% and free from materials that will impair adhesion.
Colour: yellowish Unstable surfaces, or poorly bonded layers e.g. oils,
Viscosity (Isocyanate) greases, release agents or surface finishes and paint
at 23C: 1500 +/- 20 mPas residues must be completely removed.
(Brookfield) 2)
Viscosity (Amine) Notes on the topic:
at 23C: 1500 +/- 20 mPas Residual moisture in cement-based substrates: dry or
(Brookfield) 2) damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi StB) *
Density (Isocyanate) Guidelines for the protection and restoration of
at 23C: 1.10 g/cm3 concrete sections part 2, clause 1.2.5 concrete
Density (Amine) at 23C: 1.02 g/cm3 moisture.
Mixed density at 23C: 1.10 g/cm3
Shore hardness (D) Dry
(24 hrs/23C/50% RH): 56 After chopping out a fresh piece, about 2 cm deep,
Abrasion resistance it may not visually lighten due to drying out. (In the
(Darmstadt pipe case of doubt, the concrete is deemed dry if it exhib-
tilting jig): 0.03 mm (250,000 its an equilibrium moisture content in a climate of
load cycles) 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete quality, other
Tensile strength: 32.2 N/mm2 absolute values are deemed dry).
Tear resistance: 126 N/mm2
Elongation at break: 340%

230
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Damp accordance with DIBt-certification No. 42-2.422

The surface has a matt-damp appearance but may not and the installation procedures form the basis for a
have a shiny water film. The pore system of the con- successful installation of the coating.
crete substrate must not be saturated i.e. water dropped General advice:
onto it must be absorbed and after a short time the sur- The temperature of both material components A
face must look matt again. (isocyanate) and B (polyamine) should be brought to
approx. 20-25C before application. Keep to a
Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be surface temperature of approx. +5C to +30C, a
treated, suitable means of preparation are to be relative humidity of max. 80-85%, and be aware
employed such as e.g. high pressure washing, of the dew point. Especially in higher temperatures
scabbling, shot blasting, planing. and/or higher humidity the substrate temperature
should be a minimum of +3C above the dew point
Dependent on the particular substrate the following during the coating process.
additional minimum requirements for cement-based GEPOTECH-11/22 can be applied in one or
surfaces must be fulfilled: several operations to achieve the desired film
Concrete quality: min. C 20/25 thickness. The product is to be applied one coat at
PCC mortar: in accordance with right angles to the other including on vertical surfaces
DIN EN 1504-3 or overhead areas.
Tensile adhesion Consider: When spraying there will be atomised
strength: mean value: 1.5 N/mm2 spray.
lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2
Render: PIII Mixing instructions:
Tensile adhesion GEPOTECH-11/22 may never be diluted. Two
strength: mean value: 0.8 N/mm2 component products must always be mechanically
lowest value: 0.5 N/mm2 mixed. In particular the pigmented polyamine (B)
Masonry work: component is to be vigorously mixed until a
Tensile adhesion homogenous single coloured material is produced.
strength: mean value: 0.5 N/mm2 Use a drum mixer.
lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2 Ensure that no air is mixed into the material, allow for
drying protection as necessary. The isocyanate (A)
Important advice: component requires little or no effort to mix and must
Oil contaminated substrates pose a particular prob- be protected from humidity. If the material is left
lem; we recommend contacting our Technical Services standing in the drum for long periods, the compo-
Department. nents must be re-stirred.

The substrates mentioned above are to be properly Working equipment:

prepared with GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer before the To apply GEPOTECH-11/22 heatable, two compo-
application of GEPOTECH -11/22. (See technical nent high pressure spray equipment is required.
data sheet). We recommend: DuoMix 2K-apparatus from IMT.

Product installation: Both components are to be brought to an operating

A pre-requisite for handling GEPOTECH-11/22 is
the provision of professional equipment that ensures
continuous pressure, temperature, electrical connection
and working conditions.
The applicator must be qualified to use high
performance polymer-based spray applied coatings.
The application handbook for shaft restoration in
temperature of 75-85C over separate heating ele-
ments, in order to achieve the optimum viscosity. The
tempered material is transported via a heated pipe
feeder. During the application the temperature is kept
constant.
The two components are mixed together in the mixing
head of the spray gun and must be carried out at a
pressure of 150-180 bar. Tools must be cleaned

231
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

immediately with an organic solvent. Cured residues

can only be mechanically removed.

Advice:
Only open the drums when commencing the
installation work and protect both components
from damp with appropriate means such as
desiccant or nitrogen.
Do not spray onto wet surfaces.
Keep the drums at the specified temperature and
pre-warm as necessary.
GEPOTECH-11/22 changes colour or darkens on
exposure to UV rays.
GEPOTECH-11/22 is only to be used by trained
professionals.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing during
application.
Before starting work, read all product information,
application instructions, technical data sheets and
Health & Safety data sheets.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
All publications may be expanded or changed by
the manufacturer without advance notice.
01/10

232
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer Art.-No. 5 55200

Special primer beneath GEPOTECH-11/22 waterproofing

Properties: Cleaning:
GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is a solvent free, moisture Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
tolerant, two component epoxy resin with the following INDU-IB-Reiniger.
properties:
Very good adhesion to damp concrete substrates Packaging:
Can be declared water vapour proof; class III (low) GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is available in 10 kg
in accordance with classifications to DIN ISO 7783-2 containers. Other pack sizes on request. Components
A and B are supplied at a pre-determined mixing
Areas of application: ratio.
GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is used on vertical and
overhead areas: Storage:
As a special primer in sewage areas with 18 months when stored dry above +10C in the
GEPOTECH-11/22 original unopened packaging.
As a primer on damp concrete areas
As an effective protection against the formation of Substrate:
osmosis bubbles due to moisture penetration from Concrete, PCC mortar, render, brickwork (joints) sub-
the rear strates must be load-bearing, clean, dry or damp and
As a special primer for oil contaminated but free from materials that will impair adhesion. Unstable
previously cleaned concrete substrates surfaces, or poorly bonded layers e.g. oils, greases,
release agents or surface finishes and paint residues
GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is a system component of must be completely removed.
the GEPOTECH-11/22 coating system in compliance GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer can be used on the
with Z-42.3-422 approval, as a method of restoring following substrates:
sewage shafts and effluent soak away pits. Concrete areas/concrete slabs subjected to rear
moisture pressure
Technical Data: Concrete areas/concrete slabs with increased lev-
Basis: two component epoxy resin els of residual moisture *
Colour: light blue
Viscosity: non-sag Notes:
Mixing ratio: 100:12 parts by weight Residual moisture in cement-based substrates: dry or
Density: approx. 1.80 g/cm3 damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi StB) *
Application/ * Guidelines for the protection and restoration of
Substrate temperature: min. +8C, max. +30C concrete sections part 2, clause 1.2.5 concrete
Foot traffic: after approx. 12 hours * moisture.
Overcoat: after approx. 24 hours *
Through cure: after approx. 7 days * Dry
Minimum cure temp: +8C (slower curing) After chopping out a fresh piece, about 2 cm deep, it
Pot life: approx. 85 minutes * may not visually lighten due to drying out. (In the case
Consumption: min. 600 1000 g/m2 of doubt, the concrete is deemed dry if it exhibits an
Tensile adhesion equilibrium moisture content in a climate of 23/50
strength: B 1.5 i.e. dependent on the concrete quality, other absolute
values are deemed dry).
* at +23 C
Damp
Approval / test report: The surface has a matt-damp appearance but may
General technical approval: Z-42.3-422 P 4872-1 not have a shiny water film. The pore system of the
Polymer Institute, determination of the water vapour concrete substrate must not be saturated i.e. water
transmission rate in accordance with DIN 7783-1. dropped onto it must be absorbed and after a short
time the surface must look matt again.

233
Technical Data Sheet
Oil contaminated concrete areas
Clean appropriately with INDU-Olreiniger. This is
to be followed by cleaning the surface with high
pressure jet washing. Remove excess water with a
suitable wet vacuum. Immediately afterwards evenly
apply GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer to the damp
substrate by brush and roller.
Please be aware: There must not be a complete film of
water on the surface. The substrate must not be allowed
to dry out if allowed to dry out there is a risk that the
oil will rise up again and no bond to the substrate will
be achieved with the special primer.
Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be
treated, suitable means of preparation are to be
employed such as e.g. high pressure washing,
scabbling, shot blasting, planing.
Dependent on the particular substrate the following
additional minimum requirements for cement-based
surfaces must be fulfilled:
Concrete quality: min. C 20/25
PCC mortar: in accordance with
DIN EN 1504-3
Tensile adhesion strength: mean value: 1.5 N/mm2
lowest value: 1.0 N/mm2
Render: PIII
Tensile adhesion
strength: mean value: 0.8 N/mm2
lowest value: 0.5 N/mm2
Masonry work:
Tensile adhesion
strength: mean value: 0.5 N/mm2
lowest value: 0.3 N/mm2
Important advice:
Oil contaminated substrates pose a particular prob-
lem; we recommend contacting our Technical Services
Department.
Product preparation:
Component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
are supplied at a pre-determined mixing ratio. Always
thoroughly stir the filled A component. Afterwards add
component B to component A and mix. Ensure that the
hardener completely drains from its container. Blending
of both components is to be performed with a suitable
mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). At
234
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
a higher rpm too much unnecessary air is entrained.
At a lower rpm a poor mix is achieved. It is impor-
tant to stir from the sides and the bottom so that the
hardener is evenly distributed. Keep stirring until the
mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing time
approx. 3 minutes. The material temperature during
the mixing process should be approx. +15C. Do not
use the mixed material directly from the packaging.
Decant the mixture into a clean container and thor-
oughly mix again.
Application method / consumption:
Apply GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer to the cleaned,
damp substrate ensuring all pores are closed off.
1. On vertical and overhead areas it is
advantageous to firstly apply with a stiff brush and
to subsequently thoroughly brush in with a priming
brush and then go over again with a paint roller.
Completely blind the wet priming coat with quartz
sand (particle size diameter 0.5 1.0 mm). Once
cured thoroughly remove all non-bound quartz
components, before the primer is applied for fur-
ther coatings.
2. On horizontal areas it is advantageous to
thoroughly distribute the GEPOTECH-EP-11/22
firstly with a rubber squeegee and subsequently
thoroughly brush into the surface with a primer
brush and then go over once again with a paint
roller. Completely blind the wet priming coat with
quartz sand (particle size diameter 0.5
1.0 mm). Once cured thoroughly remove all
non-bound quartz components, before the primer
is applied for further coatings.
Material consumption GEPOTECH-EP-11/22:
Consumption: between min. 800 1000 g/m2
(dependent on the substrate)
Broadcast material: approx. 1,500 g/m2
After waiting for approx. 12 24 hours, waterproof
coating with GEPOTECH-11/22 may be carried out
to the evenly broadcast surface.
Physiological behaviour and
protective measures:
Once cured GEPOTECH-EP-11/22-Primer is harm-
less. Pay attention to: practical guide to handling
epoxy resins distributed by the professional associa-
tion for the building industry www.bgbau.de or
www.gisbau.de.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Cover areas not to be treated.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Before starting work, pay attention to the technical
data sheets for the products mentioned above.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

GISCODE: RE 1
01/10

235
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Road and Track Construction

Concrete Restoration
Hydraulic Structures
Surface Protection Systems
RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology

Restoration and Protection of

Waste Water Treatment Facilities
DIBt Certified in Germany a tested system for sewage duct & manhole restoration
www.schomburg.com

INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS

236
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

GEPOTECH
efficient long term protection

The most common sources of damage

to waste water treatment plants, indus-
trial facilities and other structures
generally result from the extreme
acidity of industrial and public waste
water, geological movement, cracks
in concrete or brick, or hydrostatic
1 pressure from ground water.

The coating system GEPOTECH-11/22,

is a perfect choice for providing a
high quality yet cost effective method
of restoration. Due to its excellent
waterproofing properties and physical
characteristics, using this coating
system is much more efficient than
the more often chosen alternative of
complete reconstruction.
7
2 The GEPOTECH coating system has
been certified and approved by the
DIBt (German institute for construction
technology) for use in manholes,
waste water settlement tanks and
sewage ducts which are connected
directly to the sewage system
4

1. Manhole cover
3 6
2. Brickwork

3. Concrete base
5 4. Benching

5. Primer:
GEPOTECH-EP-11/22

6. Primer with sand broadcast

GEPOTECH-EP-11/22

7. Coating/Waterproofing
GEPOTECH -11/22

237
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

The material and its

physical Properties

GEPOTECH-11/22 is a two compo-

nent polyurea based material. It is
solvent free, does not shrink during
curing and also has a multitude of Safety precautions before beginning restoration work
properties which cannot be matched or
proven by any other coating system
available on the market today.
GEPOTECH-11/22 is the first coating
of its kind to recieve national techni-
cal approvalin Germany, certifiying
that it fulfills the German requirements
for use in waste water treatment and The material and its
removal systems. applications:

Applications on cementitious Manhole before restoration The GEPOTECH -11/22 system is

substrates require further system only installed by trained applicators
components, such as the primer who are experienced and skilled
GEPOTECH -EP-11/22. about the products and spray equip-
ment. After each sucessfully com-
GEPOTECH -EP-11/22 22 has a pleted project, an application report is
very low vapour permeability rate submitted detailing all aspects of the
(sD value of 4,6 g/mxd which installation.
provides the system with excellent
protection against moisture vapor An application manual is available
transmission through concrete. which details all of the required steps
Cleaned manhole duct involved in this highly specialized
Additionally, the use of
GEPOTECH -EP -11/22 ensures application process.
excellent bonding of the entire system
to wet, damp and dry substrates.

Technical data:
Application of the primer GEPOTECH-EP-11/22

The most important chemical

and physical properties of
GEPOTECH -11/22:
Elongation at break: 340 %
Tensile strength: 32.2 N/mm 2

Tear resistance: 126 N/mm 2

Shore hardness: 62 Shore-D

Abrasion resistance: 0.03 mm
(Darmstadt pipe tiliting jig
250,000) Spray application of the GEPOTECH -11/22 coating
Crack bridging: 2.0 mm
High chemical resistance, especially
toward sewage water, and similar

The properties of GEPOTECH -11/22

also provide an increased level of
corrosion protection. Completely restored manhole

238
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Advantages and Properties

GEPOTECH-11/22 product competence at a glance

Does not react with moisture Fast curing
Seamless application to all
Excellent bonding
in- and outlets
Abrasion resistant Service to coated application
Extreme chemical resistance can be reinstated immediately
Reduced downtimes
Environmentally friendly quick application
solvent free

GEPOTECH11/22
FIRE BONDING
Burn classification B2 resistant against Delamination is not possible when
open flames and radiating heat using a bonding agent

WATER RADIATION
Completely pore-free, does not Elasticity remains unchanged at
allow the entry or exit of moisture temperatures from -40 C +150 C

CORROSION ABRASION
Complete corrosion protection Resistant to permenant
of the coated substrate wet abrasion

CRACKS CHEMICAL
Hairline cracks in the substrate are Permanently resistant to de-icing salts,
easily spanned without joints acids and alkalis up to +40C

ELONGATION SOUND
Resistance to tearing with Increased sound reduction
extreme elongation

239
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDU-ConductiveQuartz Art.-No. 5 55098

Conductive quartz sand

Properties:
INDU-ConductiveQuartz is an epoxy resin coated
quartz sand with low resistance.
Particle size: 0.1 0.4 mm diameter.

Areas of application:
INDU- ConductiveQuartz is used as a broadcast coat
for the coating system INDUFLOOR-System-3350.

Technical Data:
Basis: Epoxy coated quartz sand
Colour: anthracite / black
Density: approx. 2.65 g/cm3
at +23 C
Bulk density: approx. 1.5 2.0 g/cm3
at +23 C
Particle format: rounded edges
Particle size (*): 0.1 0.4 mm diameter
Hardness (Mohs): approx. 7
Resistance value: < 500 Ohm
Packaging: INDU- ConducticeQuartz is
available in 25 kg bags
Storage: 24 months when stored dry
and cool above +10 C in
original unopened packaging

Important advice:
When broadcasting the product cover all areas not
to be treated (shelving, machinery, floor areas) with
dust-tight plastic sheeting. (Space ventilations etc. are
to be turned off)
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between layers.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet!

GISCODE: RE3
45/08

240
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDU-DecorChips Art.-No. 5 55110

Decorative coloured chippings blend

Properties: Broadcasting is either done by hand or with an air-jet

INDU-DecorChips are light-fast decorative coloured gun e.g. Girong machine.
chippings based on PVA.
Remove all non-bound decorative chippings before
Areas of application: applying floor sealants INDUFlOOR-IB2010 clear
INDU-DecorChips are used for broadcasting into lacquer or INDUFLOOR-IB2250 Protec-Ultra. With
epoxy resin and polyurethane resin based coatings for closed broadcasting an intermediate sanding will
producing decorative coloured finishes. Application is be necessary to adjust the height of protruding
carried out as open and closed (slip resistant) DecorChips. Following the intermediate sanding
broadcasting e.g. in showrooms, sales areas, stairwells, carefully and thoroughly remove the sanding material;
corridors, access balconies etc. where this is not done serious colour variations will
exist after sealing the floor.
INDU-DecorChips are supplied in chippings 3 5 mm
diameter. Before using the base coating and the floor sealers
observe an appropriate current valid technical data
Technical Data: sheet.
Colourways: 01 light grey-beige
02 dark grey Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!
10 beige-red-orange
37/06
15 white-black

Particle size: 3 5 mm diameter

Packaging: 20 kg box
Storage: 24 months when stored dry
in the original unopened
containers.

Product advice:
In particular the following INDUFLOOR flooring finishes
are used for decorative surface designs.

INDUFLOOR-IB3351
(open or closed broadcasting)
INDUFLOOR-IB3360
(open or closed broadcasting)
INDUFLOOR-IB3365
(open or closed broadcasting)
INDUFLOOR-IB3380
(open broadcasting)

Application method / consumption:

The INDU-DecorChips are strewn across the fresh coat-
ing with even distribution.
Consumption: closed broadcasting
approx. 650 800 g/m2
open broadcasting
approx. 10 150 g/m2

241
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDU-DecorQuartz Art.-No. 5 55120

Coloured sand

Properties: Method of application / consumption:

INDU-DecorQuartz is a coloured sand with the Tip the prepared coloured finish mix on to the
following properties: prepared substrate and spread evenly in a minimum
coloured thickness of 2 mm above the particulates with a
special particle size distribution surface rake or trowel.
coated in epoxy resin Consumption: approx. 3.0 kg/m2.
exhibits only minor yellowing.
Blind the fresh coating with INDU-DecorQuartz.
Areas of application: Consumption of broadcast material:
INDU-DecorQuartz is used for mixing with or for broad- approx. 2.5 3.5 kg/m2.
casting into decorative coloured finishes to produce
closed and slip resistant surfaces in commercial kitchens, Prior to the application of the floor sealer thoroughly
production areas, showrooms, sales areas, stairwells, remove all excess non-bound broadcast material.
corridors, access balconies etc. Dependent on the required slip performance abrade
the surface area prior to sealing.
INDU-DecorQuartz is supplied in sizes 0.4 0.7 mm
diameter. For further advice refer to the technical data sheet for
INDUFLOOR-IB3380 decorative coating.
Technical Data:
Colourways: M01 light grey-grey-black Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data
M06 blue-lilac-black Sheet.
M07 light blue-blue-lilac
37/06
M08 light beige-ochre-
brown
Particle size: 0.4 0.8 mm diameter
Density: approx. 2,20 g/cm3
Packaging: 25 kg bags
Storage: 60 months when stored dry
in the original unopened
packaging. Use opened
packaging promptly.

Application advice:
System components for producing coloured finishes:

Binder: INDUFLOOR-IB3380
decorative coating 1 part
by weight
Coloured quartz: INDU-DecorQuartz 1 part
by weight

Producing the mix:

Place the predetermined quantity of INDU-DecorQuartz
into a large mixing container or forced action mixer e.g.
UEZ, Zyklos or similar. Subsequently add the premixed
binder INDUFLOOR-IB3380. It is important that the
liquid and solid components are uniformly mixed.

242
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDU-FibreFiller Art.-No. 5 55106

Thixotropic material

Properties:
INDU-FibreFiller can be used to thicken and improve the
thixotropy of all solvent free INDUFLOOR coatings.

The addition of INDU-FibreFiller controls the slip and

flow properties so that non-slip smoothing mortars for
vertical or strongly sloping surfaces can be produced
on site.

Technical Data:
Packaging: 2 kg bag and 10 kg sack
Storage: 36 months when stored cool
and dry above +10 C in
the original unopened
packaging.

Application:
INDU-FibreFiller is supplied in a ready to use powder
form.
INDU-FibreFiller can be mixed into the coating material
(best into the resin component) with a suitable rotating
mixer with paddle (rapid stirrer).
Ensure an even lump free preparation. The addition rate
lies between 0.5 up to a maximum of 5% by weight
and is dependent on the thickness to be applied and the
degree of fall on the substrate to be coated.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet.

37/06

243
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1010 Art.-No. 5 55000

Concrete impregnator

Properties: free from separating and adhesion inhibiting

INDUFLOOR-IB1010 is a two component epoxy resin substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
with the following properties: rubber marks, paint residues and similar
solvent based protected from the effects of moisture from the rear.
low viscosity
binds dust and consolidates Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
watertight dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
resistant to diluted alkalis, acids, aqueous salt vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting,
solutions, lubricants and fuels shot-blasting, high pressure water jetting.
tendency to yellowing
water vapour permeable. The following criteria are to be observed dependent
on the particular substrate:
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB1010 is used: Cementitious surfaces:
for impregnating and consolidating cement-based Concrete quality: min. C20/25
substrates such as concrete, cement-based screeds, Age of substrate: min. 3 days
plaster and similar. E.g. concrete roadways, parking Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
lots above and below ground, industrial floors, airport Plaster quality: PIII
halls, mechanics workshops etc. Age: min. 28 days
Tensile adhesion
Technical Data: strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
Basis: two component epoxy resin (plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
Colour: transparent Residual moisture: < 6.0% (carbide
Viscosity: approx. 50 - 60 seconds at hygrometer)
+23 C in a 2 mm flow cup
Solids content: approx. 40% Product preparation:
Mixing ratio: 100:15 parts by weight Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Density: approx. 0,9 0,02 g/cm3 in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
at +23 C into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Pot life: approx. 20 h at +10 C completely from its container. Mixing of the
approx. 10 h at +20 C components is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
approx. 5 h at +30 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Application temperature: min. +8 C, important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
max.+30 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Foot traffic after: approx. 1 h at +23 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations).
Overcoat after: min. 4 h, The minimum temperature during mixing should be
max. 24 h at +23 C +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly from the
with INDUFLOOR-IB2380 packaging. Decant the material into a clean container
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days and mix through thoroughly once again.
at +23 C
Min. cure temperature: +8 C Notes:
Flash point: above +21 C INDUFLOOR-IB 1010 does not effect the hydration
Ignition group: G2 VDE 0165 (setting) of cement. It can therefore be applied to
MEL value: 440 mg/m3 of air green concrete (approx. 3 days old). Furthermore
the material can be applied to substrates that are
Surface preparation: still damp (< 6% residual moisture). However in both
The area to be treated must be: cases the depth of penetration is restricted.
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip

244
Technical Data Sheet
Method of application / consumption:
Impregnation / consolidation:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB 1010 in two or three coats by
spraying, brushing or roller whilst the previous coat is
still wet.
Consumption: approx. 150 400 g/m2 per coat
(dependent on the porosity of the substrate).
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1010 is available in 10 kg and 20 kg
containers. Components A and B are delivered in a
predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
24 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1010 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The material contains solvent. When working with
the product in confined spaces ensure that there is
adequate ventilation and extraction.
When the exposure limits are exceeded wear
a respirator e.g. full mask required. Gas filter
A (brown). When spraying the material a
combination filter with particulates filter class P2
245
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
is required. When unsure and in enclosed spaces
(e.g. in silos) use an independent breathing
apparatus.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur after application
of the coats or where surfaces already treated with
liquid resin must be re-coated after a long time, the
surface must be well cleaned and abraded, after
which a new impregnation/consolidation should
be undertaken.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours. Dampness produces a
white discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface
and can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Impregnated or consolidated surfaces lose their
efficacy after two to three years. They must then
be renewed as described above.
Due to different porosities of cement-based substrates
a uniform appearance cannot be guaranteed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 3
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1030 Art.-No. 5 55038

Concrete curing agent

Properties: Storage:
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is an aqueous, solvent free 12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
acrylate resin dispersion. in the original unopened packaging.
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 avoids:
Premature drying out Product preparation:
Weak surface strength When stored for long periods thoroughly stir
Cracks (Krakelee) and early shrinkage INDUFLOOR-IB1030.
Surface dusting
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 contains no wax, paraffin or oil Method of application/consumption:
emulsion. Spray apply INDUFLOOR-IB1030 undiluted onto the
After application a transparent, glossy and slightly matt damp screed or concrete after the final trowelling
elastic film is formed. at the latest. Remove ponding and puddles of water
beforehand. Ensure that the material is applied evenly
Areas of application: in order to avoid a patchy finish.
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is used to protect the surface and Consumption: approx. 120 - 150 g/m2 (dependent
to avoid premature drying of concrete and screed on the roughness/porosity of the substrate)
surfaces. Furthermore for the aftercare of semi-rigid
finishes. Tools:
Based on DIN 18353 screed installation - , DIN Conventional spray equipment with the appropriate
18560 screeds in construction - , this type of surface nozzle.
must be protected from uneven and too rapid drying out.
At higher temperatures, lower humidity and draughts Remarks:
the use of the curing agent INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is After application a white film appears at first. Once
especially important. dried a transparent film remains with a particular
gloss effect.
Technical data:
Basis: Butadiene-Styrene-Copolymer Health and safety:
Colour: White Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is harmless. When
Density: approx. 1.02 0.02 g/cm3 using this product the government health and safety
at +23 C protective directive should be observed as well as the
Application temperature: min. approx. +5 C, advice on the packaging.
max. approx. +40 C
Surface temperature: min. approx. +5 C, Advice:
max. approx. +40 C Due to the differing porosity of cement-based
Min. film forming substrates, a uniform optical appearance of the
temperature: +4 C surface cannot be guaranteed.
Solids content: approx. 23% Applications that are not clearly explained in
Barrier coefficient: approx. 67% to 71% this technical data sheet may only be carried
Consumption: approx. 120 to 150g/m2, out after consultation with and written confirmation
dependent on surface from the Technical Services Department of
roughness SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
14/08
Cleaning:
Clean tools thoroughly and immediately with water
after use.

Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1030 is available in 1000 kg
containers, 200 kg drums and 30 kg containers.

246
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1225 Art.-No. 5 55001

Primer - water pollution control

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is a two component epoxy resin The area to be treated must be:
with the following properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
solvent free free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
transparent substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
low viscosity rubber marks, paint residues and similar
pore filling protected from the effects of moisture from the rear.
withstands mechanical loading
watertight Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
very low liquid water-vapour permeability rate dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 1.2 g/m2xd vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting,
resistant to diluted alkalis, acids, aqueous salt shot-blasting, high pressure water jetting. The
solutions, lubricants following criteria are to be observed dependent on
tendency to yellowing. the particular substrate:

Areas of application Cementitious surfaces:

INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is used: Concrete quality: min. C20/25
as a system component in the WHG-Systems (water Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
pollution control). Plaster quality: PIIIa/b
==> INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 2 Age: min. 28 days
==> INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 3 Tensile adhesion
as a pore blocking primer for cement-based strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
substrates that will be coated with INDUFLOOR (plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
systems Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
for producing levelling and scratch coats for substrate hygrometer)
preparation for coating measures
for producing epoxy resin screeds. Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Technical Data: in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Basis: two component epoxy resin into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Colour: transparent completely from its container. Mixing of the
Viscosity: approx. 640 80 mPA s components is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
at +23 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Mixing ratio: 2:1 parts by weight important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Density: approx. 1,09 g/cm3 ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
at +23 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Pot life: approx. 25 - 35 minutes time 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during
at +23 C mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Foot traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to a material into a clean container and mix through
max. 24 hours at +23 C thoroughly once again.
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days
at +23 C Notes:
Min. cure temperature: +8 C When using the product ensure that it is applied
Compressive strength: approx. 67 N/mm2 by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate.
Flexural strength: approx. 32 N/mm2 Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1,5 priming coat and promote the formation of bubbles
especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure a priming coat

247
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

has blocked pores apply a second coat. Pore blocking
can also be ensured through the application of a sec-
ond layer of a dense smoothing mortar. This smoothing
mortar is produced from the priming resin with the addi-
tion of quartz sand. When adding aggregates (e.g.
quartz sand) ensure that the aggregate is dry and also
has a temperature of approx. +15 C.
Production of levelling / scratch coats:
INDUFLOOR-IB1225: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: approx. 1.0 part by weight
(grade: 0.1 0.6 or
0.2 0.7 mm)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 2 % by weight
The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed
and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure
that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed
together. Before application on vertical or steeply
sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/
scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition
rate lies between 4 5 % by weight dependent on the
degree of slope.
Production of epoxy resin screeds:
Thickness: approx. 5 15 mm
INDUFLOOR-IB1225: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 7.5 10.0 parts by weight
Grading: 0.06 1.5 mm diameter
Thickness: > 15 mm
INDUFLOOR-IB1225: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 12.5 15.0 parts by weight
Grading: 0.06 3.5 mm diameter
Place the predetermined quantity of quartz sand in
a forced action mixer (e.g. type Zyklos or UEZ).
Subsequently add the previously homogenously mixed
resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid
and solid components are evenly mixed together.
Method of application / consumption:
Priming:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1225 in two coats.
Consumption: approx. 300 500 g/m2 per coat.
Broadcast quartz sand into the freshly applied primer
(grade: 0.1 0.4 or 0.2 0.7 mm).
Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0 kg/m2.
Levelling / scratch coat:
Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1225.
Consumption: approx 300 500 g/m2.
The mixed smoothing compound is skim applied in
one coat.
Consumption: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.
Epoxy resin screed:
Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1225.
Consumption: approx 300 500 g/m2.
Apply the mixed screed to the freshly primed area at
a minimum thickness of approx. 5mm, strike off with
a lath and mechanically smoothen (use a blade or
plate power float).
Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is available in 3 kg, 10 kg
and 30 kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Note: With frequent temperature change
INDUFLOOR-IB1225 can crystallize out. It is then
necessary to warm the product in a water bath at
+50 C to +60 C in order to use it after approx.
2 hours without restriction.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1225 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.

248
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower

temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
52/08

249
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1230 Art.-No. 5 55003

Rapid primer

Properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate

INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is a two component epoxy resin dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
with the following properties: vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting,
solvent free shot-blasting, high pressure water jetting.
low viscosity The following criteria are to be observed dependent
rapid cure on the particular substrate:
overcoat after 6 hours
withstands heavy mechanical loading Cementitious surfaces:
watertight Concrete quality: min. C20/25
tendency to yellowing. Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Plaster quality: PIII
Areas of application: Age: min. 28 days
INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is used: Tensile adhesion
as a primer for cement-based surfaces that will be strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
coated with INDUFLOOR systems (plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
for sealing cement-based areas e.g. in production Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
areas, warehouses, on ramps hygrometer)
for producing levelling and scratch coats for surface
preparation for coating measures Product preparation:
for producing epoxy resin screeds and repair mortars. Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Technische Daten: into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Basis: two component epoxy resin completely from its container. Mixing of the
Colour: transparent components is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Viscosity: approx. 800 100 mPAs at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
at +25 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Mixing ratio: 2:1 parts by weight ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Density: approx. 1,08 0,02 g/cm3 the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Pot life: approx. 18 - 28 minutes time 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during
at +23 C mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Application temperature: min. approx. +5 C, material directly from the packaging. Decant the
max. approx. +30 C material into a clean container and mix through
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 6 hours thoroughly once again.
at +23 C
Overcoat after: approx. 6 hours up to a Notes:
max. 24 hours at +23 C When using the product ensure that it is applied
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days by flooding evenly over the prepared background.
at +23 C Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured
Min. cure temperature: +5 C priming coat and promote the formation of bubbles
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1,5 especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure a priming coat
has blocked pores apply a second coat. Pore block-
Surface preparation: ing can also be ensured through the application of a
The area to be treated must be: second layer of a dense smoothing mortar. This
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip smoothing mortar is produced from the priming resin
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting with the addition of quartz sand. When adding
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the
rubber marks, paint residues and similar. aggregate is dry and also has a temperature of
protected from the effects of moisture from the rear. approx. +15 C.

250
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Production of levelling / scratch coats: Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound
INDUFLOOR-IB1230: 1.0 part by weight quartz sand before roller applied or flowing coatings,
Quartzsand: approx. 1.0 part by weight scratch coatings or screeds are applied.
(grade: e.g. 0.2 0.7 mm)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 2 3 % by weight Levelling / scratch coat:
Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1230.
The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed Consumption: approx 300 500 g/m2. The mixed
and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure smoothing compound is skim applied in one coat.
that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed Consumption of fine smoothing compound:
together. Before application on vertical or steeply approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.
sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levellin/
scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition Epoxy resin screed:
rate lies between 4 5 % by weight dependent on the Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1230.
degree of slope. Consumption: approx 300 500 g/m2. Apply the
mixed screed to the freshly primed area at a minimum
Production of epoxy resin screeds: thickness of approx. 5mm, strike off with a lath and
a.) mechanically smoothen (use a blade or plate power
Thickness: approx. 5 - 15 mm float). Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2/mm.
INDUFLOOR-IB1230: 1,0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 7.5 10.0 parts by weight Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Grading: 0.06 1.5 mm diameter Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners.
b.)
Thickness: > 15 mm Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1230: 1.0 part by weight INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is available in 3 kg and 10 kg
Quartz sand: 12.5 15.0 parts by weight containers. Components A and B are delivered in a
Grading: 0.06 3.5 mm diameter predetermined mixing ratio.

Place the predetermined quantity of quartz sand in
a forced action mixer (e.g. type Zyklos or UEZ).
Subsequently add the previously homogenously mixed
resin and hardener components. Ensure that the liquid
and solid components are evenly mixed together.
Method of application / consumption:
Priming:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1230 in two coats.
Consumption: approx. 300 500 g/m2 per coat.
Broadcast quartz sand into the freshly applied primer
(grade: e.g. 0.2 0.7 mm).
Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0 kg/m2.
Sealing:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB1230 in two coats.
Consumption: approx. 400 800 g/m2/coat.
For producing a slip resistant surface structure broadcast
quartz sand (grade: 0.5 1.0 mm or 0.7 1.2 mm)
in between the two coats.
Consumption: approx. 1.0 1.5 kg/m2.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1230 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment

251
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

above +10 C and only expose to warm

temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

252
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1240 Art.-No. 5 55004

Oil and vapour barrier

Properties: Adhesion strength: 2.5 N/mm2

INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is a low solvent, moisture (ASTM D 4541:02)
compatible, two component epoxy resin with the Flexural strength: approx. 40.7 N/mm2
following properties: (ASTM C 580)
due to its high density it displaces the water from Abrasion resistance: 209 mg (ASTM D
the capillaries in the surface zone and functions as 4060:01)
a barrier against capillary rising oils WDDW in *: approx. 738.552
bonds very well to damp concrete substrates (DIN 16 726 free film)
high Sd-value (< 300 m, water vapour proof)
impermeable to Radon gas. * Water vapour diffusion resistance
**Full chemical resistance testing results available upon request
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is used: Surface preparation:
as a special primer for oil contaminated, but Concrete and cement-based screeds must be sound,
previously cleaned concrete substrates clean, dry to damp and be free from materials that
as effective protection against the formation of osmosis will impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or
bubbles with exposure to moisture from the rear poorly bonded coats e.g. release agents, old
as a primer for still damp concrete / bonded screed adhesive, levelling compound residues or old surface
substrates finishes and paint residues.
==> are to be treated with INDUFLOOR system INDUFLOOR-IB1240 can be used on the following
coatings substrates:
==> are to be covered with conventional, classic floor Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds
finishes such as PVC, Linoleum, carpet, parquet, subjected to negative moisture pressure.
tiles etc. Please refer to the advice section. Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with
increased residual moisture*.
Typical Properties:
Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin Note:
Colour: light grey Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or
Viscosity: approx. 70 seconds in a damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SfB)*
4 mm DIN flowcup
* Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete
Mixing ratio: 100:12 parts by weight structures part 2, clause 1.2.5 concrete moisture.
Density: approx. 1.86 g/cm3
Pot life: approx. 60 mins. at +23 C dry
approx. 30 mins. at +30 C An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out
Application/Substrate area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly
temperature: min. approx. +10 C, lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered
max. approx. +35 C dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete
at +23 C classification other absolute values serve for dry).
Overcoat after: approx. 12 - 24 hours
at +23 C damp
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days The surface appears matt damp but may not exhibit
at +23 C a shiny film of water. The pore system within the
Min. cure temperature: +8 C (slow cure) concrete substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied
water droplets must be absorbed and the surface must
Technical Properties: appear matt once again after a short while.
Shore D: D/86/1 (ASTM D 2240:05)
Compressive strength: approx. 87.4 N/mm2
(ASTM D 579:00)

253
Technical Data Sheet
Oil contaminated concrete areas:
Clean with the cleaning agent INDU-IB OilCleanser
in accordance with application instructions.
Afterwards clean the surface with high pressure water
jetting. Remove excess water with a suitable wet
vacuum.
Evenly apply INDUFLOOR-IB1240 on to the substrate
whilst still damp with a brush and roller.
Please observe:
A closed film of water may not be present on the
surface of the concrete. The substrate may not dry out
during drying there is a risk that due to continuously
rising oil no bond between the primer and the substrate
is achieved.
Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be
treated suitable preparation methods should be used
such as e.g. scabbling, shot blasting etc. The following
minimum requirements are to be fulfilled dependent on
the particular substrate:
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Tensile adhesion
strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Plaster quality: min. P IIIa / P IIIb
Tensile adhesion
strength: approx. 0.8 N/mm2
Important advice:
Oil contaminated substrates are particularly
problematical. We recommend that you contact our
Technical Services Department.
Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
completely from its container. Mixing of the components
is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
homogenous (free from striations); mixing time 3
minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing should
be +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly from
the packaging. Decant the material into a clean
container and mix through thoroughly once again.
254
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Method of application / consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is applied to saturation on to
the cleaned matt damp substrate with a rubber
squeegee, brushed carefully into the surface with a
priming brush and evenly rolled with a fur roller with
short nap. Fully broadcast quartz sand into the fresh
primer (grade: 0.5 1.0 or 0.7 1.2 mm
diameter).
Once cured carefully remove all non-bound quartz
sand before applying primers for further coatings.
Material consumption: dependent on the substrate the
consumption is between min. 0,6 1.0 kg/m2. The
consumption of quartz sand is approx. 1.5 kg/m2.
After a waiting time of approx. 12 to 24 hours any
INDUFLOOR coating system, beginning with the
appropriate primer, can be installed.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is available in 15 kg contain-
ers with 28 kg containers on request. Components A
and B are delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
24 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 should not be applied as a
waterproofing where preserving agents are used
(propionic acid).
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

To increase pot life/working time at higher

temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 6 hours
after application. Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abraded and
renewed.
High temperatures, direct sunlight and draughts
can lead to the formation of a skin and impede
the necessary granular binding as well as
penetration into the substrate.
When using INDUFLOOR-IB1240 as a vapour
barrier beneath conventional floor finishes such as
PVC, Linoleum, carpet and parquet, do not use a
solvent based adhesive. This leads to later bulging
in the applied finish.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDUFLOOR-IB1240.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Take heed of the technical data sheets for the
products mentioned above before starting work.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 is also marketed in the US and
Canada as VAPORTIGHT-COAT-SG2.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 2
45/08

255
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1245 Art.-No. 5 55030

Primer for vertical surfaces, water-vapour-proof

Properties: levelling compound residues or old surface finishes

INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is a low solvent, moisture and paint residues.
compatible, two component epoxy resin with the INDUFLOOR-IB1245 can be used on the following
following properties: substrates:
Bonds very well to damp concrete substrates. Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds
Refered to as water-vapour-proof; Class III (low) in subjected to negative moisture pressure.
accordance with DIN ISO 7783-2 classification. Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with
increased residual moisture*.
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is used on vertical and Note:
overhead surfaces: Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or
As a primer for damp concrete. damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SIB)*
As effective protection against the formation of
osmosis blisters with exposure to moisture from * Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete
the rear. structures part 2, clause 1.2.5 concrete moisture
As a special primer for oil contaminated, but
previously cleaned concrete substrates. dry
An approximately 2cm deep freshly produced cut out
Technical Data: area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly
Basis: two component epoxy resin lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered
Colour: light grey dry, when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for
Viscosity: approx. 70 seconds in a the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete
4 mm DIN flowcup classification other absolute values serve for dry).
Mixing ratio: 100:12 parts by weight
Density: approx. 1.80 g/cm3 damp
Application-/substrate The surface appears matt damp but may not exhibit
temperature: min. approx. +8 C, a shiny film of water. The pore system within the
max. approx. +30 C concrete substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours water droplets must be absorbed and the surface must
at +23 C appear matt once again after a short while.
Overcoat after: approx. 12 - 24 hours Oil contaminated concrete areas:
at +23 C Clean with the cleaning agent INDU-IB OilCleanser
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days in accordance with application instructions.
at +23 C Afterwards clean the surface with high pressure
Min. cure temperature: + 8 C (slow cure) water jetting. Remove excess water with a suitable
Consumption: min. 600 1000 g/m2 wet vacuum.
Tensile adhesion Evenly apply INDUFLOOR-IB1245 on to the
strength: B 1.5 substrate whilst still damp with a brush and roller.

Test report: Please observe:

P 4872-1 Polymer institute, determination of
Water vapour diffusion current in accordance with
DIN EN 7783-1.
Surface preparation:
Concrete and cement-based substrates must be sound,
clean, dry to damp and be free of materials that will
impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or poorly
bonded coats e.g. release agents, old adhesive,
A closed film of water may not be present on the
surface of the concrete. The substrate may not dry out
during drying there is a risk that due to continuously
rising oil no bond between the special primer and the
substrate is achieved.
Dependent on the condition of the substrate to be
treated suitable preparation methods should be used
such as scabbling, shot blasting, planning, high

256
Technical Data Sheet
pressure water jetting, etc. Furthermore the following
minimum requirements are to be fulfilled dependent
on the particular substrate:
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Important advice:
Oil contaminated substrates are particularly
problematic. We recommend that you contact our
Technical Services Department.
Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
completely from its container. Mixing of the components
is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
homogenous (free from striations); mixing time 3
minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing should
be +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly from
the packaging. Decant the material into a clean
container and mix through thoroughly once again.
Method of application / consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is applied on to the cleaned and
still damp substrate in a pore closing layer.
1. On vertical and & overhead surfaces it is
advantageous to apply INDUFLOOR-IB1245 evenly
with a shorthair fur-roller, afterwards brush into the
substrate with a stiff bristled brush, then backroll
with a shorthair fur-roller to ensure even thickness.
Broadcast the fresh pre-priming coat with quartz
sand (grade: 0.5 1.0 or 0.7 1.2 mm diameter)
to rejection. Once cured carefully remove all non-
bound quartz sand before applying primers for
further coatings.
2. On horizontal surfaces it is advantageous to spread
INDUFLOOR-IB 1245 evenly with a rubber squee-
gee, then work into pores with a stiff bristled brush,
followed by backrolling with fur-roller. Broadcast the
fresh pre-primer with quartz sand (grain size: 0.5
1.0 or 0.7 1.2) to rejection. Once cured carefully
removed all non-bound quartz sand before applying
the primer for the subsequent coating.
257
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Material consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB 1245: depending on the substrate
the consumption is between
min. 600 1000 g/m2.
Quartz sand: approx. 1500 g/m2.
After a waiting time of approx. 12 to 24 hours any
additional INDUFLOOR coating system, beginning
with the appropriate primer or other floor build up,
can be applied.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Immediately after use, clean tools thoroughly with
INDU-IB Cleanser and thinners.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is available in 2.5 kg and
10 kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry above +10 C in the
original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1245 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
INDUFLOOR-IB1245 should not be applied as a
waterproofing where preserving agents are used
(propionic acid), e.g. Biogas plants.
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Protect freshly coated surface from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or

stickiness on the surface and can impede the curing
process. Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should
be taken off e.g. abraded and renewed.
High temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts can
lead to the formation of a skin and impede the
necessary granular binding as well as penetration
into the substrate.
When using INDUFLOOR-IB1245 as a vapour
barrier beneath conventional floor finishes such as
PVC, linoleum, carpet and parquet, do not use a
solvent based adhesive. This leads to later bulging
in the applied finish.
Protect areas not to be treated by covering.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Take heed of the technical data sheets for the
products mentioned above before starting work.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

258
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1250 Art.-No. 5 55011

Moisture barrier primer

Properties: Tensile strength: 36 N/mm2

INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is a two component epoxy resin (ASTM D 412-98a)
with the following properties: Abrasion resistance: 106 mg (ASTM D
solvent free 4060:01)
low viscosity
VOC free * Full chemical resistance testing results available upon request
moisture and water vapour barrier
water and frost resistant Surface preparation:
very low liquid water-vapour permeability rate Concrete and cement-based screeds must be sound,
(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 0.2 g/m2xd clean, dry to damp and be free from materials that
resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt solutions will impair adhesion. Completely remove weak or
and lubricants. poorly bonded coats e.g. release agents, old
adhesive, levelling compound residues or old surface
Areas of application: finishes and paint residues.
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is used: INDUFLOOR-IB1250 can be used on the following
as a moisture and water vapour barrier primer on substrates:
damp concrete / bonded cement-based screeds Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds
==> that are to be coated with INDUFLOOR systems subjected to negative moisture pressure
==> that are to be covered with conventional classic Concrete slabs and cement-based screeds with
floor finishes such as PVC, Linoleum, carpet, increased residual moisture*.
parquet, tiles etc. Note:
for producing levelling and scratch coats. Residual moisture in cementitious substrates, dry or
damp (in accordance with Def. RiLi SfB)*.
Typical Properties:
* Guidelines for the protection and renovation of concrete
Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin
structures part 2, clause 1.2.5 concrete moisture.
Colour: transparent
Viscosity: approx. 600 80 mPAs
dry:
at +25 C
An approximately 2 cm deep freshly produced cut out
Density: approx. 1.09 0.02 g/cm3
area may not, as a result of drying, become visibly
Mixing ratio: 100:52 parts by weight
lighter. (Where doubt exists the concrete is considered
Pot life: approx. 35 mins. at +23 C
dry when it exhibits equilibrium moisture content for
Application/Substrate
the climate 23/50 i.e. dependent on the concrete
temperature: min. approx. +10 C,
classification other absolute values serve for dry).
max. approx. +35 C
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours
damp:
at +23 C
The surface appears matt damp but may not exhibit
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours up to
a shiny film of water. The pore system within the
max. 24 hours at +23 C
concrete substrate may not be saturated i.e. applied
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days at +23 C
water droplets must be absorbed and the surface must
Min. cure temperature: +10 C
appear matt once again after a short while.
Technical Properties:
The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on
Shore D: D/82/1 (ASTM D 2240:05)
the particular substrate:
Compressive strength: approx. 68 N/mm2
(ASTM D 579:00)
Cementitious surfaces:
Adhesion strength: 2 N/mm2
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
(ASTM D 4541:02)
Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Flexural strength: approx. 60.7 N/mm2
Plaster quality: PIII
(ASTM C 580)

259
Technical Data Sheet
Age: min. 28 days
Tensile adhesion
strength: = 1.5 N/mm 2
(plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
component A. Ensure that the hardener drains complete-
ly from its container. Mixing of the components is to be
carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm
(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from
the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is
evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free
from striations); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum
temperature during mixing should be +15 C. Do not
use mixed material directly from the packaging.
Decant the material into a clean container and mix
through thoroughly once again.
Notes:
When using the product ensure that it is applied
by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate.
Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured
priming coat and promote the formation of osmosis
bubbles. To ensure a priming coat is closed pored
apply two coats wet in wet. Pore blocking can also
be increased through the application of a second layer
of a dense smoothing mortar. This smoothing mortar
is produced from the priming resin with the addition
of quartz sand see production of levelling / scratch
coats below. When adding aggregates (e.g. quartz
sand) ensure that the aggregate is dry and also has a
temperature of approx. +15 C.
Production of levelling / scratch coats:
INDUFLOOR-IB1250: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: approx. 1.0 part by weight
(grade: 0.1 0.6 or
0.2 0.7 mm)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 2 3 % by weight
The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed
and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure
that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed
together.
260
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Method of application / consumption:
Priming:
Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1250 in one coat to
block pores.
Consumption: approx. 400 670 g/m2.
Notes:
The consumption is in accordance with the water
vapour emission value determined e.g. from the
calcium chloride test method.
Overcoat the primed area within 12 hours and up
to a maximum of 24 hours.
Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may
only be walked on with clean overshoes.
When a thin following coat is applied with a
smooth surface at a thickness <1.0 mm then
broadcasting with sand can be omitted.
When INDUFLOOR-IB1250 has quartz sand
broadcast into it, priming must be carried out in
two coats. The second coat is to be applied after
a waiting time of 12 hours minimum but within a
further 12 hours.
Broadcast the second primer layer with quartz sand
(grade: e.g. 0.2 0.7 mm).
Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0 kg/m2.
Note:
Do not broadcast to excess.
Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound
quartz sand before roller applied or self leveling
coatings, scratch coatings or screeds are applied.
Levelling / scratch coat:
Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as
described above. The mixed smoothing compound
is skim applied in one coat. Consumption of finished
smoothing compound: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is available in 10 kg and 30
kg containers. Components A and B are delivered in
a predetermined mixing ratio.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Storage & Shelf Life: Cured product residues are to be disposed of

24 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
under waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy
resin.
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is also marketed in the US
and Canada as VAPORTIGHT-COAT-SG3.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 6 hours
after application. Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

261
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB1260 Art.-No. 5 55008

Universal primer

Properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate

INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is a two component epoxy resin dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
with the following properties: vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting,
solvent free shot-blasting, high pressure water jetting.
transparent
low viscosity The following criteria are to be observed dependent
consolidating on the particular substrate:
pore blocking
withstands mechanical loading Cementitious surfaces:
watertight Concrete quality: min. C20/25
very low liquid water-vapour permeability rate Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
(DIN EN ISO 7783-1) = 2.0 g/m2xd Age: min. 28 days
resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt Tensile adhesion
solutions, lubricants strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
tendency to yellowing. Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
hygrometer)
Areas of application: Protected against moisture acting from the rear
As a pore blocking primer for cement-based surfaces Render quality: PIIIa/PIIIb
that will be coated with INDUFLOOR systems Age: min. 28 days
for sealing cement-based areas e.g. in production Tensile adhesion
areas, warehouses, on ramps strength: = 0.8 N/mm2
for producing levelling and scratch coats for surface Protected against moisture acting from the rear
preparation for coating measures.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Basis: two component epoxy resin in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Colour: transparent into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Viscosity: approx. 340 50 mPAs completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
at +25 C ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Mixing ratio: 100:33 parts by weight at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Density: approx. 1.08 0.02 g/cm3 important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Pot life: approx. 50 minutes ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
at +23 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Application temperature: min. approx. +10 C, time 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mix-
max. approx. +30 C ing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed material
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours directly from the packaging. Decant the material into
at +23 C a clean container and mix through thoroughly once
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours up to a again.
max. 24 hours at +23 C
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days Notes:
at +23 C When using the product ensure that it is applied
Min. cure temperature: +10 C by flooding evenly over the prepared substrate.
Irregularities lead to capillary active pores in the cured
Surface preparation: priming coat and promote the formation of bubbles
The area to be treated must be: especially osmosis bubbles. To ensure a priming coat
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip has blocked pores apply a second coat. Pore block-
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting ing can also be ensured through the application of a
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, second layer of a dense smoothing mortar. This
rubber marks, paint residues and similar. smoothing mortar is produced from the priming resin

262
Technical Data Sheet
with the addition of quartz sand. When adding
aggregates (e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the
aggregate is dry and also has a temperature of
approx. +15 C.
Production of levelling / scratch coats:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: approx. 1.0 part by weight
(grade: e.g. 0.2 0.7 mm)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 2 3 % by weight
The quartz sand is mixed with the previously mixed
and decanted resin and hardener components. Ensure
that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed
together. Before application on vertical or steeply
sloping surfaces it is recommended that with levelling/
scratch coats INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition
rate lies between 4 5 % by weight dependent on the
degree of slope.
Method of application / consumption:
Priming:
Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260 to block pores in
one coat.
Consumption: approx. 300 600 g/m2 per coat.
Notes:
Overcoat the primed area within 12 hours and up to
a maximum of 24 hours.
Primer that has not been broadcast with sand may
only be walked on with clean overshoes.
When a thin following coat is applied with a smooth
surface at a thickness <1.0 mm then broadcasting
with sand can be omitted.
When INDUFLOOR-IB1260 has quartz sand
broadcast into it, priming must be carried out in
two coats. The second coat is to be applied after a
waiting time of 12 hours minimum but within a further
12 hours. Broadcast the second layer of primer with
quartz sand (grade: e.g. 0.2 0.7 mm).
Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0 kg/m2.
Note:
Do not broadcast to excess.
Once hardened carefully remove all non-bound quartz
sand before roller applied or flowing coatings, scratch
coatings or screeds are applied.
263
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Levelling / scratch coat:
Firstly prime the floor with INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx 300 600 g/m2.
The mixed smoothing compound is skim applied in
one coat. Consumption of finished smoothing
compound: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is available in 10 kg and
30 kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to

simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

264
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2010 Art.-No. 5 55009

Clear lacquer

Properties: Product preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB2010 is a two component epoxy resin Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
with the following properties: in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
solvent free component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
transparent completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
conforms to the VOC regulations ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
medium viscosity at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
withstands mechanical loading important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
watertight ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
solutions, lubricants. time 3 minutes. The minimum temperature during mix-
ing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed material
Areas of application: directly from the packaging. Decant the material into
INDUFLOOR-IB2010 is used: a clean container and mix through thoroughly once
as a pore blocking floor sealer on to smooth liquid again.
rich finishes broadcast with coloured sand with a
slip resistant surface in showrooms, sales areas, Method of application / consumption:
stairwells, corridors, access balconies, commercial Pore blocking/floor sealing:
kitchens, production areas, etc. Once the finished area broadcast with sand has
cured thoroughly remove excess non-bound
Technical Data: INDU-CSB-Quartz. This is followed by intermediate
Basis: two component epoxy resin abrasion of the surface and another surface clean.
Colour: transparent After the cleaning process seal the sanded finish with
Mixing ratio: 100:44 parts by weight the clear lacquer INDUFLOOR-IB2010 to block the
Density: approx. 1.08 g/cm3 pores.
Pot life: approx. 40 minutes Consumption: approx. 350 700 g/m2 (dependent
at +23 C on the degree of non-slip required).
Substrate and
application temperature: min. approx. +10 C, Tip the mixed INDUFLOOR-IB2010 on to the area
max. approx. +30 C and evenly spread with a solvent resistant rubber
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours squeegee and roll through with a short napped fur
at +23 C roller at right angles.
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours up to a
max. 24 hours at +23 C Notes:
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days The clear lacquer must be spread immediately after it
at +23 C has been tipped onto the floor. When this is not done
Min. cure temperature: +10 C certain areas will appear darker due to increased
material consumption.
Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be: Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting INDU-IB Cleanser.
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
rubber marks, paint residues and similar. Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB2010 is available in 3 kg and 10 kg
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent containers. Components A and B are delivered in a
on its condition such as e.g. planing, brushing, predetermined mixing ratio.
vacuuming. The sanded area to be sealed should
not be older than 24 hours.

265
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Storage & Shelf Life: Cured product residues are to be disposed of

18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C under waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy
in the original unopened packaging. resin.

Health and safety: Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2010 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive. GISCODE: RE 1
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat 46/08

transportation, etc. For more information please

consult www.plasticseurope.org.

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
sealing should be undertaken. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

266
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2115 Art.-No. 5 55014

Conductive aqueous lacquer

Properties: Product preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is a solvent free, pigmented, water Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
emulsified two component epoxy resin with the following in separate containers in a predetermined mixing
properties: ratio. Tip component A into component B. Ensure that
high electrostatic charge dissipation the hardener drains completely from its container.
good bond between coats. Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with
Areas of application: paddle). It is important to also stir from the sides and
INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is used in combination with the the bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly
copper strip INDU-ConductiveStrip as a conductive dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from
layer beneath conductive floor coverings. striations); mixing time 5 minutes. The minimum
temperature during the mixing process should be
Technical Data: +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly from
Basis: two component epoxy resin the packaging. Decant the material into a clean
Colour: black container and mix through thoroughly once again.
Mixing ratio: 1:5 parts by weight
Density: approx. 1.10 g/cm3 Method of application / consumption:
at +23 C Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB2115 in one coat. Pour
Viscosity: approx. 6500 500 mPas the mixed material in sections on the surface and
at +23 C spread over the area using a double bladed rubber
Pot life: approx. 120 minutes squeegee. Subsequently roll with a short napped fur
at +12 C roller to an even finish.
approx. 60 minutes Consumption: approx. 150 200 g/m2 dependent
at +20 C on the surface roughness.
approx. 45 minutes
at +30 C Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Substrate and Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
application temperature: min. approx. +12 C, water.
max. approx. +30 C
Foot traffic after: min. approx. 12 hours Packaging:
at +23 C 12 kg containers. Components A and B (in separate
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours up to a containers) are delivered in a predetermined mixing
max. 24 hours at +23 C ratio.
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days
at +23 C Storage & Shelf Life:
Electrical resistance: < 104 k 18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
(DIN IEC 61340-4-1) in the original unopened packaging.

Surface preparation: Health and safety:

The area to be treated must be:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
rubber marks, paint residues and similar
protected against the effects of moisture from the rear.
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2115 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.

Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent Important advice:

on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting, planing, The application temperature may not fall below
brushing, sweeping and vacuuming. +10 C nor exceed +40 C.

267
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower

temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Waiting time between individual coats min. 12
hours up to a max. 24 hours. At higher relative
humidity > 75% the waiting time should be
lengthened accordingly.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction
during the drying and curing phases.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats. The substrate temperature must
be a minimum of < 3 C above the dew point
temperature.
Applications that are too thick (greater material
consumption) lead to higher electrical resistance,
to crack formation and debonding.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 2 (A-Komponente)
45/08

268
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2250 Art.-No. 5 50026

Ultra protect

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is a surface protective coating The area to be treated must be:
with the following properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
transparent free from separating and adhesion inhibiting sub-
dries satin-matt stances such as e.g. dust, grease, rubber marks,
solvent free paint residues and similar.
light fast and UV stable Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
high chemical resistance. dependent on its condition such as e.g. abrading,
brushing, sweeping and vacuuming. The INDUFLOOR
Areas of application: coating to be sealed should not be older than 24
INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is used as a surface hours.
protection on
precast concrete slabs Product preparation:
precast concrete panels Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
concrete and cement-based screeds in separate containers in a predetermined mixing
magnesite and calcium sulphate screeds ratio. Tip component A into component B. Ensure that
INDUFLOOR coatings, especially those coatings the hardener drains completely from its container.
broadcast with INDU-ColorChips or Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
INDU-Decor-Quartz. a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with
paddle). It is important to also stir from the sides
Technical Data: and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is evenly
Basis: two component dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free from
polyurethane-acrylate resin striations); mixing time 3 minutes. The minimum tem-
Colour: transparent perature during mixing should be +15 C. Do not
Mixing ratio: 100:10 parts by weight use mixed material directly from the packaging.
Density: approx. 1.03 g/cm3 Decant the material into a clean container and mix
at +23 C through thoroughly once again.
Viscosity: low viscosity
Pot life: approx. 2 hours at +23 C Method of application / consumption:
Application and Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2250 in one coat. Pour the
substrate temperature: min. approx. +8 C, mixed material over the floor in sections and spread
max. approx. +30 C with a solvent resistant rubber bladed squeegee and
Foot traffic after: approx. 3 hours at +23 C/ subsequently roll thoroughly and evenly with a short
<7 5% RH napped fur roller or surface leveller. Keep areas of
Chemically resistant: after approx. 3 days overlap to a minimum.
at +23C / < 75% RH
Solids content: approx. 36.5% Consumption:
Porous substrates: approx. 100 - 150 g/m2
Cleaning: Non-porous substrates: approx. 60 - 80 g/m2
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with water.
Health and safety:
Packaging: Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2250 is harmless. When
3 kg and 10 kg containers. Components A and B using this product the government health and safety
(separate containers) are delivered in a predetermined protective directive, data sheet M 023, should be
mixing ratio. observed as well as the advice on the packaging.

Storage: Important advice:

12 months when stored dry, cool and frost-free above Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
+10 C in the original unopened packaging. temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.

269
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Material consumption is also increased at lower

temperatures.
Waiting times between individual coats min.
12 hours, max. 24 hours.
Ensure there is good ventilation and extraction during
the drying and curing phases.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
The minimum substrate temperature must be a mini-
mum of < 3 C above the dew point temperature.
Applications that are too thick (greater material con-
sumption) lead to an irregular satin finish, to crack
formation and debonding.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture (e.g.
rain, melt water) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after appli-
cation. Dampness can produce a white discoloura-
tion.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: PU 50
39/06

270
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2310 Art.-No. grey 5 55018

Highly stable sealer Art.-No. red 5 55019

Properties: Storage:
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 is a single component polymer 12 months when stored dry, cool and frost free above
dispersion with the following properties: +10 C in the original unopened packaging.
solvent free
pigmented Surface preparation:
chemically resistant to type EL fuel oil, diesel fuel, The area to be treated must be:
unused engine and transmission oil, transformer dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
and hydraulic oils free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
water vapour permeable substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
withstands mechanical loading (pedestrians) rubber marks, paint residues and similar.
crack bridging
resistant to weathering. Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
Areas of application: vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 is used in interior areas in blasting, high pressure water jetting or shot blasting.
particular in accordance with national technical
certification for coating The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on
reinforced concrete, concrete, plaster and screeded the particular background:
finishes in retaining basins and troughs.
Furthermore for: Cementitious surfaces:
access balconies, balconies, terraces, industrial Concrete quality: min. C20/25
areas etc. Screed quality: min. CT-C25-F4
wall areas in agricultural buildings. Tensile adhesion
strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Technical Data: Residual moisture: < 4%
Basis: single component
polymer dispersion Plaster quality: min. P IIIa/P IIIb
Colours: grey and red-brown Tensile adhesion
Viscosity: approx. 150 d Pa s 15% strength: approx. 0.8 N/mm2
at +20 C Residual moisture: < 4%
Density: approx. 1.33 g/cm3
at +20 C
Application/ Product preparation:
Substrate temperature: +10 C to +30 C INDUFLOOR-IB2310 is delivered ready for use. For
Minimum curing easier application stir the product before use. Stir
temperature: +8 C mechanically with a paddle at max. 300 rpm.
Traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +20 C
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours at +20 C Method of application / consumption:
Fully cured: after 7 days at +23 C 1. Prepare the substrate (see above).
2. Produce coved fillets in corners and wall/floor
Cleaning: junctions with a group III mortar.
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with 3. Apply three coats of INDUFLOOR-IB2310
water. alternating colours each time (grey-red-grey or
red-grey-red).
Packaging: 3.1 Base coat (grey)
INDULFLOOR-IB2310 is available in 5 litre and Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2310 (grey) 1:1 by volume
10 litre containers. with water, then roller or brush apply in one coat.
Consumption: approx. 120 ml/m2.

271
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

3.2 Intermediate coat (red):

After waiting for a minimum of 16 hours apply
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 undiluted in one coat by
roller or brush. Consumption: approx 450 ml/m2.
3.3 Final coat (grey):
After waiting for a minimum of 16 hours apply
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 undiluted in one coat by
roller or brush. Consumption: approx 220 ml/m2.

Waiting time between individual coats: always between min. 16

and max. 24 hours at +23 C and 65% relative humidity.

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2310 is harmless. When
using this product the government health and safety
protective directive should be observed as well as
relevant data sheets and the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
Ensure that the coating is applied a minimum of
10 - 20 cm above the highest expected liquid
levels.
To ensure a speedy and thorough drying, open
doors and windows and keep them open.
Under advantageous drying conditions
INDUFLOOR-IB2310 coatings can be trafficked
and overcoated the next day (waiting time 16 hours).
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between coats
thoroughly clean and abrade the surface after which
a completely new pore free coat is to be applied. It
is not sufficient to simply overpaint.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 55513 Old lacquer/
old paint.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: MD-F 01
39/06

272
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2320 Art.-No. 5 55025

Outdoor sealer, elastic

Properties: Storage:
INDUFLOOR-IB2320 is a single component, low 6 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
solvent, pigmented polyurethane resin with the following in the original unopened packaging.
properties:
viscoplastic and crack bridging once cured Surface preparation:
resistant to dilute acids and alkalis The area to be treated must be:
resistant to UV and weathering. dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Areas of application: substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
INDUFLOOR-IB2320 is used for sealing/coating cement- rubber marks, paint residues and similar
based substrates such as concrete, screeds and plasters protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
that are subjected to light to medium mechanical loading
e.g. pedestrian traffic: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
balconies and terraces dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
access balconies, corridors, loggia vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling or shot
industrial areas blasting. The following criteria are to be fulfilled
showrooms, sales rooms and passageways dependent on the particular substrate:
for the production of decorative surfaces together
with INDU-Farbchips. Cementitious surfaces:
as a final finish in the car park deck system Concrete quality: min. C20/25
INDUFLOOR-IB3365. Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F6
Tensile adhesion
Technical Data: strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Basis: single component Plaster quality: min. P IIIa/b
polyurethane resin Age: min. 28 days
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 (standard) Tensile adhesion
Density: 1.40 g/cm3 at +23 C strength: > 0.8 N/mm2
Application temperature: min. +5 C to Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
max. +30 C method)
Pot life: approx. 40 minutes
at +23 C Product preparation:
Traffic after: min. 12 hours INDUFLOOR-IB2320 is delivered ready for use. Prior
at +23 C/65% rel. LF to use thoroughly mix the contents. Stir mechanically
Overcoat after: min. 12 hrs, max. 24 hrs at a max. of 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). Ensure
at +23 C/65% rel. LF that mixing takes place from the sides and the bottom.
Fully cured: after 7 days Mix until a homogenous mixture is obtained (free from
at +23 C/65% rel. LF striations). Maintain a mix temperature of +15 C
Minimum curing during preparation.
temperature: +5 C
Shore-D-hardness: 65 (DIN 53505) Method of application / consumption:
Elongation at break: 170% (DIN 53455) Prepare the substrate as described above before
applying INDUFLOOR-IB2320. Prime the substrate.
Cleaning: Prime cement-based substrates with
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
INDU-IB Cleanser. Consumption: approx. 300 600 g/m2. Broadcast
sand, of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm, into the wet prim-
Packaging: er. Consumption: 0.8 1.0 kg/m2. After waiting for
12.5 kg containers. a minimum of 12 hours up to a maximum of 24 hours

273
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

at +23 C/65% RH apply two coats of Surfaces into which coloured chippings have been
INDUFLOOR-IB2320 by trowel, roller or brush. broadcast may only be walked on with clean
Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.3 kg/m2. footwear in order to avoid contamination.
When using rubber squeegees use only solvent
Health and safety: resistant types.
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2320 is harmless. When
using this product the government health and safety Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
protective directive data sheet M023 should be
observed as well as the advice on the packaging. GISCODE: PU 20
38/06
Important advice:
The material contains small amounts of solvent.
When working in enclosed spaces ensure there
is adequate ventilation and extraction.
Colourways: Minor colour variations due to
production plants and raw material fluctuations
are unavoidable. This should be considered when
applying coatings. Neighbouring sections should be
completed with the same production units (see batch
number on the packaging).
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats. When
longer waiting times occur between coats or where
an area already treated with the liquid resin is to
be renewed after a long waiting period thoroughly
clean and abrade the surface. Afterwards apply a
completely new sealer coat.
Surface protective systems must be protected from
dampness after application (e.g. rain, melt water).
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Notes:
Before applying to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that INDU-Faserfllstoff is added. The
addition rate lies between 3 and 5% by weight.
Use INDUFLOOR-IB1250 moisture barrier (see
technical data sheet) where residual moisture is
greater than 4% or where there is negative moisture
pressure.

274
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2360 Art.-No. 5 55017

Concrete sealer aqueous

Properties: Adhesion strength: 2.0 N/mm2

INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is a water emulsified, (ASTM D 4541:02)
pigmented, two component epoxy resin with the Flexural strength: approx. 7.5 N/mm2
following properties: (ASTM C 580)
free from organic solvents Abrasion resistance: 235 mg (ASTM D
low odour 4060:01)
resistant to diluted alkalis and acids, heating oil Coefficient of
and petrol permeability: approx. 1250
can be diluted up to 10% with water (primer)
water vapour permeable * Full chemical resistance testing results available upon request.
excellent bond to a variety of substrates
satin finish. Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be:
When exposed to UV, colour variations related to the dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
binder as well as chalking must be anticipated. Patch free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
test for individual cases when subjected to continuous substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
weathering or continuously wet environments. rubber marks, paint residues and similar
protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is used for sealing cement-based Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
floor and wall surfaces, magnesium screeds, anhydrite dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting,
screeds and well compacted rolled or poured asphalt scabbling, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blast-
e.g. in warehouses, workshops, garages, production ing, high pressure water jetting.
areas, access balconies etc. Heavy point loading is
excluded. The following criteria are to be observed dependent
on the particular substrate:
Typical Properties:
Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin Cementitious surfaces:
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Density: approx. 1.75 g/cm3 Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
at +23 C Plaster quality: PII/PIII
Viscosity: medium viscosity Age: min. 28 days
Mixing ratio: 100:20 parts by weight Tensile adhesion
Pot life: approx. 40 mins. at +23 C strength: 1.0 N/mm2
Application/Substrate Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
temperature: min. approx. +10 C, method)
max. approx. +35 C Magnesium screeds:
Traffic after: approx. 24 hours at +23 C Screed quality: min. ME 40
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to Age: min. 14 days
max. 24 hours at +23 C Tensile adhesion
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
at +23 C Residual moisture: < 2% (carbide hygrometer
Relative humidity: < 75% method)
Asphalt screeds:
Technical Properties: Screed quality: GE 10
Shore D: D/72/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) Tensile adhesion
Compressive strength: 18.1N/mm2 strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
(ASTM C 579:00)

275
Technical Data Sheet
Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
completely from its container. Mixing of the components
is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx.
5 minutes. The minimum temperature during mixing
should be +15 C. Do not use mixed material
directly from the packaging. Decant the material into
a clean container and mix through thoroughly once
again.
Method of application / consumption:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a roller in 2 - 3
applications. Pour the mixed material over the area
and spread out using a rubber lipped squeegee. Then
roll to an even finish with a short nap wool roller.
Priming:
Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a minimum of 10%
water and roller apply in one coat. Consumption:
approx. 300 350 g/m2 of diluted material.
Finishing sealer:
INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is roller applied in 1 2
coats on to the primer or sanded scratch coat.
Consumption: min. 350 g/m2/coat
The material consumption of the finishing sealer on to
sanded areas increases by a min. of 100 g/m2 (plan
a test area).
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
water.
Packaging:
12kg and 30kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry, cool and frost free above
+10 C in the original unopened packaging.
276
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2360 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Colour: Minor colour variations due to production
plants and raw material fluctuations are unavoid-
able. This should be considered when applying
coatings. Neighbouring sections should be com-
pleted with the same production units (see batch
number on the packaging).
To great a thickness of individual coats (greater
material consumption) is to be avoided. This leads
to crack formation and delamination.
Waiting times between individual coats min.
12 hours to a max. 24 hours. Waiting times
should be appropriately extended where the
relative humidity is > 65% and < 75%.
Plasticizers leaching from car tyres can lead to
discolouration.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction
during the drying and curing phases.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats. The
substrate temperature must be a min. of < 3 C
above the dew point.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces
a white discolouration and/or stickiness on the
surface and can impede the cure. Discoloured
and/or sticky surfaces should be taken off e.g. by
abrading and renewed.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Applications that are not clearly explained in

this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 0
45/08

277
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2370 Art.-No. 5 55005

Effluent waterproof protection

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is a waterproof protection for The area to be treated must be:
waste water with the following properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
solvent free free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
thixotopic substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
abrasion resistant rubber marks, paint residues and similar
water, effluent and sea water resistant protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
resistant to diluted acids, alkalis and aliphatic
hydrocarbons such as petrol, oil and diesel fuel. Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
Areas of application: vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting,
INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is used for coating cement-based high pressure water jetting or shot blasting.
surfaces especially in the waste water sector e.g.
in sewage plants The following criteria are to be observed dependent
in waste water pipes on the particular substrate:
in biogas installations
as a corrosion inhibitor in hydraulic steel Cementitious surfaces:
construction e.g. as a protective coating for Concrete quality: min. C20/25
sluices, harbour installations and steel sheet Screed quality: min. CT-C25-F4
pile walling. Plaster quality: PIII
Age: min. 28 days
Typical Properties: Tensile adhesion
Basis: 2-comp. fluid epoxy resin strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Colours: black / red (plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
Viscosity: thixotropic Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
Density: approx. 1.40 g/cm3 method)
at +23 C
Mixing ratio: 7:1 parts by weight Prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately
Pot life: approx. 50 mins. at +23 C de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance
Application/Substrate with DIN 55 928.
temperature: min. approx. +10 C,
max. approx. +35 C Product preparation:
Min. cure temperature: +10 C Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days at +23 C in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hrs up to component A. Ensure that the hardener drains com-
max. 24 hrs at +23 C pletely from its container. Mixing of the components
is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
Technical Properties: 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
Shore D: D/84/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
Adhesion strength: 2.5 N/mm2 the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
(ASTM D 4541:02) homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx.
Tensile strength: 60 N/mm2 5 minutes. The minimum temperature during mix-
(ASTM D 412-98a) ing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed material
Abrasion resistance: 152 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) directly from the packaging. Decant the material into
Water absorption: approx. 0.2% to DIN 53495 a clean container and mix through thoroughly once
again.
* Full chemical resistance testing results available upon request

278
Technical Data Sheet
Method of application / consumption:
Corrosion inhibitor:
Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2370 by roller, brush or spray
in 2 - 3 applications.
Consumption: approx. 400 g/m2 per coat.
Rolled coating (thin coating):
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260
Consumption: approx. 300 500 g/m2
Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB2370 in 2 - 3 applications.
Consumption: approx. 400 - 500 g/m2 per coat.
Work through with a de-aerator to remove trapped air.
Notes:
When working externally or when work will be
interrupted broadcast quartz sand 0.1 - 0.4 mm or
0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter between the individual coats.
This guarantees a good bond between the individual
coats.
High build coating:
Primer: INDUFLOOR-IB1260
Consumption: approx. 300 600 g/m2
Fill INDUFLOOR-IB2370 with 30% quartz sand
(0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter) and trowel apply in one
application. Consumption: approx. 1.2 kg/m2 pure
INDUFLOOR-IB2370 per mm thickness. In order to
avoid the formation of bubbles aerate the coating with
a spiked roller.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is available in 15 kg containers.
Components A and B are delivered in a predetermined
mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2370 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
279
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore free
coating should be applied. It is not sufficient to
simply overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain, melt water) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after
application. Dampness produces a discolouration
and/or stickiness on the surface and can impede
the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Recommendation: Cured product residues are
to be disposed of under EAK number 200 106
(European waste index) other plastics.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 3
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2380 Art.-No. 5 55013

Concrete and steel protection

Properties: The following criteria are to be observed dependent

INDUFLOOR-IB2380 is a pigmented two component on the particular substrate:
epoxy resin with the following properties:
solvent based Cementitious surfaces:
low viscosity Concrete quality: min. C20/25
highly abrasion resistant Age: min. 3 days
water and sea water resistant Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
highly resistant to chemicals Plaster quality: PIII
tendency towards yellowing. Age: min. 28 days
Tensile adhesion
Areas of application: strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
INDUFLOOR-IB2380 is used in interior and exterior (plaster 0.8 N/mm2)
installations as a sealer for cement-based substrates such Residual moisture: < 6% (carbide hygrometer
as concrete, screed and plaster e.g. in warehouses, method)
workshops, multi-storey car parks, sewage treatment
plants, waste water containers etc. as well as for sealing Iron and steel surfaces:
iron and steel areas. Prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately
de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance
Technical Data: with DIN 55 928.
Basis: two component epoxy resin
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 Product preparation:
Solids contents: approx. 73 1% Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Mixing ratio: 9:1 parts by weight in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Density: approx. 1.40 g/cm3 component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
at +23 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes at +23 C ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Application temperature: min. approx. +8 C, at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
max. approx. +30 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hrs up to a the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
max. 24 hrs at +23 C time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
(with INDUFLOOR-IB 2380) during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days material directly from the packaging. Decant the
at +23 C material into a clean container and mix through
Min. cure temperature: +8 C thoroughly once again.
Flash point: above +21 C
Method of application / consumption:
Surface preparation: Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2380 on to the prepared
The area to be treated must be: substrate by brush or roller in two to three
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip applications.
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting Consumption: approx. 250 g/m2 per coat.
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
rubber marks, paint residues and similar Advice:
protected from moisture ingress from the rear. Prepare cement-based surfaces with
INDUFLOOR-IB1010 and iron or steel surfaces
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent with INDUFLOOR-IB2385.
on its condition such as e.g. sweeping, vacuuming,
brushing, planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, high pressure
water jetting or shot blasting.

280
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with abraded, after which a new sealing coat should
INDU-IB Cleanser. be applied.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
Packaging: (e.g. rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after applica-
INDUFLOOR-IB 2380 is available in 15 kg and 25 tion. Dampness produces a white discolouration
kg containers. Components A and B are delivered in a and/or stickiness on the surface and can impede
predetermined mixing ratio. the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should
be taken off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Storage & Shelf Life: Applications that are not clearly explained in
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C this technical data sheet may only be carried
in the original unopened packaging. out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
Health and safety: SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2380 is considered Cured product residues are to be disposed of
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive. under waste disposal number 57123 epoxy
Current relevant legislation should be followed at resin.
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org. GISCODE: RE 3
45/08
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The product contains solvent. When working in
enclosed areas ensure that there is adequate
ventilation and extraction.
When exposure limits are exceeded respiratory
protection is necessary e.g. full face mask. Gas filter
A (brown). When spraying the product combination
filters are necessary with a particle filter of class P2.
In cases of uncertainty or in enclosed spaces (e.g. in
silos) use an independent breathing apparatus.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a

281
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB2385 Art.-No. 5 55022

Active corrosion protection

Properties: minimum temperature during mixing should be

INDUFLOOR-IB2385 is a solvent-based, pigmented two +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly from
component strong stable epoxy resin with the the packaging. Decant the material into a clean
following properties: container and mix through thoroughly once again.
viscoplastic
highly abrasion resistant and high hardness Method of application / consumption:
alkali and acid resistant Apply INDUFLOOR-IB2385 by roller, brush or spray
water and sea water resistant. in two applications alternating the colour.

Areas of application: Application example:

Active corrosion protection for iron and steel Protective coating for a steel surface with the
protects iron reinforcement. INDUFLOOR-IB2385/INDUFLOOR-IB2380 system:
1. Surface preparation:
Technical Data: Sand blasting according to Rost Pt. 2.213
Basis: two component strong (optimum abrasion depth 50) [bare metal]. Apply
stable epoxy resin corrosion protective coating in two applications:
Colours: approx. RAL 1002 by roller, brush or spray in alternating colours.
approx. RAL 8012 2. First coat: colour approx. RAL 1002
Mixing ratio: 9:1 (A:B) 3. Second coat: colour approx. RAL 8012
Viscosity: 1,100 mPA s at +23 C Consumption: approx. 150 200 g/m2 per coat.
Density: 1.70 g/cm3 at +23 C 4. Application of the finish coat is carried out with
Solids contents: approx. 75 1% INDUFLOOR-IB2380 in 2-3 applications.
Pot life: 90 minutes at +23 C
Traffic / overcoat after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C Waiting time between the individual coats:
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days approx. 16 hours at +20 C.
at +23 C
Min. cure temperature: +8 C Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
MEL value: 440 mg/m2 of air Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be: Packaging:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip 1 kg (nine containers (box). Other pack sizes on
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting request. Components A and B are delivered in a
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, predetermined mixing ratio.
rubber marks, paint residues and similar
prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately Storage & Shelf Life:
de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance 18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
with DIN 55 928. in the original unopened packaging.

Product preparation: Health and safety:

Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
component A. Ensure that the hardener drains completely
from its container. Mixing of the components is to be
carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. 300 rpm
(e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir from
the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener is
evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous (free
from striations); mixing time approx. 5 minutes. The
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB2385 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.

282
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The product contains solvent. When working in
enclosed areas ensure that there is adequate
ventilation and extraction (440 mg/m3 of air).
When exposure limits are exceeded respiratory
protection is necessary e.g. full face mask. Gas filter
A (brown). When spraying the product combination
filters are necessary with a particle filter of class P2.
In cases of uncertainty or in enclosed spaces (e.g. in
silos) use an independent breathing apparatus.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a new coat should be applied.
In is not sufficient simply to overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Waste disposal classification: liquid product residues:
EAK 08 01 11 paint and lacquer waste which con-
tain organic solvents or other dangerous substances.
Cured residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastic.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RU 1
45/08

283
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3080 Art.-No. 5 55047

Smoothing compound up to 10 mm

Properties: close opened packaging and

Polymer modified use promptly.
Self levelling Packaging: 25 kg bag with PE liner
Water resistant
Low emissions *) The values relate to +23 C and 50% relative humidity. Higher
For interior and exterior temperatures accelerate and lower temperatures slow down the
Easy to use setting.
Rapid setting
Suitable for heated screeds Substrate and product preparation:
Pumpable The substrate must be dry, load bearing, sound, have a
For thickness from 3-30 mm in one application good key and be free from materials that act as a
Conforms to DIN EN 13892-7 to class RWFC-550 separating layer. The load bearing capacity of the
substrate must conform to DIN 1055. Remove separating
Areas of application: layers, laitance and similar by suitable means e.g. blast
INDUFLOOR-IB3080 is used at thicknesses from 3-30 mm cleaning or scabbling. For unbonded or floating cement-
for smoothing, patching and levelling. based screeds the readiness to receive floor finishes is
Suitable substrates are concrete floor surfaces conforming to be checked with a carbide hygrometer before the
to DIN 1045, BEST screed slabs, heated and unheated application of INDUFLOOR-IB3080, in order to eliminate
cement-based screeds conforming to DIN 18560. further deformation of the screed slab through shrinkage
INDUFLOOR-IB3080 is suitable for exterior areas and processes. The air and substrate temperature may not
areas subject to moisture, if a suitable bonded waterproof drop below +5C during application an in the following
membrane has been implemented. week.

Technical Data: Priming:

Basis: cement, aggregate, additives 1. For thicknesses of 10 mm, prime concrete and
Colour: grey cement-based screeds with INDULFOOR-IB1260 and,
Bulk density: 1.4 kg/dm3 after waiting for a minimum of approx. 2 hours, apply
Application/ INDUFLOOR-IB3080.
substrate temp: +5 C to +25 C
Pot life *): 30 minutes Preparing the smoothing compound:
Foot traffic after *): approx. 24 hours 2. Take 5.0 5.4 litres of water, dependent on
Compressive strength *): approx. 14 N/mm2 the desired consistency, and add 25 kg of
after 24 hours INDUFLOOR-IB3080 and stir to a lump free,
approx. 28 N/mm2 pourable mass. Periodically scrape along the
after 7 days sides of the mixing bucket with a trowel in order
approx. 38 N/mm2 to add unmixed material into the mixing process.
after 28 days Subsequently stir once again. It is recommended
Flexural strength *): approx. 2.8 N/mm2 that a mixing drill at approx. 500-700 rpm be used.
after 24 hours
approx. 7.5 N/mm2 Mixing ratio:
after 7 days 25 kg INDUFLOOR-IB3080 : 5.0 5.4 litres water.
approx. 8.0 N/mm2 When lower water addition is used there is less excess
after 28 days water within the mix and the readiness to receive finishes
Classification: EN 13813 CT-C30-F7 is achieved earlier.
Fire performance: A2fl-S1
Cleaning: with water whilst in the Application of the smoothing compound:
fresh state 3. Pour INDUFLOOR-IB3080 onto the primed substrate
Consumption: approx. 1.65 kg/m2/mm and evenly distribute with a suitable tool (surface
thickness rake, Swedish rake, long handled rake) within the pot
Storage: dry, 6 months in the original life. De-aerate the layer with a spiked roller (or other
unopened packaging. Tightly suitable tool) whilst still fluid and encourage flow.
The surface and flow is decidedly improved. It has

284
Technical Data Sheet
advantageously transpired that by setting level points,
the desired thickness can be controlled whilst still in the
wet state. The required thickness should be applied in
one application.
4. Protect setting INDUFLOOR-IB3080 from rapid water
loss through e.g. high room temperatures, direct sun-
light and drafts. A further application, if necessary, of
INDUFLOOR-IB3080 is best carried out once the first
coat will take foot traffic.
5. INDUFLOOR-IB3080 at thicknesses of 10 mm is ready
to receive tiles as well as conventional floor finishes
after 16 hours *).
Testing for residual moisture with a carbide hygrometer
is necessary. Keep to the maximum permissible residual
moisture content in current data sheets.
Important advice:
In general SCHOMBURG ICS products are delivered
at a predetermined mixing ratio. When deliveries are
in larger containers, part quantities must be weighed
out using scales. Always thoroughly stir the filled
components and only then mix with the second
component. This occurs with a suitable mixer e.g.
Polyplan/Ronden paddle or similar. In order to
exclude mixing errors, decant into a clean container
and mix again. The mixing speed should be 300
400 rpm. Ensure that no air is stirred in. High speeds
introduce unnecessary air into the product, lower
speeds do not produce a good mix as it must be
mixed for too long (pot life). The temperature of the
components should be a minimum of 15 C. This is
also valid for fillers that may be required such as e.g.
sands. The mixing of fillers is carried out after the
liquid components have been blended. Afterwards
place the mixed material immediately on the
prepared substrate and promptly and thoroughly
distribute in compliance with the instructions in the
data sheet. Always thoroughly stir single component
products before use.
In order to reliably exclude pore formation, carefully
brush INDUFLOOR-IB1260 into the substrate. De-
aerate the INDUFLOOR-IB3080 layer with a spiked
roller e.g. type 60 spiked roller, whilst still wet.
When water is lost too quickly (heated rooms or
highly porous substrates) there is a risk of crack
formation.
285
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
It is necessary to ventilate the construction area.
Drafts during application and the setting process
are to be just as much avoided as direct sunlight.
The interior and floor temperature must be a
minimum of +5C during application and for the
following week. Dehumidifiers may not be used for
the first 3 days.
For application at greater thicknesses consult with
the Technical Services Department.
The condition of the substrate is critical to the
success of floor levelling. Porous substrates nega-
tively alter the flow behaviour of the smoothing
compound, therefore carefully prepare the sub-
strate: clean and prime.
It is possible to smooth to falls up to 2%. In this
case reduce the water addition to 4.25-4.5
litres/25 kg INDUFLOOR-IB3080.
To determine the readiness of the substrate to
receive finishes carry out moisture readings with a
carbide hygrometer. Keep to the following limiting
values: see table.
Watch the water addition. Too high a water
addition leads to the appearance of separation
with low strength surfaces. Such low strength layers
are to be mechanically removed.
When using mixing pumps e.g. PFT G4 or G5
or similar, always rinse out the mixing pump and
pipework during interruptions in work.
When using a PFT G4 mixing pump use the
standard PFT G4 mixing screw, the D 6-3 rotor
and the D 6-3 stator twister, set the water flow
meter to 250-400 l/hr. With the PFT consistency
checking tin the correct water addition can be
tested and regulated with the aid of the slump
diameter. This may not exceed 60 cm on the
prepared substrate and should be continually
checked during the application.
Perimeter, bay, construction joints and movement
joints are to be brought through or positioned in
the designed location and constructed with suitable
material e.g. edge strips.
Substrates with coarse pores cause greater material
consumption.
Higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures
slow down the setting process.
Only use clean tools and clean water.
Observe the technical data sheets for the products
mentioned above.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Observe the relevant regulations. Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data
Therefore e.g.: DIN 18157, DIN 18352, Sheet.
DIN 18560, EN 13813, DIN 1055
The BEB data sheet distributed by the Bundesverband EMICODE EC1: very low emissions
Estrich und Belag e.V.
The technical information regarding the coordination GISCODE: ZP1
of cut out points with heated floor constructions. 43/09

Maximum moisture content in the levelling compound, determined by carbide hygrometer:

Floor finish heated unheated

Water vapour
impermeable finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %

Textile coverings Water vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %

Water vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %

Parquet Laid floating 1.8 % 2.0 %

Laminate flooring Laid floating 1.8 % 2.0 %

Ceramic tiles
or
natural stone / Sand:cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
concrete slabs Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

286
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3100 Art.-No. 5 55085

Quartz based surface hardener for industrial floors

Properties: Well compacted using vibration

INDUFLOOR-IB3100 is a blend of cement-based hard- Finished to the desired level
eners for improving concrete surfaces of industrial floors. The use of plasticisers is recommended
Increases life expectancy
High abrasion resistance Note: remove puddles before broadcasting with
High impact resistance quartz.
Improved resistance to oil and grease
Increased impermeability to water Method of application/consumption:
Simple and efficient application Pre-smoothing:
Can be coloured if desired The correctly levelled concrete surface should be
pre-smoothed with a power trowel.
Areas of application: Broadcasting:
INDUFLOOR-IB3100 is primarily used in: Evenly broadcast INDUFLOOR-IB3200 by hand
Production areas and warehouses onto the prepared surface.
Loading and unloading ramps Consumption: 4 - 7 kg/m2
Aircraft hangers and helipads Thickness per coat: 2 - 3mm
Supermarkets The broadcasted material absorbs moisture from
the fresh concrete (dark colouration) within
Technical Data: 10 - 20 minutes.
Basis: Cement with quartz Application:
aggregates and pigments After this waiting period the material is worked into
Standard colour: cement grey, further colours the substrate with power trowel. Hard to reach areas
on request must be manually worked with a trowel.
Density: approx. 1.70 g/cm3 Smoothing:
at +23 C Waiting time between individual smoothing
Substrate temperature: min. +5 C; max. +35 C operations is based on the composition of the
(protect from direct sunlight concrete and the temperature. Waiting time before
and draughts) setting/stiffening: approx. 30 - 60 minutes.
Ambient temperature: min. +5 C; max. +35 C
(protect from direct sunlight Optional requirement: Post smoothing
and draughts) When there is a demand for an extremely smooth
Relative humidity: min. 30% / max. 98%, and dense surface it is possible to post-smooth several
Foot traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C times after a further 1 to 2 hours dependant on
Fully cured: after 7 days at +23 C climatic conditions.
Finishing treatment:
Cleaning: Post treatment of INDUFLOOR-IB3100 is carried
Clean all tools immediately after use with water. out according to the smoothing process in DIN
1045-3, or with INDUFLOOR-IB1030 (see technical
Packaging: data sheet), or INDUFLOOR-IB1050 (see technical
25 kg bags data sheet).
Joint formation:
Shelf life: The site specified joints are to be cut mechanically.
12 months when stored dry and cool, above +10 C in Structural joints are to be brought through in all cases.
original unopened packaging. The joints are to be treated depending on loading/
use and sealed with INDUFLEX-VK6060.
Substrate:
Fresh concrete Important advice:
Concrete quality: min. C20/25 When the relative humidity is below 40%, surface
Minimum thickess: 15 cm efflorescence may occur.

287
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

When the relative humidity is above 80% this may

lead be some surface bleed as well as slow curing
and therefore delayed timings for smoothing.
Colour variations may occur. Variations within raw
materials used cannot be excluded.
Spraying with water during the smoothing process
is to be avoided at all costs. It leads to shrinkage
cracks, colour variations and/or loss in strength.
Spilled liquids must be removed immediately.
Abrasive wear leads to surface scratches.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP 1
45/08

288
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3310 Art.-No. 5 55016

Chemical protection WHG (water pollution control)

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is a two component, solvent free, The area to be treated must be:
pigmented epoxy resin with the following properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
resistant to organic and inorganic acids and alkalis, free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
mineral oils, petrol and solvents substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
formulated to take heavy mechanical loading (direct rubber marks, paint residues and similar
vehicular traffic) and to be electrically conductive protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
fulfils the technological paint requirements for use as a Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
coating in paint shops e.g. in the automobile dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
industry vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand blast-
due to its special material composition it tends to have ing, high pressure water jetting or shot blasting. The
a bumpy surface once cured, dependent on substrate following criteria are to be observed dependent on
preparation, method of application and climatic the particular substrate:
conditions, but however completely fulfils the relevant
approved test criteria. Cementitious surfaces:
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Areas of application: Screed quality: min. CT-C25-F4
INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is used as a coating for Tensile adhesion
reinforced concrete, concrete, rendered and screeded strength: 1,5 N/mm2
surfaces in production areas and storerooms for liquids Residual moisture: < 4%
hazardous to water courses according to paragraph 19 Plaster quality: PIIIa / PIIIb
g WHG (water pollution control). Furthermore for paint Tensile adhesion
shops, computer rooms, hospitals, gas transfer stations. strength: approx 0.8 N/mm2
INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is used as a component in the Residual moisture: < 4%
WHG-Systems (water pollution control).
==> INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 2 Product preparation:
==> INDUFLOOR-IB-GWS 3 Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Technical Data: into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Basis: two component epoxy resin completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Colours: approx. RAL 7032, 7030 ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Viscosity: approx. 3.300 mPas 15% at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
at +23 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Density: approx. 1.39 g/cm3 ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
at + 23 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Mixing ratio: 100:24 parts by weight time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature
Pot life: approx. 35 minutes during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
at + 23 C material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Application temperature: min. +8 C at max. +30 C material into a clean container and mix through thor-
Minimum cure oughly once again.
temperature: +8 C Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
Foot traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +20 C recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours at +20 C addition rate is between 1 and 2% by weight.
Fully cured: after 7 days at +23 C
Abrasion: 4 cm3/50 cm2 Production of levelling/scratch coat:
to DIN 53 401 INDUFLOOR-IB1225: 1.0 part by weight
Adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2 Quartzsand: 1.0 part by weight
concrete failure (grain size: 0.1 0.6 or
(after temperature cycles) 0.2 0.7 mm diameter)

289
Technical Data Sheet
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0
by percentage
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homgenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1225
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or slop-
ing surfaces it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is
added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate
is between 2% by weight dependent on the slope.
Method of application/consumption:
System II: non conductive construction
1. Prepare substrate as above.
2. Produce a coved fillet in the wall/floor area
(radius: approx. 5 cm):
2.1 Prime the coved fillet area: apply INDUFLOOR-
IB1225 in one application by brush or roller.
Consumption: approx. 40 g/m (fillet radius
approx. 4 - 5 cm).
2.2 Installation of the coved fillet: Apply the fillet mortar
INDUFLOOR-IB4010 into the wet primer layer in
one application. Consumption: approx. 1.1 kg/m.
3. Primer application: Close surface pores with one
application of INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Consumption:
approx. 300 500 g/m2.
3.1 Immediately evenly cover the wet primer by
broadcasting kiln dried quartz sand size
0.2 0.7 mm. Consumption: approx. 1.0 kg/m2.
Once cured thoroughly remove unbonded sand.
4. Possible situation: (Levelling of voids, large pores
and unevenness). Apply a scratch coat of the
mixed mortar (see above) in a single application.
Consumption of finished mortar: approx. 1.6 kg/
m2/mm thickness.
4.1 Sprinkle the wet scratch coat with kiln dried quartz
sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm. Consumption:
approx. 1.0 kg/m2. Once cured thoroughly
remove unbonded sand.
4.2 In order to avoid the formation of bubbles in the
following finish coat seal the sanded scratch coat
with INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Consumption: approx.
0.3 0.5 kg/m2.
4.3 Broadcast the wet sealing coat with kiln dried
quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption: 0.8 1.0 kg/m2. Once cured
thoroughly remove unbonded sand. After a wait-
ing time of minimum 16 hours/maximum 24 hours
apply the finish coat of INDUFLOOR-IB3310.
290
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
5. Installation of finish coat: Trowel apply one
application of INDUFLOOR-IB3310. Thickness:
approx. 2.0 mm. Consumption: min. 2.5 kg/m2.
5.1 To remove air, roll a spiked roller through the
applied finish coat after a waiting time of
10 15 minutes at +20 C to avoid the
formation of bubbles.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it
is recommended that INDU-ThixPowder or INDU-
FibreFiller is added. The addition rate is between 1
and 2% by weight.
System III: conductive construction with conductive
lacquer
1. Prepare substrate as above.
2. Produce a coved fillet in the wall/floor area
(radius: approx. 5 cm):
2.1 Prime the coved fillet area: apply INDUFLOOR-
IB1225 in one application by brush or roller.
Consumption: approx. 40 g/m (fillet radius
approx. 4 - 5 cm).
2.2 Installation of the coved fillet: Apply the fillet
mortar INDUFLOOR-IB4010 into the wet primer
layer in one application. Consumption: approx.
1.1 kg/m.
3. Primer application: one pore-tight coat of
INDUFLOOR-IB1225.
Consumption: approx. 300 500 g/m2.
3.1 Immediately evenly cover the wet primer by
broadcasting kiln dried quartz sand size
0.2 0.7 mm. Consumption: approx. 0.8 -
1.0 kg/m2. Once cured thoroughly remove
unbonded sand.
4. Possible situation: (Levelling of voids, large pores
and unevenness). Apply a scratch coat of the
mixed mortar (see above) in a single application.
Consumption of finished mortar: approx. 1.6 kg/
m2/mm thickness.
4.1 Sprinkle the wet scratch coat with kiln dried
quartz sand of particle size 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption: approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once
cured thoroughly remove unbonded sand.
4.2 In order to avoid the formation of bubbles in
the following finish coat seal the sanded scratch
coat with INDUFLOOR-IB1225. Consumption:
approx. 0.3 0.5 kg/m2.
Technical Data Sheet
4.3 Broadcast the wet sealing coat with kiln dried
quartz sand of particle size 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption: 0.8 1.0 kg/m2. Once cured
thoroughly remove unbonded sand. After a wait-
ing time of minimum 16 hours/maximum 24 hours
apply the conductive coat.
5. Installation of the conductive coat, consisting of:
copper bands: INDU-ConductiveStrip (approx. 5/5
m grid). Conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-IB2115
applied by roller. Consumption: approx. 200 g/m2.
6. Finish coat application: Trowel apply one
application of INDUFLOOR-IB3310. Thickness:
approx. 2.0 mm. Consumption: min. 2.5 kg/m2.
7. To remove air, roll a spiked roller through the
applied finish coat after a waiting time of 10
15 minutes at +20 C to avoid the formation of
bubbles.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The
addition rate is between 1 and 2% by weight.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is available in 30 kg containers.
Components A and B are delivered in a predetermined
mixing ratio. Other pack sizes on request.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging. Possible
crystallisation can be reversed within approx. 2 hours
by warming on a water bath at +50 C to +60 C
after which the product is useable again.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3310 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at all
times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
291
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Colour: Minor colour variations due to production
plants and raw material fluctuations are unavoid-
able. This should be considered when applying
coatings. Neighbouring sections should be com-
pleted with the same production units (see batch
number on the packaging).
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a new sealing coat should
be applied free from pores. It is not sufficient
simply to overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain) for approx. 4 6 hours after applica-
tion. Dampness produces a white discolouration
and/or stickiness on the surface and can impede
the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should
be taken off e.g. by abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Disposal key: Liquid product residues: EAK 08 01
11 paint and lacquer residues that contain organic
solvents or other hazardous materials. Cured prod-
uct residues: EAK 17 02 03 plastics.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3350 Art.-No. 5 55006

Conductive coating

Properties: Surface preparation:

INDUFLOOR-IB3350 is a two component, pigmented The area to be treated must be:
conductive epoxy resin with the following properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
solvent free in accordance with the recommendations free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
of the Deutsche Bauchemie e.V. substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
continuously conductive in the cured state rubber marks, paint residues and similar.
viscoplastic protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
will take heavy mechanical and chemical loading
high compressive and flexural strength Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
resistant to many acids and alkalis as well as conven- dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
tional cleaning agents at application concentrations vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand blast-
resistant to weathering ing, high pressure water jetting or shot blasting.
tends due discolour under UV light. Level irregularities with a smoothing material in order
to ensure an even thickness of the conductive finished
Areas of application: coating. In addition the following minimum substrate
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 is used as a coating for requirements are to be fulfilled.
cementitious surfaces e.g. in
computer rooms Cementitious surfaces:
printers, weaving mills Concrete quality: min. C20/25
hospitals Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
gas transfer stations, electrical charging stations. Age: min. 28 days
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 is a system component of the Tensile adhesion
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 system 1 and system 2. strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
Technical Data: method)
Basis: two component epoxy resin Protected against moisture ingress from the rear
Colours: approx. RAL 7030, 7032 Plaster quality: PIIIa / PIIIb
Viscosity: approx. 8000 15% m Pa s Age: min. 28 days
at +23 C Tensile adhesion
Density: approx. 1.50 g/cm3 strength: = 0.8 N/mm2
at +23 C Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
Mixing ratio: 4:1 parts by weight method)
Application temperature: min. +8 C, max. +30 C Protected against moisture ingress from the rear
Pot life: approx. 50 minutes
at +10 C Product preparation:
approx. 35 minutes Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
at +20 C in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
approx. 15 minutes component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
at +30 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Minimum cure ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
temperature: +8 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Relative humidity: < 75% important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Foot traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hrs up a max the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
of 24 hrs at +23 C time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
Fully cured: after 7 days at +23 C during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Compressive strength: approx. 65,0 N/mm2 material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Flexural strength: approx. 30,0 N/mm2 material into a clean container and mix through
Tensile adhesion strength: B1.5 thoroughly once again.

292
Technical Data Sheet
Production of levelling/scratch coat:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Quartzsand: 1.0 part by weight
(grain size: 0.1 0.6
or 0.2 0.7 mm diameter)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight
by percentage
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or slop-
ing surfaces it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is
added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate
is between 3 and 5% by weight dependent on the
slope.
Method of application/consumption:
System 1 construction: coating with
INDU-ConductiveQuartz
Production of the primer coat:
1. Lay the copper strips of INDU-ConductiveStrip in a
5/5 m grid.
2. Application of the primer: Close surface pores
with one application of INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx. 400 600 g/m2.
3. Sprinkle the wet primer evenly with INDU-
ConductiveQuartz. Consumption:
approx. 1.2 kg/m2. Once cured thoroughly remove
all unbonded INDU-ConductiveQuartz.
4. Application of the finish coat: Trowel apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 in one application.
Thickness: 2.0 mm. Consumption: min. 2.5 kg/m2.
To remove air, roll a spiked roller through the applied
finish coat after a waiting time of 10 -15 minutes at
+20 C to avoid the formation of bubbles.
System 2 construction: Coating with
INDUFLOOR-IB2115 conductive lacquer
1. Prepare substrate as above.
2. Application of the primer: Close surface pores
with one application of INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: min. 300 500 g/m2.
2.1 Sprinkle the wet primer evenly with kiln dried
quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption: approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once
cured thoroughly remove all unbonded quartz
sand.
293
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
3. Application of the conductive coat, consisting of:
copper strips: INDU-ConductiveStrip (in approx.
5/5 m grid), conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-
IB2115 applied in one application with a roller.
Consumption: approx. 200 g/m2.
4. Application of the finish coat: Trowel apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 in one application.
Thickness: approx. 2.0 mm. Consumption: min.
2.5 kg/m2.
To remove air, roll a spiked roller through the applied
finish coat after a waiting time of 10 - 15 minutes at
+20 C to avoid the formation of bubbles.
Possible situation:
Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness:
After application of the primer, apply a scratch coat
of the mixed mortar (see above) in a single applica-
tion. Consumption of finished mortar:
approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness.
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the follow-
ing finish coat seal the scratch coat pore-tight
with INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx. 0.3 0.5 kg/m2.
When waiting times will exceed 24 hours before
the application of following coatings, broadcast kiln
dried quartz sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm into
the wet sealing coat. Consumption: approx. 0.8 -
1.0 kg/m2.
Once the sealing coat has cured, thoroughly remove
all unbonded quartz sand. After a waiting time of
min. 16 to max. 24 hours apply the conductive
coating.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it
is recommended that INDU-ThixPowder or INDU-
FibreFiller is added. The addition rate is between
3 and 5% by weight. Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3350
by trowel.
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or
where there is negative moisture pressure use the
moisture barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer
(see Technical Data Sheet).
Technical Data Sheet
Slip resistant surface coating
(slip resistance approx. R11):
Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB 3350 in one application.
Consumption: approx. 1.5 kg/m2 per mm thickness.
After application of the smoothing coat roll the surface
immediately at 90 C with a spiked roller in order to
orientate the grain in the coating and to avoid the for-
mation of air bubbles.
Broadcast fused corundum / silicon carbide (par-
ticle size e.g. 0.5 - 1.0 mm) into the wet coating.
Consumption: approx. 4 kg/m2.
Thoroughly remove all unbonded broadcast material
once the coating has cured and before the application
of the finish sealing coat.
Finish sealing coat:
Spread INDUFLOOR-IB3351, dependent on the
required slip resistance, in one application with a
rubber squeegee on to the broadcast finish coat
and evenly apply with a short nap wool roller.
Consumption: approx. 600 - 800 g/m2.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 is available in 15 kg and 30 kg
containers. Components A and B are delivered in a
predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3350 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
294
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Colour: Minor colour variations due to production
plants and raw material fluctuations are unavoid-
able. This should be considered when applying
coatings. Neighbouring sections should be com-
pleted with the same production units (see batch
number on the packaging).
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a new sealing coat should
be applied free from pores. It is not sufficient
simply to overcoat.
Protect surface protective systems from moisture
(e.g. rain) for approx. 4 - 6 hours after application.
Dampness produces a white discolouration and/or
stickiness on the surface and can impede the cure.
Discoloured and/or sticky surfaces should be taken
off e.g. by abrading and renewed. If the
INDUFLOOR-IB3350 system is to be overcoated
anew with INDUFLOOR-IB 3350 and be conduc-
tive, the conductive coating must firstly be abraded
and furnished with the conductive layer (INDU-
ConductiveStrip and INDUFLOOR2115) as
otherwise adequate conductivity values cannot be
achieved.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues can be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 epoxy resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 Art.-No. 5 55042

Volume conductive coating according to DIN EN 61340 for EPA areas

Properties: Suitability advice:

Solvent free Test report PS679 testing of electrostatic properties
Translucent colour, can be pigmented in accordance with DIN EN 61340.
Viscoplastic INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 fullfills all requirements of
Crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm the ESD standard (DIN EN 61340 parts 4.1 and
Does not contain carbon fibres 4.5, parts 5.1 / 5.2).
Self levelling
Permanently conductive regardless of coating Technical Data:
thickness Basis: 2-component epoxy resin
Permanently conductive regardless of relative humidity Colours: approx. RAL 7032
Conductivity created during production; no need for (standard colour)
use of powder conductive additives on site Viscosity: approx. 800 150 mPas
Fulfills the requirements of the latest ESD regulations at +23 C
Resistant to mechanical and chemical loads Density: approx. 1.30 g/cm3
High compressive and flexural strength at +23 C
Can be spray applied if required Mixing ratio: 100:45 parts by weight
Structured surface can be attained with addition of Application temperature: min. +8 C, max. +30 C
INDU-Fiberfiller Pot life: approx. 45 mins at +10 C
Abrasion resistant approx. 25 mins at +20 C
Sealer/Topcoat not necessary approx. 15 mins at +30 C
Minimum cure
Areas of application: temperature: +8 C
INDUFLOOR-IB 3350-VC2 is used for coating Relative humidity: < 75%
cement-based surfaces that have to be equipped Foot traffic after: approx. 24 hours
according to the ESD regulations. E.g. in at +23 C
Electronics industry Overcoat after: approx. 24 hours
PCB production at +23 C
Automotive industry Fully cured after: 7 days at +23 C
Technical and research rooms Shore-D hardness: approx. 64
Hospitals Compressive strength: > 50.0 N/mm2
Computer rooms Flexural strength: > 40.0 N/mm2
Tensile adhesion
With INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2, conventional carbon strength: B 2.0
fibre epoxy coatings can be changed simply and
efficiently to be compliant with ESD regulations.

ESD requirements Standard Requirements Tested values

Earth discharge resistance DIN EN 61340-4-1 < 1000 x 10 

6
3.6 M

System: Human-shoe-floor DIN EN 61340-5-1/5-2 < 35.0 M   3.6 M 

depending on footwear

Walking test DIN EN 61340-4-5 < 100 V < 10 V

DIN EN 61340-5-1/5-2

Test basis: ESD footwear

295
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Table: Chemical resistance Protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
(DIN 53168 20C) Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
Liquid Assessment vacuuming, brushing, scabbling, sand blasting, high
Ammonia < 25% +++/V pressure washing, shot blasting. Even out irregularities
Formic acid < 5% +/V with a smoothing compound in order to ensure an
Petrol / super petrol +++ even thickness of the conductive finish coat.
Calcium hydroxide +++
Coca-Cola +++/V In addition the following minimum requirements for
Distilled water +++ the substrates are to be fulfilled:
Cement-based surfaces:
Diesel / heating oil +++/V
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Acetic acid < 10% ++
Screed quality: min. EN 13813
Coffee +++/V CT-C25-F4
Potassium hydroxide < 50% +++ Age: min. 28 days
Kerosene +++ Tensile adhesion
Toluene +++ strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Trichloroethylene +++ Residual moisture: < 4%
Triethanolamine +++ (carbide hygrometer method)
Methyl napthalene +++ Protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
Kerosene +++
Motor oil +++/V Observe C dew point temperatures in regards to
Sodium hydroxide +++ relative humidity (see table last page).
Sodium hypochloride < 13% active +++
Product preparation:
Phosphoric acid < 50% ++/V
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Propanoic acid ++ in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Red wine +++/V into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Hydrochloric acid < 37% ++/V completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Nitric acid 10% ++/V ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Sulphuric acid < 50% +++/V at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Xylene +++ important to also stir from the sides and the bottom
Citric acid 10% ++ to ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir
until the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mix-
Key: ing time approx. 3 minutes. The material temperature
+++ = high (< 14d) during mixing should be +15C. Do not use mixed
++ = midium (< 72h) material directly from the packaging. Decant the
+ = low (< 8h) material into a clean container and thoroughly remix.
V = discolouration possible
Mixing of the levelling/scratch coat:
Advice: Higher chemical demands can have negative INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
influences on the conductivity. Quartz sand: 1.0 part by weight
(particle size: 0.1 0.3 or
Substrate: 0.2 0.7 mm diameter)
The area to be treated must be: INDU-Fiberfiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight
Dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good grip by percentage
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
rubber marks, paint residues and similar. homogenously prepared and decanted resin and

296
Technical Data Sheet
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components
are evenly mixed.
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that a thickener e.g. INDU-Fiberfiller is
added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate
is between 1.5 and 2% by weight dependent on the
slope.
Advice on the method of application:
Levelling of voids, large pores and irregularities:
After applying the primer, spread the mixed smoothing
coat by trowel (see above) in one application.
Consumption of prepared smoothing compound:
approx. 1,600 g/m2/mm thickness
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following final
coat, close all pores of the smoothing compound with
INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx. 200 300 g/m2
System configuration and material
consumption, System:
INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2
1) Prepare substrate (see above)
2) Application of primer:
INDUFLOOR-IB1250 is applied as minimum one
pore-tight coat.Consumption: min. 600 - 800 g/m2
dependent on the porosity of the substrate.
Note: Do not broadcast the primer with quartz. Further
coats are to be applied the following day.
2.1 Optional step: Levelling of voids, large pores
and irregularities: After applying primer, trowel
apply the mixed smoothing coat (see above)
in one coat.
Consumption of mixed smoothing compound:
approx. 1.600 g/m2/mm thickness.
2.2 Optional step: To avoid formation of air bubbles
in the following finish coat, close off the pores in
the smoothing coat with INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx. 200-300 g/m2
3) Production of a system process control level
consisting of: INDU-ConductiveStrip stuck down at
the floor/wall junction as strips with a length of
max. 1.0 m at 10 m intervals, dependent on the
geometry of the room. Note: The copper band is to
297
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
be connected to earth on site (potential balance).
Conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-IB2115 applied
by roller in one coat.
Consumption: approx. 120 150 g/m2 Note:
Before applying the final coat test the shunt resis-
tance. The shunt resistance must be < 103 .
4) Application of the final coat:
INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is evenly applied in one
coat with a notched or toothed squeegee to the
desired thickness.
Thickness: 1.0 mm = consumption:
approx. 1.300 g/m2
Thickness: 1.5 mm = consumption:
approx. 1.950 g/m2
Thickness: 2.0 mm = consumption:
approx. 2.600 g/m2
4.1) For improved de-aeration of the applied finish
coat, roll with a spiked roller after waiting for
10-15 minutes to avoid bubble formation.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Clean work tools with INDU-Cleanser immediately
after use.
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is available in 30 kg
containers. Component A and component B are
packaged in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened container.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Chem VOC Farb V (2004/42/EG):
Group Lb: j
Level 1 (2007): max. 550 g/l
Level 2 (2010): max. 500 g/l
INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 contains: < 500 g/l
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Colours: Light colours are produced as far as
possible but limited to the raw materials. Small
differences in colour resulting from varying produc-
tion equipment and fluctuations in raw materials are
unavoidable. When applying coatings this is to be
taken into account. Bordering surface bays are to be
carried out with material from the same production
plant (see batch number on the packaging).
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new pore-tight
coating should be applied.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a
white discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface
and can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

298
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Dew point table (in accordance with ZTV-SIB 90)

Dew point temperatures in C at a relative humidity of

Air temperature 45 % 50 % 55 % 60 % 65 % 70 % 75 % 80 % 85 % 90 % 95 %
2C -7.77 -6.56 -5.43 -4.40 -3.16 -2.48 -1.77 -0.98 -0.26 0.47 1.20
4C -6.11 -4.88 -3.69 -2.61 -1.79 -0.88 -0.09 0.78 1.62 2.44 3.20
6C -4.49 -3.07 -2.10 -1.05 -0.08 0.85 1.86 2.72 3.62 4.48 5.38
8C -2.69 -1.61 -0.44 0.67 1.80 2.83 3.82 4.77 5.66 6.48 7.32
10C -1.26 0.02 1.31 2.53 3.74 4.79 5.82 6.79 7.65 8.45 9.31
12C 0.35 1.84 3.19 4.46 5.63 6.74 7.75 8.69 9.60 10.48 11.33
14C 2.20 3.76 5.10 6.40 7.58 8.67 9.70 10.71 11.64 12.55 13.36
15C 3.12 4.65 6.07 7.36 8.52 9.63 10.70 11.69 12.62 13.52 14.42
16C 4.07 5.59 6.98 8.29 9.47 10.61 11.68 12.66 13.63 14.58 15.54
17C 5.00 6.48 7.92 9.18 10.39 11.48 12.54 13.57 14.50 15.36 16.19
18C 5.90 7.43 8.83 10.12 11.33 12.44 13.48 14.56 15.41 16.31 17.25
19C 6.80 8.33 9.75 11.09 12.26 13.37 14.49 15.47 16.40 17.37 18.22
20C 7.73 9.30 10.72 12.00 13.22 14.40 15.48 16.46 17.44 18.36 19.18
21C 8.60 10.22 11.59 12.92 14.21 15.36 16.40 17.44 18.41 19.27 20.19
22C 9.54 11.16 12.52 13.89 15.19 16.27 17.41 18.42 19.39 20.28 21.22
23C 10.44 12.02 13.47 14.87 16.04 17.29 18.37 19.37 20.37 21.34 22.23
24C 11.34 12.93 14.44 15.73 17.06 18.21 19.22 20.33 21.37 22.32 23.18
25C 12.20 13.83 15.37 16.69 17.99 19.11 20.24 21.35 22.27 23.30 24.22
26C 13.15 14.84 16.26 17.67 18.90 20.09 21.29 22.32 23.32 24.31 25.16
27C 14.08 15.68 17.24 18.57 19.83 21.11 22.23 23.31 24.32 25.22 26.10
28C 14.96 16.61 18.14 19.38 20.86 22.07 23.18 24.28 25.25 26.20 27.18
29C 15.85 17.58 19.04 20.48 21.83 22.97 24.20 25.23 26.21 27.26 28.18
30C 16.79 18.44 19.96 21.44 23.71 23.94 25.11 26.10 27.21 28.19 29.09
32C 18.62 20.28 21.90 23.26 24.65 25.79 27.08 28.24 29.23 30.16 31.17
34C 20.42 22.19 23.77 25.19 26.54 27.85 28.94 30.09 31.19 32.13 33.11
36C 22.23 24.08 25.50 27.00 28.41 29.65 30.88 31.97 33.05 34.23 35.06
38C 23.97 25.74 27.44 28.87 30.31 31.62 32.78 33.96 35.01 36.05 37.03
40C 25.79 27.66 29.22 30.81 32.16 33.48 34.69 35.86 36.98 38.05 39.11
45C 30.29 32.17 33.86 35.38 36.85 38.24 39.54 40.74 41.87 42.97 44.03
50C 34.76 36.63 38.46 40.09 41.58 42.99 44.33 45.55 46.75 47.90 48.98

The dew point table indicates at which surface temperature condensation occurs
dependent on the air temperature and relative humidity.

299
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Road and Track Construction

Concrete Restoration
Hydraulic Structures
Surface Protection Systems
RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology

Conductive floor coating for

sensitive production areas
www.schomburg.com

INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS

300
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Efficiency
Guaranteed!
INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2
EPA Flooring system

A T I O N
IN NOVBased on intensive research we have developed an innovative
conductive flooring system which meets and exceeds all of the
markets requirements for quality and performance.

The perfect balance between all of the system components

guarantees the high level of performance.

INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2
is used for coating cementitious surfaces in:

Electronics industry
Circuit board assembly rooms
Automotive industry
Hospitals
Computer rooms

Just ask - we are happy to advise you on

the best solution for your needs!

301
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

The INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 System fulfills all requirements of the

DIN EN 61340 and IEC 61340 Standards. (Parts 4-1, 4-5, 5-1, 5-2)

High system security for the ESD Protected Areas (EPA)

High mechanical and chemical resistance
Strong abrasion resistance (ARO,5, according to DIN EN 13813)
Excellent impact resistance (IR8, according to DIN EN 13813)

Security for substrates prone to cracking

Crack-bridging up to 0.2 mm

(3$

INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2
System Build-up
Based on properly prepared sound substrates

INDUFLOOR-IB3350-VC2 (Top coat)

Average consumption: 2.500 g/m2 approx. 2 mm coating thickness
Coating thicknesses from 0.5 mm to >3.0 mm without loss of conductive properties
High level of horizontal and vertical conductivity

INDUFLOOR-IB2115 (Conductive lacquer)

High level of horizontal and vertical conductivity

INDU-ConductiveStrips

INDUFLOOR-IB1250 (Primer)
Withstands negative side moisture vapour (DIN EN ISO 7783-1)

302
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3351 Art.-No. 5 55007

Universal coating

Properties: E-module: approx. 3.500 N/mm2

INDUFLOOR-IB3351 is a solvent free two component Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete)
epoxy resin with the following properties:
solvent free in accordance with the recommendations Surface preparation:
of the Deutsche Bauchemie e.V. The area to be treated must be:
viscoplastic dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
pigmented free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
highly resistant to mechanical and chemical loading substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
high compressive and flexural strength rubber marks, paint residues and similar
resistant to many acids and alkalis as well as protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
conventional cleaning agents at application prepare iron and steel surfaces by appropriately
concentrations de-rusting to standard purity Sa 2.5 in accordance
resistant to weathering, tends due discolour under with DIN 55 928.
UV light Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
as a protective coating on steel substrates dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting,
scabbling, planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping,
Areas of application: vacuuming.
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 is used In addition the following minimum substrate
as a heavy duty industrial floor coating on requirements for cementitious substrates are to be
cementitious surfaces such as concrete and screed fulfilled.
in production areas and warehouses Concrete quality: min. C20/25
on floors in the food industry and commercial kitchens, Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
workshops, laundries, on loading ramps and road- Tensile adhesion
ways strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
as a priming coat for the production of decorative Plaster quality: P IIIa/P IIIb
finishes together with INDU-ColorChips. Tensile adhesion
strength: approx. 0.8 N/mm2
Technical Data:
Basis: two component epoxy resin Product preparation:
Standard colours: approx. RAL 7032, Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
approx. RAL 7030 in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Viscosity: approx. 1.600 mPas 15% component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
at +20 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Density: approx. 1.45 g/cm3 ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
at +23 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Mixing ratio: 4:1 parts by weight important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
at +10 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
approx. 30 minutes time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
approx. 10 minutes during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
at +30 C material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Min cure temperature: +8 C material into a clean container and mix through
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at + 23 C thoroughly once again.
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours,
max. 24 hours at +23 C Production of levelling/scratch coat:
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
at +23 C Quartzsand: 1.0 part by weight
Compressive strength: approx. 71 N/mm2 (grain size: 0.1 0.6 or
Flexural strength: approx. 51 N/mm2 0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter)

303
Technical Data Sheet
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight
by percentage
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or slop-
ing surfaces it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is
added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate
is between 3 and 5% by weight dependent on the
slope.
Production of a flowing mortar:
The flowing mortar consists of:
INDUFLOOR-IB3351: 1.0 part by weight
Quartzsand: 0.5 0.8 parts by weight
(grain size 0.2 0.7 mm)
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components. Ensure that the liquid and solid
components are evenly mixed. When mixing aggregate
(e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the aggregate is dry and
also at a temperature of +15 C. For roller or trowel
applied coatings on vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The
addition rate is approx. 2% by weight for roller
application and between 3 - 5 % for trowel application
dependent on the degree of slope.
Advice:
It is advantageous to premix the INDU-FibreFiller
into the resin component followed by addition of the
hardener component.
Method of application/consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 is either roller or trowel applied.
Before applying INDUFLOOR-IB3351 prepare the
substrate as described above and prime with
INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
When intermediate broadcasting, sprinkle with
0.2 0.7 mm quartz sand.
With excessive unevenness use a smoothing coat
(see valid technical data sheet for INDUFLOOR-
IB1260 universal primer).
Thin coating (smooth surface),
thickness: approx. 1.0 mm:
After application of the primer trowel apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 in one application.
Consumption: approx. 1.0 1.5 kg/m2.
304
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Thin coating (slip resistant surface),
thickness approx. 1.5 2.0 mm:
After application and sanding of the primer apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 with a rubber squeegee in one
application and spread evenly with a short nap wool
roller. Consumption: approx. 1.0 1.5 kg/m2.
Protective coating for a steel surface,
Thickness: approx. 400 m
1. Surface preparation:
Sand blasting according to Rost Pt. 2.213 (optimum
abrasion depth 50 m) (bare metal). Apply protective
coating in two applications by roller, brush or airless
spray.
Roller or brush application:
First coat, consumption: approx. 250 300 g/m2
Second coat, consumption: approx. 150 200 g/
m2, recoat time 12 24 hours
Airless spray application:
Standard spray equipment:
Adjust product viscosity to designated material
thickness with INDUThixPowder, when required.
Apply first coat at 150 300 g/m2
Allow min. gelling time of 60 min. at + 20 C,
20 min. at + 35 C
Apply second coat within 24 h
Spray pressure: min. 200 bar
Nozzle orifice: 0.019 in to 0.025 in.
Intake filter: 60 Mesh
Spray equipment with heated Nozzle intake
Heat intake to 60 90 C depending on desired
gelling time
Apply first coat at 150-300 g/m2
Immediately apply second coat, but not later then
6 h after first coat
Spray pressure: min. 200 bar
Nozzle orifice: 0.013 in to 0.019 in.
Intake filter: 60 Mesh
Dependent on the degree of slip resistance required
broadcast the wet coating with quartz sand (0.2 -
0.7 or 0.5 - 1.0 mm). Consumption of broadcast
sand: approx. 2 3 kg/m2. Once hardened thor-
oughly remove all unbonded quartz sand before
the finish coating is applied. Finish coat: apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3351 with a rubber squeegee in one
application and spread evenly with a short nap wool
roller. Consumption: approx. 600 - 800 g/m2.
Technical Data Sheet
High build coating (smooth surface):
Fill INDUFLOOR-IB3351 with up to 50 80%
quartz sand (0.2 0.7 mm) and trowel apply in
one application.
Consumption: approx. 0.9 1.0 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Consumption (finished mix): approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm
thickness.
To de-aerate the applied flow coating it is imperative
that a spiked roller is used to prevent the formation of
bubbles.
High build coating (slip resistant surface):
Fill INDUFLOOR-IB3351 with up 50% quartz sand
(0.2 0.7 mm) and trowel apply in one application.
Consumption: approx. 0.9 1.0 kg/m2/mm thickness.
Consumption (finished mix): approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm
thickness.
To de-aerate the applied flow coating it is imperative
that a spiked roller is used crossways to prevent the
formation of bubbles. Dependent on the degree of
slip resistance required broadcast the wet coating
with quartz sand e.g. grain size 0.5 - 1.0 mm or 0.7-
1.2 mm. Consumption of broadcast sand: approx.
3 - 6 kg/m2 dependent on thickness. Once hardened
thoroughly remove all unbonded quartz sand before the
finish coating is applied.
Finish coat: apply INDUFLOOR-IB 3351 with a rubber
squeegee in one application on to the sanded priming
coat and spread evenly with a short nap wool roller.
Consumption: approx. 0.6 1.0 kg/m2.
Optional: production of a decorative surface:
Spread INDU-ColorChips into the wet coating.
Consumption:
Closed surface: approx. 700 - 800 g/m2
Open surface: from approx. 15 - 100 g/m2
With a closed surface thoroughly remove all unbonded
coloured chippings, once the coating has hardened, by
vacuuming or sweeping. Afterwards lighly abrade and
thoroughly clean by vacuuming.
Application of the finish coat:
Evenly seal the closed or open broadcast surface to a
matt finish with e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB 2250 Protec-Ultra.
Consumption:
Porous substrates: approx. 100 150 g/m2
Non-porous substrates: approx. 60 80 g/m2.
Advice:
The waiting time between coatings is approx. 16
hours up to a maximum of 24 hours at +23 C and
65% relative humidity.
305
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Possible situation:
Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness:
After application of the primer, apply a scratch coat
of the mixed mortar (see above) in a single applica-
tion. Consumption of finished mortar:
approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness.
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the follow-
ing finish coat seal the scratch coat pore-tight with
INDUFLOOR-IB1260. Consumption: approx. 0.3 -
0.5 kg/m2.
When waiting times will exceed 24 hours before
the application of following coatings, broadcast kiln
dried quartz sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm into
the wet sealing coat. Consumption: approx. 0.8 -
1.0 kg/m2.
Once the sealing coat has cured, thoroughly remove
all unbonded quartz sand. After a waiting time of
min. 16 to max. 24 hours apply the next coating.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it
is recommended that INDU-ThixPowder or INDU-
FibreFiller is added. The addition rate is between
3 and 5% by weight. Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3351
by trowel.
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or where
there is negative moisture pressure use the mois-
ture barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer (see
Technical Data Sheet).
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
30 kg containers. Components A and B are deliv-
ered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3351 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new closed-pore
coating should be applied. It is not sufficient simply
to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08

306
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3355 Art.-No. 5 55024

Universal industrial floor coating

Properties: Technical Properties:

INDUFLOOR-IB3355 is a two component epoxy resin Compressive strength: approx. 68 N/mm2
with the following properties: Flexural strength: approx. 45 N/mm2
solvent free in accordance with the recommendations Adhesion strength: 2.5 N/mm2
of the Deutsche Bauchemie e.V. (ASTM D 4541:02)
pigmented Abrasion resistance: 125mg (ASTM D
highly resistant to mechanical and chemical loading 4060:01)
high compressive and flexural strength
resistant to many acids and alkalis as well as * Full chemical resistance testing results available upon request
conventional cleaning agents at application
concentrations Fulfills the requirements of BS 6920: Part 1: 2000 -
economical Determination of suitability of non toxicity for use in
resistant to weathering, tends to discolour under UV light contact with water intended for human consumption.
suitable for contact with water & foodstuff in accordance
with World Health Organisation standard requirements. Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be:
Areas of application: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
INDUFLOOR-IB3355 is used as a heavy duty industrial free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
floor coating substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
on cement-based surfaces such as concrete and rubber marks, paint residues and similar
screed protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
in production areas and warehouses
on floors in the food industry and commercial Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
kitchens, workshops, laundries, on loading ramps, dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot
roadways etc. blasting, scabbling, grit blasting, brushing,
as a priming coat for the production of decorative sweeping, vacuuming.
finishes together with INDU-DecorChips.
In addition the following minimum substrate require-
Typical Properties: ments for cementitious substrates are to be fulfilled.
Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin
Standard colour: approx. RAL 7032 Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Viscosity: approx. 1200 mPas 15% at Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
+20 C
Density: approx. 1.41 g/cm3 Tensile adhesion
at +23 C strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Mixing ratio: 100:24 parts by weight Render quality: P IIIa/P IIIb
Pot life: approx. 45 mins. at +10 C Tensile adhesion
approx. 30 mins. at +20 C strength: approx. 0.8 N/mm2
approx. 10 mins. at +30 C
Application/Substrate Product preparation:
temperature: min. approx. +10 C, Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
max. approx. +35 C in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Min cure temperature: +8 C component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
at +23 C ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours to important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
max. 24 hours at +23 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing

307
Technical Data Sheet
time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
material directly from the packaging. Decant the
material into a clean container and mix through
thoroughly once again.
Production of levelling/scratch coat:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Quartzsand: 1.0 part by weight
(grain size: 0.1 0.6 or
0.2 0.7 mm diameter)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0%
by weight
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared INDUFLOOR-IB1260. Ensure
that the liquid and solid components are evenly mixed.
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added to the
levelling/scratch coat. The addition rate is between
3 and 5% by weight dependent on the degree of
slope.
Production of a flowing mortar:
The flowing mortar consists of:
INDUFLOOR-IB3355: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 0.5 0.8 parts by weight
(grain size 0.2 0.7 mm)
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components. Ensure that the liquid and solid
components are evenly mixed. When mixing aggregate
(e.g. quartz sand) ensure that the aggregate is dry
and also at a temperature of +15 C. For roller or
trowel applied coatings on vertical or sloping surfaces
it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The
addition rate is approx. 2% by weight for roller appli-
cation and between 3 5 % for trowel application
dependent on the degree of slope.
Advice: It is advantageous to premix the INDU-
FibreFiller into the resin component followed by
addition of the hardener component.
Method of application/consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB3355 is either roller or trowel applied.
Before applying INDUFLOOR-IB3355 prepare the
substrate as described above and prime with
308
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
INDUFLOOR-IB1260. When intermediate
broadcasting, sprinkle with 0.2 0.7 mm quartz
sand. With excessive unevenness use a smoothing
coat dependent on the depth of dips (see valid
technical data sheet for INDUFLOOR-IB1260
universal primer).
Thin coating (smooth surface), thickness:
approx. 1.0 mm:
After application of the primer trowel apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3355 in one application.
Consumption: approx. 1.0 1.5 kg/m2.
Thin coating (slip resistant surface),
thickness approx. 1.5 2.0 mm:
After application and sanding of the primer apply
INDUFLOOR-IB3355 with a rubber squeegee in one
application and spread evenly with a short nap wool
roller. Consumption: approx. 1.0 1.5 kg/m2.
Dependent on the degree of slip resistance required,
broadcast the wet coating with quartz sand (0.2
0.7 or 0.5 1.0 mm). Consumption of broadcast
sand: approx. 2 3 kg/m2. Once hardened
thoroughly remove all unbonded quartz sand before
the finish coating is applied.
Finish coat: Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3355 with a rub-
ber squeegee in one application and spread evenly
with a short nap wool roller. Consumption: approx.
600 800 g/m2.
High build coating (smooth surface):
Fill INDUFLOOR-IB3355 with up to 50 80%
quartz sand (0.2 0.7mm) and trowel apply in
one application.
Consumption: approx. 0.9 1.0 kg/m2/mm
thickness.
Consumption (finished mix): approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm
thickness.
To de-aerate the applied flow coating it is imperative
that a spiked roller is used to prevent the formation of
bubbles.
High build coating (slip resistant surface):
Fill INDUFLOOR-IB3355 with up 50% quartz sand
(0.2 0.7mm) and trowel apply in one application.
Consumption: approx. 0.9 1.0 kg/m2/mm thick-
ness. Consumption (finished mix): approx. 1.6 kg/
m2/mm thickness.
Technical Data Sheet
To de-aerate the applied flow coating it is imperative
that a spiked roller is used crossways to prevent the
formation of bubbles. Dependent on the degree of slip
resistance required, broadcast the wet coating with
quartz sand e.g. grain size 0.5 1.0 mm or 0.7
1.2 mm. Consumption of broadcast sand: approx.
3 6 kg/m2 dependent on thickness.
Once hardened thoroughly remove all unbonded quartz
sand before the finish coating is applied.
Finish coat: Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3355 with a rubber
squeegee in one application on to the sanded priming
coat and spread evenly with a short nap wool roller.
Consumption: approx. 0.6 1.0 kg/m2.
Optional: production of a decorative surface:
Spread INDU-DecorChips into the wet coating.
Consumption:
Closed surface: approx. 700 800 g/m2
Open surface: from approx. 15 100 g/m2
With a closed surface thoroughly remove all unbonded
coloured chippings, once the coating has hardened, by
vacuuming or sweeping. Afterwards lightly abrade and
thoroughly clean by vacuuming.
Application of the finish coat:
Evenly seal the broadcast surface to a matt finish
with e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB2250.
Consumption: approx. 80 120 g/m2
Advice:
The waiting time between coatings is approx.
16 hours up to a maximum of 24 hours at +23 C
and 65% relative humidity.
Possible situation:
Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness:
After application of the primer, apply a scratch coat of
the mixed mortar (see above) in a single application.
Consumption of finished mortar: approx. 1.6 kg/m2/
mm thickness.
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following
finish coat seal the scratch coat pore-tight with
INDUFLOOR-IB1260.
Consumption: approx. 0.3 0.5 kg/m2.
When waiting times will exceed 24 hours before the
application of following coatings, broadcast kiln dried
309
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
quartz sand of particle size 0.2 0.7 mm into the
wet sealing coat. Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0
kg/m2.
Once the sealing coat has cured, thoroughly remove
all unbonded quartz sand. After a waiting time of
min. 16 to max. 24 hours, apply the next coating.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces
it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added.
The addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight.
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or
where there is negative moisture pressure use the
moisture barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer
(see Technical Data Sheet). After cleaning oil-
contaminated substrates it is necessary to pre-prime
with the product INDUFLOOR-IB1240.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
30 kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3355 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

The bond between the individual coats can be

heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new closed-pore
coating should be applied. It is not sufficient simply
to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
52/08

310
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3360 Art.-No. 5 55002

Elastic coating

Properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate

INDUFLOOR-IB3360 is a solvent free, pigmented two dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting,
component epoxy-polyurethane resin with the following scabbling, planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping,
properties: vacuuming.
elasticated and crack bridging up to 0.3 mm
resistant to low concentration acids and alkalis as In addition the following minimum substrate require-
well as conventional cleaning agents at application ments for cementitious substrates are to be fulfilled.
concentrations Concrete quality: min. C20/25
sound reduction (4 - 7 decibel) Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
resistant to weathering, tends due discolour under Tensile adhesion
UV light. strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Asphalt screed quality: min. GE10
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB3360 is used as an elastic industrial Product preparation:
floor coating Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
in production areas and warehouses in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
as an elastic coating on asphalt screeds component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
for the production of decorative surfaces together completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
with INDU-ColorChips on terraces, balconies, ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
access balconies etc. at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Technical Data: ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Basis: two component epoxy- the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
polyurethane resin time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature
Colours: approx. RAL 7032 during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Density: approx. 1.31 g/cm3 material directly from the packaging. Decant the
at +23 C material into a clean container and mix through
Mixing ratio: 4:1 parts by weight thoroughly once again. Before application to vertical
Pot life: approx. 35 minutes at +23 C or sloping surfaces it is recommended that INDU-
Application temperature: min +8 C, max +30 C FibreFiller is added. The addition rate is between
Min cure temperature: +8 C 3 and 5% by weight dependent on the slope. Firstly
Relative humidity: < 75% stir the rheology modifier into the resin component
Traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C followed by the addition of the hardener component
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to and then mix intensively.
max 24 hours at +23 C
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days Production of levelling/scratch coat:
at +23 C INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Shore-D-hardness: approx. 70 after 7 days Quartzsand: 1.0 part by weight
at +23 C (grain size: 0.1 - 0.6 or
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) 0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight
Surface preparation: by percentage
The area to be treated must be:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting homogen-ously prepared and decanted resin and
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
rubber marks, paint residues and similar binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components
protected from moisture ingress from the rear. are evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or
sloping surfaces it is recommended that

311
Technical Data Sheet
INDU-FibreFiller is added to the levelling/scratch coat.
The addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight
dependent on the slope.
Method of application/consumption:
1. Substrate preparation: see above
2. Priming: Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260
(see technical data sheet). Consumption: min.
300 - 600 g/m2.
3. Broadcast quartz sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm
into the wet coat. Consumption: approx.
0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2. Once the primer has hardened
thoroughly remove unbonded quartz sand.
Application of the finish coat:
4. Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3360. Minimum
consumption: approx. 1.5 kg/m2.
5. To de-aerate the finish coat it is imperative that a
spiked roller is used to avoid the formation of
bubbles.
Optional: production of a decorative surface:
6. Spread the coloured chippings INDU-ColorChips
into the wet coating. Consumption: Closed surface:
approx. 700 - 800 g/m2. Open surface: from
approx. 15 - 100 g/m2. With a closed surface
thoroughly remove all unbonded coloured chippings,
once the coating has hardened, by vacuuming or
sweeping. Afterwards lighly abrade and thoroughly
clean by vacuuming.
7. Application of the finish coat: Evenly seal the closed
or open broadcast surface with e.g. INDUFLOOR-
IB2250 Ultra Protect. Consumption: Porous back-
grounds: approx. 100 - 150 g/m2. Non-porous
backgrounds: approx. 60 80 g/m2.
Possible situation:
Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness:
After application of the primer, apply a scratch coat of
the mixed mortar (see above) in a single application.
Consumption of finished mortar:
approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness.
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the following finish
coat, seal the scratch coat pore-tight with INDUFLOOR-
IB1260. Consumption: approx. 300 - 600 g/m2.
When waiting times will exceed 24 hours before the
application of following coatings, broadcast kiln dried
quartz sand of particle size 0.2 - 0.7 mm into the wet
sealing coat. Consumption: approx. 0.8 - 1.0 kg/m2.
312
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Once the sealing coat has cured, thoroughly remove
all unbonded quartz sand. After a waiting time of
min. 16 to max. 24 hours apply the next coating.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces
it is recommended that INDU-ThixPowder or
INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition rate is
between 3 and 5% by weight.
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or
where there is negative moisture pressure use the
moisture barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer
(see Technical Data Sheet).
Waiting times between individual coatings:
between a minimum of 16 and 24 hours at
+23 C and 75% relative humidity.
Only walk over surfaces broadcast with decorative
chippings with clean footwear in order to avoid
contamination.
When working with rubber squeegees use only
solvent resistant tools.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
15 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B
are delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3360 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

a long time, the surface must be well cleaned and

abraded, after which a completely new closed-pore
coating should be applied. It is not sufficient simply
to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1
22/09

313
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3365 Art.-No. 5 55023

Parking deck coating

Properties: Elongation at break: approx. 130% at +23 C

INDUFLOOR-IB3365 is a parking deck coating with the approx. 110% at -20 C
following properties: Tear strength: approx. 5.3 N/mm2
two component epoxy-polyurethane resin at +23 C
solvent free approx. 12.7 N/mm2
pigmented at -20 C
crack bridging Shore-A-hardness: approx. 85
resistant to petrol, motor oil Tensile adhesion strength: >B 1.5 (concrete failure)
resistant to de-icing salts and weather influences
strongly resistant in heavy duty applications Surface preparation:
elastic when cold and also crack bridging at low The area to be treated must be:
temperatures (-20 C). dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Areas of application: substances such as dust, laitance, grease,
INDUFLOOR-IB3365 is used as a crack bridging rubber marks, paint residues and similar
coating, which is impervious to liquids, on concrete protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
and cement-based screeds for example:
on parking and access areas in car parks and Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
garages dependent on its condition such as e.g. sweeping,
on industrial floor areas vacuuming, brushing, planing, scabbling, sand-
bridge parapets. blasting, high pressure water jetting, shot-blasting.
In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled
INDUFLOOR-IB3365 fulfils the requirements for crack dependent on the substrate:
bridging in accordance with OS11 of the DAfStb
guidelines (German committee for reinforced concrete) Cementitious surfaces:
protection and restoration of concrete structures. Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Screed quality: min. CT-C25-F6
Technical Data: Age: min. 28 days
Basis: epoxy-polyurethane resin Tensile adhesion
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Viscosity: approx. 2500 mPa s 100 Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
at +23 C method)
Density: approx. 1.25 g/cm3
at +23 C Product preparation:
Mixing ratio: 100:18 parts by weight Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
at +23 C component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
approx. 15 minutes completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
at +30 C ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Curing temperature: (material / substrate) at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
+8 C to +30 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to max the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
24 hours at +23 C time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature
Mechanical loading: after approx. 3 days during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
at +23 C material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days material into a clean container and mix through
at +23 C thoroughly once again.

314
Technical Data Sheet
Production of levelling/scratch coat:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 1.0 part by weight
(grain size: 0.1 0.6
or 0.2 0.7 mm diameter)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0%
by weight
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or sloping
surfaces it is recommended that the rheology modifier
INDU-FibreFiller is added to the levelling/scratch coat.
The addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight
dependent on the slope.
Method of application/consumption:
Standard construction of the car park deck system
INDUFLOOR-IB3365 to OS 11 of the SIB guidelines
of the DAfStb:
1. Substrate preparation: see above
2. Priming of the total area: Apply INDUFLOOR-
IB1260 in two applications (see technical data
sheet). Consumption: approx. 300 600 g/m2.
2.1 Broadcast quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm
into the wet coat. Consumption: approx.
1.0 kg/m2.
2.2 Once the primer has hardened thoroughly remove
unbonded quartz sand.
3. Trowel apply an intermediate coat of INDUFLOOR-
IB3365 to a thickness of approx. 1.5 mm.
Consumption: approx. 1,900 g/m2.
3.1 It is imperative to de-aerate the applied intermedi-
ate coat by rolling with a spiked roller.
4. Trowel apply the wearing coat of INDUFLOOR-
IB3365 in one application. Consumption: approx.
1,500 g/m2.
4.1 Broadcast quartz sand, grain size 0.7 1.2 mm,
into the wet coating. Consumption: approx.
4 kg/m2.
4.2 Once cured thoroughly remove unbonded quartz
sand before applying the finishing coat.
5. Roller apply the finishing coat INDUFLOOR-IB2320
in one application. Consumption: approx.
600 g/m2.
315
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Waiting time between individual coats: always
approx. 16 hours up to a max of 24 hours at +23
C and 65% relative humidity.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
30 kg containers. Components A and B are deliv-
ered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB 3365 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the old surface must be well cleaned
and abraded, after which a completely new
closed-pore coating should be applied. It is not
sufficient simply to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

white discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface

and can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1

45/08

316
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3370 Art.-No. 5 55012

Water diffusion open floor coating - aqueous

Properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate

INDUFLOOR-IB3370 is a water emulsified, dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting,
pigmented, two component epoxy resin with the planing, scabbling, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-
following properties: blasting and high pressure water jetting.
free from organic solvents In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled
low odour dependent on the substrate:
environmentally friendly Cementitious surfaces:
resistant to dilute alkalis and acids, heating oil Concrete quality: min. C20/25
and petrol Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
highly vapour permeable Age: min. 28 days
can be applied in coats from 2 5 mm Tensile adhesion
excellent bond to different substrates strength: 1.5 N/mm2
satin finish. Magnesium screeds:
UV influences may result in colour variations due to Screed quality: min. MA 40
the binder. Age: min. 14 days
Tensile adhesion
Areas of application: strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
For medium to heavy duty areas in interiors. Residual moisture: < 2% (carbide hygrometer
INDUFLOOR-IB3370 is used as a floor coating on method)
cementitious floor areas, magnesium screeds and Calcium sulphate screeds:
anhydrite screeds e.g. in warehouses, workshops Screed quality: min. CA-C20-F7
and production areas amongst others. Age: min. 14 days
Tensile adhesion
Technical Data: strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
Basis: two component epoxy resin Residual moisture: < 0.5%, with underfloor
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 heating: < 0.3% (carbide
Mixing ratio: 100:14 parts by weight hygrometer method)
Density: approx. 1.95 g/cm3
at +23 C Product preparation:
Viscosity: medium viscosity Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
at +23 C component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
Application temperature: min. +10 C / max. +30 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Traffic after: approx. 24 hours at +23 C ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to max at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
24 hours at +23 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
at +23 C the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Relative humidity: approx. 75% at +10 C time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature
to 85% at +23 C during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Permeability coefficient: approx. 4500 material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Sd value: approx. 8 to 9 m material into a clean container and mix through
thoroughly once again.
Surface preparation:
The area to be treated must be: Method of application / consumption:
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB 3370 in one applica-
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting tion. Pour portions of the mixed material on to the
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, surface and spread evenly over the surface.
rubber marks, paint residues and similar.

317
Technical Data Sheet
Tools e.g.
Notched trowel: Pajarito TKP/R R2 or
Polyplan 777E/type 55 for 3mm thickness or
Rake for thickness from 2 5 mm
Spiked roller
Priming:
Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a maximum of 10%
water and roller apply in one application. Material
consumption: approx. 300 350 g/m2 of the
diluted mix.
Alternatively with uneven areas of > 1.5 mm trowel
apply a priming layer with INDUFLOOR-IB3370.
Consumption: approx. 2.0 kg/m2 per mm.
Coating:
Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3370 to the primer in one
application.
Material consumption: Minimum 4.0 kg/m2 at 2 mm
thickness. Keep to a minimum thickness of 2 mm.
Finishing coat:
After waiting for between 12 and 16 hours at +23 C
apply the sealing layer with the product INDUFLOOR-
IB2250 (matt sealer). Material consumption: approx.
120 g/m2.
Alternatively the finishing coat INDUFLOOR-IB2360
can be applied as a surface protector. Material
consumption: approx. 250 g/m2.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
water.
Packaging:
30 kg containers. Components A and B are delivered
in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3370 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
318
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Colour: Minor colour variations due to production
plants and raw material fluctuations are unavoid-
able. This should be considered when applying
coatings. Neighbouring sections should be com-
pleted with the same production units (see batch
number on the packaging).
Avoid thicknesses > 5 mm (greater material
consumption). This leads to crack formation
and delamination.
Waiting times between individual coats min.
12 hours to a max. 24 hours. Waiting times
should be appropriately extended where the
relative humidity is > 85% at +23 C.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction
during the drying and curing phases.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
The substrate temperature must be a minimum of
< +3 C above the dew point.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
under the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy
resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 0
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3375 Art.-No. 5 55031

Conductive water diffusion open floor coating - aqueous

Properties: substances such as dust, laitance, grease,

INDUFLOOR-IB3375 is a water emulsified, rubber marks, paint residues and similar.
pigmented, two component epoxy resin with the
following properties: Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
free from organic solvents dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting,
conductive planing, scabbling, sweeping, vacuuming, grit-blast-
low odour ing and high pressure water jetting.
environmentally friendly In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled
resistant to dilute alkalis and acids, heating oil and dependent on the substrate:
petrol
highly vapour permeable Cementitious surfaces:
can be applied in coats from 2 5 mm Concrete quality: min. C20/25
excellent bond to different substrates Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
satin finish. Age: min. 28 days
Tensile adhesion
Areas of application: strength: 1.5 N/mm2
For medium to heavy duty areas in interiors. Magnesium screeds:
INDUFLOOR-IB3375 is used as a floor coating on Screed quality: min. MA 40
cementitious floor areas, magnesium screeds and Age: min. 14 days
anhydrite screeds e.g. in Tensile adhesion
Computer rooms, Electronical environments strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
Commercial printing facilities Residual moisture: < 2% (carbide hygrometer
Hospitals method)
Calcium sulphate screeds:
Technical Data: Screed quality: min. CA-C20-F7
Basis: two component epoxy resin Age: min. 14 days
Colour: approx. RAL 7032 Tensile adhesion
Mixing ratio: 100:14 parts by weight strength: > 1.0 N/mm2
Density: approx. 1.95 g/cm3 Residual moisture: < 0.5%, with underfloor
at +23 C heating: < 0.3% (carbide
Viscosity: medium viscosity hygrometer method)
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes
at +23 C Product preparation:
Application temperature: min. +10 C / max. +30 C Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Traffic after: approx. 24 hours at +23 C in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to max into component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
24 hours at +23 C completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
at +23 C at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Relative humidity: approx. 75% at +10 C important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
to 85% at +23 C ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Permeability coefficient: approx. 2500 the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Sd value: approx. 4 m time approx. 5 minutes. The minimum temperature
during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Surface preparation: material directly from the packaging. Decant the
The area to be treated must be: material into a clean container and mix through
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip thoroughly once again.
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting

319
Technical Data Sheet
Method of application / consumption:
Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3375 in one application.
Pour portions of the mixed material on to the surface
and spread evenly over the surface.
Tools e.g.
Notched trowel: Pajarito TKP/R R2 or
Polyplan 777E/type 55 for 3mm thickness or
Rake for thickness from 2 5 mm
Spiked roller
System Build-up A for even substrates, without
levelling patches:
Priming:
1. Dilute INDUFLOOR-IB2360 with a maximum of 10%
water and roller apply in one application. Material
consumption: approx. 300 350 g/m2 of the
diluted mix.
Conductive Layer:
2. Apply the conductive layer, consisting of:
Copper fibers: INDU-Leitband AL (approx. 5/5 m)
Conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-IB2115, applied
in 1 layer with a roller.
Consumption: approx. 200 g/m2
Coating:
3. Application of the topcoat: INDUFLOOR-IB3375
Material consumption: Minimum 4.0 kg/m2 at
2 mm thickness. Keep to a minimum thickness of
2 mm.
3.1 To avoid bubbles and pinholes forming in the
topcoat it is essential to aerate by backrolling
with a porcupine roller, after a waiting time of
approx. 10 15 mins. at +20 C.
Finishing coat:
After waiting for between 12 and 16 hours at +23 C
apply the sealing layer with the product
INDUFLOOR-IB2250. Material consumption:
approx. 80 g/m2.
System Build-up A for uneven substrates, with
levelling patches:
Primer:
1. Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3375 in a single layer as
a scratch coat.
Consumption: approx. 2.000 g/m2 per even layer
Conductive Layer:
2. Apply the conductive layer, consisting of:
Copper fibers: INDU-Leitband AL (approx. 5/5 m)
Conductive lacquer: INDUFLOOR-IB2115, applied
320
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
in 1 layer with a roller.
Consumption: approx. 200 g/m2
Coating:
3. Apply INDUFLOOR-IB3375 in one layer with a
trowel.
Consumption: minimum 4.000 g/m2 with 2 mm
thickness. Minimum thickness of 2 mm must be
maintained.
3.1 To avoid bubbles and pinholes forming in the
topcoat it is essential to aerate by backrolling
with a porcupine roller, after a waiting time of
approx. 10 15 mins. at +20 C.
Deck Sealing:
After waiting approx. 12 16 hrs at +23 C, seal
the surface by applying INDUFLOOR-IB 2250.
Consumption: approx. 80 g/m2
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
water.
Packaging:
30 kg containers. Components A and B are
delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Storage & Shelf Life:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3375 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Colour: Minor colour variations due to production

plants and raw material fluctuations are unavoidable.
This should be considered when applying coatings.
Neighbouring sections should be completed with
the same production units (see batch number on the
packaging).
Avoid thicknesses > 5 mm (greater material
consumption). This leads to crack formation and
delamination.
Waiting times between individual coats min. 12
hours to a max. 24 hours. Waiting times should be
appropriately extended where the relative humidity
is > 85% at +23 C.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation and extraction
during the drying and curing phases.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
The substrate temperature must be a minimum of
< +3 C above the dew point.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 0

45/08

321
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3380 Art.-No. 5 55010

Decorative floor binder

Properties: Cementitious surfaces:

INDUFLOOR-IB3380 is a colourless, two component Concrete quality: min. C20/25
epoxy resin with the following properties: Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F6
solvent free Age: min. 28 days
conforms to VOC guidelines Tensile adhesion
medium viscosity strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
can be highly filled Residual moisture: < 4% (carbide hygrometer
mechanically resistant method)
watertight Protected against moisture ingress from the rear
resistant to dilute alkalis, acids, aqueous salt
solutions, lubricants. Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Areas of application: in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
INDUFLOOR-IB3380 is used as a binder for producing component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
decorative finishes with added coloured sand with completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
non-slip surfaces that are impervious to liquids; in ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
showrooms, sales rooms, commercial kitchens, at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
production areas, passages, access balconies etc. important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Technical Data: the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Basis: two component epoxy resin time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
Colour: colourless during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Mixing ratio: 100:45 parts by weight material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Density: approx. 1.15 0.02 g/cm3 material into a clean container and mix through
at +23 C thoroughly once again.
Pot life: approx. 25 minutes
at +23 C Production of the finish interspersed with
Application temperature: min. approx. +10 C, coloured sand:
max. approx. +30 C INDUFLOOR-IB3380: 1.0 part by weight
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C INDU-CSB-Quartz: approx. 1.0 part by weight
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours up to Place the predetermined quantity of INDU-CSB-Quartz
max 24 hours at +23 C in a large mixing container or forced paddle mixer,
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days e.g. UEZ, Zyklos or similar. Subsequently add the
at +23 C prepared homogenously mixed and decanted binder.
Min. cure temperature: +10 C Ensure that the liquid and solid components are
evenly dispersed. Mixing time 2 3 minutes. Before
Surface preparation: application to steeply sloping surfaces it is recom-
The area to be treated must be: mended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The addition
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip rate is between 2 and 4% by weight dependent on
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting the slope.
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber
marks, paint residues and similar. Method of application / consumption:
Priming:
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate dependent Flood apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260 until pore-tight in
on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting, planing, one application.
scabbling, brushing, sweeping, vacuuming. Consumption: approx. 300 600 g/m2.
In addition the following criteria are to be fulfilled Broadcast quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm
dependent on the substrate: into the primer.

322
Technical Data Sheet
Notes:
If INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is broadcast with quartz sand
priming is to be carried out in two applications. The
second coat is to be applied after a minimum
waiting time of 12 hours and within a further 12
hours. Broadcast quartz sand (grain size e.g. 0.2
0.7 mm). Consumption: approx. 0.8 1.0 kg/m2.
Once hardened thoroughly remove unbonded quartz
sand before the application of the coloured sanded
finish.
Coloured sanded finish:
Firstly tip the homogenously mixed coloured sanded
finish on to the prepared substrate and trowel apply by
hand in one application and evenly spread avoiding
trowel marks. Material consumption: approx.
1.6 kg/m2 per mm thickness.
Sanding:
Whilst the finish is still wet, broadcast to excess with
coloured sand INDU-CSB-Quartz. Consumption:
approx. 3.0 3.5 kg/m2.
Pore closing/finishing coat:
Once the broadcast sanded coat has hardened
thoroughly remove excess unbonded INDU-CSB-
Quartz. Afterwards carry out intermediate abrasion of
the broadcast surface and clean once again. Once
cleaned close the coloured sanded surface by seal-
ing with the clear lacquer INDUFLOOR-IB2010.
Consumption: approx. 350 700 g/m2 (dependent
on the required degree of non-slip).
The mixed clear lacquer INDUFLOOR-IB2010 is tipped
on to the surface, spread with a solvent resistant rubber
squeegee and rolled with a short nap wool roller at
right angles.
Notes:
The clear lacquer must be spread immediately after
tipping on to the surface. If this is not observed then
selected areas will show dark colouration due to great-
er material consumption.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
323
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Packaging:
INDUFLOOR-IB3380 is available in 10 kg and 30
kg containers. Components A and B are delivered in
a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB 3380 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the old surface must be well cleaned
and abraded, after which a completely new
closed-pore coating should be applied. It is not
sufficient simply to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces
a white discolouration and/or stickiness on the
surface and can impede the cure. Discoloured
and/or sticky surfaces should be taken off e.g. by
abrading and renewed.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Applications that are not clearly explained in

this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy resin.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RE 1

45/08

324
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3385 Art.-No. 5 55020

Exterior coating, elastic

Properties: Cleaning:
INDUFLOOR-IB3385 is a solvent free, pigmented Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
two component polyurethane resin with the following INDU-IB Cleanser.
properties:
elastic and crack bridging up to 0.4 mm Packaging:
resistant to weakly concentrated acids and alkalis 14 kg containers. Components A and B are
and conventional cleaning agents at application delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
concentrations
resistant to weathering Storage:
UV resistant. 12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Areas of application:
INDUFLOOR-IB3385 is used as an elastic floor Surface preparation:
coating The area to be treated must be:
on balconies and terraces dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
on access balconies and corridors free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
in common rooms substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber
in showrooms, sales rooms and passages marks, paint residues and similar
for the production of decorative surfaces with protected against water ingress from the rear.
INDU-ColorChips.
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
Technical Data: dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot-blasting,
Basis: two component planing, scabbling, grit-blasting, brushing, sweeping,
polyurethane resin vacuuming.
Colours: approx. RAL 7032
Density: approx. 1.50 g/cm3 In addition the minimum requirements for cement-
at +23 C based surfaces are to be fulfilled:
Mixing ratio: 100:25 parts by weight
Pot life: approx. 25 minutes Concrete quality: min. C20/25
at +23 C Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F6
Application temperature: min. approx. +8 C, Tensile adhesion
max. approx. +30 C strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Min. cure temperature: +8 C
Relative humidity: < 75% Product preparation:
Traffic after: approx. 16 hours at +23 C Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Overcoat after: approx. 16 hours up to in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
max 24 hours at +23 C component A. Ensure that the hardener drains com-
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days pletely from its container. Mixing of the components
at +23 C is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
Shore-D-hardness: approx. 38 after 7 days 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
at +23 C also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
Tear resistance the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
(DIN 52515): approx. 9.0 N/mm2 homogenous (free from striations); mixing time approx.
Elongation at break: 5 minutes. The mi-nimum temperature during mixing
(DIN 53504): approx. 120% should be +15 C. Do not use mixed material directly
Tear strength from the packaging. Decant the material into a clean
(DIN 53504): approx. 4.5 N/mm2 container and mix through thoroughly once again.

325
Technical Data Sheet
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces it is
recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added. The
addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight
dependent on the slope. Firstly stir the rheology
modifier into the resin component followed by the
addition of the hardener component and then mix
intensively.
Production of levelling/scratch coat:
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
Quartz sand: 1.0 part by weight
(grain size: 0.1 0.6 or
0.2 0.7 mm diameter)
INDU-FibreFiller: approx. 1.5 to 2.0 weight
by percentage
The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components
are evenly mixed. Before application to vertical or
sloping surfaces it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller
is added to the levelling/scratch coat. The addition
rate is between 3 and 5% by weight dependent on the
degree of slope.
Method of application / consumption:
1. Substrate preparation: see above
2. Priming: Roller apply INDUFLOOR-IB1260
(see technical data sheet).
Consumption: min. 300 600 g/m2.
3. Broadcast quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm
into the wet coat. Consumption: approx.
0.8 1.0 kg/m2. Once the primer has hardened
thoroughly remove unbonded quartz sand.
Application of the finish coat:
4. Trowel apply INDUFLOOR-IB3385 with a tapered
notched trowel or rake. Minimum consumption:
approx. 1.5 kg/m2.
5. To de-aerate the finish coat it is imperative that a
spiked roller is used to avoid the formation of
bubbles.
Optional: production of a decorative surface:
6. Spread the coloured chippings INDU-ColorChips
into the wet coating. Consumption: Closed surface:
approx. 700 800 g/m2. Open surface: from
approx. 15 100 g/m2. With a closed surface
326
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
thoroughly remove all unbonded coloured
chippings, once the coating has hardened, by
vacuuming or sweeping. Afterwards lightly abrade
and thoroughly clean by vacuuming.
7. Application of the finish coat: Evenly seal the
closed or open broadcast surface with e.g.
INDUFLOOR-IB2250 (matt sealer).
Consumption: approx. 200 300 g/m2.
Possible situation:
Levelling of voids, large pores and unevenness: After
application of the primer, apply a scratch coat of
the mixed mortar (see above) in a single application.
Consumption of finished mortar:
approx. 1.6 kg/m2/mm thickness.
To avoid the formation of bubbles in the follow-
ing finish coat, seal the scratch coat pore-tight with
INDUFLOOR-IB1260. Consumption: approx. 0.3
0.6 kg/m2.
When waiting times will exceed 24 hours before
the application of following coatings, broadcast kiln
dried quartz sand of grain size 0.2 0.7 mm into
the wet sealing coat. Consumption: approx.0.8
1.0 kg/m2.
Once the sealing coat has cured, thoroughly remove
all unbonded quartz sand. After a waiting time of
min. 16 to max. 24 hours apply the finishing coat.
Notes:
Before application to vertical or sloping surfaces
it is recommended that INDU-FibreFiller is added.
The addition rate is between 3 and 5% by weight.
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or where
there is negative moisture pressure use the mois-
ture barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer (see
Technical Data Sheet).
Waiting times between individual coatings:
between a minimum of 16 and 24 hours at +23
C and 75% relative humidity.
Only walk over surfaces broadcast with decorative
chippings with clean footwear in order to avoid
contamination.
When working with rubber squeegees use only
solvent resistant tools.
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3385 is harmless. When
using this product the government health and safety
protective directive, data sheet M 023, should be
observed as well as the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between applica-
tion of the coats or where surfaces already treated
with liquid resin must be re-coated after a long time,
the old surface must be well cleaned and abraded,
after which a completely new closed-pore coating
should be applied. It is not sufficient simply to over-
coat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 6 hours from dampness after application
(e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces a white
discolouration and/or stickiness on the surface and
can impede the cure. Discoloured and/or sticky
surfaces should be taken off e.g. by abrading and
renewed.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Disposal key: liquid product residues: EAK 08 01 11
paint and lacquer waste that contains organic sol-
vents or other dangerous substances. Cured product
residues: EAK 17 02 023 plastics.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: PU 40
12/08

327
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3390 Art.-No. 5 55021

Textured coating

Properties: dry, firm, sound and have a good grip

INDUFLOOR-IB3390 is a pigmented, thixotropic two free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
component textured epoxy resin with the following substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
properties: rubber marks, paint residues and similar
studded surface structure protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
slip resistant
resistant to medium duty mechanical and chemical Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
loading dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting,
resistant to many acids and alkalis as well as scabbling, planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping,
conventional cleaning agents at application vacuuming.
concentrations
resistant to weathering, tends to discolour under In addition the following minimum substrate
UV light. requirements for cementitious substrates are to be
fulfilled:
Areas of application: Concrete quality: min. C20/25
INDUFLOOR-IB3390 is used Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
in interior and exterior areas as a mechanically Tensile adhesion
resistant industrial floor coating on cementitious strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
surfaces such as concrete and screed
in production areas and warehouses predominantly Product preparation:
in the car industry Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
on floors in commercial kitchens, workshops, in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
laundries, loading ramps, roadways etc. component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
as a priming coat for the production of decorative completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
surfaces using INDU-ColorChips. ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
Technical Data: important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
Basis: two component epoxy resin ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Standard colours: approx. RAL 7032 the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Density: approx. 1.55 g/cm3 time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
at +23 C
during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Mixing ratio: 100:20 parts by weight
material directly from the packaging. Decant the
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes
material into a clean container and mix through
at +10 C
thoroughly once again.
approx. 35 minutes
at +20 C
Production of levelling/scratch coat:
approx. 15 minutes
INDUFLOOR-IB1260: 1.0 part by weight
at +30 C
Quartz sand: 1.0 part by weight
Min cure temperature: +10 C
(grain size: 0.1 - 0.6 or
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C
0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter)
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours /
max 24 hours at +23 C
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days The quartz sand is mixed into the previously
at +23 C homogenously prepared and decanted resin and
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) hardener components of the INDUFLOOR-IB1260
binder. Ensure that the liquid and solid components
Surface preparation: are evenly mixed.
The area to be treated must be:

328
Technical Data Sheet
Method of application/consumption:
INDUFLOOR-IB3390 is applied by roller. Prior to
the application of INDUFLOOR-IB3390 prepare the
substrate as above with
prime with INDUFLOOR-IB1260
carry out an intermediate broadcasting of quartz
sand of grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm diameter
with large areas of unevenness carry out a smoothing
coat dependent on the depth of dips (see valid
technical data sheet for INDUFLOOR-IB1260
universal primer).
Textured coating:
After application of the primer, lay INDUFLOOR-
IB3390 with a rubber rake and roll through crossways
with a textured roller. Consumption: min. 800 g/m2.
For improved chemical and mechanical resistance
apply the textured coating INDUFLOOR-IB3390 in two
coats. Broadcast quartz sand, grain size 0.2 - 0.7 mm
into the first coat.
Notes:
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or where
there is negative moisture pressure use the moisture
barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer (see Technical
Data Sheet).
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
15 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B
are delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3390 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
329
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new closed-
pore coating should be applied. It is not sufficient
simply to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces
a white discolouration and/or stickiness on the
surface and can impede the cure. Discoloured
and/or sticky surfaces should be taken off e.g. by
abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
under the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy
resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

INDUFLOOR-IB3395 Art.-No. 5 55028

Conductive textured coating

Properties: rubber marks, paint residues and similar

INDUFLOOR-IB3395 is a pigmented, solvent free, two protected from moisture ingress from the rear.
component epoxy coating with the following properties:
conductive, once fully cured Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
studded surface structure dependent on its condition such as e.g. shot blasting,
slip resistant scabbling, planing, grit blasting, brushing, sweeping,
high mechanical abrasion resistance vacuuming.
resistant to many acids and alkalis as well as
conventional cleaning agents at application In addition the following minimum substrate require-
concentrations ments for cementitious substrates are to be fulfilled:
resistant to weathering Concrete quality: min. C20/25
conductive: < 107 Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Tensile adhesion
Areas of application: strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
INDUFLOOR-IB3395 is used
in interior and exterior areas as a mechanically Product preparation:
resistant industrial floor coating on cementitious Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
surfaces such as concrete and screed in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
in production areas and warehouses predominantly component A. Ensure that the hardener drains
in the car industry completely from its container. Mixing of the com-
in computer rooms, electronical environments ponents is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
in commercial printing facilities at approx. 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is
in hospitals. important to also stir from the sides and the bottom to
ensure that the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until
Technical Data: the mix is homogenous (free from striations); mixing
Basis: two component epoxy resin time approx. 3 minutes. The minimum temperature
Standard colours: approx. RAL 7032 during mixing should be +15 C. Do not use mixed
Density: approx. 1.55 g/cm3 material directly from the packaging. Decant the
at +23 C material into a clean container and mix through
Mixing ratio: 100:20 parts by weight thoroughly once again.
Pot life: approx. 45 minutes
at +10 C Method of application/consumption:
approx. 35 minutes INDUFLOOR-IB3395 is applied by roller.
at +20 C Structural Coating Conductive
approx. 15 minutes System Build-up 1: Application with INDU-Leitquarz
at +30 C 1. Place copper fibers, INDU-Leitband, evenly with
Min cure temperature: +10 C approx consumption: 5/5 m.
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +23 C 2. Primer INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is applied in one
Overcoat after: approx. 12 hours / coat, sealing all pores with minimum consumption
max 24 hours at +23 C of 400 600 g/m2.
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days 3. Evenly broadcast INDU-Leitquarz directly onto
at +23 C primer while it is still tacky. Consumption: approx.
Tensile adhesion strength: B 1.5 (concrete) 1.200 g/m2. After primer is cured, carefully
sweep-up excess unbonded INDU-Leitquarz.
Surface preparation: 4. Application of Conductive Structural Coating:
The area to be treated must be: After application of the primer, INDUFLOOR-
dry, firm, sound and have a good grip IB3395 is applied in one coat with a notched
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting rubber squeegee, and backrolled with a textured
substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil, roller. Consumption: approx. 600 800 g/m2

330
Technical Data Sheet
System Build-up 2:
Application with INDUFLOOR-IB2115
(conductive lacquer)
5. Primer INDUFLOOR-IB1260 is applied in one coat,
sealing all pores with minimum consumption of
400 600 g/m2.
6. While primer is still tacky, broadcast evenly with
INDU-Quarzsand. Aggregate size: 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption: approx: 800 1.000 g/m2. After
Primer is fully cured, carefully sweep-up excess
unbonded INDU-Quarzsand.
7. Place copper fibers, INDU-Leitband, evenly with
approx consumption: 5/5 m.
8. Apply conductive lacquer INDUFLOOR-IB2115.
Consumption: approx. 200 g/m2
9. Application of the conductive structural coating:
After applying the conductive primer coating,
apply INDUFLOOR-IB3395 with a notched rubber
squeegee and backroll with a textured roller.
Consumption: approx. 600 800 g/m2
Notes:
Where there is residual moisture of > 4% or where
there is negative moisture pressure use the moisture
barrier INDUFLOOR-IB1250 as a primer (see Technical
Data Sheet).
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
15 kg and 30 kg containers. Components A and B
are delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage & Shelf Life:
18 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.
Health and safety:
Once cured INDUFLOOR-IB3395 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at
all times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.
331
5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS
Important advice:
The application temperature may not fall below
+10 C nor exceed +40 C.
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
The bond between the individual coats can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur between
application of the coats or where surfaces already
treated with liquid resin must be re-coated after a
long time, the surface must be well cleaned and
abraded, after which a completely new closed-
pore coating should be applied. It is not sufficient
simply to overcoat.
Surface protective systems must be protected for
approx. 4 - 6 hours from dampness after applica-
tion (e.g. rain, melt water). Dampness produces
a white discolouration and/or stickiness on the
surface and can impede the cure. Discoloured
and/or sticky surfaces should be taken off e.g. by
abrading and renewed.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
under the waste disposal code 57123 Epoxy
resin.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
GISCODE: RE 1
45/08
Brochure 5. INDUSTRIAL FLOORING & COATINGS

Further information on the subject Industrial Flooring & Coatings can be found in the brochure Industrial ooring.
This can be downloaded from our website under www.schomburg-ics.de/en.

Road and Track Construction

Concrete Restoration
Hydraulic Structures
Surface Protection Systems
RETHMEIER - Concrete Technology

Industrial flooring
www.schomburg.com

INTELLIGENT CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS

332
Product Name/Page No. 6. JOINT SEALANTS

ASOFLEX-PU45 334
ESCOSIL-2000 335
INDUCRET-VK6040 338
INDUCRET-VK6050 340
INDUFLEX-VK6060 342
INDUFLEX-VK6085 344
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 346
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv 350
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st 354

333
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

ASOFLEX-PU45 Art.-No. 2 03120

Elastic joint sealant

Properties: Store in accordance with

ASOFLEX-PU45 is a one-component pigmented regulations for storing
polyurethane sealant. ASOFLEX-PU45 is light and UV materials damaging to
stable characterised by high elasticity. ASOFLEX-PU45 water courses.
possesses good resistance to dilute acids and alkalis,
salt solutions, neutral water-based cleaners as well as Surface preparation:
hot oils and fats. The area for application must be dry, sound, firm and
have good grip. Use suitable preparation methods
Areas of application: dependent on the condition of the substrate where
ASOFLEX-PU45 is used as a joint sealant for floor joints application will take place.
in heavy duty areas e.g. industrial areas, breweries,
dairies, commercial kitchens, balconies, terraces as Product preparation:
well as between concrete elements (with low movement Close the joint with ASO-Vorfllschnur (backing strip).
accommodation up to 15 20% of the joint width). Prime mineral-based highly porous joint edges with
ASO-Primer-TKF. Prepare non-porous joint edges
Technical Data: with ASO-1K-Primer-TKF. Construct joint dimensions
Basis: one-component (width:depth) with the joint factor:
polyurethane sealant 1:1 up to 10 mm wide joints
(moisture curing). 2:1 from 10 to 30 mm
Colour: flint grey approx RAL 7032
Density: approx. 1.20 g/ml Health and safety:
Shore-A-hardness: approx. 45 Once cured ASOFLEX-PU45 is physiologically
Slump resistance: very good harmless. When working with this product the
Tensile strength: 0.6 N/mm2 (at protective provisions from the government safety
100% elongation) organisation, information sheet M 044 must be
Elongation at break: 2.2 N/mm2 observed.
Tear strength: 10.5 N/mm2
Movement Important advice:
accommodation: approx. 15 20% ASOFLEX-PU45 is not suitable for applications
Volume change: approx. -4% under water or under constant water pressure.
Recovery: approx. 90% Opened tubes must be used within 48 hours.
Max. joint width: 30 mm Do not use alcohol-based smoothing materials.
Min. joint width: 10 mm Applications that are not clearly explained in this
Min. depth: 8 mm technical data sheet may only be carried out after
Application temperature: +3 C to +40 C (substrate) consultation with and written confirmation from
Temperature resistance: -40 C to +90 C (up to the technical services department of
+120 C for short periods) SCHOMBURG GmbH Systembaustoffe.
Skin formation: after approx. 35 minutes Waste disposal key: Liquid residue: EAK 08 01 11
(Tnorm) paints and varnishes that contain organic solvents
Speed of vulcanisation: approx. 3 to 4 mm or other hazardous materials. Cured product resi-
per 24 hours due: EAK 17 02 03 plastics.
Resistance factor (H2O): approx. 1000
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean tools after Please observe valid EU safety data sheet.
use with AQUAFIN cleaner
Packaging: 310 ml cartridges GISCODE: RU2
Storage: 12 months when stored cool
45/06
and dry in the original sealed
packaging. Use opened
packaging immediately.

334
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

ESCOSIL-2000 Art.-No. 2 05590

Silicone joint sealant

Properties: Tensile strength: approx. 1.2 1.5 N/mm2

One component. to DIN 53 504
Solvent free. Elongation
Non slump. at break: approx. 400 600 %
Smooth paste consistency. Temperature
Contains fungicide. resistance: - 60 C to +180 C
Elastic. Storage: dry and cool, 12 months in
Resistant to weathering and ageing. the original unopened
Watertight. packaging. Use opened
Resistant to chemicals and chlorine. packaging promptly.
For interiors and exteriors. Packaging: 310 ml contents
For walls and floors. (310 ml x 20 tubes per
carton)
Areas of application: Cleaner: AQUAFIN-Reiniger when in
ESCOSIL-2000 is used in sanitary applications for the fresh state
sealing connecting joints between tiled finishes and
wash-basins, bath-tubs, shower trays, architraves and Surface preparation:
window frames; furthermore for sealing movement joints The areas of contact must be dry (concrete < 4 %
in wall and floor areas. For interior and exterior use. moisture), clean, dust free as well as free from
Not suitable for aquariums. Not suitable for jointing constituents that work as separating agents (e.g. oil,
natural stone or in underwater areas. Here it is grease, paint residues, sealers, cement slurries etc.).
recommended that the natural stone silicone Also no moisture should penetrate the ESCOSIL-2000
ESCOSIL-2000-ST or the underwater silicone, from the edges or from the joint base during the
ESCOSIL-2000-UW are used. curing process.
With smooth impervious substrates e.g. glass and
Technical Data: glazed ceramic no primer is necessary.
Basis: pure, unmodified acetate With rough, porous mineral-based substrates e.g.
curing silicone sealant concrete, aerated concrete, Eternit, render and
Colours: white, grey, manhattan, brickwork, prime the joint edges with AG74.
light grey, silver grey, With aluminium due to varying factory surface
bahama beige, pergamon, treatments, site trials should be carried out and if
cement grey, anthracite grey, necessary prime with AG70.
light grey 98, mid grey 98, For application on other metals as well as painted
transparent and plastic surfaces and with wood individual site
Consistency: paste trials should be carried out and if necessary prime
Specific gravity: approx. 1.0 g/cm3 with AG70.
Application temp: +5 C to +35 C Oil, tar and bitumen containing backing strips are
Skin formation: approx. 8 12 minutes at not suitable neither are natural rubber, chloroprene
+23C and 50% relative or EPDM based materials.
humidity
Curing after 1 day: approx. 2 3 mm at +23 C Product preparation:
and 50% relative humidity Filling of the joint with ESCOSIL-2000 may be carried
Shore-A-hardness: approx. 18-22 acc. to out once the primer has dried. The general jointing
DIN 53505 technology regulations are decisive. The surface of
E module: approx. 0.35 0.40 N/mm2, the applied sealant can be subsequently smoothed,
100% to DIN 53 504 i.e. before it has formed a skin, with soapy water and
Movement a suitable tool. Hereby the material is pressed in the
accommodation: 25% joint and onto the contact surfaces.

335
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Important advice: Priming table:

Protect areas, which are not to be treated from the
effects of ESCOSIL-2000. Substrates ESCOSIL-2000
Avoid skin contamination and remove with soap and sanitary silicone
water as necessary.
Acrylic (bath tubs) -
Avoid contact with eyes or mucous membranes with
the uncured silicone sealant ESCOSIL-2000. Aluminium untreated -
Thoroughly rinse eyes with plenty of water and seek Aluminium, anodised AG70
medical attention. Artificial stone x
Avoid prolonged and repeated skin contact. Concrete AG74
Strictly adhere to all safety measures for handling Lead x
solvent-based lacquers when using the primer AG74
Chrome AG70
and the solvent AQUAFIN-Reiniger.
When using acid cleaners ensure that subsequently Iron, abraded x
an alkaline environment is produced as the danger of Stainless steel, rust free AG70
mould/mildew is increased with their application. Tiles, glazed -
Tiles, unglazed -
Glass -
Wood, glazed AG70
Wood, varnished -
Synthetic stone x
Copper x
Plastic (profiles) -
Melamine resin AG70
Brass x
Natural stone x
Polyester -
Aerated concrete AG74
Render AG74
PVC -
Soft PVC (membranes) x
Sandstone x
Tinplate AG70
Zinc AG70

* strictly in wet areas

X = not suitable
- = not required

336
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

AG66
Bonding primer for use with the natural stone silicone
ESCOSIL-2000-ST and sandstones.
AG70
For an improved adhesion of silicone systems to
metal, concrete blocks and to natural stone. In
combination with metals such as e.g. iron which
corrode on contact with acetic acid use
ESCOSIL-2000-ST or ESCOSIL-2000-UW. In
combination with concrete blocks and natural
stone use ESCOSIL-2000-ST.
AG74
Primer for ESCOSIL-2000 silicone on absorbent,
porous mineral-based substrates such as aerated
concrete, render, brickwork etc.
AG78-2000
One component resin primer for achieving an opti-
mum bond with ESCOSIL-2000-UW to all mineral-
based substrates.
42/09

Consumption table:
Joint dimensions and consumption (approx.) in m per 310 ml cartridge

Joint width
in mm 5 7 10 12 15 20 25

Joint depth
in mm
5.0 12.0 m 8.0 m 6.0 m
7.0 6.0 m 4.0 m 3.0 m
10.0 3.0 m 2.5 m 2.0 m 1.5 m
12.0 2.1 m 1.7 m 1.2 m 1.0 m
15.0 1.3 m 1.0 m 0.8 m

Please observe a current EU safety data sheet.

337
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUCRET-VK 6040 Art.-No. 5 50034

Sewerage resistant joint sealant

Properties:
INDUCRET-VK6040 is a sewerage resistant joint sealant
with the following properties:
two component and thixotropic
highly resistant to microbiological and chemical
exposure
resistant to roots
resistant to water pressure up to 2 bar
elastic in the range 40 C to +80 C
INDUCRET-VK6040 has a practical deformation
of 20% of the joint width.
Areas of application:
INDUCRET-VK6040 is used:
for waterproofing movement joints exposed to
chemicals and/or bacteria as well as mechanical
influences (water pressure, earth contact). E.g. in
sewerage treatment works, sewerage pipes, dams,
storage reservoirs etc.
construction foundations with exposure to seepage
water
agricultural buildings such as composting plants,
agricultural slurry loading points, landfill sites,
storage areas for fertilizers and animal feed.
Cleaning:
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with
INDU-IB Cleanser.
Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK6040 is available in 2.5 litre
containers. Component A and component B are
to be found in a predetermined mixing ratio.
Storage:
12 months if stored cool and dry above +10 C in
the original unopened packaging.
Surface preparation:
The contact areas to be treated must be:
dry, solid, load bearing and have a good key
free from separating or adhesion inhibiting
substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease,
paint residues etc.
protected from moisture penetration from the rear.
Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
dependent on its condition such as e.g. planing,
brushing, grit-blasting.

INDUCRET-VK6040 may not be used if the sealant The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent on
is subjected to oxidising acids (e.g. nitric acid) and the particular substrate:
alkalis (e.g. bleach). Furthermore INDUCRET-VK6040
may not be used as a joint sealant. Cementitious surfaces:
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
Technical Data: Screed quality: EN 13813 CT-C25-F6
Basis: 2 component polysulphide Render quality: P III
Colour: black Age: min. 28 days
Consistency: paste, thixotropic and Tensile adhesion
trowellable strength: = 1.5 N/mm2
Mixing ratio: 100:10 by weight (render: 0.8 N/mm2)
Construction unit Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
temperature: +5 C to +40 C hygrometer)
Pot life: approx. 2 hours at +20 C/
65% relative humidity Design considerations:
Through cure: after approx. 24 48 hours The design considerations for the construction of the
at +20 C / 65% relative joint must conform to DIN 18 540 and IVD (Industrial
humidity sealants association) data sheet No. 1 and be
Shore-A-hardness: approx. 30 inspected on site. In particular the joint width must be
Max. deformation: 20% of joint width so measured that the total movement of the joint is not
Shrinkage: none greater than that for which the sealant is suitable.
Especially with components with vehicular traffic the
joint edges are to be prepared for filling by
chamfering. The chamfer must not be filled.

338
Technical Data Sheet
Product preparation:
Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered in
a predetermined mixing ratio. The solid component B
is contained in the liquid component A. Mixing of the
components is to be carried out with a suitable mixer
(e.g. drill with TKF mixing paddle). It is important to
also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is
homogenous (free from striations); mixing time 5
minutes. Ensure that air is not entrained. This is avoided
by using the TKF paddle. The minimum temperature
during mixing and pouring should not drop below
+10 C. The substrate components should not be
below +5 C or above +40 C. The homogenously
mixed sealant is then filled into the joints and
smoothened using a sealant gun e.g. Fliepistole
TKF. The joints edges are to be masked beforehand.
Remove rising air bubbles within the pot life by lightly
tooling with a polishing stick or a smooth flat brush.
Method of application / consumption:
In order to prepare the joint and to establish the
correct joint depth and to avoid a three-sided bond,
tightly insert a non-absorbent, rot resistant, closed-cell
back-filling material. If this is not possible cover the
base of the joint with a separating material (polythene,
silicone paper).
Substrate:
Contact area e.g. concrete:
Prime the joint edges with INDUCRET-VK-Primer S.
Allow sufficient drying time, min. 30 mins, max. 4
hours (see technical data sheet).
Substrate:
Contact area e.g. cast steel, polymer modified
concrete:
Use the bonding primer INDUCRET-VK-Primer on the
joint edges with non-porous substrates. Allow sufficient
time to dry (see technical data sheet).
1) Before applying the joint sealant, mask around the
joint with self adhesive tape to protect against con-
tamination. With chamfered joints, the material must
not be filled into the chamfers.
2) Application of the sealant: Apply the thoroughly
mixed INDUCRET-VK6040 to the joint using a suit-
able tool (e.g. sealant gun Fliepistole TKF) or with
a trowel. Before the product hardens remove the
masking tape. Subsequently smoothen the sealant
339
6. JOINT SEALANTS
with a polishing stick. The INDUCRET-VK6040
consumption is calculated using the formula: joint
width (mm) x filling depth of sealant (mm) = ml/m
of joint. Example:
Joint dimensions 10 x 20 mm = 200 ml/m.
During the setting process do not permit early
exposure (very high temperature variations).
Health and safety:
INDUCRET-VK6040 can be handled without any
particular protective measures. Simply refrain from
skin contact, which is usual when using chemicals.
Always comply with the government health and safety
protective directive.
Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur after the applica-
tion of the primer the surface must be well cleaned
and abraded, after which the primer is re-applied.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of
as household waste. The individual components
A and B are to be disposed of under waste dis-
posal classification 08 04 06 (adhesives and
sealants, which contain no halogenated solvents).
Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of
using the recycling system.
Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
09/07
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUCRET-VK6050 Art.-No. 5 50035

Joint seal EP/PU

Properties: free from separating or adhesion inhibiting

INDUCRET-VK6050 is a two-component, pourable, substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease,
self-levelling joint filler with the following properties: paint residues etc.
viscoplastic protected from moisture penetration from the rear.
resistant to fuel, technical oils, alkalis, diluted acids,
salt solutions and resistant to weathering and ageing. The following criteria are to be fulfilled dependent
on the particular substrate:
Areas of application:
INDUCRET-VK6050 is used as a self-levelling floor joint Cementitious surfaces:
in interior areas for the elastic sealing of heavy duty Concrete quality: min. C20/25
areas in warehouses and production areas. Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Age: min. 28 days
Technical Data: Tensile adhesion
Basis: 2 component strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
epoxy/polyurethane Residual moisture: < 4.0% (carbide
Colour: grey hygrometer)
Consistency: pourable
Density: approx. 1.35 g/cm3 Design considerations:
Application temp: min. +8 C / max. +30 C The design considerations for the construction of the
Pot life: approx. 40 minutes joint must conform to DIN 18 540 and IVD (Industrial
at +20 C / 65% sealants association) data sheet No. 1 and be
relative humidity, inspected on site. In particular the joint width must be
approx. 15 minutes so measured that the total movement of the joint is not
at +30 C / 65% greater than that for which the sealant is suitable.
relative humidity Especially with components with vehicular traffic the
Through cure: after approx. 7 days joint edges are to be prepared for filling by
at +20 C / 65% chamfering. The chamfer must not be filled.
relative humidity
Shore-A-hardness: approx. 80 at +20 C Product preparation:
Joint movement: approx. 3% of the joint width Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
at +20 C substrate unit in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B
temperature into component A. Mixing of the components is to
be carried out with a suitable mixer (e.g. drill with
Cleaning: TKF mixing paddle). It is important to also stir from
Thoroughly clean tools immediately after use with the sides and the bottom to ensure that the hardener
INDU-IB Cleanser. is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous
(free from striations); mixing time 5 minutes. Ensure
Packaging: that air is not entrained. This is avoided by using the
INDUCRET-VK6050 is available in 4 kg containers. TKF paddle. The minimum temperature during mixing
Component A and component B are to be found in a and pouring should not drop below +10 C. The
predetermined mixing ratio. substrate components should not be below +8 C
Storage: or above +30 C. The homogenously mixed
18 months if stored cool and dry above +10 C in the sealant without bubbles is then filled into the joints
original unopened packaging. and smoothened. The joints edges are to be masked
beforehand. Remove rising air bubbles within the
Surface preparation: pot life by lightly tooling with a polishing stick or a
The contact areas to be treated must be: smooth flat brush.
dry, solid, load bearing and have a good key

340
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Method of application / consumption: Cured product residues are to be disposed of

1) Backfill the prepared joints with a round closed-cell under waste disposal classification 57123 epoxy
foam backing strip ensuring that the backing strip resins. Thoroughly emptied containers can be dis-
will not be damaged. posed of using the recycling system.
2) Prime the joint edges (porous contact surfaces e.g.
concrete with INDUFLOOR-IB1225). Allow sufficient Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.
time to dry (min. 6 hours).
3) Before applying the sealant mask around the joint GISCODE: RE 1
with self-adhesive tape to avoid contamination.
09/07
Installation of the sealant: Extrude the thoroughly
mixed INDUCRET-VK6050 into the joint using a
sealant gun. The material consumption of
INDUCRET-VK6050 is calculated from the formula:
joint width (mm) x filling depth of sealant (mm) x
density of the joint sealant = g/m of joint.
Example:
Joint dimension: 10 x 20 mm x 1.35 g/cm2 =
270 g/m. During the setting process do not permit
early exposure (very high temperature variations,
trafficking with direct contact).

Health and safety:

Once cured INDUCRET-VK6050 is harmless. The
hardener (component B) is corrosive. When using this
product the government health and safety protective
directive, data sheet M 023, should be observed as
well as the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
The bond between the individual coats to one
another can be heavily impeded through the
influence of dampness or contamination between
the applied coats.
When longer waiting times occur after the applica-
tion of the primer the surface must be well cleaned
and thoroughly abraded, after which the primer is
re-applied.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

341
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUFLEX-VK6060 Art.-No. 5 55108

Elastic 1-component polyurethane joint sealing adhesive

Properties: Storage:
Good chemical and mechanical resistance. 15 months when stored cool and dry above +10 C
Low sensitivity to chamfers. in the original sausages.
High resistance to tear propagation.
Approved total deformation: 25%. Surface preparation:
Suitable for load classes A, B and C. The contact surface to be treated must be:
Resistant to weathering and aging dry, firm, sound and have a good grip
free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Areas of application: substances such as dust, laitance, grease, oil,
Used for the elastic sealing of floor, wall and rubber marks, paint residues and similar
connecting joints in:
parking decks, car parks, underground car parks, Design requirements:
concreted open spaces, store and manufacturing The constructive prerequisites of the joint must be
shops according to DIN 18 540 or the IVD leaflet Nr.1
Sewage and waste water treatment plants The joint width must be calculated so that the
Tunnel construction cumulative motion of the joint is not higher than
Food industry e.g. industrial kitchens, dairies etc. suitable for the sealing material.
In areas where the joints will be subjected to vehicular
Technical Data: traffic, joint edges must be prepared for application
Basis: 1-Comp. Polyurethane by saw-cutting/milling. The joint should be filled to
Colour: grey just below the saw-cut (chamfers should not be filled).
Consistency: thixotropic For high water pressure load, e.g. in sewage and
Density: approx. 1.30 g/cm3 waste water treatment plants, an additional stable
Substrate Temperature: between +5 C and + 35 C back filling should be installed below the backer rod
Ambient Temperature: between +5 C and + 40 C (e.g. sand filling and /or Styrodur-strips)
Skin formation: 60 90 min. **
Curing rate: approx. 2 mm/24 h ** Mixing Instructions:
Joint Dimensions: min. 10 mm/max. 40 mm, INDUFLEX-VK 6060 is delivered ready-to-use in 600
dependant on mechanical ml sausage packs, and is applied with a suitable
loading applicator gun. Using a suitable smoothing tool press
Working Time: approx. 2 hours at 23 C the dispensed joint material into the joint flanks and
and 65% r.h. back filling profile. When required the joint surface
Shore A hardness: approx. 35 after 28 days ** can be smoothed, within the working time, with a
Tear Strength: approx. 8 N/mm smoothing wood or soft brush by using smoothing
Tension: approx. 0.6 Mpa/100% liquid.
Elondation **
Elongation at Break: approx. 700% ** Method of Application/Consumption:
Elastic Recovery: >80% ** 1. Prepare joints with INDU-Backerrod; do not
Approved total damage the round profile.
deformation: approx. 25 % of joint width 2. Prime the joint edges: for porous areas and metal
Service Temperature: between -40 C and +80 C surfaces use INDUFLEX-Primer S. Allow adequate
time to flash-off min. approx. 30 minutes, max.
**+23 C / 50% r.h. up to 8 hours (+23 C / 65% r.h.).
3. Prior to application of the sealant mask the joint
Packaging: edges with self-adhesive tape.
600 ml sausages 4. Insert cartridge into applicator gun and firmly
(1 carton = 20 sausages) extrude INDUFLEX-VK6060.

342
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Consumption:
Example: Joint dimension:
20 mm width and 17 mm filling depth = 1.8 m per
600 ml sausage.
During the curing time early loads are (e.g. very high
temperature differences; Traffic loads with immediate
contact) exclude.

Health and safety:

INDUFLEX-VK6060 can be handled without special
precautions. Direct skin contact should be avoided, as
in general when handling chemicals. The use of rubber
gloves is recommended. Immediately clean up spills
with soap and water.

Important advice:
Bonding of subsequent coats (layers) to each other
can be negatively affected by the presence of
moisture and dirt.
If a longer waiting time occurs after applying the
primer, it must be thoroughly clean and roughened,
followed by a fresh application.
Do not use INDUFLEX-VK6060 in swimming pools.
Granite and natural stone substrates can generally
be treated like concrete surfaces.
Do not paint over INDUFLEX-VK6060.
Do not apply INDUFLEX-VK6060 onto bituminous
substrates, EPDM and natural rubber or building
materials which might bleed oils, plasticizers or
solvents, which could attack the sealant.
Avoid contact of the uncured material with
isocyanate substances, e.g. alcohol containing
cleaners).
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
Cured product residues are household waste.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet!

22/08

343
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUFLEX-VK6085 Art.-No. 5 50045

Adhesive for concrete, steel and elastomer plates

Properties: free from separating and adhesion inhibiting

INDUFLEX-VK6085 is a solvent free 2 component substances such as dust, laitance, grease etc.
polyurethane adhesive.
High tensile adhesive strength. Depending on its condition the following suitable
Good adhesion to steel, concrete, elastomer plates. methods can be used to prepare the substrate to be
treated such as grinding and/or grit blasting.
Areas of application:
INDUFLEX-VK6085 is used as an adhesive for Iron and steel substrates are to be abraded to shiny
adhesion metal and protected with an active corrosion inhibitor.
of elastomer-plates (e.g. INDUFLOOR-IB2385).
of metal rails, flanges and profiles.
Product preparation:
Technical Data: Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
Basis: 2 component in a predetermined mixing ratio. Empty component
polyurethane resin B into component A. Blending of both components
Colours: grey is to be carried out using a suitable mixer at max.
Viscosity: trowelable consistency 300 rpm (slowly rotating drill with paddle). Mix very
Mix density: approx. 1.30 g/cm3 thoroughly. It is very important to also mix from the
at +23 C sides and the bottom so that the hardener is evenly
Material consumption: approx. 1.30 kg/m2/mm dispersed. Mix until the mixture is homogenous (free
thickness from striations). Do not use the mixed material directly
Mixing ratio: 100: 19 parts by weight from the packaging. Pour the mix into a separate,
Pot life: approx. 20 mins. at +20 C clean vessel and stir through once again. The
Cure temp. temperature should be minimum approx. +15 C.
(material/substrate): +8 C to max. +25 C
Overcoat after: min. 8 hrs. max. 24 Std. Application:
at +23 C INDUFLEX-VK6085 is applied to prepared substrate
Mech./chem. loadable: 7 days at +23 C as an adhesive with a flat or notched trowel and
Adhesion strength: B 1.5 evenly spread over the substrate appropriate to use.
Minimum adhesive bed thickness: 1.0 mm.
Cleaning:
All tools must be thoroughly cleaned with To increase to binding strength the building
INDU-IB-Cleanser at every interruption in work. components are to be cleaned thoroughly and
primed with the primer INDUCRET-VK-Primer.
Packaging:
INDUFLEX-VK6085 is available in 5 kg-containers. Both Health and safety:
components are delivered at a predetermined Once fully cured INDUFLEX-VK6085 is physiologically
mix-ing ratio. harmless. The hardener (component B) is corrosive.
Therefore it is imperative that the skin does not come
into contact with the hardener. It is recommended that
Storage: protective gloves are worn. Wash off contamination
Both components (A and B) can be stored for 12 months with plenty of soap and water, preferably with 2%
in closed containers. Store dry and frost free at approx. household vinegar. If splashes get into the eyes, wash
+10 C. out immediately with plenty of water. Subsequently
rinse out with an eye wash bottle filled with boric and
Surface preparation: acid solution -available at chemists- then immediately
The area to be treated must be: seek a doctor/ eye specialist.
dust free, dry, firm, load-bearing and have a good In all cases please observe the government health and
profile safety protection directives.

344
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Important advice:
Low site temperatures increase the consumption.
The material also loses its good application
properties and reaction times are increased.
Higher temperatures reduce the pot life.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
INDUFLEX-VK6085 is classified in accordance with
ordinance on hazardous substances. Please observe
a current EU material safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RU 1
30/07

345
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 Art.-No. 5 55131

Polysulfide joint sealant flowable

commercial floors, road construction, car parks,

airports etc.
Suitable for horizontal floor joints with a maximum
fall of 3%.

09 Test certificates/Approvals:
EN 14188-2, ETA-09/0274 European Technical Approval (ETA-09/0274), CE
marking in accordance with EN 14188-2 classes
A,B,C and D.
Properties:
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is a polysulfide joint sealant Technical Data:
with the following properties: Basis: polysulfide
Self levelling Colour: grey
Elastic Consistency: flowable
Vibration reducing Mixed density: approx. 1.70 g/cm3
Self injecting Solids content: 100%
Stable under compressive, tensile and shear loads Solvent: None
Permanently stable against deflection of tram tracks Substrate temperature: +5C to +40C
up to > 3 mm Pot life: approx. 1.0 hour at
Tensile strain in circular arcs < 70 m in the tram +23 C / 75% RH
tracks is safely accommodated Through cure time: approx. 24-48 hours at
Secure adhesive bond to concrete, cement-based +23 C/75% RH
screed, granite pavers, asphalt and steel (dependent on temperature)
Proven secure bond to different contact materials in Shore-A hardness: approx. 20-25
tramway track construction Permitted total
Impermeable to liquids, under permanent deformation deformation: > 25% of the joint width at
High resistance to chemicals +10 C substrate tempera-
Resistant to hydrolysis and weathering ture
Secure adhesive bond to cured polysulfide sealants Elongation at break: approx. 300%
Long service life (maintenance free time) Breaking strain: approx. 0.5 N/mm2
Modulus at 100%
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 furthermore fulfills the elongation: approx. 0.21 N/mm2
requirements: Resilience: >80%
Of fire class E to EN 13501-1 Temperature resistance: from 50 C to +120 C
For slip behaviour when stationary at Tmax: 200C
Cleaning:
Areas of application: Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is used as a joint filler: after use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.
For tramway track construction between the tracks and
the adjoining substrates, amongst others granite pavers Packaging:
or cut/abraded asphalt. Suitable for joint widths up to INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is available in 10 litre
65 mm. containers. Component A and component B are
For the elastic sealing of floor and wall joints between supplied at a predetermined mixing ratio. Larger
concrete and metal construction units and cut asphalt, pack sizes are available on request.
which are subjected to mechanical loads from
vehicular or foot traffic. Storage:
In interior and exterior areas between foot and Cool and dry above +10 C, 12 months in the
vehicular trafficked areas e.g. industrial and original unopened container.

346
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Substrate: Joint edges must be prepared for application by

Cement-based surfaces: chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic.
Concrete quality: min. C20/25 The chamfers should not be filled.
Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day final Product preparation:
strength) Component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
Tensile adhesion strength: > 1,5 N/mm2 are delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip
Natural stone pavers: component B into component A. Ensure that the
Stone quality in accordance with TL Min-StB + hardener drains completely from its container.
DIN EN 1342 Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
Poured mastic asphalt: a suitable stirrer (e.g. drill with a paddle mixer). It
011S/PMB 45A is important to ensure that the product is also stirred
Rolled asphalt from the sides and the bottom so that the hardener
Steel: is evenly dispersed. Mix until homogenous (free from
Blast cleaned track body striations). Mix time approx. 5 minutes. It is particu-
Steel rails/profiles larly necessary to ensure that no air is entrained. The
Steel channels minimum
temperature of the material during the mixing process
Substrate preparation: and application may not drop below +10 C. The
The contact surface to be treated must be: substrate temperature may not drop below +5 C or
Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key exceed +40 C.
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil, Method of application/Consumption:
plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and 1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell
similar. backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip is
not damaged. When applied in tramway track
Dependent on the particular substrate the following construction the existing rail side elements form
measures are to be carried out to prepare the substrate: the base of the joint. Prevent a three edge bond
Cement-based surfaces: by placing a polythene strip in the base of the
Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming joint.
Natural stone pavers:
Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming
Poured mastic asphalt:
Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming
Steel surfaces:
Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2)

Design requirements:
The design requirements for joint construction must
be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as
well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants
Association) and verified on site.

In particular the joint width must be calculated so that

the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable
for the joint sealant.

347
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

2. Priming/priming the joint edges:

Primer-2000: Primer-2000-S: Primer-2000-A:

Substrate/Contact area: Steel Concrete Asphalt

Hard PVC Granite pavers
Polymer concrete Semi-rigid finishes

Mixing ratio: one component 100:30 parts by weight 100:30 parts by weight

Flash-off time before min. 10 mins min. 30 mins min. 30 mins

sealant application (at +23C): max. 24 hours max. 6 hours max. 6 hours

Pot life (at +23C): one component 2-3 hours 2-3 hours

Consumption: approx. 2.55.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m
(dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension)

Method of application: brushable brushable brushable

(primer brush) (primer brush) (primer brush)

Product application: see technical data sheet

3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges

of the joints to protect against contamination.
4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain
air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using a
flow gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant surface.
Air bubbles are to be removed within the working
time by running over lightly with a smoothing stick
or smooth flat brush.

The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 is

calculated with the formula:
Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) =
ml/m of joint.

Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000:

Joint width in mm: 10 20 30 40 50 60

Joint depth in mm: 8 17 24 32 40 48

Approx. consumption in ml: 80 340 720 1280 2000 2880

348
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g.

very high temperature differences, direct contact with
vehicular traffic).

Physiological behaviour and

protective measures:
Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 can be
handled without any particular safety measures. Direct
contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is
usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform
to the Government health & safety protective
regulations.

Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower
temperatures extend the working time and setting
time.
The bond between individual coatings can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied materials.
When longer waiting times occur after application of
the primer, the existing surface must be well cleaned
and thoroughly abraded. The primer should then be
re-applied.
Seek separate advice for contact surfaces in areas
with low temperature asphalt.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from
the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services
Department.
Cured product residues are household waste. The
single components A and B are to be disposed of
under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives
and sealants containing no halogenated solvents).
Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of
via recycling.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!

43/09

349
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv Art.-No. 5 55133

Polysulfide joint sealant medium viscosity

Properties: Permitted total

INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is a polysulfide joint sealant deformation: approx. 25% of the joint
with the following properties: width at a substrate
Medium viscosity temperature of +10 C
Elastic Tensile modulus: approx. 0.24 N/mm2
Stable under compressive, tensile and shear loads Elongation at break: approx. 350%
Secure adhesive bond to concrete, cement-based Breaking strain: approx. 0.5 N/mm2
screed, granite pavers, asphalt and steel Modulus at 100%
Impermeable to liquids, under permanent deformation elongation: approx. 0.21 N/mm2
High resistance to chemicals Resilience: approx. 90%
Resistant to fuels (including aviation fuel and Temperature resistance: from 40 C to +120 C
bio-diesel) Volume change: 0
Free from solvents
Secure adhesive bond to cured polysulfide Cleaning:
sealants Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately
after use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.
Areas of application:
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is used in interior and Packaging:
exterior areas as a joint filler for the elastic sealing INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is available in 10 litre
of floor and wall joints between foot and vehicular containers. Component A and component B are
trafficked construction elements. supplied at a predetermined mixing ratio.
In interior and exterior areas between foot and
vehicular trafficked construction elements, e.g. Storage:
industrial and commercial floors, road construction, Cool and dry above +10 C, 12 months in the
car parks, airports etc. original unopened packaging.
Suitable for horizontal joints and joints up to a
10% fall.
Substrate:
For tramway track construction between the tracks and
Cement-based surfaces:
the adjoining flooring, amongst others granite pavers
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
or cut / abraded asphalt. Suitable for joint widths up
Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C25-F4
to 65 mm.
Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day final
strength)
Technical Data:
Tensile adhesion strength: > 1,5 N/mm2
Basis: polysulfide
Natural stone pavers:
Colour: grey
Stone quality in accordance with TL Min-StB +
Consistency: flowable
DIN EN 1342
Mixed density: approx. 1.60 g/cm3
Poured mastic asphalt:
Solids content: 100%
011S/PMB 45A
Solvent: None
Rolled asphalt
Substrate temperature: +5 C to +40 C
Steel:
Pot life: approx. 1.5-2.0 hours
Blast cleaned track body
at +23 C/75% RH
Steel rails/profiles
Through cure time: approx. 24-48 hours at
Steel channels
+23 C/75% RH
(dependent on temperature)
Substrate preparation:
Shore-A hardness: approx 25
The contact surface to be treated must be:
Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key

350
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting Product preparation:

substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil,
plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and
similar.
Dependent on the particular substrate the following
measures are to be carried out to prepare the substrate:
Cement-based surfaces:
Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming
Steel surfaces:
Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2)
Design requirements:
The design requirements for joint construction must
be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as
well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants
Association) and verified on site.
In particular the joint width must be calculated so that
the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable
for the joint sealant.
Joint edges must be prepared for application by
chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic.
The chamfers should not be filled.
Component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
are delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip
component B into component A. Ensure that the
hardener drains completely from its container.
Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
a suitable stirrer (e.g. drill with a paddle mixer). It
is important to ensure that the product is also stirred
from the sides and the bottom so that the hardener
is evenly dispersed. Mix until homogenous (free from
striations). Mix time approx. 8 minutes. It is particu-
larly necessary to ensure that no air is entrained.
The minimum temperature of the material during the
mixing process and application may not drop below
+5 C. The substrate temperature may not drop
below +5 C or exceed +35 C.
Method of application/Consumption:
1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell
backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip is
not damaged. When applied in tramway track
construction the existing rail side elements form
the base of the joint. Prevent a three edge bond
by placing a polythene strip in the base of the
joint.
2. Priming/priming the joint edges:

Primer-2000: Primer-2000-S: Primer-2000-A:

Substrate/Contact area: Steel Concrete Asphalt

Hard PVC Granite pavers
Polymer concrete Semi-rigid finishes

Mixing ratio: one component 100:30 parts by weight 100:30 parts by weight

Flash-off time before min. 10 mins min. 30 mins min. 30 mins

sealant application (at +23C): max. 24 hours max. 6 hours max. 6 hours

Pot life (at +23C): one component 2-3 hours 2-3 hours

Consumption: approx. 2.55.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m
(dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension)

Method of application: brushable brushable brushable

(primer brush) (primer brush) (primer brush)

Product application: see technical data sheet

351
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges

of the joints to protect against contamination.
4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain
air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using a
flow gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant surface.
Air bubbles are to be removed within the working
time by running over lightly with a smoothing stick
or smooth flat brush.

The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv is

calculated with the formula:
Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) =
ml/m of joint.

Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv:

Joint width in mm: 10 20 30 40 50 60

Joint depth in mm: 8 17 24 32 40 48

Approx. consumption in ml: 80 340 720 1280 2000 2880

Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g.
very high temperature differences, direct contact with
vehicular traffic).
Physiological behaviour and
protective measures:
Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000mv can be
handled without any particular safety measures. Direct
contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is
usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform
to the Government health & safety protective
regulations.
Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower
temperatures extend the working time and setting
time.
The bond between individual coatings can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied materials.
When longer waiting times occur after application of
the primer, the existing surface must be well cleaned
and thoroughly abraded. The primer should then be
re-applied.
Seek separate advice for contact surfaces in areas
with low temperature asphalt.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from
the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services
Department.
Cured product residues are household waste. The
single components A and B are to be disposed of
under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives
and sealants containing no halogenated solvents).
Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of
via recycling.
Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!
Chemical resistance list (extract):
Petrol or premium grade fuel to EN 228
Jet fuel
Low viscosity oil, diesel oil, unused engine oil,
unused gearbox oil with a flash point of > 55 C
All hydrocarbons
All alcohols and Glycol ether
Aqueous solutions of organic acids and a
concentration of up to 10% of their salts
Organic acids with the exception of formic acid

352
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Inorganic acids with a concentration of up to 20%

and inorganic salts in water (pH value < 6) with the
exception of HF and its salts
Inorganic bases and inorganic salts in water (pH
value >8) with the exception of ammonia and
oxidising solutions of salts.
Aqueous solutions of inorganic non-oxidising salts
with a pH value between 6 and 8.
43/09

353
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st Art.-No. 5 55132

Polysulfide joint sealant thixotropic

Properties: Modulus at 100%

INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is a polysulfide joint sealant elongation: approx. 0.21 N/mm2
with the following properties: Resilience: approx. 90%
Thixotropic Volume change: 0
Elastic
Stable under compressive, tensile and shear loads Cleaning:
Secure adhesive bond to concrete, cement-based Work tools must be carefully cleaned immediately
screed, granite pavers, asphalt and steel after use, with an appropriate cleaner e.g. acetone.
Impermeable to liquids, under permanent
deformation Packaging:
High resistance to chemicals INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is available in 450 ml
Resistant to fuels (including aviation fuel and cartridges and 2.5 litre containers. Component A and
bio-diesel) component B are supplied at a predetermined mixing
Free from solvents ratio.
Secure adhesive bond to cured polysulfide sealants
Storage:
Areas of application: Cool and dry above +10 C, 6 months (cartridge)
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is used in interior and exterior and 12 months (container) in the original unopened
areas as a joint filler for the elastic sealing of floor and packaging.
wall joints between foot and vehicular trafficked
construction elements.
Substrate:
In interior and exterior areas between foot and
Cement-based surfaces:
vehicular trafficked construction elements, e.g.
Concrete quality: min. C20/25
industrial and commercial floors, road construction,
Age: min. 7 days (or min. 70% of the 28 day
car parks, airports etc.
final strength)
Suitable for vertical joints.
Tensile adhesion strength: > 1.5 N/mm2
Technical Data:
Steel:
Basis: polysulfide
Steel rails/profiles
Colour: grey
Steel channels
Consistency: flowable
Mixed density: approx. 1.60 g/cm3
Substrate preparation:
Solids content: 100%
The contact surface to be treated must be:
Solvent: None
Dry, sound, load bearing and have a good key
Substrate temperature: +5 C to +40 C
Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Pot life: approx. 1.5 2.0 hours
substances such as e.g. dust, laitance, grease, oil,
at +23 C / 75% RH
plasticizers, rubber marks, rust, paint residues and
Through cure time: approx. 24-48 hours at
similar.
+23 C / 75% RH
(dependent on temperature)
Dependent on the particular substrate the following
Shore-A hardness: approx 25
measures are to be carried out to prepare the sub-
Permitted total
strate:
deformation: approx. 25% of the joint
Cement-based surfaces:
width at a substrate
Grit blasting, scabbling, planing, vacuuming
temperature of +10 C
Steel surfaces:
Tensile modulus: approx. 0.24 N/mm2
Grit blasting, shiny metal (Sa 21/2)
Elongation at break: approx. 350%
Breaking strain: approx. 0.5 N/mm2

354
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Design requirements: important to ensure that the product is also stirred

The design requirements for joint construction must
be as given in accordance with DIN 18 540 as
well as the IVD data sheet No.1 (Industrial Sealants
Association) and verified on site.
In particular the joint width must be calculated so that
the total joint movement is not greater than that suitable
for the joint sealant.
from the sides and the bottom so that the hardener
is evenly dispersed. Mix until homogenous (free from
striations). Mix time approx. 8 minutes. It is particu-
larly necessary to ensure that no air is entrained.
The minimum temperature of the material during the
mixing process and application may not drop below
+5 C. The substrate temperature may not drop
below +5 C or exceed +35 C.

Joint edges must be prepared for application by Method of application/Consumption:

chamfering especially in areas with vehicular traffic.
The chamfers should not be filled.
Product preparation:
Component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
are delivered in a pre-determined mixing ratio. Tip
component B into component A. Ensure that the
hardener drains completely from its container.
Mixing of the components is to be carried out with
a suitable stirrer (e.g. drill with a paddle mixer). It is
1. Back-fill the prepared joint with a closed cell
backing strip. Ensure that the backing strip is
not damaged. When applied in tramway track
construction the existing rail side elements form
the base of the joint. Prevent a three edge bond
by placing a polythene strip in the base of the
joint.
2. Priming/priming the joint edges:

Primer-2000: Primer-2000-S: Primer-2000-A:

Substrate/Contact area: Steel Concrete Asphalt

Hard PVC Granite pavers
Polymer concrete Semi-rigid finishes

Mixing ratio: one component 100:30 parts by weight 100:30 parts by weight

Flash-off time before min. 10 mins min. 30 mins min. 30 mins

sealant application (at +23C): max. 24 hours max. 6 hours max. 6 hours

Pot life (at +23C): one component 2-3 hours 2-3 hours

Consumption: approx. 2.55.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m approx. 4.08.0 ml/m
(dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension) (dependent on joint dimension)

Method of application: brushable brushable brushable

(primer brush) (primer brush) (primer brush)

Product application: see technical data sheet

355
Technical Data Sheet
3. Before extruding the sealant, mask off the edges
of the joints to protect against contamination.
4. Applying the sealant: Taking care not to entrain
air, fill out the mixed sealant into the joint using a
flow gun or spatula. Smooth the sealant surface.
Air bubbles are to be removed within the working
time by running over lightly with a smoothing stick
or smooth flat brush.
The consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st is
calculated with the formula:
Joint width (mm) x fill depth of the sealant (mm) =
ml/m of joint.
Consumption of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st:
Joint width in mm: 10 20 30 40
Joint depth in mm: 8 17 24 32
Approx. consumption in ml: 80 340 720 1280
Prevent early exposure during the setting time (e.g.
very high temperature differences, direct contact with
vehicular traffic).
Physiological behaviour and
protective measures:
Component A of INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000st can be
handled without any particular safety measures. Direct
contact with the skin should simply be avoided as is
usual when handling chemicals. In every case conform
to the Government health & safety protective
regulations.
Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the working time. Lower
temperatures extend the working time and setting
time.
The bond between individual coatings can be
heavily impeded through the influence of dampness
or contamination between the applied materials.
When longer waiting times occur after application of
the primer, the existing surface must be well cleaned
and thoroughly abraded. The primer should then be
re-applied.
Seek separate advice for contact surfaces in areas
with low temperature asphalt.
6. JOINT SEALANTS
50 60
40 48
2000 2880
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from
the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH Technical Services
Department.
Cured product residues are household waste. The
single components A and B are to be disposed of
under waste disposal code 08 04 09 (adhesives
and sealants containing no halogenated solvents).
Thoroughly emptied containers can be disposed of
via recycling.
Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety Data Sheet!
Chemical resistance list (extract):
Petrol or premium grade fuel to EN 228
Jet fuel
Low viscosity oil, diesel oil, unused engine oil,
unused gearbox oil with a flash point of > 55 C
All hydrocarbons
Benzene and mixtures containing benzene
Crude oil
All alcohols and Glycol ether
All organic esters and ketones
All inorganic esters and ketones
Bio-diesel
356
Technical Data Sheet 6. JOINT SEALANTS

Aliphatic aldehydes in water up to 40%

Aliphatic aldehydes and mixtures in water
Aqueous solutions of organic acids and a
concentration of up to 10% of their salts
Organic acids with the exception of formic acid
Inorganic acids with a concentration of up to 20%
and inorganic salts in water (pH value < 6) with the
exception of HF and its salts
Inorganic bases and inorganic salts in water (pH
value >8) with the exception of ammonia and
oxidising solutions of salts.
Aqueous solutions of inorganic non-oxidising salts
with a pH value between 6 and 8.
43/09

357
358
Product Name/Page No. 7. WATERPROOFING

ADF-KE-F 360 ASOL-FE 407

AQUAFIN-1K 362 CARO-FB-200 408
AQUAFIN-1K-flex 364 CARO-FB-300 409
AQUAFIN-2K 366 COMBIDIC-1K 410
AQUAFIN-2K/M 368 COMBIFLEX-AB2 412
AQUAFIN-CJ1 377 COMBIFLEX-C2 414
AQUAFIN-CJ2 378 COMBIFLEX-C2/P 416
AQUAFIN-CJ3 379 COMBIFLEX-C2/S 418
AQUAFIN-CJ4 380 COMBIFLEX-DS 420
AQUAFIN-IC 381 COMBIFLEX-EL 421
AQUAFIN-P1 389 COMBIFLEX-Fastbit 423
AQUAFIN-P4 391 FIX 10-S 425
AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST 393 INDU-FLEX-CJ13 426
AQUAFIN-TC07 395 SANIFLEX 427
AQUAFIN-UM 398 UNIFLEX-B 431
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 400 UNIFLEX-M 432
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S 401

Brochure/Page No.
Flexible cementitious waterproofing 372
Capillary/crystalline waterproofing for concrete structures 384
Professional joint tape technology 402
Waterproofing of wet rooms 429

359
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

ADF-KE-F Art.-No. 2 05951

Waterproof sheet membrane laminated polyester fleece
with single sided adhesive and welding edge
Properties: Resistance to impact
Waterproof and vapour barrier (DIN EN 12691): > 700 mm
Reinforced by the incorporation of a glass fibre mat Resistance to static load
Mineral based for bonding (DIN 12730): > 20 kg
Suitable for single layer installation Nail tear resistance
Flexible and tear resistant in accordance with (DIN EN 12310-1): > 300 N/50 mm
DIN 18195-2 Low temperature flexibility
Compatible with bitumen (DIN EN 495-5): > -30C
Alkali resistant Width: 1.05 m (with 5 cm
Resistant to weathering, ageing, UV and ozone non-laminated adhesive
Root resistant to FLL guidelines edge)
Free from plasticizers Length: 20 m
Thickness: 1.8 mm + 0.3 mm
Areas of application: fleece laminate
For the secure and efficient waterproofing of building Weight per unit area: approx. 1.96 kg/m2
components in direct ground contact, flat roofs, bridges Storage: dry, minimum 5 years
and tunnel constructions. ADF-KE-F can be applied on
either horizontal or vertical surfaces. Surface preparation:
Wet duty demands: The surface to be waterproofed must be dry, load
Ground moisture / non standing seepage water bearing, largely flat and free from surface pockets,
Water not under pressure cracks and ridges, free from foreign substances and
Standing seepage water / water under pressure free from oil, grease and paint. Remove cement
laitance and fine particulate components. Fully point
Technical Data: masonry work. Using ASOCRET-RN, make good
Basis: ethylene bitumen existing gravel pockets or voids in concrete as well
copolymer (ECB) as bay markers chopped out to 2 cm.
Colour: black with fleece laminate When using beneath foundation slabs (concrete on
Application temp: -30 C up to +40 C a non-woven layer) on compacted, load stable anti-
Fire rating capillary layers there must not be any sharp or
(DIN EN 13501-1): class E pointed objects present. Shuttering as well as
Watertightness thermal insulation etc. may not deform during
(DIN EN 1928, concreting work. With vertical applications the
method B 600 uppermost termination of the membrane must be
kpa/24 hrs: passed secured with appropriate waterproofing bars.
Water impermeability
in accordance with Product application:
DIN EN 12390-8: 7 bar a) Adhesive method with mineral-based ADF-
Coefficient of water Systemkleber when waterproofing components
vapour transmission in direct ground contact: Cut the ADF-KE-F to the
(DIN EN 1931): approx. 90,000 required length and re-roll the cut piece. Apply
Maximum tensile strength the ADF-Systemkleber by trowel to the properly
(DIN EN 12311-2): longitudinal: > 800 N/50 mm prepared substrate with an 8 mm notched trowel.
transverse: > 600 N/50 mm Now position the cut section onto the prepared
Elongation at break substrate and press down with a smoother, roller or
(DIN EN 12311-2): longitudinal: > 40% similar. Greater adhesion is achieved by pressing
transverse: > 40% the waterproof membrane into place without folds
Shear resistance of or air bubbles. In this manner lay the individual
welded seam membrane sections with butt joints. Once the
(DIN EN 12317-2): > 400 N/50 mm adhesive has dried out, the butt joints are

360
Technical Data Sheet
subsequently waterproofed dependent on the wet
duty demands.
b) Application as negative waterproofing beneath
foundation slabs (concrete on non-woven layers).
On to the adequately compacted load stable anti-
capillary layer or granular sub-base (concrete or
thermal insulation), lay the ADF-KE-F in sections
dependent on the wet duty demands (either butt
jointed or overlapped). The minimum width of over-
lap is 5 cm. When carrying out further work steps
e.g. laying reinforcement, avoid causing damage.
The spacers used should also have a large contact
area. The concreting on the foundation slab must
be carried out professionally to current standards
and regulations. It is to be especially ensured that
the concreting is without voids and that a complete
bond is achieved with the fleece layer. However
avoid direct contact between the ADF-KE-F and the
concrete vibrator.
c) Application as negative waterproofing on shuttered
constructions (concreting on the non-woven layer).
Using nail gripper rods fix the ADF-KE-F to the top
edge of the shuttering construction in sections
dependent on the wet duty demands (either butt
jointed or overlapped). The minimum overlap width
is to be 5 cm. Avoid causing damage when carrying
out further work e.g. laying reinforcement or spacer
supports. It is to be especially ensured that the con-
creting is without voids (gravel pockets) and that a
complete bond is achieved with the fleece layer.
However avoid direct contact between the ADF-KE-F
and the concrete vibrator.
Waterproofing butt joints:
The waterproofing of butt joints is carried out depen-
dent on the wet duty demands:
Ground moisture, non standing seepage water
butt jointed or overlapped with the cold self-adhesive
KSK-Abdichtungsbahn-FB.
Water not under pressure overlapped using the
heat-sealing technique.
Standing seepage water / water under pressure
overlapped using the heat-sealing technique.
The minimum overlap width is 5 cm.
361
7. WATERPROOFING
System components:
For waterproofing details various shaped pieces are
available:
Internal and external corners
Flange collars for pipe and cable penetrations
Flange collars for inlets
Hot weld technique:
Equipment parameters:
Hot air tool 220V with infinitely variable
temperature adjustment up to +600 C and air
quantity regulator
Heat performance >1400 Watt
40 mm wide slotted nozzle (perforated underside)
Welding of the sheet membrane ADF-KE-F is carried
out with a hand held welder (e.g. Leister Triac) at
a temperature from +450 C to +650 C (approx.
position 6.5). The waterproof membrane is over-
lapped and pre-tacked at a maximum distance of 50
cm parallel to the membrane. Subsequently the hand
welder is slowly moved along at an angle of approx.
30. During the process the film parallel to the edge
of the membrane is pressed down with a silicone roll-
er with moderate pressure of > 5-6 kp until a welded
seam on the joint edges is achieved. The welding is
to take place over a width of approx. 4 cm.
A welding bead longitudinal to the seam can be
considered as a sign of an optimum joint seam and
a professional weld. The joint seams are immediately
sealed and can be put into full service after 24 hours.
Carry out trial areas of weld before heat sealing. For
applications on thermal insulation, use suitable mats
that can be pulled along when welding. Clean the
welding zone free from adhesion inhibiting materials.
Do not use any solvents or seam cleaners during this
process.
Advice:
Observe a current EU Health & Safety Data Sheet.
37/09
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-1K Art.-No. 2 04248

Waterproofing slurry

Properties: Compressive strength: 16.8 N/mm2 at 28 d

AQUAFIN-1K is a rigid hardening, cement based (ASTM C 579)
waterproofing material. Rapid chloride
AQUAFIN-1K consists of quartz sand, portland cement permeability: 23% reduction
and additives. It does not contain any materials, which (ASTM-C 1202.97)
may cause any negative effects on reinforcement or Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96)
concrete.
AQUAFIN-1K hardens to a rigid impervious layer. If Surface preparation:
subsequent cracking of the surface is possible, use The surface must be clean, sound and fine pored. It
AQUAFIN-2K. must be free from grease, dust, pockets, cracks and
ridges. AQUAFIN-2K/M is suitable for smooth con-
Areas of application: crete, screed, mastic asphalt, plaster, gypsum board
Waterproofing on concrete, masonry and plaster, for and masonry. Coarsely pored surfaces like gutter
interior and exterior use, in the following areas of blocks or precast concrete blocks have to be grouted
application: with cement mortar, ASOCRET-FS or AQUAFIN-1K.
Civil engineering: earth covered constructions, Use suitable methods to prepare the substrate depen-
sewage works, water tanks, dent on its condition such as e.g. brushing, vacuum-
swimming pools, heating ing, grinding, milling, shotblasting and water jetting.
pipes, pits etc. Details:
Building construction: cellars Concave moulding, ledging corner: Form between
Water construction: retaining walls, pools, masonry and foundation a concave moulding of 4
tunnels, sluices cm length with pre-blended mortar ASOCRET-RN or
Older building cement-based mortar and ASOPLAST-MZ additive.
constructions: not protected against Existing cracks can be sealed with AQUAFIN-
posterior moisture and 2K/M by embedding the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
soaking water into the first layer.
For moving cracks and construction joints use
Typical Properties: ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.
Basis: sand/cement,
polymer improved Product preparation:
Density of the AQUAFIN-1K is supplied in powder form. Mix on
mixed mortar: 1.85 kg/l site with clean water in a clean container to a work-
Mixing ratio: 25 kg AQUAFIN-1K to able consistency that can be sprayed or brushed.
6.7 l tap water or 6 kg The surface should be pre-treated in the necessary
AQUAFIN-1K to 1.6 l way. Application must be ensued in several coats at
tap water a consumption of 1 - 2 kg/m2 per coat. Protect fresh
Mixing time: 3 minutes AQUAFIN-1K coats against direct sun, draft air, rain
Pot life: 60 minutes and frost.
Substrate/Application
temperature: min. approx. +5 C to max. Estimating & Supply:
approx. +35 C. Lower Packaging:
temperatures extend, higher Available in 6 kg and 25 kg bags
temperatures reduce curing Consumption/Thickness of Layer:
times. Type of load 1:
earth moisture: 3.5 kg/m2, app. 2.0 mm
Technical Properties: Type of load 2:
Adhesion strength: 0.5 N/mm2 ground water: 3.5 kg/m2, app. 2.0 mm.
(ASTM D 4541:2002) Type of load 3:
Shore D: D/66/1 (ASTM D 2240:05) ground- and backwater: 4.5 kg/m2, app. 2.5 mm

362
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Exposure*): to rain after 3 hrs foot traffic after 1 day

to pressure water after 7 days
*) at 20 C and 60% relative humidity.

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Unhardened AQAUFIN-1K can be removed from tools
and equipment with water. Once cured, material is
difficult to remove.

Storage & Shelf Life:

12 months when stored under dry conditions in original
unopened packs. Use opened packs immediately.

Important advice:
AQUAFIN-1K contains cement and reacts alkaline with
moisture. Therefore:
protect skin and eyes
please keep out of reach of children
in case of eye or skin irritation wash thoroughly with
clean cool water
wear safety gloves
in case of eye contact seek immediately medical
treatment.
To increase pot life/working time at higher tem-
perature store material in a cool environment above
+5 C and only expose to warm temperature shortly
before mixing. Additionally use of cold water can
also increase pot life/working time, if water addition
is necessary.
45/08

363
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-1K-flex Art.-No. 2 04262

One component, flexible cementitious waterproofing slurry

Properties: Exposure type/Fresh mortar requirements/

Seamless and jointless flexible crack-bridging water- Wet film thickness/Dry film thickness/
proof system Bonded waterproof membrane for tiles:
Suitable for all load-bearing substrates usual in approx. 2.5 mm / approx. 2 mm
construction Allowance has not been made for greater material
Hydraulic setting consumption on uneven substrates.
Simple efficient application Product resilience *):
Can be applied by brush, trowel or suitable spray Through foot traffic after approx. 7 days
equipment Can be covered with tiles after approx. 24 hours
Bonds without priming to damp substrates With water after approx. 7 days
Vapour permeable, resistant to frost, UV and ageing Packaging: 20 kg bags
Structural waterproofing in accordance with Storage: cool and dry, 6 months in
DIN 18 195 part 2 table 8 the original unopened
packaging. Use opened
Areas of application: packaging promptly.
Bonded waterproofing system for tiles: Cleaning: clean tools in the fresh state
For secure and effective waterproofing beneath tiles, with water, dried mortar
where impermeability to water is required for longer can only be removed with
term to constant water exposure e.g. in domestic bath- AQUAFIN-Cleanser
rooms and kitchens, private and communal washrooms
as well as on swimming pool surrounds. Wall and floor *) at +20 C and 60% relative humidity
junctions are reinforced with the incorporation of
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S. Substrate preparation:
AQUAFIN-1K-flex is suitable for classifications A1/A2 in With waterproof membranes for tiles, DIN 18157
accordance with technical regulated areas and the wet prevails with regard to the substrate, substrate prepa-
duty classifications 0, A01, A02 in accordance with the ration and product application. The substrate must be
ZDB data sheet. [*1]. load-bearing, largely flat and have a closed surface.
It must be free from gravel pockets, cavities, gaping
Technical Data: cracks and ridges, dust and be free from adhesion
Basis: polymer/mortar combination inhibiting materials such as e.g. oil, paint, laitance
Fresh mortar density: approx. 1.3 g/cm3 and loose parts.
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes Suitable substrates are concrete with a dense micro-
Substrate / structure, render PII and PIII, fully pointed masonry
application temperature: +5 C to +30 C work, cement-based screed, moisture resistant plas-
Tensile adhesion strength terboard and gypsum fibreboards. Smooth over sub-
to DIN EN 1542: > 0.5 N/mm2 after 28 days strates with large pores such as concrete foundation
Tear strength to blocks, heavy concrete blocks and brickwork.
DIN 53504: > 0.4 N/mm2 at +23 C Pre-wet the substrate so that it is matt damp at the time
Elongation at break of application. Prime very porous substrates such as
to DIN 53504: > 8% at +23 C e.g. aerated concrete or lime/sand blocks etc. with
Crack-bridging to ASO-Unigrund to improve the bond.
DIN 28052-6 (PG MDS)
0.4 mm crack Product preparation:
maintained for 24 hours: passed Place approx. 6.2 6.4 litres of water into a clean
Vapour transmission mixing bucket and stir together with the powder to a
rate : approx. 2300 homogenous, lump free consistency. Using a rotating
Sd value: approx. 5.5 m mechanical mixer (approx. 500 700 rpm) a mix
Consumption: approx. 1.15 kg/mm time of 2-3 minutes is required.
dry film thickness Apply AQUAFIN-1K-flex by spray, brush or trowel

364
Technical Data Sheet
techniques in a minimum of two operations. The second
coat as well as further coats should only be applied
when the first coat will not become damaged by foot
traffic or from further application. Avoid application
thicknesses greater than 2 kg/m2 in one operation, as
cracks may appear in the waterproofing coat due to
the high polymer content.
Internal angles and wall/floor junctions:
Suitable waterproof tapes:
Waterproof membrane with tiles
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 and pre-formed pieces as
necessary
ASO- Joint-Tape -2000-S and pre-formed pieces as
necessary
ASO- Joint-Tape -2000-Sanitair
Bond the SCHOMBURG waterproof tape suitable
for the relevant area of application with
AQUAFIN-1K-flex and subsequently tie in seamlessly
with the surface waterproof membrane.
Advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-1K-flex
from its effects.
Avoid dropping below the dew point (condensation
formation) during the drying phase of
AQUAFIN-1K-flex.
At high temperatures a slightly sticky surface may be
encountered due to the high polymer content. In this
case we recommend that post treatment is carried out
with water in order to guarantee complete hydration.
In rooms with low temperatures, higher humidity and
inadequate ventilation, an extended drying time is to
be expected.
When there is strong sunlight, work in the shaded
areas against the direction of the sun. Dampen very
dry and porous substrates before application or
prime with ASO-Unigrund as necessary. The substrate
may be matt damp. Avoid the formation of puddles.
During the curing process no water should come into
contact with the waterproof membrane. Water pres-
sure from the rear can lead to delamination in frost.
Eliminate direct contact with metals like copper,
zinc and aluminium by priming until the pores are
closed. Pore-tight priming can be produced by two
coats of ASODUR-GBM. The first coat is applied to
the substrate, which has been cleaned with universal
cleaner, and carefully worked in by brush. After this
coat has reacted sufficiently so that it can no longer
365
7. WATERPROOFING
be disturbed (approx. 3 6 hours), brush on a
second coat and broadcast with quartz sand
(0.2 0.7 mm grain size). Consumption: approx.
800 1000 g/m2 ASODUR-GBM.
For waterproofing to PVC and stainless steel
flanges: Abrade the flange, degrease with univer-
sal cleaner, apply AQUAFIN-1K-flex and without
voids or folds, bed in the ASO-waterproofing gas-
ket-floor or alternatively the ADF-pipe gasket.
Tie in seamlessly with the waterproof membrane.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
Therefore e.g.:
DIN 18195
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
DIN 1055
Guidelines for the planning and implementation
of the waterproofing of construction units in contact
with the ground, with flexible waterproof slurries,
second edition April 2006, Deutsche Bauchemie
e.V.
The BEB information sheets distributed by the
Bundesverband Estrich und Belag e.V.
The technical information for the coordination of
cut out points for heated floor constructions.
The ZDB information sheets distributed by the
German professional tile association:
[*1] Advice on the installation of bonded water-
proof membranes with tile and slab wall and floor
finishes for interior and exterior areas. (January
2005).
[*3] Movement joints in tile and slab wall and
floor finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on cement-based floor constructions
with insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles and slabs, natural and concrete
stone/slabs on heated cement-based floor
constructions.
[*7] Floor construction with tiles and slabs in
exteriors.
Please observe a valid EU health and safety data
sheet. Low chromate.
GISCODE: ZP1
43/09
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-2K Art.-No. 2 04250

Two-component, flexible waterproofing slurry

Properties: Crack bridging: approx. 1.0 mm at 2 mm

Seamless and jointless, flexible, crack bridging dry film thickness
waterproofing compound. Coefficient of vapour
Suitable for all sound conventional construction diffusion resistance : approx. 1000
substrates. Density of the
Hydraulic binder. mixed mortar: approx. 1.5 g/cm3
Rainproof after a short time period. Cleaning tools: in the fresh state with water,
Environmentally friendly. dried material is difficult to
Simple economical application. remove
Can be sprayed with suitable equipment, brush or
trowel applied. Loading condition / material consumption /
Bonds without priming on damp substrates. dry film thickness
Vapour permeable, frost and resistant to ageing. Ground moisture / non standing backwater:
Water impermeable to 7 bar. min. 3.5 kg/m2 = 2 mm
Resistant to water aggressive to concrete in Non hydrostatic water pressure:
accordance with DIN 4030. min. 3.5 kg/m2 = 2 mm
As a tanking system beneath tiling. Rising backwater / hydrostatic water pressure:
General technical test certificate available. min. 4.5 kg/m2 = 2.5 mm

Areas of application: Dry film thickness:

External waterproofing of new and existing buildings in The dry film thickness must be a minimum of 2 mm for
the ground against ground moisture, water not under ground moisture / non standing backwater as well as
pressure, water under pressure (with suitable construc- under damp duty classifications I, II and III in accor-
tion), horizontal damp proofing beneath brickwork, dance with the ZDB.
internal waterproofing against negative moisture pres- With rising water, hydrostatic water pressure (also
sure, weathered or planted concrete cold roofs of sub- bonded waterproofing beneath tiling in swimming
terranean garages, prefabricated garages, containers, pools) the minimum thickness must be 2.5 mm.
service water containers, sewage and waste water Greater material consumption must be allowed for
containers and canalisation, waterproofing beneath tiles with uneven substrates.
under moderate and heavy duty water use, in damp Ready for load *):
environments, on balconies and terraces, in swimming From rain after approx. 3 hours.
pools. As an adhesive for ASO-Dichtband-2000, From foot traffic after approx. 1 day.
ASO-Dichtband-2000-S and ASO-Dichtmanschette. From hydrostatic water pressure after approx. 7
days.
Technical Data: Backfilling of building trench after approx. 3 days.
AQUAFIN-1K UNIFLEX- B Ready for tiling after approx. 1 day.
Basis: Sand/cement Polymer dispersion
Mixing ratio: 3 parts by weight 1 part by weight *) at +20 C and 60% relative humidity.
Packaging: 25 kg bag, 8.33 kg bucket,
6 kg pack 2kg bucket Surface preparation:
Colour: grey white The substrate must be load bearing, mostly even
and have a finely porous surface. It must be free
Combined product from pockets, gaping cracks and ridges, dust, mould
Mixing time: 3 minutes release agents and separating substances.
(mixing drill 300 rpm) Suitable substrates are concrete with tight joints to
Pot life *): 60 minutes DIN 1045, screed, asphalt, renders/plasters PII and
Application/ P III, plasterboard and gypsum fibreboard, brickwork/
substrate temperature: +5 C to +30 C blockwork to DIN 1053. No fines substrates such
Storage: cool and dry, 12 months as hollow blocks, dense concrete blocks and pumice

366
Technical Data Sheet
blocks as well as vertical and horizontal mortar joints
in walling that are not flush pointed must be trowelled
over with AQUAFIN 1K. Dampen mineral based sub-
strates so that they are matt damp at the time of product
application. Prime very porous substrates as well as
aerated concrete or gypsum containing substrates with
ASO-Unigrund to improve adhesion.
Internal angles and wall/floor junctions:
Where building elements are in direct contact with the
ground bond ASO-Dichtband-2000-S with
AQUAFIN-2K and overcoat.
Alternatively: Form a coved fillet with a radius of
4 6 cm with the pre-blended mortar ASOCRET-RN or
a cement-based mortar (MG III) with ASOPLAST-MZ.
Slurry coat the fillet area slurry with the bonding agent
AQUAFIN-1K including the leading edge of the founda-
tions. Apply the filleting mortar to the wet AQUAFIN-1K
coat. Once cured, carry out the waterproofing with
AQUAFIN-2K. With bonded waterproofing beneath
tiling bond ASO-Dichtband-2000 with AQUAFIN-2K.
Product preparation:
Pour UNIFLEX-B liquid component into a clean container
and add the AQUAFIN powder component whilst stir-
ring until lump free. To achieve a workable consistency
up to a maximum of 5% (=1.67 litres per pack) of
clean water can be added dependent on atmospheric
conditions and porosity of the substrate. When apply-
ing AQUAFIN-2K at least two complete void free coats
are necessary. In all cases the applied thickness of
waterproofing must correspond with the required mini-
mum thickness for the expected wet duty conditions.
Brush apply the first coat on to the matt damp substrate
with a builders brush or roofers brush to saturation
ensuring a complete void free coverage.
Apply the second coat and potential further coats in
the same manner or with a smooth trowel. Only apply
the product when the first slurry-applied coat will not
be damaged by further applications (at +20 C after
4 hours at the earliest). Avoid applied thicknesses of
greater than 2 kg/m2 (=1mm dry film thickness) in one
application. There is a risk of cracking due to the high
levels of binder.
Important advice:
Protect the freshly applied coating from rain, frost
and extreme direct sunlight.
Dampen very dry substrates before application.
367
7. WATERPROOFING
In rooms with high humidity or inadequate
ventilation (e.g. water containers) allow for
extended drying times.
In strong sunshine work against the direction of the
sun. Dampen very dry and porous substrates before
application. However there should be no film of
water.
Do not subject the waterproofing compound to
water during curing. Negative water pressure can
lead to delamination during frost.
AQUAFIN-2K can be over-rendered and also
painted with vapour permeable, solvent free paints
(but not silicate paints).
Eliminate direct contact with metals such as cop-
per, zinc and aluminium with a pore-tight primer.
A pore-tight primer can be produced with two
applications of ASODUR-GBM. Apply the first
coat thoroughly to the cleaned substrate and
carefully brush in. As soon as this coat has dried
sufficiently so that it can no longer be brushed
through (approx. 3 6 hours) brush on a second
coat of ASODUR-GBM and broadcast with quartz
sand of particle size 0.2 0.7 mm.
Consumption approx. 800 1000 g/m2
ASODUR-GBM.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
AQUAFIN-2K.
To waterproof PVC and stainless steel flanges,
abrade the flange, degrease with a universal
cleaner, apply AQUAFIN-2K and bed in the
ASO-Dichtmanschette without voids or folds.
AQUAFIN-2K is a waterproof coating and must
be protected through suitable measures.
Do not apply solvent-based products to
AQUAFIN-2K.
The powder product is classified as irritant in
accordance with the ordinance on hazardous goods.
Please observe a valid EU health and safety data
sheet.
Low chromate in accordance with TRGS 613.
GISCODE: ZP1 (powder component)
GISCODE: D1 (UNIFLEX-B)
41/06
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-2K/M Art.-No. 2 04280

2-comp., flexible, polymer-modified, cementitious
waterproof coating
Description: Can be tiled or left uncoated
AQUAFIN-2K/M is a flexible elastomeric, 2-comp. UV, weather and freeze-thaw resistant
polymer modified coating that waterproofs and protects Bonds well to damp substrates without priming
concrete, masonry, brick and some natural stone Environmentally friendly
substrates with crack-bridging properties. Resistant to concrete aggressive water according
AQUAFIN-2K/M has excellent adhesion characteristics to DIN 4030
and provides a seamless system which can be left as the Potable water approval according to DVGW
finished surface, or can be top-coated with tiles, pavers, W347
paint, or other coatings. Root resistance acc. to Swiss Society of Engineers
& Architects: SIA V 280 no. 11.
Primary Uses:
For waterproofing water structures, sewage treatment Typical Properties:
plants, exterior basement walls, retaining walls, swim- Basis: 2-comp., cement/sand
ming pools, fountains, aquarium & zoo tanks, spillways, powder and liquid polymer
wet areas, under tiled applications, exposed and disp.
decoupled roofs and sealing of expansion and Mixing ratio: 5:2 powder:liquid by
construction joints with ASO-Joint-Tapes weight
General waterproofing: Mixing time: 2 - 3 min. (drilling machine
External waterproofing of old and new buildings min. 300 - 500 r/min)
against ground moisture, humidity, pressure water. Density: 1.5 g/cm3
Horizontal waterproofing beneath masonry. Pot life: approx. 60 min.
Internal waterproofing against humidity from outside. at +23 C, 60% RH.
For waterproofing of underground car parks, approx. 20 min.
prefabricated garages, containers, service water at +35 C, 65% RH
tanks, liquid manure containers, canalisation, areas Substrate/Application
of high humidity, terraces, balconies and swimming temperature: min. approx. +5 C to
pools. max. approx. +35 C. Lower
For the fixing of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, temperatures extend, higher
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and ASO-Joint-Sleeve. temperatures reduce curing
Waterproofing beneath tiles: times.
Safe and economic waterproofing beneath tiles in wet Time between re-coat: approx. 1.5 to 4 hrs.
rooms, where water impermeability against long term depending on climate
and permanent water table is demanded, i.e. in bath conditions
rooms, kitchens, shower rooms, on balconies and Exposure to**): - rain after approx. 3 hours
terraces. - pedestrian traffic after
For waterproofing inside swimming pools. approx. 1 day
- pressure water after
NOTE: for applications were negative side hydrostatic approx. 7 days
water pressure can be anticipated use AQUAFIN-1K as - setting of tiles after
a base coat. approx. 1 day
Service temperature: traffic -15 C to +50 C
Advantages: non traffic -20 C to +60 C
Crack bridging up to 2.59 mm
Easy to use can be brush, spray, roller or trowel **) at ambient temperature of +20 C and 60% RH,
applied for higher temperatures and RH consult the method
Vapour permeable statement for tropical climates.
Waterproof resistant to 7 bar (positive side
water pressure)

368
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Technical Properties: Mixing:

Adhesion strength: approx. 1.5 n/mm2 at 28 d Pour approx. 2/3 of the liquid component
Tensile strength: 4.2 N/mm2 UNIFLEX-M into a clean container and add
(ASTM D 412-98a) AQUAFIN powder component whilst stirring until a
Elongation: 115% (ASTM D 412-98a) lump free mass is achieved. Mixing time of 2 - 3
Crack bridging: 2.59 mm (ASTM C 836:95) minutes is required. After that, add the remaining
Water permeability: Nil at 5 bar (BS EN 12390) UNIFLEX-M and stir until a uniform consistency is
Abrasion resistance: 109 mg (ASTM D 4060:01) achieved.
Shore A: approx. 85
Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96) NOTE: Depending on application, max1.5%
Rapid chloride (approx. 0.5 l / 35 kg) water can be added during
permeability: 86% reduction mixing in order to adjust application consistency.
(ASTM-C 1202.97)
Vapour diffusion Method of Application:
resistance number: approx. 1,000 The substrate must be damp during the application.
Sd value: approx. 2 m AQUAFIN-2K/M can be applied by brush, tro-
Sd value, CO2: approx. 211 m wel, roller or appropriate spray equipment. At least
Flammability class: B2 (DIN 4102 Part 1) two coats of AQUAFIN-2K/M are necessary. The
applied thickness of the waterproofing must corre-
Application Procedures: spond with the required minimum thickness for the
Surface preparation expected wet duty conditions.
The surface must be clean, sound and fine pored. It Only apply the second layer when the first coat will
must be free from grease, dust, pockets, cracks and not be damaged by further applications (at +20 C
ridges. AQUAFIN-2K/M is suitable for smooth con- after 4 hours at the earliest). Due to the possibility of
crete, screed, mastic asphalt, plaster, gypsum board crack formations avoid applied thicknesses greater
and masonry. Coarsely pored surfaces like gutter blocks than 2 kg/m2 (= 1 mm dry film thickness) in one
or precast concrete blocks have to be grouted with application to prevent the formation of cracks. For
cement mortar, ASOCRETFS or AQUAFIN-1K. Prime protection of the AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing the
highly absorbent surfaces like light weight ASO-Systemvlies-02 may be embedded into the
concrete or gypsum boards with ASO-Unigrund to last layer.
improve adhesion. Use suitable methods to prepare
the substrate dependent on its condition such as e.g. Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
brushing, vacuuming, grinding, milling, shotblasting In wet state with water.
and water jetting. Cured material is etched with AQUAFIN-cleanser.

Details: Estimating & Supply:

Concave moulding, ledging corner: Form between Packaging:
masonry and foundation a concave moulding of 4 AQUAFIN-2K/M is available in 35 kg (25 kg
cm length with pre-blended mortar ASOCRET-RN or powder/10 kg liquid) and 7 kg (5 kg powder/
cement-based mortar and ASOPLAST-MZ additive. 2 kg liquid) units. Powder supplied in bags, liquid
Existing cracks can be sealed with AQUAFIN-2K/M in pails.
by embedding the ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 into the first
layer.
For moving cracks and construction joints use
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.

369
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Loading case / consumption / dry layer thickness:

Positive waterproofing:

Type of application Water head Total recommended Min. dry thickness (mm)**
consumption (kg/sq.m)

Roofs, decoupled below 1m 2.0 2.25 1.0

traffic 2.5 3.0 *) 1.3
Roofs, composite
waterproofing below 1 m 2.5 3.0 1.3
traffic 3.0 4.0 *) 1.5
Balconies/terraces non tiled 3.0 4.0 1.5
tiled 4.0 2.0
Plaza decks 3.0 4.0 *) 1.5
Swimming pools small to medium 3.0 1.5
olympic, non tiled 3.0 4.0 1.5
olympic,
tiled normal adhesive 4.0 4.5 2.0
olympic,
tiled adhesive
UNIFIX-2K/6 3.0 1.5
Fountains up to 1.0 m 2.0 2.5 1.0
up to 1.5 m 3.0 3.5 1.5
Water tanks normal water tanks 3.0 4.5 1.5
potable water tanks 4.0 4.5 2.0
below grade below 2 m 2.0 2.5 1.0
below 2 4 m 3.0 1.5
below 4 7m 3.5 1.8
below 7 10 m 4.0 2.0
above 10 m 4.5 2.3

Negative waterproofing below grade & direct water contact

(on AQUAFIN-1K substrate):

Type of application Water head Total recommended Min. dry thickness (mm)**
consumption (kg/m2)

Below grade below 2 m 2.0 2.5 1.0

below 2 4 m 3.0 1.5
below 4 7m 3.5 1.8
below 7 10 m 4.0 2.0
above 10 m 4.5 2.3

*) Depends of the amount of traffic.

**) Min. thickness of cured film on any point of the coating. These are technical limits of the product and do not
reflect legal requirements for your application. Please review local building codes for conforming min. film
thickness. These may be higher than the technical possible min. values stated.

Uneven surfaces may demand more material to reach the specified thickness.

370
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Storage & Shelf Life: Please observe a valid European Materials Safety
When stored dry, and kept from freezing: Data Sheet (MSDS).
Powder component: approx. 12 months Low chromate level according to TRGS 613
Liquid component: approx. 24 months (Technical regulation for Hazardous Materials,
In original unopened packaging. European standard).
Consume open packs immediately.
GISCODE: ZP1 (Powder Comp.)
Important advice:
GISCODE: D1 (UNIFIX-M Liquid Comp.)
In hot and humid climates coating may become
slightly tacky/sticky during the curing process. If this 11/08
occurs, mist coating with water 24 hours after appli-
cation to ensure complete hydration of material.
Negative water pressure can lead to delamination
during frost conditions.
AQUAFIN-2K/M can be overplastered and also be
painted with diffusion permeable and solvent-free
paints (no silicate paints).
In areas with high humidity and inadequate ventila-
tion (i.e. in water tanks) allow for extended drying
times.
Avoid direct sunlight during application.
Pre-dampen the surface prior to application of
AQUAFIN-2K/M.
Protect areas not be treated from AQUAFIN-2K/M.
Eliminate direct contact with metals such as copper,
zinc and aluminium with pore-tight, priming agent.
A pore-tight primer can be produced with two
applications of ASODUR-GBM. Apply the first coat
thoroughly to the cleaned substrate and carefully
brush in. As soon as this coat has dried sufficiently,
so that it can no longer be brushed through (within
approx. 3 to 6 hrs) then brush on the second coat
of ASODUR-GBM and broadcast with quartz sand
(grain size: 0.2 to 0.7 mm). Consumption approx.
800 to 1.000 g/m2 of ASODUR-GBM. For sealing
of PVC and stainless steel flanging, abrade the
flanges and degrease with isopropanol or acetone.
Apply AQUAFIN-2K/M and bed in the ASO-Joint-
sleeve or alternatively as ADF-pipe seal and fix
without voids and folds.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +5 C and only expose to warm temperature
shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold water
can also increase pot life/working time, if water
addition is necessary.
The powder component of AQUAFIN-2K/M is
classified as irritant in accordance with hazardous
goods (GefStoffV).

371
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Building Product Systems

Waterproofing and
Restoration
Tile and Natural Stone Laying
Screeds and Industrial Floor
Coatings
Garden and Landscape
Construction
Other Construction Materials

Flexible cementitious
waterproofing
www.schomburg.com

SCHOMBURG

372
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Flexible Cementitious Waterproofing

Flexibility in waterproofing

AQUAFIN-2K/M is a state of the art, highly flexible,

protective and waterproof coating, ideal for sealing and
coating a wide variety of projects.

AQUAFIN-2K/M was developed due to a demand for a

truly flexible coating, not only in terms of physical properties, but
also in terms of applications and application methods. It is a
two-component product resistant to water, moisture and abrasion,
and composed of a cementitious powder and solvent free liquid.
It has superior adhesion to many substrates, including concrete,
brick, masonry and some natural stone substrates.

AQUAFIN-2K/M is a leader in its class with up to 60%

elongation, making it the perfect solution for waterproofing
substrates prone to movement and cracking.

Advantages

Easy application Resists strong hydrostatic pressure (tested up to

140 m water head, positive side)
Solvent free environmentally friendly
Withstands pedestrian and light traffic; resists
Applied to moist or damp substrates
mechanical wear, abrasion and de-icing salts
Permanently flexible coating, elongation
Potable water approved
up to 60 %
Crack bridging up to 1.5 mm

Unmatched flexibility for superior crack bridging capabilities

373
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Typical Applications

AQUAFIN-2K/M is applied on
new and old substrates to provide a
protective, waterproof coating. It is
a stand alone product that can be left
as a finished surface or easily coated
with mortars, stuccos, etc.

Typical applications include:

Swimming pools
(tiled and untiled)

Marine and zoo

aquarium tanks

Plaza decks and patios

AQUAFIN-2K/M

Balconies, parapet walls,

planter boxes

Mechanical rooms

Underneath tile mortars in

kitchens, bathrooms, etc.

Water and waste water

treatment tanks

Above and below grade,

interior or exterior

374
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Application

AQUAFIN-2K/M can be applied

with a brush, roller, trowel or
appropriate compressed air spray
equipment.

The two components are simply mixed

together to create a workable
consistency for easy applications.
AQUAFIN-2K/M has a pot life of
approximately 45 minutes at 20 C.

Accessory Products

ASO-JOINT TAPE-
2000/2000-S Elastomeric, highly
tear resistant waterproof tape used
to repair cracks and seal joints within
the AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproo-
fing system.
AQUAFIN-2K/M

ASO-System Fleece-02
Flexible, alkali resistant mesh, used
to reinforce the tear resistance of
AQUAFIN-2K/M.

ADICOR-2K-PU System
Decorative protective coating system
for AQUAFIN-2K/M used to
achieve a smoother surface finish
when desired.

AQUAFIN-1K
Applied as first coat, under
AQUAFIN-2K/M for negative side
waterproofing applications.

AQUAFIN-2K/M is available in
several different colors and can be
painted or topcoated, providing
designers and applicators with
limitless possibilities for their finished
applications.

For complete application instructions

and product information consult the
technical datasheet.

375
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Sample Applications

Here are a few examples of AQUAFIN-2K/M applications.

Material application: Finished project:

Spray application of a
swimming pool

Roller application in a
zoo exhibit

Brush application
on a dam

Trowel application
under tiles

376
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-CJ1 Art.-No. 2 07201

Injection tube for waterproofing construction joints in concrete

Properties: Packaging: rolls of 50 m, pallet

Officially approved for the use in system with contents = 1.200 m
AQUAFIN-P-resins. Storage: frost free, protected against
Injectable with all common injection media. weathering, max. 5 years in
Sufficient diameter of the transport channel. original packs
Cement paste cannot enter the tube during concreting. 35/09
Easy to handle by special fixing system.
No twisting when installed from the roll.
The injection material escapes from the tube system
already at usual pressure (opening pressure = 0.5
bar), so that the material can escape to all sides.
The smooth surface avoids unwanted bonding bet-
ween tube and concrete so that the tube remains
compressible for years as it will not be closed by
sintering.

Areas of application:
Single walled, PVC based tube with valve openings
allowing injected resins to escape from the tube into
construction joints for effective sealing and waterproofing
of the joints. The valve openings seal during concreting
to prevent cement lime from entering the tubes and
causing clogs.
The tubes are used for waterproofing construction joints
subject to continuous or interrupted water penetration
from ground or surface water. Once water enters the
joints, the tubes can be injected with waterproofing
grouts such as AQUAFIN-P1 or P4, creating a watertight
seal within the joint.

Technical Data:
Basis: W-PVC
Colour: blue
Interior : 6 mm
Exterior : 11 mm
Size of the outlet
in the tube: 3 - 5 mm
Outlet distribution
in the tube: all 12 to 14 mm in graticules
Injection media: resins, acrylates (only
acrylates without any
corrosion increasing
properties), gel.
Injection length: max. 12 m or on request
Weight: 0,12 kg/m

377
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-CJ2 Art.-No. 2 07202

Injection tube for the waterproofing construction joints in concrete
double wall injection system
Properties: Max. injection length: 12 to 15 m
Officially approved for the use in system with Size of the outlet in
AQUAFIN-P-resins. the exterior tube: 5 mm
Injectable with all common injection media. Outlet distribution in
Repeatedly injectable. the interior tube: all 20 mm turned by 90
The injection tube is continuously marked with Weight: 0,11 kg/m
meter Packaging: rolls of 100 m shrinked in
units and controll number. foil, pallet contents =
Decrease of the internal friction of the injection media 2.500 m
for economic injection lengths. Storage: frost free, protect against
Easy to handle by special fixing system. UV rays, max. 5 years in
No twisting when installed from the roll. original packs.
The injection material escapes from the tube system 35/09
already at usual pressure (opening pressure = 0.5
bar), so that the material can escape to all sides.
The smooth surface avoids unwanted bonding
between tube and concrete.

Areas of application:
Double walled, PVC based tube with valve openings
allowing injected resins to escape from the tube into
construction joints for effective sealing and waterproofing
of the joints. The valve openings on the inner and outer
tubes are off-set to prevent cement lime from entering the
tubes during concreting and causing clogs. The tubes
are used for waterproofing construction joints subject to
continuous or interrupted water penetration from ground
or surface water. Once water enters the joints, the
tubes can be injected with waterproofing grouts such as
AQUAFIN-P1 or P4, creating a watertight seal within the
joint.

Technical Data:
Basis: PVC
Colour: green
Interior : 6 mm
Exterior : 11 mm
Injection media: PU-resin, PU-foam resin, EP-
resin, acryxlates (only
ayrylates without any
corrosion increasing
properties), cement lime, fine,
ultrafine and finest cements

378
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-CJ3 Art.-No. 2 07203

Bentonite waterstop

Properties:
Generally approved for use in construction.
No requirement for imperfect edging.
Cause of defects will be reduced.
Self-injecting effect by penetration into cracks and
cavities.
Reswellable.
Extremely high, form stability, will not become sticky
in summer at high temperatures.
High anorganic contents, therefore, no material
fatigue.
Coated with talcum powder.
Quick, strong and reliable swelling effect.

Areas of application:
AQUAFIN-CJ3 is a well-developed swellable bentonite
waterstop which is economic and reliable. It is used for
waterproofing construction joints which are permanently
or only temporarily subject to ground or surface water
infiltration. AQUAFIN-CJ3 will create a watertight seal in
construction joints subjected to water pressure of up to
7 bars.

Application instructions:
AQUAFIN-CJ3 can be fixed with assembly adhesive
for swelling tapes or by means of assembly bars or
assembly grids.

Technical Data:
Basis: sodium bentonite,
caoutchouc, filler
Form: the profile is rectangular
and flexible
Colour: black/dark-grey
Size: 18 x 24 mm
Swelling capacity: > 500%
Weight: 730 g/m
Toxicity: none
Packaging: in rolls of 5 m, boxes of
20 m, pallet contents 720 m
Storage: frostfree, protected against
weathering, max. of 5 years
in original unopened packs.
35/09

379
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-CJ4 Art.-No. 2 07204

Bentonite waterstop with patented rain protection coating

Properties: Packaging: in rolls of 5 m, boxes of

Generally approved for use in construction. 20 m, pallet contents
Quick and strong swelling after the rain protection 720 m
has dissolved. Storage: In frostfree storage,
Installation independant from weather conditions as protected against
the patended specialised coating, avoids early weathering, for a max. of
swelling efficiently. 5 years in original
Self-injecting effect by penetration into cracks and unopenend packs.
cavities. 35/09
Reswellable.
Extremely high form stability, will not become sticky in
summer at high temperatures.
High anorganic content therefore no material fatigue.

Areas of application:
AQUAFIN-CJ4 is a well-developed swellable bentonite
waterstop with a patented rain protection layer which
is economic and reliable. It is used for waterproofing
construction joints which are permanently or only tem-
porarily subject to ground or surface water infiltration.
AQUAFIN-CJ4 will create a watertight seal in construc-
tion joints subjected to water pressure of up to 7 bars.
Due to the patented rain protection, AQUAFIN-CJ4 can
even be installed during rain without causing construction
delays.

Method of application:
AQUAFIN-CJ4 can be fixed with assembly adhesive for
waterstops or by means of assembly bars or assembly
grids.

Technical Data:
Basis: sodium-bentonite, embedded
in a matrix of macromolecular
polybutylene rubber as
well as special fillers and
additives.
Form: the profile is rectangular
and flexible.
Colour: black/dark-grey
Size: 18 x 24 mm
Swelling capacity: > 500%
Weight: 730 g/m
Toxicity: none

380
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-IC Art.-No. 2 04220 grey

Crystalline waterproof slurry Art.-No. 2 04221 white

Properties: Technical Properties:

Penetrates the capillaries in concrete. Compressive strength: approx. 18 N/mm2
Continually active. at 7 days
Can be applied to damp substrates. approx. 21 N/mm2
Chloride free. at 14 days
Resists high levels of hydrostatic pressure. approx. 25 N/mm2
Carbonisation barrier. at 28 days
Waterproofs retrospective cracks up to 0.4 mm. Flexural strength: 6.2 N/mm2 at 28 days
Test certificates to DVGW worksheets W 347 and (ASTM C 580:96)
W 270 are available. Adhesion strength: 1.0 N/mm2
(ASTM D 4541:2002)
Areas of application: Water impermeability: > 13 bar negative or
Exterior and interior waterproofing in cellars, lift shafts, positive side
foundations, retaining walls.
Waterproofing containers for drinking and service Surface preparation:
water, retaining basins, water treatment plants, The substrate must be sound, clean and have an open
garages, tunnels etc. capillary structure. The surface must be porous and
Waterproofing beneath screeds (unbonded screeds permit a good surface adhesion so that the chemicals
or floating screeds). can penetrate well into the concrete. Horizontal areas
should have a rough surface. Smooth surfaces must
An analysis of the water is necessary where the hardness be mechanically abraded in order to achieve good
degree is 3 dH. For the assessment of aggressiveness penetration.
towards concrete to DIN 4030 the level of lime soluble
carbon dioxide is obligatory. 1. All adhesion inhibiting substances such as dirt,
cement laitance, mould oil, hardeners, loose
Typical Properties: components, paint etc. must be removed by
Basis: sand/cement, inorganic sand blasting, water jetting or other mechanical
Colours: grey, white methods.
Bulk density: 1.1 kg/litre 2. Eradicate all ridges, gravel pockets and other
Mix: 25 kg AQUAFIN-IC to damaged areas. Poor joints and visible cracks
6.75 to 8.0 litres clean water (non-dynamic) above 0.4 mm should be chased
Mixing time: 3 minutes out 20 mm wide by 25 mm deep. Anchoring
(drill with 300 500 rpm) holes should be roughened.
Pot life: 30 to 60 minutes 3. Plug water leaks with FIX 10-S plugging cement.
(at +23 C / 60%) 4. Repair damaged areas with the repair mortar
Substrate/Application ASOCRET-RN or ASOCRET-IM dependent on area
temperature: min. approx. +5 C to max. of application.
approx. +35 C. Lower 5. Pre-treat all connecting joints and construction joints
temperatures extend, higher with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S and AQUAFIN-2K/M
temperatures reduce curing (please see Technical Data Sheet).
times. 6. Thoroughly pre-wetting all surfaces before applica-
tion of AQUAFIN-IC with clean water. Repeated
Ready for exposure at +20 C and 60% relative dampening may be necessary to ensure complete
humidity: saturation, which promotes deeper penetrating
- to rain after approx. 24 hours crystalline growth. The substrate should be matt
- to foot traffic after approx. 5 hours damp, without puddles or standing water.
- backfilling the building trench after 3 days
- filling containers after approx. 7 days

381
Technical Data Sheet
Product preparation:
Pour 6.75 to 8.0 litres of clean water into a clean
mixing bucket and mix in sufficient dry mortar while
mechanically stirring (drill at 300 700 rpm) until a
lump free, homogenous fluid or sprayable consistency
is achieved. Only mix as much material as can be
used within the pot life. After a maturing time of min.
3 minutes, stir again.
Application:
Dry shake application:
Concretes must be designed to develop a good load
bearing capacity. AQUAFIN-IC must be broadcast at
the coverage rate appropriate for the expected water
exposure (see under Estimating & Supply) on to freshly
poured concrete.
For large areas it is recommended that the floor
be marked into bays with known area. Sufficient
AQUAFIN-IC should then be laid out to meet the
recommended spread rate. Once the concrete has
started initial setting (light foot traffic imprint of 3-5 mm)
apply AQUAFIN-IC immediately. When AQUAFIN-IC
absorbs the concrete moisture entirely and a uniform
darkening of colour takes place, commence with the
power floating. Do not overwork the material.
Application by brush:
Spread two coats of AQUAFIN-IC at the required
quantity in a slurry consistency with a roofers brush or
builders brush. Brush thoroughly and evenly, working
into the substrate. Apply the second coat whilst the first
coat is still tacky and hasnt dried out.
Spray application:
AQUAFIN-IC can be applied with the aid of suitable
compressed air spray equipment. Dependent of the
final wet duty of the installation spray apply one or two
coats in a circular motion. Apply the second coat whilst
the first coat is still tacky and hasnt dried out.
Curing and protection:
a) In exteriors or exposed areas: keep AQUAFIN-IC
damp for min. 3 days. Protect areas exposed to the
weather from sun, wind and frost with e.g. polythene
sheets, canvas etc. Re-wet the area in intervals with
water, starting 1 day after application. Alternatively
the surface can be covered with polythene. The fresh
coating should be protected from rain for a minimum
of 24 hours. Backfilling can take place 3 days after
the last coat.
b) Interiors: In areas with high humidity the material
cures very well. In relatively dry areas keep the
382
7. WATERPROOFING
coating damp for 3 days. Ensure that there is
adequate ventilation for 24 hours in areas of poor
ventilation and deep pits.
c) Containers and tanks: Filling is possible after 3
days. In the case of drinking water storage, the
container must be thoroughly rinsed with
drinking water before filling. When properly
installed, AQUAFIN-IC is permanently active.
Estimating & Supply:
Packaging:
Available in 25 kg bag
Material consumption:
Dry film thickness:
min. 0.8 mm
Ground moisture/non standing backwater:
0.75 kg/m2 in one coat
Non-hydrostatic pressure:
1.2 kg/m2 in two coats
Rising damp / hydrostatic pressure:
1.5 kg/m2 in two coats
*Consumption may increase on uneven substrates
Cleaning of tools:
With water when in the fresh state, remove dried
material with ASO-Steinreiniger.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry and frost free in the
original unopened packaging. Use opened
packaging promptly.
Important advice:
Protect areas not to be treated with AQUAFIN-IC
from its effects.
AQUAFIN-IC cannot be used as an additive for
concrete or renders.
With concrete containing fly-ash it is possible that
successive coats of AQUAFIN-IC may discolour
and there may be an impaired reaction. The fly-
ash component according to ASTM C-618 type C
may only be max. 30% of the binder. The minimum
quantity of CaO in the fly-ash should not be below
15%. Please contact the technical department
regarding particular specification for concretes with
type C fly-ash with low CaO content, type F or
other pozzolanic concrete additives.
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

The reaction between AQUAFIN-IC and free lime in

concrete can lead to minor efflorescence. This is not
detrimental and can be removed with a brush.
Different colourings are dependent on the differing
dampness of the concrete.
Temperatures around +10 C to +15 C are to be
expected in water containers. In order to guarantee
complete hydration of the cement, keep the coating
damp for an adequate length of time (constant rela-
tive humidity of > 80%) and protect against drying
out. In general 7 days is sufficient. It is essential to
avoid the formation of condensation or standing films
of water during this time period. Where there is a
danger of dropping below the dew point (condensa-
tion formation) install dehumidifiers until the mortar is
cured. At no time should uncontrolled warm air be
blown inside.
To increase pot life/working time at higher tem-
perature store material in a cool environment above
+5 C and only expose to warm temperature shortly
before mixing. Additionally use of cold water can
also increase pot life/working time, if water addition
is necessary.
AQUAFIN-IC may need up to one month to achieve
its maximum waterproofing properties. Influencing
factors are ambient temperature, humidity, concrete
composition etc.

Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
35/09

383
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Building Product Systems

Waterproofing and
Restoration
Tile and Natural Stone Laying
Screeds and Industrial Floor
Coatings
Garden and Landscape
Construction
Other Construction Materials

Capillary/Crystalline
Waterproofing
for concrete structures
www.schomburg.com

SCHOMBURG

384
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Capillary/Crystalline Waterproofing

...waterproofs concrete in depth

AQUAFIN-IC is a unique one-component, penetrating
waterproofing system. Based on cementitious materials,
AQUAFIN-IC contains chemicals, that penetrate into
the concrete surface making the concrete itself part of the
waterproofing. The waterproofing properties stay intact,
even if the coating is partially removed or small cracks
develop after the application.

Due to its high resistance to hydrostatic pressure (tested

up to 130 m [200 psi] positive and negative side),
AQUAFIN-IC is the perfect waterproofing material
for large concrete structures such as water tanks, water
catchment basins or wastewater treatment plants. Other
typical applications are in parking structures, tunnels,
elevator pits, manholes and waterproofing of below
grade foundations and walls.

Magnified AQUAFIN-IC nanocrystals

penetrates into the concrete...

Magnified picture
(10,000 X) of
AQUAFIN-IC
Cement
nanocrystals.
Matrix

AQUAFIN
Nanocrystals

Magnified 5,000 X

Treated concrete becomes watertight as crystalline

fibers fill the capillary voids.

385
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Advantages:
z Self healing (static cracks up to 0.4 mm)

z Waterproofing properties stay intact, even

if the coating gets damaged

z Easy to apply

z Low consumption / economical

z Fast setting and hardening

z Minimal discoloration

z Permanent

Applications:
AQUAFIN-IC

AQUAFIN-IC may be used on all new or

old structurally sound concrete surfaces not
subject to movement. It is also suitable for
concrete masonry or as a dry shake on fresh
concrete slabs.

Typical areas of application are:

z Potable water tanks

z Waste water treatment plants

z Tunnels

z Elevator pits

z Manholes

z Foundations

z Below grade waterproofing

386
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Application:
AQUAFIN-IC, gray or white can be
applied by brush or appropriate spray
equipment. It may also be applied as
a dry shake on fresh concrete slabs.

AQUAFIN-IC is simply mixed

with water with a slow moving drill.
The working time is approximately
30 min. at +23C.

Supplemental Products:
z FIX 10-S
30 sec. plug cement.

z ASOCRET-IM
(USA: MORTAR-IC)
Crystalline sealing and repair mortar.

z ASOCRET-RN
(USA: MORTAR-40)
Polymer modified structural repair mortar.
AQUAFIN-IC

We recommend the use of

AQUAFIN-2K/M in combination
with our joint tapes for applications
where static and dynamic crack
bridging capabilities are required.

AQUAFIN-1K for negative side

waterproofing of brick and CMU substrates

387
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

The Chemistry of AQUAFIN-IC

The pictures below illustrate the basic behavior of The following photos illustrate the crack-sealing
AQUAFIN-IC on a concrete substrate: capabilities of AQUAFIN-IC for static
(non-moving) cracks:

Untreated concrete
is a porous system,
which is prone
to water penetration.

Application:
AQUAFIN-IC (red)
is applied to the
concrete surface.
The active ingredients
of AQUAFIN-IC
start to penetrate into
the capillary pores.
AQUAFIN-IC

Inside the capillary

pores the chemicals
react with the free lime
and moisture forming
insoluble crystals.
The mechanism moves
further into the
concrete, sealing the
pores.

Result:
AQUAFIN-IC is not only
a coating, it becomes an integral
part of the concrete!

388
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-P1 Art.-No. 2 05090

Injection resin for the waterproofing of water-bearing cracks

Properties: End of foaming

AQUAFIN-P1 is a highly reactive, one component At +5 C: approx. 4 min.20 sec.
modified isocyanates. At +10 C: approx. 3 min.20 sec.
AQUAFIN-P1 is ready to use without mixing. At +15 C: approx. 2 min.50 sec.
AQUAFIN-P1 foams with water contact by high increase At +20 C: approx. 2 min.20 sec.
in volume and becomes a firm viscoelastic foam, which At +25 C: approx. 2 min.00 sec.
seals temporarily against further water penetration.
AQUAFIN-P1 is resistant against acids and alkalis and Note: the reaction times had been determined with
attacks neither bitumen nor joint tapes. In case of very addition of 10% water.
dry surfaces the material does not foam immediately but
it hardens slowly due to the steady addition of existing Foaming factor (*) at temperatures of +5 C to
air resp. soil moisture. +25 C: 30 - 50
*) in case of free foaming: The reaction times, foam
Areas of application: quantitiy and foam properties depend on the water
AQUAFIN-P1 is used for the injection of water-bearing quantitiy, surface of the crack flanks resp. the stones,
cracks and joints in concrete and stone. their distribution in the AQUAFIN-P1 pressure and
other factors.
AQUAFIN-P1 is used for
stoppage of water inflows from cracks, joints, etc. Cleaning:
compacting of granular stones. Clean tools properly and immediately after use and
thoroughly with the cleaning agent ASO-R006. After
AQUAFIN-P1 meets the requirements of the DfBT-leaflet work is finished or in case of longer interruptions
Bewertung der Auswirkungen von Bauprodukten auf the injection equipment is to be cleaned. Material
Beton und Grundwasser (evaluation of the effect of must not dry out in the equipment and plug up vital
construction products on concrete and ground water) machine components. The cleaning resp. solvent
dated November 2000. agent should have a flash point exceeding +21 C,
we recommend the use of ASO-R006 (see technical
Technical Data: data sheet).
Basis: waterreactive 1-comp.
polyurethane resin (with The procedure is as follows:
integrated catalyst) Pump off the remaining injection material out of the
Colour: brown injection unit
Viscosity at +5 C: approx. 2900 300mPaS Rinse the top container with ASO-R006
Viscosity at +10 C: approx.2100 200mPaS Clean the injection pump, the top container and
Viscosity at +15 C: approx.1200 100mPaS the tubes for 5 to 10 minutes with ASO-R006 in
Viscosity at +25 C: approx.425 75mPaS circulation.
Density: approx. 1.150 40 g/cm3 Afterwards pump the cleaning mixture into a
at 25 C container and rinse again with ASO-R006.
Minimum In case of longer resting times the pump, the top
reaction temperature: > 5 C container and the tubes have to be filled with the
Recommended flushing oil ASO-R007.
processing temperature: at least 15 upto 30 C Before the injection unit is used again the oil has
Reaction time *): to be removed.
Start of foaming:
at +5 C: approx. 27 sec. Packaging:
at +10 C: approx. 26 sec. AQUAFIN-P1 is supplied in packs of 1.1 and 5.5 kg.
at +15 C: approx. 24 sec. AQUAFIN-P1 is ready for use without mixing.
at +20 C: approx. 22 sec.
at +25 C: approx. 20 sec.

389
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Product preparation: Disposal: Liquid remainders: EAK 08 01 11 paints

AQUAFIN-P1 reacts with the air humidity and with and lacquers containing organic solvents or other
water. Therefore a film may form on the surface of the dangerous substances.
liquid in opened packs which does not affect the injec-
tion procedure. Generally AQUAFIN-P1 is injected into Cured product remainders: EAK 17 02 03 plastics.
the water bearing areas by means of injection nozzles
and handresp. See valid EC-safety data sheet.
Motor-driven pumps. In contact with water
AQUAFIN-P1 foams up strongly and hardens. GISCODE: RU40
If the zone to be waterproofed contains insufficient 33/09
water, additional injection of water - preliminarily or
subsequently - will support the reaction and hardening
of AQUAFIN-P1. The application is to be effected in
accordance with the ZTV-riss or RiLi of the DafStb
(regulations for crack injection).
Recommendation:
We recommend to store the product prior to use for
at least 12 hours at a minimum temperature of +15 C
in order to ensure the recommended processing
temperature of between +15 - +30 C.

Method of application / consumption:

1. Existing cracks (crack width approx. 0.2 mm) have
to be bored in a distance of approx. 20 cm.
2. The boreholes have to be cleaned with oilfree
pressure air from the dust.
3. Place the injection packers
4. Inject AQUAFIN-P1 with the suitable injection
equipment. Vertical cracks: start the injection from
the bottom. Horizontal cracks: start the injection from
the left side. Consumption: approx. 1150 g/l
5. If necessary remove the injection packers after
thorough hardening of AQUAFIN-P1 and close the
boreholes with ASOCRET-RN, if necessary, level
them upto the concrete surface.

Health and safety:

Once cured ASODUR-P1 is physiologically harmless.
The liquid component is harmful; Symbol Xn.
In any case the government health and safety protective
directive,,data sheet M 044, should be observed as
well as the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
Protect areas which are not to be treated against the
influences of AQUAFIN-P1.
Applications which are not clearly explained in this
data sheet may only be carried out with and written
confirmation from the Technical Service Department.

390
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-P4 Art.-No. 2 05091

Elastic polyurethane injection resin

Properties:
AQUAFIN-P4 is a solvent-free thin liquid, two-component
polyurethane resin. AQUAFIN-P4 is slow-reacting and
hardens to a non-foaming, non-rigid, pore-free material
which slightly foams when put into contact with water.
AQUAFIN-P4 bonds to a dry, moist surface and offers
an excellent adhesion and tear resistance. AQUAFIN-P4
has a low glass transition temperature and resists to winter
temperatures without causing embrittlement and widening
of cracks due to low temperatures without tearing.
Cleaning:
Clean tools properly immediately after use and
thoroughly with the cleaning agent ASO-R006.
After work has finished or in case of longer interrup-
tions the injection equipment is to be cleaned. Material
must not dry out in the equipment and plug up vital
machine components. The cleaning resp. solvent agent
should have a flash point exceeding +21 C, we
recommend the use of ASO-R006 (see technical data
sheet).

Areas of application: The procedure is as follows:

AQUAFIN-P4 is used for the close, waterproofing and Pump off the remaining injection material out of
elastic connection of cracks, joints and cavities in the injection unit
construction made of concrete, natural stone or bricks. Rinse the top container with ASO-R006
AQUAFIN-P4 is suitable for the waterproofing of car Clean the injection pump, the top container and
parks, concrete tanks, inner shells, construction joints, the tubes for 5 to 10 minutes with ASO-R006 in
furthermore, for the waterproofing injection using injection circulation.
hoses, AQUAFIN-CJ1 and AQUAFIN-CJ2 in concreting Afterwards pump the cleaning mixture into a con-
joints. tainer and rinse again with ASO-R006.
Due to its mixing ratio of 1:1 parts by volume In case of longer resting times the pump, the top
AQUAFIN-P4 is perfectly suited for the injection with the container and the tubes have to be filled with the
two-component-pump. AQUAFIN-P4 can be injected via flushing oil ASO-R007.
packers or embedded injection hoses AQUAFIN-CJ1 and Before the injection unit is used again the oil has
AQUAFIN-CJ2. The evaluation report of the KTW to be removed.
for small-area waterproofings is available.
Packaging:
Technical Data: AQUAFIN-P4 is supplied in packs of:
Basis: Polyurethane resin 2.20 kg (1.00 kg A-component and 1.20 kg
Mixing ratio: 1:1 parts by volume B-component)
Density: Comp. A at +23 C 10.5 kg (5.00 kg A-component and 5.50 kg
0.975 15 g/ml B-component) and
Comp. B at +23 C 21 kg (10.00 kg A-component and 11.kg
1.122 15 g/ml B-component). Component A and component B are
Mix viscosity: At +8 C: 450 75 m PaS supplied in the predetermined mixing ratio.
At +18 C: 280 60 mPaS
At +23 C: 190 50 mPaS Storage:
Pot life: At +8 C: 50 60 minutes 24 months in unopened original packs, in a cool and
At +15 C: 40 50 minutes dry place between +10 and +30 C. Storage has to
At +23 C: 25 35 minutes be effected in accordance with the regulations for the
Application temperature: between 6 - 40 C storage of water hazardous substances.
Gelling time/
hardening time: At +8 C: 17.5 2.0 h Surface condition:
At +15 C: 15.0 1.5 h The following criteria are to be fulfilled:
At +23 C: 13.0 1.0 h Cement-based surfaces
Shore-A-Hardness: 60 70 Quality of the concrete: at least B 25
Quality of the screed: at least ZE 30
Tensile strength (acc. To DIN 53455) approx. 3 MPa. Quality of the plaster: P III
Elongation (acc. To DIN 53455) 110 150 %. Age: at least 28 days
Tensile strength: >=1.5 N/mm2

391
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Product preparation: Important advice:

Component A (polyol) and component B (isocyanate)
are already supplied in a predetermined mix ratio. Tip
B-component into the A-component. Ensure that the
hardener drains completely from its container. Mixing of
components is to be carried out with a mixer at approx.
300 Rpm (for example drilling machine with mixer). It is
important to also stir thoroughly from the sides and the
bottom. Stir until the mix is a homogenous, the two
components are to be mixed quickly.
Protect areas which are not to be treated against
AQUAFIN-P4. Applications which are not clearly
explained in this data sheet may only be carried out
with and written confirmation from the Technical
Servive Department.
Disposal: Liquid remainders: EAK 08 01 11 paints
and lacquers containing organic solvents or other
dangerous substances.

Processing tools: Cured product remainders: EAK 17 02 03 plastics.

Hand lever press, foot lever press, 1 component pump
(airless or piston pump) or 2-component pump (working See valid European Materials Safety Data Sheet.
with the 2-component pump requires the use of the metal (MSDS)
special mixer when correct product quality is to be
guaranteed). GISCODE: RU40
45/06
Method of application / consumption:
Generally the mixed injection resin is injected via
boreholes and packers into the cracks to be water-
proofed, until the material comes out of the control holes.
Example:
1. Existing cracks (crack width approx. 0.2 mm) have
to be bored in a distance of approx. 20 to 30 cm.
2. The boreholes have to be cleaned with oilfree
pressure air from the dust.
3. Place the injection packers
4. If required pre-isolate the packers and the crack zone
on the surface, for example with ASODUR-EK98.
Strip width: approx. 15 cms, consumption: approx.
300 g/m2.
5. After hardening of the crack insulation inject the
thoroughly mixed AQUAFIN-P4 with suitable press.
Vertical cracks: begin injecting from the bottom.
Horizontal cracks: start the injection from the left side.
Consumption: approx. 1.000 g/l.
6. If necessary, remove the injection packers after
thorough hardening of AQUAFIN-P4 and close the
boreholes with ASOCRET-RN.

Health and safety:

Once cured ASODUR-P4 is physically harmless. The
liquid component is harmful; Symbol Xn. In any case the
government health and safety protective directive, data
sheet M 044, should be observed as well as the advice
on the packaging.

392
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST Art.-No. 2 04214

Sulphate resistant mineral-based waterproofing slurry

Properties: Storage: 12 months when stored dry

in the original unopened
Rigid waterproofing slurry, hydraulic setting.
packaging. Use opened
Resistant to high levels of sulphate.
packaging immediately.
Suitable for all sound conventional construction.
Ready for load *): from rain after approx.
Substrates also under negative pressure.
3 hours
Can be sprayed with suitable equipment, brushed by from foot traffic after approx.
hand or trowelled. 1 day
Easy efficient application. from water pressure after
Bonds without priming to matt damp substrates. approx. 7 days
Vapour permeable, resistant to frost and ageing.
General building regulations certificate is available. *) at + 20 C and 60 % relative humidity

Areas of application: Surface preparation:

Exterior waterproofing of building elements in contact The substrate to be waterproofed must be sound,
with the ground. Interior waterproofing and also retro- largely flat and free from cavities, cracks and ridges
spective waterproofing against water penetrating from and free from oil, grease, bitumen or other materials
the outside. Used on walls and floors in water storage which prevent adhesion. Remove cement films and
containers, waste water storage and channels, dams loosely adhering components. It may be necessary to
and sluices. Retrospective work on substrates not liable dampen the substrate. Areas of damage and gravel
to cracking or without movement. Especially suitable for pockets should be levelled with a suitable mortar.
the renovation of sulphate damaged wall and floor sur- Avoid surface standing water during the application
faces. Suitable in water storage containers with a water and setting process. Substrates with large pores result
hardness degree > 3 dH. With regard to the aggres- in greater material consumption.
siveness of the concrete reference to the designation in
the part of DIN 4030 dealing with lime soluble carbonic Product preparation:
acid is necessary.
Pour 6.5 7.0 litres of clean water into a clean
mixing bucket and with mechanised stirring (drill with
Technical Data:
paddle approx. 500 700 rpm) add sufficient dry
Basis: Sand/cement, polymer modified powder until a lump free brushable or sprayable con-
Density of the sistency is achieved. Application can be by brush,
mixed mortar: 1.94 kg/l spray or trowel in a minimum of 2 coats with a maxi-
Mixing: 25 kg AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST to mum consumption of 2 kg/m2/coat on the prepared
6.5 7.0 litres water area to be waterproofed. The second or further coats
Mix time: approx. 3 minutes should only be carried out when the previous coat will
(drill mixer 500 700 rpm) not become damaged by further applications. We
Pot life: approx. 60 minutes recommend that the waterproofing measures in the
Application/ WTA (Association for science and technology) infor-
Substrate temp: + 5 C to + 30 C mation sheet 4-6-05/D are carried out. Minimum dry
Consumption: 1.5 kg/m2/mm dry film film thickness 3 mm with a consumption of 4.5 kg/
thickness. Greater material m2 when under standing seepage water / hydrostatic
consumption on uneven pressure.
substrates is not accounted
for Important advice:
Cleaning of tools: with water whilst material is in
Keep the surface damp for a minimum of 24 hours
the wet state. Dried material is
after the coating has hardened.
difficult to remove
Protect the fresh coat from rain, frost and direct
sunlight.

393
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Dampen very dry backgrounds before commencing

work.
Prime very porous backgrounds such as aerated
concrete or gypsum-based backgrounds to improve
adhesion with ASO-Unigrund.
The temperature of the air, material and background
may not drop below + 5 C during product
application and for a week afterwards.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
AQUAFIN-SulfatFEST.
A sound substrate is a prerequisite for a durable bond
between substrate and waterproofing compound.
Bond inhibiting and bond damaging substances must
be completely removed. High pressure washing
(> 400 bar), highest pressure washing (up to 2000
bar) and mechanical abrasion are suitable methods of
background preparation. The final cleaning operation
must be with pressure washing.
In water containers temperatures mostly around
+10 C to +15 C are to be encountered. In order
to guarantee complete hydration of the cement the
coating must be kept damp for an adequate length of
time (constant relative humidity of > 80 %) and
protected from drying out. For this purpose 7 days
generally suffices. It is fundamental to avoid the
formation of condensation or standing films of water
on the waterproof coating during this time following
application. Where there is danger of dropping
below the dew point (condensation formation) use
dehumidifiers until the mortar has cured. Uncontrolled
warm air should never be blown in.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
45/06

394
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-TC07 Art.-No. 2 04212

2-comp., polymer-modified waterproofing mortar

Description: Flexural/compressive
AQUAFIN-TC07 is 2-comp., polymer modified, cement strength: approx. 10 / 40 N/mm2
based protective waterproofing material for concrete, at 28 days
masonry, render or screeds against penetrating moisture. Tensile strength: 8 N/mm2
(ASTM D 412-98a)
Primary Uses: Elongation: 10% (ASTM D 412-98a)
AQUAFIN-TC07 is used as a waterproof coating on Crack bridging: 0.41 mm (ASTM C
wall and floor surfaces, water containers, foundations 836:95)
etc. against positive and negative water pressure. It is Abrasion resistance: 311 mg (ASTM D
for treatment of substrates with no risk of cracking and 4060:01)
without excessive movement. Water permeability: Nil at 5 bar (BS EN
12390)
Advantages: Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96)
Seamless and joint free flexible protective coating Shore D: D/80/1 (ASTM D
Suitable for all load-bearing substrates conventional 2240:05)
in construction Rapid chloride
Hydraulically curing permeability: < 5% reduction
Very easy application - apply with a brush, trowel or (ASTM-C 1202.97)
suitable spray equipment
Vapour permeable, resistant to frost, de-icing salts Substrate preparation:
and aging The substrate must be load-bearing, largely flat and
UV stable have a closed surface. It must be free from gravel
High abrasion resistance pockets, shrinkage cavities, gaping cracks, ridges,
Impermeable to water up to 5 bar dust and separating substances such as e.g. oil,
Resistant to solutions aggressive to concrete paint, laitance and loose components. Weakly
according to DIN 4030 bonded coatings are to be removed with suitable
measures such as pressure washing or sand/grit
Typical Properties: blasting.
Basis: 2-comp., cement-based Suitable substrates are tight jointed concrete, cement-
powder and liquid dispersion based renders, fully pointed masonry work and
Colour: grey powder, white liquid cement-based screeds.
Density of fresh mortar: approx. 2.0 kg/dm3 Even out open pored substrates or uneven masonry
Mixing ratio slurry/spray: 1:4 liquid:powder by weight work with cement mortars. Pre-wet substrates so that at
Mixing ratio trowel: 1:4.5 liquid:powder by the time of application they are matt damp, avoiding
weight puddle formation. Prime very porous substrates with
Mixing time: approx. 2-3 minutes ASO-Unigrund.
Pot life +23 C: approx. 45 minutes
Pot life +35 C: approx. 30 minutes The SCHOMBURG PCC system is available for
Substrate/Application reprofiling substrates. Joints and detail construction
temperature: min. approx. +5 C to max. such as pipe penetrations etc. are to be carried out
approx. +35 C. Lower with the ASO-Joint-Tape System. (Please refer to techni-
temperatures extend, higher cal data sheet). For substrates damaged by de-icing
temperatures reduce curing salts abrade back to a neutral area using suitable
times. measures such as e.g. scabbling.

Technical Properties: Mixing:

Adhesion strength: approx. 1.0 N/mm2 Dependent on the desired consistency and the area
(ASTM D 4541:2002) of application AQUAFIN-TC07 can be mixed at a
ratio of 1:4 or 1:4.5. Place approx. 80% of the

395
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

liquid component into a clean mixing bucket and mix NOTE: the liquid component is sensitive to frost.
with the powder component to a homogenous lump When the ambient temperature is >35 C the
free consistency. A mix time of approx. 2-3 minutes is materials must be stored under climatised conditions.
required with a mechanical mixer (approx. 500 700
rpm). Dependent on the method of application add Advice:
the remaining liquid component. The addition of extra Protect areas not to be treated with
water is not permitted. AQUAFIN-TC07 from its effects.
Water may not be added to AQUAFIN-TC07.
Application: AQUAFIN-TC-07 is suitable for bridging small
Apply AQUAFIN-TC07 by spraying, brushing or static shrinkage / hairline cracks up to 0.1 mm.
trowelling in min two coats. The second, as well as It is not suitable for bridging large or dynamic
following coats, may only be applied once the first cracks.
coat will no longer become damaged. Avoid applica- At higher temperatures the surface may be slightly
tion thicknesses of more than 2 kg/m2 in a single layer. tacky. In this case we recommend post-treatment
Implement suitable protective measures against weather with water in order to guarantee complete
influences such as strong sunlight, wind etc and hydration.
mechanical damage during the first 24 hours. AQUAFIN-TC07 may not be subjected to any
point or linear loading.
Estimating & Supply: In rooms with high relative humidity and
Packaging: inadequate ventilation (e.g. water containers)
6 kg and 24 kg units extended drying times are to be expected.
When using in water containers a water analysis
Material consumption: is strictly necessary. For an assessment of the
Vertical application and in contact with soil: aggressiveness of the water in accordance with
DIN 4030 the information on the portion of lime
Depth of immer- Recommended Recommended Dry film
sion (m) minimum con- minimum thickness
soluble carbonic acid is decisive.
sumption per consumption In enclosed containers temperatures from
application total +10 C to +15 C are to be expected. In order
Up to 1.0 m 1.0 kg/m2 2.0 kg/m2 Approx. 1 mm to guarantee complete hydration of the cement
1.0 to 3.0 m 1.5 kg/m2 3.0 kg/m2 Approx. 1.5 mm keep the coating damp for an adequate length
Over 3.0 m 2.0 kg/m2 4.0 kg/m2 Approx. 2.0 mm of time (constant relative humidity of > 80%). In
general 7 days is sufficient. Strictly avoid the
formation of condensation or a film of standing
Greater material consumption on uneven substrates water during this time period after application.
cannot be disregarded. When there is the danger of dropping below the
Loading *): dew point (formation of condensation) install
Foot traffic after 24 hours dehumidifiers until the mortar has cured. Never
Water pressure after 7 days blow in uncontrolled warm air.
*) at 20 C and 60% relative humidity When there is strong sunlight work against the
direction of the sun in the shaded areas.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance: During setting the waterproofing may not be
Clean tools while in the fresh state with water, soften exposed to water. Water penetrating from the rear
dried on material with AQUAFIN-Cleanser. can lead to delamination.
Direct contact with metals such as copper, zinc
Storage & Shelf Life: and aluminium is to be excluded through pore
Powder Component: cool and dry, 6 months deep priming. Pore deep priming is produced with
Liquid Component: Frost-free, 12 months in the two coats of INDUFLOOR-IB 1225. Apply first
original unopened packaging, use opened coat, thoroughly saturating the substrate (cleaned
packaging promptly. with INDU-IB Cleanser). After waiting approx. 3-6

396
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

hours apply the second coat and broadcast with 0.2

0.7 mm particle size quartz sand. Consumption
approx. 800-1000 g/m2.
For waterproofing PVC and stainless steel flanges,
roughen the flange and degrease with universal
cleaner. Apply AQUAFIN-2K/M and bed in water-
proof gaskets or alternatively ADF-pipe gaskets,
without voids or folds and subsequently coat with
AQUAFIN-TC07 (please refer to the technical data
sheet for AQUAFIN-2K/M).
To increase pot life/working time at higher tem-
perature store material in a cool environment above
+5 C and only expose to warm temperature shortly
before mixing. Additionally use of cold water can
also increase pot life/working time, if water addition
is necessary.

Please observe a valid EU health and safety data sheet.

45/08

397
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

AQUAFIN-UM Art.-No 2 04263

Flexible cementitious protective coating

Properties: Tensile strength: 6 N/mm2

Liquid applied waterproofing (ASTM D 412-98a)
Applied above or below grade Elongation: 37% (ASTM D 412-98a)
Elongation up to 37% Water permeability: Nil at 5 bar (BS EN
Crack bridging 12390)
Horizontal, vertical, or overhead applications Shore D: D/69/1 (ASTM D
Waterproofing of new or old below grade 2240:05)
foundations Initial surface absorption: Nil (BS 1881 Part 208:96)
Balconies, plaza decks, in combination with a UV Rapid chloride
protective sealer permeability: 94% reduction
Underneath tile mortars (showers, sanitary rooms, (ASTM-C 1202.97)
kitchens, pools, etc.) Water vapor
Solvent free - Environmentally friendly diffusion -value: 2000
No priming necessary in most cases
Breathable (not a vapor barrier) Surface preparation:
Applied to moist/damp substrates The substrate must be sound, clean, and free from
Permanently flexible voids, gaping cracks or ridges and open pored (like
Resists strong hydrostatic pressure (tested up to 5 bar, fine sand paper). Remove bondbreakers, such as
positive side) oil, grease, dirt, loose particles, remains of form oils,
Self curing water repellents, rust or other coatings by waterblast-
Active barrier to carbon dioxide (CO2) ing or wet or dry sandblasting.
Repair holes, defects, irregular surfaces, weak mortar
AQUAFIN-UM is a economic cementitious, polymer joints, etc. with a patching mortar.
dispersion based highly flexible protective coating and Round edges at vertical external joints.
waterproof barrier. This product is two-component and Close large open pores and joint recesses of CMU
resistant to water, moisture and abrasion. Its liquid blocks and joint unevenness in brick walls with sand/
mixing component is solvent free. AQUAFIN-UM is a cement mortar before applying AQUAFIN-UM.
stand-alone product. It can be top or overcoated with Pre-water substrate (excluding drywall or similar) with
flexible or rigid mortars, stuccos or coatings for uniform clean water to saturated surface dry (SSD) condition,
appearance. It bridges shrinkage cracks. Larger cracks, with no standing surface water.
static (non moving) or dynamic (moving), can be sealed Seal dry, dusty or very absorptive surfaces (i.e. dry-
with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 or ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S. wall, gypsum) with one coat liquid component, diluted
with water 1:4 to 1:5.
Typical Properties:
Mixing ratio: 25 kg powder (comp. I) A. Mixing ratio by weight:
to 8.33 kg liquid (comp. II) 25kg powder to 8.33kg liquid
Substrate/Application B. Mixing ratio by volume: approximately
temperature: min. approx. +5 C to max. 2 parts powder to 1 parts liquid.
approx. +35 C. Lower Pour AQUAFIN-UM liquid into a clean container,
temperatures extend, higher add AQUAFIN-UM powder and stir to a lump
temperatures reduce curing free creamy consistency with a strong, slow speed
times. (300 rpm) mechanical mixer.

Technical Properties: NOTE: Do not apply AQUAFIN-UM at temperatures

Adhesion strength: approx. 1.0 N/mm2 below + 5 C.
(ASTM D 4541:2002)
Crack bridging: 1.14 mm At high temperatures, i.e. +35 C and above, protect
(ASTM C 836:95) application from direct sun and wind to prevent pre-
mature surface drying and shrinkage cracks.

398
Technical Data Sheet
Apply material in 2 (two) coats minimum.
AQUAFIN-UM may be applied by brush, roller,
trowel or appropriate compressed-air spray equip-
ment. Surface can be left brushed or smooth troweled,
depending on type of application and project specifica-
tions. Do not pre-dampen brush or roller with water.
Horizontal and vertical joints:
Seal horizontal wall-floor joints and internal vertical
corners with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000. Alternative: form
cove (minimum 40 x 40 mm) with cement mortar.
Static cracks greater than 1,0 mm:
Repair static cracks >1,0mm width with
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000, or rout (cut) out and fill with
ASOCRET-RN and cover with AQUAFIN-UM,
reinforced with AQUAFIN-2K-fabric.
Dynamic cracks and joints:
Seal dynamic cracks and expansion joints with
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.
Positive side waterproofing 1,5 2,5 mm:
Apply AQUAFIN-UM in two coats as specified. Apply
the second coat (or multiple coats) as soon as the first
coat has sufficiently hardened or wait until next day.
Negative side waterproofing 2,5 mm:
Apply 1st coat with AQUAFIN-1K at 2 kg/m2
Apply 2nd coat with AQUAFIN-UM at 3 kg/m2
EXPOSURE*) OF APPLICATION TO:
rain, vertical surfaces, after approx. 3 hrs
rain, horizontal surfaces, minimum 6 hrs
foot traffic after approx. 1 day
tile mortar and tiles after approx. 1 day
hydrostatic pressure after reaching Shore A Hardness
>85 (between 3 - 7 days)
back filling after approx. 3 days
*) at 20C and 60% humidity.
Curing and protection:
Self curing under normal conditions. Provide suitable
protection against extremeweather conditions while
setting.
399
7. WATERPROOFING
Attach drainage and protection boards after full
curing of application (after 3 days).
The cured application can be troweled over with
parging (rendering/ plaster) after 1 day or painted
with a vapor open (breathable), solvent free paint
(non silicate) after 3 days (at +20 C).
Do not expose the application to water during the
setting time.
Expect prolonged setting and hardening time in
rooms with high humidity, poorly ventilated areas
and corners (i.e. water tanks).
Negative water pressure, if exposed to freezing,
can create spalling of the application.
If application is exposed to intense sunlight work
against movement of sun.
Carbonation protection and carbondioxide-screen:
1 mm AQUAFIN-UM thickness warrants the same
protection as 30 cm of concrete.
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Unhardened AQAUFIN-UM can be removed from
tools and equipment with water. Once cured,
material can only be removed mechanically.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry and frost free in the
original unopened packaging.
Use opened packaging promptly.
NOTE: the liquid component is sensitive to frost.
When the ambient temperature is >35 C the
materials must be stored under acclimatized
conditions.
Important advice:
Do not use in contact with alkali sensitive metals,
such as copper, aluminum, galvanized or zinc
treated metal. Protect and seal metal first with a
primer
AQUAFIN-UM has a limited UV stability. Long
term exposure to direct sunlight may lead to
decomposition of the polymer.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +5 C and only expose to warm tempera-
ture shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold
water can also increase pot life/working time, if
water addition is necessary.
45/08
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 Art.-No. 2 05936

Sealing Tape for general requirements

Properties: Technical Data:

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is a new type of composite mate- Basis: Binding material = fleece -
rial, expandable, tensile, stable, waterproof but allows membrane - fleece
intrusion of water vapour diffusion pores. It guarantees Colour: white showing
the fast drying of water-containing tile adhesives and SCHOMBURG logo and
water proofing layers. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is highly name
resistant to aggressive substances. Thickness: 0.3 mm
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is a product according to the Allowance of
ZDB-leaflet Instructions for the application of waterproo- initial movement: max. 30% of the joint width
fing layers in composite with covering and panelling of composite gripping
tiles and panels for interior and exterior use. Tension: at least 0.5 N/mm2
Storage: in dry and weatherproof
Scopes of Use: storage for at least 5 years.
For the waterproofing of expansion and dilatation joints For designed
in sealing layers of SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K/M, Areas with: Inner corners of 12 cm
ASOFLEX-AKB and UNIFIX-2K. at 90
Outer corners of 12 cm
Surfaces: at 90
For all types of surfaces in fields of construction, which
are to be tiled or for waterproofing layers which have Annotation:
been skilfully prepared. Fine non-continious cracks on the Only approved Construction Techniques are to be
surface face which are minimal (below 0.1 mm) can be applied. Joints which are to be sealed with
tolerated. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 are to protected against any
mechanical influences accordingly. We recommend
Packing: ASO-Joint Sealilng-Tape-2000-S for walls or Floor
Width 12, 20 and 100 cm (wide version) connections in soiled earth areas and for expansion
Rolls of 10 and 50 m joints in structures.
Boxes of 500 m in total 12/10

Instructions for Use:

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is pressed on joints over surfaces
that are treated with respective waterproofing materials.
The surface sealant (atleast 2 cm in width) and wider
than the sealing tape is to be applied on both sides of
the bridged joints. The Joint tape is to be applied on the
new surface, evenly placed without creasing. Then the
sealant can be applied. The area of the settlement joint
(for the subsequent elastic joint application) should be
kept free from sealant.
The edges of the Joint Tape are to be bonded with an
overlap of atleast 5 cm and with the sealant, covering
the complete surface without creasing.
For designated areas requiring specialised care, eg: for
Inner and outer corners we recommend safe application
with ASO-Joint-Tape-Corners.

400
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S Art.-No. 2 05939

Special Sealing Tape for extended requirements

Properties: Technical Data:

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is a new type of composite Basis: Binding material = fleece -
material, expandable, with a high tensile stable, water- membrane - fleece
proof but allows intrusion of water vapour diffusion Colour: white showing
pores. It guarantees the fast drying of water-containing SCHOMBURG logo and
tile adhesives and water proofing layers. name
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is highly resistant to aggressive Thickness: 0.5 mm
substances. Allowance of
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is a product according to the initial movement: max. 100% of the joint
ZDB-leaflet Instructions for the application of waterproo- width
fing layers in composite with covering and panelling of composite gripping
tiles and panels for interior and exterior use. tension: at least 0.5 N/mm2
Water
Areas of application: permeability: approx. 2 to 4 m
For the waterproofing of expansion and dilatation joints Storage: in dry and weatherproof
in swimming pools, park decks and soiled earth areas. storage for at least 5 years.
Suitable materials for the application of For designated
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S are AQUAFIN-2K/M or areas with: Inner corners of 20 cm
ASOFLEX-AKB, depending on chemical loading. at 45
Outer corners of 20 cm
Surface preparation: at 45
For all types of surfaces in fields of construction, which areas with: Inner corners of 20 cm
are to be tiled or for waterproofing layers which have at 45
been skilfully prepared. Fine non-continious cracks on the Outer corners of 20 cm
surface face which are minimal (below 0.1 mm) can be at 45
tolerated. Inner corners of 20 cm
at 90
Packaging: Outer corners of 20 cm
20 cm width in 25 and 50 m rolls at 90
12 cm width in rolls of up to 50 m
Boxes of 500 m in total Further shapes available:
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitary
Product preparation: ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Junction for 20 cm band
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is pressed on joints over surfaces width
that are treated with respective waterproofing materials. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-T-piece for 20 cm band width
The surface sealant (atleast 2 cm in width) and wider ASO-Joint-Tape-Wall - sleeve for walls 12 x 12 cm
than the sealing tape is to be applied on both sides of ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor - sleeve for flooring
the bridged joints. The joint tape is to be applied on the 45 x 45 cm
new surface, evenly placed without winkles. Then the Joint-Tape-2000-S-Wide - of 50 to 140 cm
sealant can be applied. The area of the settlement joint avaialble on request.
(for the subsequent elastic joint application) should be
kept free from sealant. Important advice:
For designated areas requiring specialised care, eg: for Only approved construction techniques are to be
inner and outer corners we recommend safe application applied. Protect joints which are to be sealed with
with ASO-Joint-Tape-Corners. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S against any mechanical
Overlaps with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S have to be fixed influences accordingly.
with the waterproofing material covering a width of 12/10
10 cm; with thermal welding a 5 cm overlap is
necessary.

401
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Building Product Systems

Waterproofing and
Restoration
Tile and Natural Stone Laying
Screeds and Industrial Floor
Coatings
Garden and Landscape
Construction
Other Construction Materials

Professional Joint
Tape Technology
www.schomburg.com

SCHOMBURG

402
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

The ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Series is highly resistant to alkalis, oil and grease

and is composed of an innovative composite laminate material based on a
water-resistant membrane and a polypropylene fleece. Waterproofing of
ASO-JOINT-TAPE overlaps is guaranteed by the excellent adhesion proper-
ties. All ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 types can be used below grade and outdoors
thanks to its rot proof resistance and UV stability.

The application of ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 at overlaps and corners is both

simple and easy. Preforated edges enhance tape adhesion, proper embedding
into the waterproofing material and transfer of shear forces.

TYPICAL AREAS OF APPLICATION

Wet rooms (bathrooms, ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 &
showers & kitchens) ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-Corners
ASO-JOINT-TAPE

under ceramic tiles ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-Sanitaire

ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor
ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall

Submerged areas and ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S &

construction joints ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Corners
ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Wide
ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor
ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall
ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-T piece
ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Cross piece

Waterproofing of below ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000

grade and floating slabs ASO--JOINT-TAPE-2000-S
(multi-storey garages/car parks) ADF-JOINT-STRIP
ADF-Coving-Strip
ADF-Pipe-sleeve

403
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

ADVANTAGES
Resistant to a wide range of chemicals including: brine,
vegetable and animal fats, diluted acids (5% Lactic, 10%
Citric, 3% Hydrochloric), alkalis, hydrocarbons (premium
and diesel fuels) and salt solutions (10% Potassium Hydroxide,
25% Iron Sulphate, 30% Iron Chloride)
UV stable suitable for outdoor applications
Broad service temperature: from -20C to + 90C
Excellent adhesion with many SCHOMBURG
waterproofing materials
Ultimate elongation: over 600% for ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S
over 60% for ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000
Preforated edges for enhanced adhesion
Simple and economic extension of rolls no welding or
spark-testing required
Pre-formed junction pieces available
(external/internal corners, T and X pieces)
Tailor made pieces are easily prepared on site to accomodate
extended and swerving curves as well as intricate details
Warranted system

Width Length Article-No.

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000
Standard-Joint tape, used for safe sealing 12 cm 10 m 2 05936 001
of movement- and connection joints with 12 cm 50 m 2 05936 002
SCHOMBURG waterproofing systems 20 cm 10 m 2 05936 003
beneath ceramic tiles. 20 cm 50 m 2 05936 004

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S
Special Joint tape, used in critical applications 20 cm 25 m 2 05939 001
such as swimming-pools, underground car 20 cm 50 m 2 05939 002
parks, and clean (potable) and dirty water. 12 cm 50 m 2 05939 003

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Wide
Supplied in widths up to 160 cms for on-site 50 -160 cm n.W. 2 05939 004
tailoring of intricate details -such as mammoth
curves - that have been a problem for architects
and designers in the past.

404
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Width Length Article-No.

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Corners
Preformed external and internal 90 corner 12 cm 90O ext 2 05943 001
pieces with twin edge perforations. 12 cm 90O int 2 05944 001

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Corners
Preformed external and internal angle 20 cm 90O int 2 05939 006
pieces with twin edge perforations. 20 cm 90O ext 2 05939 005 int ext
Available in 45 & 90 angles. 20 cm 45O int 2 05939 008
20 cm 45O ext 2 05939 007

ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Wall
Incorporates a preformed 12 mm-dia 12 x 12 cm 2 05937 001
opening suitable for sealing of 1/2,
/ & 1 pipe penetrations in walls.
3 4

ASO-JOINT-Sleeve-Floor
Suitable for sealing of floor drainage 45 x 45 cms 2 05938 001
details with diameters up to 350 mm.

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-Cross piece
Ready to use piece for sealing of crossing for 20 cm 2 05940 001
expansion joints with pre-formed tuck in slot, tape
suitable for 15 mm to 30 mm wide joints.

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-S-T piece
Ready to use piece for sealing of T shaped for 20 cm 2 05941 001
expansion joints with pre-formed tuck in slot, tape
suitable for 15 mm to 30 mm wide joints.

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000-Sanitaire
Designed for sanitary details, it is supplied with 12 cm 10 m 2 05942 001
self-adhesive and release paper on one edge of 12 cm 25 m 2 05942 002
the roll and standard perforations on the other. 12 cm 50 m 2 05942 003
This makes it suitable for termination details of
thixotropic or liquid applied waterproofing
materials to plastic, wood, aluminium or
enamel/ceramic elements such as bath tubs,
showers, worktops, window and door frames.

405
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

Professional Joint-Tape Technology

Most typical waterproofing failures can be traced back

to leaky joints which are a result of faulty sealing of
construction joints, expansion joints, up stands, sleeves
and pipe penetrations. Moisture or water ingress can
also occur due to selecting an incorrect waterstop or
joint tape, not properly welding overlaps or waterstop
displacement during concreting.
The main purpose of using a joint tape when used
with an effective waterproofing material is to provide
a reliable seal against the passage of moisture, water
or other mild liquid chemicals. The joint tape should
have the ability to accommodate typical stresses
(tensile and flexural) developed in expansion and
contraction joints as well as vibrations or sudden
thermal differences common due to the flow of fluids
in pipes.

SCHOMBURG joint tape solutions exceed

industry standards.
Your GUARANTEE to a safe, durable and long lasting
waterproof application.
SCHOMBURG ASO-JOINT-TAPES offer a complete
solution for the sealing and waterproofing of all joints,
pipe and sleeve penetrations. In addition, innovative
solutions are possible due to the versatile nature of the
ASO-JOINT-TAPES.

SCHOMBURG ASO-JOINT-TAPES are

incomparable to other waterstops or any
joint tapes.
To guarantee a long-term, watertight seal of joints,
connections and pipe penetrations, the joint tapes
must:
Be compatible with the waterproofing materials used
Demonstrate excellent adhesion with the substrate
Meet with project requirements and specifications

The innovative composite (multi-layer) laminate system

used to produce ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 ensures
perfect adhesion between the substrate and
waterproofing material as well as at overlaps.

406
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

ASOL-FE Art.-No. 2 02840

Bituminous protection layer - non-polluting bituminous emulsion

Properties:
ASOL-FE is a protective coating resistant to earth
moisture and aggressive media in soil. For concrete,
plaster or masonries of cellars, walls, foundations and
shafts.

Areas of application:
ASOL-FE is used as a protection layer on concrete,
plaster or masonry of cellars, walls foundations, pits etc.
It is resistant to natural aggressive media.

Technical Data:
Basis: bitumen
Colour: brown black
Density: 1.06 - 1.10 g/cm3
Hardening: air curing
Priming: not necessary
Consumption: 200 - 250 ml/m2 and layer
min. 2 layers
Pot life: from + 2 C to +35 C
Storage: free form frost 12 month
Cleaning: Clean tools immediately after
use with water or
ASO-Kaltreiniger.

Surface preparation:
The surface must be clean, free from oil or grease,
even and sound.

Product preparation:
ASOL-FE will be painted, rolled or sprayed onto the
surface. The first layer should be dry before the second
one is applied to obtain a fast curing. Protect wet layers
from frost.

Important advice:
Protect surfaces which shall not be coated.
Avoid contact with eyes or skin. In case of eye contact
with ASOL-FE clean thoroughly with water and consult a
physician.
45/06

407
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

CARO-FB-200 Art.-No. 2 05931

Joint tape

Properties: When applied overneath expansion joints CARO-

FB-200 is laid in a loop, in case of overlapping and
waterimpermeable
jointing it is important that the tapes are well bond to
alcaline resistant
each other. Not suitable for underwater use and as
resistant against micro organisms
bridge for building joint lines.
expandable
12/10

Technical Data:
Material: special pvc-coated PES-fleece,
thermal fixed
Colour: white/grey-coated
Total thickness approx. 0.4 mm
Material weight approx. 44 g/m
UV-resistant: Yes
Age-resistant: Yes
Width Total 120 mm
Width of coating 70 mm
Length 50 m, 10 rolls 50 m per box
Service temperature: - 20 + 80 Celsius
Elongation: max. 55 %
Watertightness
checked up to: max. 3.3 bar

Areas of application:
CARO-FB-200 is used for the safe bridging of
connecting joints and expansion joints in the a. m.
surface waterproofing coats. CARO-FB-200 is easy
to apply and perfectly combines to the waterproofing
systems SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M,
UNIFIX-2K.

Method of application:
The waterproofing material is to be applied over the
joints to be bridged at least 2 cm wider than the joint
tapes width. The joint tape is laid onto the fresh layer,
pressed on it evenly and wrinkle-free and then over-
worked with the waterproofing material except for the
expansion zone.

408
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

CARO-FB-300 Art.-No. 2 05948

Joint tape

Properties: When applied overneath expansion joints

CARO-FB300 is waterimpermeable, alcaline resistant
and resistant against microorgranisms.
CARO-FB300 is easy to handle and perfectly combines
to the waterproofing systems SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K.
Technical Data:
CARO-FB-200 is laid in a loop, the size of the loop is
depending on the movement of the building parts to
be expected.
Not suitable for underwater use and as bridge for
building joint lines.
12/10

Material: special pvc-coated PES-fleece,

thermal fixed
Colour: white/grey-coated
Total thickness: approx. 0.6 mm
Material weight approx. 44 g/m
UV-resistant: Yes
Age-resistant: Yes
Width Total: 120 mm
Width of coating: 70 mm
Length: 50 m, 10 rolls 50 m per box
Service temperature: - 20 + 80 C
Elongation: max. 122 %
Watertightness
checked up to: max. 5.3 bar

Areas of application:
CARO-FB-300 is used for the safe bridging of connect-
ing joints and expansion joints in surface waterproofing
coats at moderate water loads.

Method of application:
The waterproofing material is to be applied over the
joints to be bridged at least 2 cm wider than the joint
tapes width. The joint tape is laid onto the fresh layer,
pressed on it evenly and wrinkle-free and then over-
worked with the waterproofing material except for the
expansion zone. Joints are to be fully bond.

409
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIDIC-1K Art.-No. 2 05011

Single component polymer modified high-build bitumen coating in
accordance with factory specification
Properties: and separating layers (contamination). Open cavities
Seamless, jointless crack-bridging waterproof greater than 5 mm such as e.g. mortar pockets, open
membrane. vertical and horizontal mortar joints, should be filled
Single component. with a suitable mortar. Brickwork surfaces to
Solvent free. DIN 1053 part 1 or no-fines lightweight building
Simple and effective application. materials, open vertical joints up to 5mm, surface
Can be trowel applied. profiles as well as unevenness in the brickwork (e.g.
General technical test certificate available. bricks or dense concrete blocks with a mechanical
Conforms to DIN 18195 part 2. key) must be levelled. Edges must be bevelled and
fillets must be rounded.
Areas of application:
Exterior waterproofing of buildings in the ground against: Application advice:
ground moisture, non standing drainage water Internal angles, wall/floor junctions:
non hydrostatic water pressure Bond a waterproof tape*) with AQUAFIN-2K**) and
standing drainage water, hydrostatic water pressure work in from the sides. Alternatively apply a slurry
(with suitable construction). coat of AQUAFIN-1K. Whilst still fresh, construct a
coved fillet with a minimum 4 cm side length from
Technical Data: ASOCRET-RN, or a cement mortar (MG III) with the
Basis: One component, polystyrene addition of ASOPLAST-MZ, Once cured treat this
filled high-build bitumen area including the front of the base slab with
coating AQUAFIN-1K.
Application/substrate
temperature: +5 C to +30 C Structural movement joints with continuous floor
Substrate condition: load bearing, flat, free from slabs:
open joints, damage etc., oil, Bond a waterproof tape*) with AQUAFIN-2K**) and
grease, frost and dust free as work in from the sides.
well as dry Application:
Crack bridging: > 2 mm In order to achieve an adequate bond with the
Packaging: 28 litre containers, substrate, apply a preparation coat of ASO-FE
14 litre containers diluted 1:5 with water or alternatively apply a coat
Storage: frost free, 12 months of COMBIDIC-1K diluted 1:5 with water. Once the
Cleaning: Rinse tools immediately with preparation coat has fully dried, the waterproof mem-
water or ASO-Kaltreiniger. brane COMBIDIC-1K can be applied in a minimum
Dried material can only be of two coats with a notched or smooth trowel to
removed with difficulty the professionally prepared substrate. A continuous
trowel applied key coat can be used as the first coat.
Material requirements / dry film thickness: Application is to be wet in wet. Lay the
Ground moisture / Non-standing drainage water: ASO-Systemvlies-02 into the fresh COMBIDIC-1K
4.0 litres / m2 approx. 3 mm without overlapping and smooth out with a float.
Non hydrostatic water pressure:
4.0 litres / m2 approx. 3 mm Drainage and protective boards:
Standing drainage water / Hydrostatic water pressure: Protect the waterproof coating from strong sunlight
5.0 litres / m2 approx. 4 mm and mechanical damage with a suitable layer e.g.
Greater material consumption where there are the INA Schutz- und Drainelement. Only place protec-
background irregularities cannot be discounted. tive layers once the waterproof coating has fully dried
out. When back-filling with heavy dense (cohesive)
Surface preparation: soil bond the INA Schutz- und Drainelement with
The background must be sound, load bearing, frost free, COMBIDIC-1K. Protective layers must not exert any
flat and free from pockets and gaping cracks, ridges point loading or linear pressure on the waterproof

410
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

coating. Studded membranes and corrugated protective

boards are therefore not suitable. Drainage is to be
carried out in accordance with DIN 4095.
Bond closed cell protective and drainage boards
(perimeter insulation) with COMBIDIC-2K.

*) Suitable waterproof tapes are

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S, ADF-Fugenband and
ADF-Hohlkehlenband.
**) When fixing the waterproof tapes with
AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M only mix with
half the liquid. Gauge the necessary trowel applied
consistency through water addition. Spread the
AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M with a 4 mm
notched trowel, press in the waterproof tape and
trowel over.

Important advice:
Do not use when it is raining, drizzling or when the
air or substrate temperature is below +5 C.
Bitumen based waterproof membranes cannot
accommodate negative water pressure. In areas
where this is expected (see point 2, coved fillets)
the area must be waterproofed initially with
AQUAFIN-1K.
Also protect wall copings and open window
parapets from water penetration.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
COMBIDIC-1K.
Protect COMBIDIC-1K from strong sunlight.
Backfill the building pit in accordance with VOB.

This technical data sheet has been produced based on

SCHOMBURG in-house specifications. If required we
would be pleased to produce the technical data sheet
in accordance with DIN 18195.

GISCODE: BBP 10
46/06

411
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-AB2 Art.-No 2 05030

Two-component Bituminous Thick Layer Waterproofing

Properties: cleaned with ASO-Kaltreiniger.

Seamless/jointless, crack bridging waterproofing. Once cured material is
Two-component. difficult to remove.
Fast rain proof.
Rapid hardening. Surface preparation:
Solvent free. The surface must be frost protected, firm, even, have
Simple and economical handling. no formation of pockets or gaping cracks, flashes and
Trowelable. should have no damaging impurities.
Open voids such as for mortar pockets, opened
Areas of Application: crossed joints, bearing joints etc.with depths of 5mm
Below grade constructions requiring exterior or deeper are to be closed with an appropriate
waterproofing: mortar such as ASOCRET-RN.
Ground moisture and non-retainable seepage water. Brickwork surfaces (according to DIN 1053-1 or for
Non pressured water moderate stress. commonly used porous construction materials) with
Retainable seepage water. opened crossed joints (with 5 mm surface profile)
Suitable as adhesive for insulation, protective and must be levelled off. Edges must also be milled and
sewage plates/slabs. grooves are to be rounded off.

Technical Data: Method of application:

Basis: 2-component, polymer
modified, bituminious thick
layer coating
Application-/
Surface Temperature: + 5 C up to + 30 C
Application time: approx. 2 to 3 hrs,
depending on temperature
and humidity etc.
Crack bridging: more than 2 mm
Consumption reqd for:
Ground moisture, non retaining seepage water:
3.0 kg/m2 = approx. 2.4 mm of dry layer density
Non pressured water:
4.0 kg/m2 = approx. 3 mm of dry layer density
Retaining seepage water/ pressure water:
5.0 kg/m2 = approx. 4 mm of dry layer density
The consumption required for uneven surfaces are not
considered.
Packaging: 30 kg hobbock (22 kg of
liquid component, 8 kg of
powder component)
Storage: in frost protected storage for
12 Months in original closed
containers, opened containers
are to be used up as soon as
possible
Cleaning: Clean equipment immediately
with water after use or
Wall or Floor joints:
A joint tape (Dichtband)*) with AQUAFIN-2K/M**)
secured and worked in to the sides.
Alternatively precoat with AQUAFIN-1K. Concave
mouldings to be fitted should be filled using the wet-
in-wet method, suitably with ASOCRET-RN or cement
mortar and addition of ASOPLAST-MZ with a minimal
leg length of 4 cm. As soon as the area has
hardened, including the bottom face side is to be
covered with AQUAFIN-1K.
Separating joints on Building constructions with
continious floor slabs:
A joint tape (Dichtband)*) with AQUAFIN-2K/M**)
secured and worked in to the sides.
*) suitable sealing tapes such as:
ASO-Dichtband-2000-S/ADF-Dehnfugenband/
ADF-Hohlkehlenband
**) For fixing the joint tapes AQUAFIN-2K or
AQUAFIN-2K/M, mix only with half of the dispersion
mixture. The required spactling consistancy is to be
controlled by addition of
measured water. AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M
can be coated/combed in, with a four-toothed
trowel, the sealing tape is to be pressed in and is to
be levelled off.
Product preparation:
To achieve an optimal surface bonding application,
the substrate can be precoated with 1 part ASOL-FE,

412
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

to 5 parts diluted water. For mixing the bituminious
thick layer a suitable slow mixing drill is to be used.
Followed by the mixing in of the liquid component for
a short moment and finally mixing the complete powder
into the liquid
composition, the complete mix is to be achieved
without clumping, forming an homogenous mass. After
complete hardening and drying out of the prepared
precoating, the professionally prepared substrate can
then be sealed with COMBIFLEX-AB2. A scraped
rendering can then be covered to act as the first layer
of the surface.
The already recommended minimal thickness layer
is not to be reduced on any part of the surface.
The required wet film thickness is not to be
exceeded beyond 100%.
The sealant coating of the wall surface is to be
drawn down to approx. 100 mm on the face of
the floor slab.
Protect COMBIFLEX-AB2 against strong sunlight.
Fill the building pit id correctly according to VOB.
Please adhere to current EC Materials Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS)!

Protective and Sewage plates/slabs: GISCODE: BBP 10

Suitable protective measures are required if sealing 45/06
surfaces have to be protect from strong sunlight and
mechanical damaging. Application of protective
layers, for eg: using ASO-Systemvlies-02 (Fleece
system) and INA Schutz- und Drainelement (Protective
drain element). It is recommended when filling in the
floor bonding, with INA Schutz- und Drainelement
(Protective drain element) to combine and cement with
COMBIFLEX-AB2.
Protective layers should not influence the waterproof-
ing by involving dotted or linear pressure. Corrugated
protective plates/slabs or burling sheets are, therefore,
not suitable. Drainage is to be carried out according
to DIN 4095. Apply COMBIFLEX-AB2 when cement-
ing perimeter insulation (closed cells with protective and
drainage slabs).

Important advice:
Do not work the surface when the ground tempera-
ture is below +5 C, especially when raining or
when humid air influences the processing.
Protect non treated surfaces against the influences of
COMBIFLEX-AB2.
Bituminious waterproofings are not suitable for
negative water pressure. In areas where this can be
expected, apply AQUAFIN-1K as a negative side
waterproofing.
Protect masonry crests and open window ledgings
against water intrusion.
According to the rules of technique, a sealant on the
soles of the rising walls can be achieved by applying
AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M.
Previous examples of applications on piping,
foundations and plinthes are to be regarded.

413
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-C2 Art.-No 2 05015

2-comp. bituminous thick layer waterproofing

Properties: Product preparation:

Seamless, flexible crack bridging waterproofing 1. Surface:
Suitable for all common substrates Before applying COMBIFLEX-C2/EL, the surface has
Immediately rain-proof to be prepared professionally.
Rapid curing Masonry: Prepare the surface flush-
Building pit can be closed after 24 hours under jointed. Level opened joints,
normal conditions uneven areas, pockets or
Environmentally friendly holes.
Easy mixing of the two components Concrete, plaster: Clean the surface from
Easy and economical application parting agents. Defected
Trowel, roller or spray application areas are to be treated and
Bonds without use of a primer on dry or matt levelled.
damp substrates
Protection layer against Radon 2. Internal corner, wall/floor junctions
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is fixed with AQUAFIN-2K/M
Areas of application: and overcoat. Alternatively a concave moulding might
Exterior waterproofing against: be set. Prime corners such as wall-floor junctions with
ground moisture AQUAFIN-1K. Fresh-in-fresh, form a concave mould-
humidity ing with ASOCRET- RN or cement mortar MG III
pressure water (with suitable construction) (mortar group) with mixture of ASOPLAST-MZ and leg
length of 4 cm. After setting of AQUAFIN-1K seal the
Typical Properties: concave moulding with AQUAFIN-1K again. Apply
Basis: 2-comp., polymer-modified COMBIFLEX-EL on the dried AQUAFIN-1K layer.
high build bitumen
Substrate/Application 3. Expansion joints
temperature: min. approx. +5 C to max. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is fixed with AQUAFIN-2K/M
approx. +35 C. Lower and overcoat. Alternatively a concave moulding might
temperatures extend, higher be set. Prime corners such as wall-floor junctions with
temperatures reduce curing AQUAFIN-1K. Fresh-in-fresh, form a concave mould-
times. ing with ASOCRET- RN or cement mortar MG III
Substrates: bricks, concrete, plaster, (mortar group) with mixture of ASOPLAST-MZ and leg
polystyrene length of 4 cm. After setting of AQUAFIN-1K seal the
Surface condition: sound, free from joints, dry or concave moulding with AQUAFIN-1K again. Apply
strongly wet, free from oil, fat, COMBIFLEX-EL on the dried AQUAFIN-1K layer.
grease or dust, loadable
Mixing time: approx. 1 - 2 minutes 4. Product preparation
Pot life: 60 minutes Add the B-component of COMBIFLEX-C2 to the
A-component. The mixing is to be carried out with
Technical Properties: a slow running mixing device (300 rpm) until a
Crack bridging: > 60 mm homogeneous mass is achieved. Trowel apply
(ASTM C 836:95) COMBIFLEX-C2 without priming. In case hydrostatic
Tensile strength: 1 N/mm2 pressure is to be expected the masonry has to be joint
(ASTM D 412-98a) flush (impact joints and course joints are to be closed).
Tensile elongation: 169% (ASTM D 412-98a) The second application is to follow immediately. On
Rapid chloride the fresh COMBIFLEX-C2 waterproofing layer, apply
permeability: 66% reduction the ASO-Systemvlies-02 protection fleece without
(ASTM-C 1202.97) overlapping and smoothen with a trowel or broom.
Water permeability: up to 7 bars (DIN 1048) Always use the ASO-Systemvlies-02 when waterproof-
ing concrete substrates.

414
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

5. Drain and protection boards According to the general rules of technique, a

Protect the waterproofing against direct strong sun
influence by means of protection such as the INA
Protection and Drain Element boards or the
ASO-Systemvlies-02. Protection boards should only
be installed once the waterproofing is completely dry.
Apply INA Protection and Drain Element boards with
COMBIDIC-1K. The protection layer can not create
pressure (visual dots or lines) on the waterproofing.
Therefore corrugated boards are not suitable. Drain
boards are to be flat. The drainage is according
to German Industrial Standard DIN4095. Closed-
cell drainage boards should be applied with
COMBIDIC-2K.
35/09
Estimating & Supply:
Packaging: Available in 14 l, 28 l and
180 l units
sealing with AQUAFIN-2K has to be applied under
the rising walls, on the bottom and open spandrel
wall. For details of piping through walls, please
regard our technical descriptions.
Protect COMBIFLEX-C2 against direct sun influence.
The building pit has to be refilled according to
VOB.
To increase pot life/working time at higher temper-
ature store material in a cool environment above
+5 C and only expose to warm temperature short-
ly before mixing. Additionally use of cold water
can also increase pot life/working time, if water
addition is necessary.

Consumption/Thickness of Layer:
On Masonry:
Ground moisture,
slope water: 3.2 l/m2/2.0 mm
Non pressure water: 4 l/m2/2.5 mm
Pressure water: 6.3 l/m2/4.0 mm
On concrete:
Ground moisture,
slope water: 2.4 l/m2/1.5 mm
Non pressure water: 3.2 l/m2/2.0 mm
Pressure water: 4 l/m2/2.5 mm

*Consumption may increase on uneven substrates

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Unhardened COMBIFLEX-C2 can be removed from
tools and equipment with water or ASO-Kaltreiniger.
Once cured, material is difficult to remove.

Storage & Shelf Life:

9 months when stored dry and frost free.

Important advice:
Bituminous coatings do not resist negative water
pressure. In case negative water pressure is to be
expected the surface has to be sealed with
AQUAFIN-1K in advance.

415
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-C2/P Art.-No 2 05026

Two-component Bituminous Thick Layer Waterproofing

Properties: Cleaning agent: Clean tools with water or

Seamless and jointless flexible crack bridging ASO-Kaltreiniger
waterproofing. immediately after use.
Suitable for all common surfaces.
Immediately rain-proof. Product preparation:
Environmentally friendly. 1. Surface:
Simple and economical application. Before applying COMBIFLEX-C2/P, the surface has to
Bonding caused by its own reaction of properties. be prepared professionally.
Cement and chromate free powder component. Masonry: prepare the surface flush-jointed.
Trowel application. Level opened joints, uneven areas,
Application also suitable on extremely wet or dry pockets or holes.
surfaces without priming. Concrete,
General technical test certificate according to plaster: clean the surface from parting
DIN 18195-2 available. agents. Defect areas are to be
level treated.
Areas of application:
Exterior waterproofing against: 2. Internal corner, wall/floor junctions:
ground moisture ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is fixed with AQUAFIN-2K and
humidity overcoat. Alternatively a concave moulding might be
pressure water (with suitable construction) set. Prime corners such as wall-floor junctions with
AQUAFIN-1K. Fresh-in-fresh, form a concave mould-
Technical Data: ing with ASOCRET- RN or cement mortar MG III
Basis: 2 component, polymer- (mortar group) with a leg length of 4 cm. After setting
modified bitumen spactling of AQUAFIN-1K seal the concave moulding with
compound AQUAFIN-1K again. Apply COMBIFLEX-C2/P on the
Application temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C dried AQUAFIN-1K layer.
Surface temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C
Substrates: Masonry, concrete, plaster 3. Expansion joints
Surface condition: sound, free from joints, dry or Seal expansion joints with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
extremely wet, free from oil, (while forming loops) and fix with AQUAFIN-2K. If the
fat, grease or dust, of load waterproofing layer is subjected to pressure water, the
carrying capacity expansion joint is to be reinforced using an additional
Pot life: 45 minutes foamed plastic round cord. Subsequently
Official tests: MPA (material test institute) ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S is fixed again with
Dresden AQUAFIN-2K and overcoat.
Consumption / thickness of layer
On Masonry: 4. Product preparation
Ground moisture, slope water, Open the bag of the liquid component with a knife,
non pressure water: 5.3 kg/m2/3 mm pour the complete mass on the powder component
Pressure water: 7.0 kg/m2/4 mm inside the pail. Mix with a slow running drill until
On concrete: a homogeneous mass is achieved. COMBIFLEX-C2/P
Ground moisture, slope water, is to be applied without priming and is to be
non pressure water: 4.5/m2/2.5 mm trowelled. Fill uneven areas with a preceding scratch
Pressure water: 5.3 kg/m2/3 mm coat. To achieve a uniform coverage it is suggested
The consumption of material concerning uneven surfaces to use a notched trowel and smoothening with the
has not been taken into account. straight side. We strongly recommend to apply on the
Packaging: 25 kg pail fresh COMBIFLEX-C2/P waterproofing layer, apply
Storage: 12 months, frost free ASO-Systemvlies 02 (protection fleece) without

416
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

overlapping and smoothen off using a trowel or

broom.

5. Drain and protection boards

Protect waterproofings against direct strong sun
influence by means of drain boards such as INA
Schutz- und Drainlement (protection board). Protective
layers must be applied after COMBIFLEX-C2/P has
completely hardened. The protective measures must not
effect the pressure (by dots or lines) onto the
sealing. Therefore corrugated boards are not suitable.
Drain boards are to be flat. The drainage is effected
according to DIN 4095. Drain boards are to be
connected to the sealing with lumps of COMBIDIC-1K.

Important advice:
Bituminous coatings do not resist negative water
pressure. In case negative water pressure is to
be expected the surface has to be sealed with
AQUAFIN-1K in advance.
Protect masonry tops or opened window parapet
against intruding water.
According to the general rules of technique a
waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K has to be applied
under the rising walls, on the bottom and open
spandrel wall. For details such as passing pipes
through walls please regard our technical
descriptions.
Protect COMBIFLEX-C2/P from direct sunlight.
Do not exceed the specified thickness of
COMBIFLEX-C2/P by 100% in any area.
The building pit has to be refilled according to VOB.

This data sheet is according to SCHOMBURG factory

recommendations. If you desire to work according
to DIN 18195, we can supply a different proce-
dure to meet the requirements of this regulation with
COMBIFLEX-C2/P.

GISCODE: BBP 10
45/06

417
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-C2/S Art.-No 2 05017

Two-component bituminous thick layer waterproofing
for spraying application
Properties: Packaging
Seamless and jointless flexible crack bridging (A-component): 28, 180 and 1000 l barrel
waterproofing. (B-component): 10 l pack
Suitable for all common surfaces. Storage: 6 months, frost free
Immediately rain-proof. Cleaning agent: Clean tools with water or
Environmentally friendly. ASO-Kaltreiniger
Simple and economical application. immediately after use.
Bonding caused by its own reaction of properties.
Cement and chromate free powder component. Product preparation:
Application also suitable on extremely wet or dry 1. Surface:
surfaces without priming. Before applying COMBIFLEX-C2/S the surface has to
Can be sprayed with appropriate spraying machine. be prepared professionally.
General technical test certificate according to Masonry: prepare the surface flush-jointed.
DIN 18195-2 available. Level opened joints, uneven areas,
pockets or holes.
Areas of application: Concrete,
Exterior waterproofing against: plaster: clean the surface from parting
ground moisture agents. Defect areas has to be
humidity treated levelled.
pressure water (with suitable construction)
2. Internal corner, wall/floor junctions:
Technical Data: ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is fixed with AQUAFIN-2K and
Basis: 2 component, polymer- overcoat. Alternatively a concave moulding might be
modified bitumen spactling set. Prime corners such as wall-floor junctions with
compound AQUAFIN-1K. Fresh-in-fresh, form a concave mould-
Application temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C ing with ASOCRET- RN or cement mortar MG III
Surface temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C (mortar group) with a leg length of 4 cm. After setting
Substrates: Masonry, concrete, plaster of AQUAFIN-1K seal the concave moulding with
Surface condition: sound, free from joints, dry or AQUAFIN-1K again. Apply COMBIFLEX-C2/S on
extremely wet, free from oil, the dried AQUAFIN-1K layer.
fat, grease or dust, of load
carrying capacity 3. Expansion joints
Pot life: 60 minutes Seal expansion joints with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000S
Official tests: MPA (material test institute) (while forming loops) and to fix with AQUAFIN-2K. If
Dresden the waterproofing layer is subjected to pressure water,
Consumption / thickness of layer the expansion joint is to be reinforced using an
On Masonry: additional foamed plastic round cord. Subsequently
Ground moisture, slope water, ASO-Joint-Tape-2000S is fixed again with
non pressure water: 4.0 l/m2/2,5 mm AQUAFIN-2K and overcoat.
Pressure water: 6.0 l/m2/4 mm
4. Product preparation
On concrete: Open the bag of the liquid component with a knife,
Ground moisture, slope water, pour the complete mass on the powder component
non pressure water: 4.0 l/m2/2.5 mm inside the pail. Mix with a slow running drill until
Pressure water: 6.0 l/m2/4 mm a homogeneous mass is achieved.
COMBIFLEX-C2/S is to be applied without priming.
The consumption of material concerning uneven surfaces
has not been taken into account.

418
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

5. Drain and protection boards

Protect waterproofings against direct strong sun
influence by means of drain boards such as INA
Schutz- und Drainlement (protection board). Protective
layers must be applied after COMBIFLEX-C2/S has
completely hardened. The protective measures must not
effect the pressure (by dots or lines) onto the
sealing. Therefore corrugated boards are not suitable.
Drain boards are to be flat. The drainage is effected
according to DIN 4095. Drain boards are to be
connected to the sealing with lumps of COMBIDIC-2K.

Important advice:
Bituminous coatings do not resist negative water
pressure. In case negative water pressure is to
be expected the surface has to be sealed with
AQUAFIN-1K in advance.
Protect masonry tops or opened window parapet
against intruding water.
According to the general rules of technique a
waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M has to be
applied under the rising walls, on the bottom and
open spandrel wall. For details such as passing
pipes through walls please regard our technical
descriptions.
Protect COMBIFLEX-C2/S from direct sunlight.
Do not exceed the specified thickness of
COMBIFLEX-C2/S by 100% in any area.
The building pit has to be refilled according to VOB.

This data sheet is according to SCHOMBURG factory

recommendations. If you desire to work according
to DIN 18195, we can supply a different proce-
dure to meet the requirements of this regulation with
COMBIFLEX-C2/S.

GISCODE: BBP 10
12/10

419
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-DS Art.-No. 2 05009

Elastic Surface Waterproofing Emulsion

Properties: Hollow spaces should be filled with ASOCRET-RN or

COMBIFLEX-DS is a solvent free ready-for-use a cement mortar improved with ASOPLAST-MZ. In
combination of bitumen and polymers, which forms wall/floor junctions form a concave moulding,
an elastic seamless waterproof membrane. prepared with ASOCRET-RN or a cement mortar
improved with ASOPLAST-MZ. In case the surface
Areas of application: contains rough pores the first application should be
COMBIFLEX-DS is suitable for the waterproofing of soil applied as scratch coat. The second application is to
contacting areas against humidity and non-pressure follow immediately.
water. On structure dense concrete COMBIFLEX-DS
will also be used against pressure water. Furthermore Method of application:
COMBIFLEX-DS is suitable as a horizontal waterproofing Before use COMBIFLEX-DS should be stirred for a
layer against rising humidity on separated screed or short time and applied on the surface with a brush,
screed on heat insulating materials. roll or a suitable spray device (airless, boiler pressure
device).
Technical Data:
Basis: Bitumen/latex emulsion Drain and protection board:
Colour: Black brown Protect the waterproofing layer for direct insolation
Density: 1.05 kg/dm3 and mechanical damages by suitable protection
Solid content: 61% measurements (INA protection and drain boards).
Curing: By drying Protection layers must not exert any lumped load on
Surface temperature: not less than + 5C the waterproofing layer. Therefore do not use picking
Substrates: dry or slightly wet, sound, or wavy boards. Draining is to be effected according
free from fat and oil. to DIN 4095.
Priming: ASO-Unigrund or
COMBIFLEX-DS:water: 1:10 Important advice:
Official tests: Water impermeability upto The waterproofing layer must not get in contact with
7 bar (DIN 1048) sharp-edged or clay containing material. Negative
Consumption: Minimum 1.0 l/m2 against water pressure should be avoided. Areas where
moisture and non-pressure negative water pressure may be expected, should be
water, 1.5 l/m2 on structure waterproofed with AQUAFIN-2K/M.
dense concrete against COMBIFLEX-DS is no dangerous good. A classifica-
pressure water. tion according to GefSoffV und GGVS is not
Packaging: 14 and 28 l bins necessary.
Storage: 12 months, frost free 12/10
Cleaning agent: Clean tools with water or
ASO-Kaltreiniger
immediately after use.
Safety advice: Avoid contact with eyes.

Surface preparation:
Waterproofing of basements:
The surface must be clean, free from oil grease, it
might be also slightly moist. Dusty and absorbing
surfaces have to be primed with a solution of
COMBIFLEX-DS in water (1:10) or ASO-Unigrund.
Brick surfaces need a finish.

420
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-EL Art.-No. 2 05035

Bituminous high build waterproof coating

Properties: after use. Once cured

Cationic. residues is difficult to
Immediately rain-proof. remove.
Environmentally friendly.
Simple and economical application. Product preparation:
Bonding caused by its own reaction of properties 1. Surface
(independant from air temperature). Before applying COMBIFLEX-C2/EL, the surface
Application on dry or matt dry surfaces without has to be prepared professionally.
priming. Masonry: Prepare the surface flush-jointed.
General technical test certificate according to Level opened joints, uneven areas,
DIN 18195-2 available. pockets or holes.
Concrete,
Areas of application: plaster: Clean the surface from parting
Exterior waterproofing against: agents. Defected areas are to be
ground moisture treated and levelled.
humidity
pressure water (with suitable construction) 2. Internal corner, wall/floor junctions
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 is fixed with AQUAFIN-2K/M
Technical Data: and overcoat. Alternatively a concave moulding might
Basis: 2 component, high build be set. Prime corners such as wall-floor junctions with
trowelable waterproofing AQUAFIN-1K. Fresh-in-fresh, form a concave mould-
compound ing with ASOCRET- RN or cement mortar MG III
Substrate temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C (mortar group) with mixture of ASOPLAST-MZ and leg
Surface temperature: + 5 C upto + 30 C length of 4 cm. After setting of AQUAFIN-1K seal the
Substrates: Masonry, concrete, plaster concave moulding with AQUAFIN-1K again. Apply
Surface condition: even surfaces, free of open COMBIFLEX-EL on the dried AQUAFIN-1K layer.
joints, fractures, dry to moist,
be free of oils, fat, frost or 3. Expansion joints
dust, be of load carrying Seal expansion joints with ASO-Joint-Tape-2000S
capacity (while forming loops) and fix with AQUAFIN-2K. If the
Pot life: approx. 45 to 60 minutes waterproofing layer is subjected to pressure water,
Crack bridging: > 2 mm the expansion joint is to be reinforced using an
Official tests: MPA (material test institute) additional foamed plastic round cord. Subsequently
Dresden ASO-Joint-Tape-2000S is fixed again with
AQUAFIN-2K and overcoat.
Consumption / thickness of layer:
Ground moisture, slope water, 4. Product preparation
non pressure water: 3.75 l/m2 to approx. 3 mm Open the container with the liquid component
Pressure water: 5 l/m2 to approx. 4 mm carefully, pour the complete mass on the powder
The consumption of material concerning uneven surfaces component inside the pail. Mix with a slow run-
has not been taken into account. ning drill until a homogeneous mass is achieved.
COMBIFLEX-EL is to be applied without priming and
Packaging: 22 l Maxi-pail is to be trowelled. Fill uneven areas with a preceding
Storage: 6 months in frost free storage scratch coat. To achieve a uniform coverage it is
in original closed containers. suggested to use a toothed trowel (10 to 12 teeth)
Use already opened using the scratch and combing method, the surface
containers promptly. can then be smoothened to create a excellent
Cleaning agent: Clean tools with water or with finish. Grooves or ridges on the plaster surface,
ASO-Kaltreiniger immediately bulked pores formations and other uneven areas

421
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

are to be scratched out and made even using This data sheet is according to SCHOMBURG
COMBIFLEX-EL. The required thickness layer is to be factory recommendations. If you desire to work
applied using the fresh-in-fresh method. We strongly according to DIN 18195, we can supply a different
recommend to apply on the green COMBIFLEX-EL layer, procedure to meet the requirements of this regulation
the ASO-Systemvlies 02 (protection fleece) without over- with COMBIFLEX-EL.
lapping and smoothening off using a trowel or broom.
Negative water pressure should be avoided at all cost. Please adhere to current European Materials Safety
Data Sheet!
5. Drain and protection boards
Sealants are to be made waterproof and be protected GISCODE: BBP 10
against direct strong sun influence, rains, frost and 35/09
mechanical damaging by means of drain boards such
as INA Schutz- und Drainlement (protection board).
Protective layers must be applied after COMBIFLEX-EL
has completely hardened. The protective measures
must not effect the pressure (by dots or lines) onto the
sealing. Therefore corrugated boards are not suitable.
Drain boards are to be flat. The drainage is effected
according to DIN 4095.
Drain boards are to be connected to the sealing with
lumps of COMBIDIC-1K.

Important advice:
Bituminous coatings do not resist negative water
pressure. In case negative water pressure is to
be expected the surface has to be sealed with
AQUAFIN-1K in advance.
Protect masonry tops or opened window parapet
against intruding water.
According to the general rules of technique a water-
proofing with AQUAFIN-2K has to be applied under
the rising walls, on the bottom and open spandrel
wall. For details such as passing pipes through walls
please regard our technical descriptions.
Examples of application: such as passing pipes
through walls or structures, foundations and columns
are to be carefully regarded.
Protect COMBIFLEX-EL from direct sunlight.
Protect non treated areas against the influences of
COMBIFLEX-EL.
Do not exceed the specified thickness of
COMBIFLEX-EL by 100 % in any area.
The building pit has to be refilled according to VOB.

422
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

COMBIFLEX-Fastbit Art.-No 2 05039

2-component spray applied bitumen-latex waterproof coating

Properties: from clusters and gaping cracks, ridges and be free

Seamless, joint-free, flexible crack-bridging spray from deleterious contamination. Unclosed cavities
applied waterproof coating greater than 5 mm, e.g. pockets of mortar, open day
Solvent free joints and construction joints are to be sealed with a
Extremely elastic suitable mortar. Masonry work surfaces to DIN 1053
High degree of crack-bridging part 1 or no-fines materials, open butt joints up to 5
Suitable for all conventional building substrates mm in the surface profile or unevenness of blockwork
Immediately rainproof (e.g. rendering grooves in brickwork or high density
Rapid cure concrete blocks) must be levelled out. Corners must be
bevelled and fillets rounded.
Areas of application:
COMBIFLEX-Fastbit is suitable for waterproofing Wall/floor junctions:
buildings in contact with the ground such as e.g. Wall and floor junctions are to be provided with
basements, foundation slabs or floor slabs and on roofs a coved fillet. Here the building units are slurried
under appropriate non-absorbent thermal insulation. It is with AQUAFIN-1K and a coved fillet produced with
also suited as a waterproofing system beneath screeds. ASOCRET-RN into the wet slurry coat, with a side
length of min. 4 cm. Once the mortar has set over-
Typical Properties: coat this area, including the front edge of the base
Basis: 2-comp. polymer modified slab with AQUAFIN-1K.
high build bitumen coating
Solids content: approx. 55% Product application:
Density: approx. 1.01 Spray apply the COMBIFLEX-Fastbit with a Dittmann
Mixing ratio: 9:1 2-component sprayer onto the properly prepared sub-
Reaction time: approx. 5 seconds strate, in accordance with the operating instructions.
Application/ Do not mix the product prior to application. Mixing of
substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to the A and B components commences at the nozzel of
max. approx. +35 C the spray gun. Evenly apply the necessary thickness
Substrate: masonry work, concrete, depending on the loading cases which the coating
render will be exposed to.
Curing time: approx. 24 hours
at +23 C / 60% RH Drainage and protective boards:
Protect the waterproofing from strong sunlight and
Technical Properties: from mechanical damage using suitable protective
Application equipment: 2 component spray measures e.g. INA protective and drainage unit. Only
equipment from Dittmann. bond protective layers after the waterproof coating
For more details contact your has fully dried through. Protective layers must not exert
nearest Technical Support any point loading or linear pressure on the waterproof
Office. coating. Studded membranes and corrugated protec-
Crack bridging: > 5 mm (DIN 28052-6) tive boards are therefore not suitable. Bond closed
> 50 mm (ASTM C 836:95) cell protective and drainage boards (perimeter insula-
Water permeability: Watertight (DIN 52123, tion) with COMBIDIC-2K.
1 mm slit pressure)
5 bar (DIN 1045) Estimating & Supply:
Adhesion strength*: > 0,5 N/mm2 at 28 d Consumption:
(DIN EN 1542) approx. 3.3 l/m2 = approx. 2 mm dft
Elongation*: > 500 % (DIN 53504) Packaging:
Component A is available in 180 litre drums and
Substrate preparation: 1000 litre containers.
The substrate must be free from frost, be solid, flat, free Component B is available in 20 litre cans.

423
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

After use flush and clean the spraying equipment and
accessories with the recommended machine cleaner
from Dittmann. Once cured material is difficult to
remove.

Storage & Shelf Life:

6 months when stored free from frost in the original
unopened container. Use opened containers promptly.

Important advice:
Not for sale and distribution in Germany!
Bitumen based waterproof membranes cannot
accommodate negative water pressure. In areas
where this is expected the area must be water-
proofed initially with AQUAFIN-1K.
Also protect wall copings and open window
parapets from water penetration.
In accordance with recognised technical regulations
undertake waterproofing beneath walls and on base
slabs with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M.
Protect COMBIFLEX-Fastbit from strong sunlight.

GISCODE: BBP 10
50/08

424
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

FIX 10-S Art.-No. 2 01819

Plug Cement

Properties: Posttreatment:
FIX 10-S is a chloride free quick setting cement with 24 hours after sealing a finish with addition of
immediate initial solidification after addition of water. ASOPLAST-MZ may be applied.
After further 24 hours THERMOPAL-SR44 restoration
Areas of application: plaster in a thickness of 2 cm may be processed.
Subsequent sealing of surface leakage, water leaks and
damp areas in cellars, manholes, tunnels, etc. against Important advice:
water and pressure water from the backside or frontside. Pilot testing is necessary. FIX 10-S contains cement
and is classified irritant according to GefStoffV.
Technical Data: Protection gloves have to be worn.
Basis: cement
Bulk weight: 1.2 kg/dm3 Please observe a valid EU-safety data sheet.
Curing: Immediately after 45/06
addition of water
Packaging: 1, 6 and 12 kg buckets
Storage: dry and air tight up to
12 months

Surface preparation:
The surface must be sound and clean. Paints, brittle
plaster, screed etc., have to be removed up to the solid
substrate (concrete, masonry). Dry areas have to be
wetted.
For interior sealing light weight blocks have to be
pre-treated with a loadable cement plaster.
Sealing of aerated concrete blocks or elements is not
possible.

Product preparation:
Sealing of leakage:
Leaking parts in sealed surfaces may be closed by
pressing FIX 10-S in dry form or mixed with water into
the leakage. FIX 10-S is to be pressed into the leak.
Sealing of large areas:
The wet but sound surface is treated with AQUAFIN-F
(consumption approx. 0.3 kg/m2), and sealed with
AQUAFIN-1K (consumption 1.5 kg/m2) immediately.
Into the green sealing FIX 10-S is rubbed until the
surface is dry. (Consumption approx. 1.0 - 1.5 kg/m2).
The powdered surface is painted again with AQUAFIN-F.
Following a two-layer sealing with AQUAFIN-1K will be
applied. If the surface tends to cracking use
AQUAFIN-2K in a thickness of 2 - 4 mm instead
of AQUAFIN-1K.

425
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

INDU-FLEX-CJ13 Art.-No. 5 55111

Thermoplastic expansive waterstop for
waterproofing construction joints
Properties: Technical Data:
Easy to use Basis: TPE (thermoplastic elastomer)
Rapid and intensive expansion Format: Waterstop profile is
Self injecting function due to penetration into quadratic + flexible
cracks and voids Colour: red
Completely dimensionally stable, also at high Dimensions: 5 x 20 mm
temperatures Start of swelling on
Infinite expansion process often reversible water contact: approx. 6 hours
Suitable for fresh water and salt water Expansion ability: approx. 140% after
General technical building certificate available 24 hours
approx. 400% after
Areas of application: 72 hours
INDU-FLEX-CJ13 is used for the internal waterproofing approx. 800% after
of construction joints in concrete constructions, where 14 days
there is a constant or intermittent exposure to ground Toxicity: none
water, run-off water or surface water. It can be applied Packaging: 25 m rolls = 175 m per
in zones where the water level is in constant change, box
without problem. The construction joints can be formed Storage: dry, frost free and protected
watertight against water under pressure to a depth of from weathering, max. 5
8 m. years in the original
unopened packaging.
Substrate preparation:
The substrate must be load-bearing, mostly flat and have Advice:
a closed surface texture. It must be free from gravel It is essential to store the waterstop dry.
pockets, cavities, gaping cracks, dust and be free from Waterstops must lie flat and planar on the concrete.
adhesion inhibiting substances. Laitance layers are to There must be no contaminants beneath the water-
be removed, mechanically abraded (sand blasted) as stop.
necessary. During the application of INDU-FLEX-CJ13 the Protect the waterstop from moisture until the con-
substrate may be matt damp. The formation of puddles is crete is poured.
not permitted. Before commencing the concreting process visually
inspect the waterstop. Heavily swollen waterstop
Product application: tape is unsuitable and must be removed.
It is essential that there is > 8 cm of concrete from the Waterstops are not suitable for movement joints.
side exposed to water. INDU-FLEX-CJ13 can be bonded
with the installation adhesive for expansive waterstops 11/10

(Montagekleber fr Quellbnder).
Thoroughly apply the installation adhesive to the
prepared substrate and press the INDU-FLEX-CJ13
into the adhesive until it oozes from the underside.
The concreting process can proceed no earlier than
8 hours after bonding. Alternatively the INDU-FLEX-CJ13
can be secured using steel nails (min. 5 nails per metre).
The connecting of waterstops can be carried out by
overlapping by a minimum of 30 mm or by butt jointing.
It is essential that both the waterstops are tight up against
one another to avoid flaws. Butt jointed waterstops are
to be secured with a separate waterstop overlapped to
both by a minimum of 30 mm.

426
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

SANIFLEX Art.-No. 2 05004

Liquid applied, fast setting, elastomeric waterproof membrane

Properties: higher temperatures reduce

SANIFLEX is a liquid applied, ready to use, synthetic curing times.
rubber based polymer dispersion which dries to form a Service temperature: min: -10 C, max: +45 C
seamless elastomeric waterproof membrane. The water-
proof membrane provides a breathable yet water proof Technical Properties:
elastomeric barrier with crack bridging properties. at +20 C at +40 C
Tensile strength: 2.15 N/mm2 1.05 N/mm2
Easy to apply single component. Elongation: 114 % 86 %
Single application possible, reducing working steps.
Seamless waterproof membrane system. Crack Bridging: > 0.75mm at 0.8mm dft
Fast curing allows tiling on same day. Water vapour
Excellent crack bridging properties. transmission (Sd): 7-9m
Breathability allows release of trapped moisture. Adhesion strength: 1.5 N/mm2
(ASTM D 4541:2002)
SANIFLEX is approved as the waterproof component of Tensile strength: 9 N/mm2
the German ZDB-Code of Practice for the application of (ASTM D 412-98a)
indoor & outdoor waterproofing and tiling systems Elongation: 257% (ASTM D 412-98a)
Crack Bridging: 2.12mm (ASTM C 836:95)
Areas of application: Water permeability: Nil at 5 bar
SANIFLEX is used to waterproof wet rooms such as sho- (BS EN 12390)
wer areas, bathrooms, kitchens and sanitary areas in
public and private buildings. Surface preparation:
All surfaces to receive SANIFLEX should be clean,
SANIFLEX is used to waterproof balconies and terra- sound, dry and free from grease, oils, curing
ces beneath tiles in temperate climate zones (without membranes, laitance and any loose particles to
longterm frost load). ensure good adhesion, in accordance with the ZDB-
Code of Practice recommendations. Surfaces should
SANIFLEX is suitable for fast track job requirements and be smooth and fine textured with undulations levelled
overcomes the complications associated with intricate off where possible. Concrete and cementitious
waterproofing details. substrates should be at least 5 days old.

SANIFLEX is, however, not suitable for continuous water Priming:

immersed conditions or as a final exposed waterproof Where necessary to seal off dust and cohesiveness
finish. to improve the substrate, use ASO-Unigrund-GE. It is
recommended that SANIFLEX be applied at a rate of
Technical Data: 1.2 kg/m2 once the primer is dry.
Density: 1.5 kg/l
at +20 C at +40 C Method of application:
Pot life: 60 minutes 45 minutes Prior to the application of SANIFLEX, it is
Tack free: 4 hours 3 hours recommended that all construction joints, wall/floor
Trafficable: 6 hours 4 hours joints, pipe inlets and outlets are sealed with
Recoatable ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000. SANIFLEX is used to fix
(open to tiling): 6 hours 4 hours ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 to the wall/floor joints,
Full cure (hours): 48 hours 36 hours including overlaps, internal/ external corner pieces
and sealing of pipe inlets and outlets. Apply
Application SANIFLEX by brush, roller or notched trowel.
temperature: min: +5 C, max: +42 C. For a single application, use a 3 mm notched trowel
Lower temperatures extend, to evenly spread SANIFLEX followed by smoothing
with a roller.

427
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

For brush or roller applications, two coats are
recommended. The first coat should dry (3 hours
at 40O C) before the second coat is applied.
Once the final SANIFLEX coat is dry, tiling can
commence using a polymer modified tile adhesive
such as UNIFIX, MONOFLEX, or UNIFIX-2K.
Estimating & Supply:
Packaging:
SANIFLEX is available in 20 kg and 180 kg packs.
ASO-Unigrund is available in 10 kg, 25 kg and
180 kg packs
Consumption:
SANIFLEX: 1.2 kg/m2 (at 0.8mm dft)
ASO-Unigrund-GE: 0.2 kg/m2
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +5 C and only expose to warm tempera-
ture shortly before mixing. Additionally use of cold
water can also increase pot life/working time, if
water addition is necessary.
SANIFLEX is also marketed in the US as
AQUAFIN-FLEX-S.
17/09

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Unhardened SANIFLEX can be removed from tools and
equipment with water. Once cured, material can only
be removed mechanically.

Storage & Shelf Life:

12 months in original, unopened palletised containers,
stored in well ventilated, dry conditions at temperatures
between +5 C and +30 C.

Health & safety:

SANIFLEX is none hazardous. When in doubt refer to
relevant Material Safety Data Sheet. Please refer to
local environmental laws for modes of disposal.

Important advice:
Excess material and spillages should be immediately
cleaned and disposed of in accordance with local
environmental regulations.
Protect areas not be treated with SANIFLEX.
Protect SANIFLEX from contact with water until fully
cured.
Polymer dispersions can only fully cure when the
substrate temperature is min. +3 above the rooms
dew point temperature. Therefore longer curing times
should be calculate when working in areas with high
RH.
Consult all valid technical datasheets of other
mentioned products before beginning any
applications.

428
 SANIFLEX Required tools:
Brochure

Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms

System components:

ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000
As a reinforcement of the waterproofing in
corners.

ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Wall
For waterproofing of pipe penetrations.

ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor
For waterproofing of floor drains.

ASO-Joint-Tape-Sanitary
For safe waterproofing of bath tubs, frames
and other installations.
SANIFLEX Tile adhesive
Elastic waterproofing membrane for wet rooms SOLOFLEX or AK7P are recommended
adhesives for floor- and wall-tiles.
Fields of application ESCOSIL-2000
Elastic silicone sealant for construction
For seamless waterproofing joints.
of damp or wet areas in
bathrooms and showers. ASO-Joint-Filler
Prefilling material for joints. Used to
prevent an adhesion of the sealant to
three edges.

429
SANIFLEX is used to waterproof wall and
Distribution partner:
floor areas in bathrooms and showers.
SANIFLEX can be applied by trowel in
one coat, achieving the required dry film
thickness. Wall and floor tiles are applied
directly onto the cured waterproofing film.

Waterproof ing of wet rooms

SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrasse 28
D - 32760 Detmold - Germany
phone + 49- 5231- 953 - 00
fax + 49- 5231- 953 - 108
mail export@schomburg.de
SCHOMBURG
06/07 Dr. Ho/Be/JD AQUAFIN International GmbH Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8 D-32760 Detmold - Germany phone +49-5231-953-00 www.schomburg.de/en Subject to changes. Consult current technical datasheet for most recent information.

web www.schomburg.de/en
7. WATERPROOFING
 Brochure

Elastic waterproofing Prime, firm and evenly prepared substrates with

membrane for wet rooms ASO-Universal-Primer-GE by brush or roller.

As soon as the ASO-Universal-Primer-GE is

Properties: completely cured all waterproof details are to
be sealed.
ready-to-use
Affix an ASO-Joint-Sealing-Tape 2000 corner
solvent-free
elastic piece into all corners. Apply an ASO-Joint-Sleeve
crack bridging over the protection plugs. Please ensure the sealed
waterproof ASO-Joint-Sleeve is secured to the pipe extensions
applied by brush, trowel or roller and not to the protection plugs.
fast curing
Apply the waterproofing agent on the bath tubs or
officially approved according to
German and European standards shower unit using the single sided self-adhesive
ASO-Joint-Tape-Sanitary. Attach the self-adhesive
strip on the side of the tub or unit which faces the
wall. Loop the joint tape through the trough bet-
Technical data: ween tub and wall and then seal with SANIFLEX.

Secure ASO-JOINT-TAPE-2000 in all corners

Basis: solvent free polymer
dispersion affected by possible water loads.
Colour: amber
SANIFLEX may be applied by trowel or roller.
Air/substrate
temperature: + 5C to + 30C The trowel application is possible in one coat. It is
advantageous to apply SANIFLEX with a 3 mm

430
Curing time: 5 6 hours*
Traversable: after curing* serrated trowel first and then smoothen to achieve
Ready to receive tiles: after curing* a uniform film surface.
Crack bridging: > 0.75 mm at 0.8 mm
If SANIFLEX is roller-applied, a minimum of two
dry film thickness
coats is necessary. Wait until first coat has
Consumption: 1.2 kg/m2 completely dried before applying the second coat.
Packaging: 5 kg, 12 kg, 20 kg
After complete curing of SANIFLEX, tiles can be
pails
secured using SOLOFLEX or AK7P.
* Stated values are determined under
The tile joints are filled with ASO-Joint-Filler.
laboratory conditions at an ambient
temperature of 20C and at 65% Corner or construction joints are closed elastically
with ESCOSIL-2000.

SANIFLEX
relative humidity.

Important note:
For application the valid technical
data sheet is legally binding.
It will supply you with additional information
about the product and application.

SCHOMBURG
7. WATERPROOFING
Brochure 7. WATERPROOFING

UNIFLEX-B Art.-No. 2 04521

Elastifier B-component for UNIFIX and AQUAFIN-1K

Properties: Generally UNIFLEX-B has to be poured into a clean

solvent-free mixing bucket. The A-component has to be added
elastifier slowly while stirring to obtain a knot-free, homogenous
flexible mass. Water may be added to achieve the consisten-
cy specific to the particular product. Please observe
Areas of application: the respective technical data sheet. After a waiting
Component B for the manufacture of time of approx. 5 minutes the mixture is stirred again.
flexible adhesive with UNIFIX adhesive mortar The pot life is 60 minutes.
(component A) for elastic tile bonding on difficult The results are tested at an ambient temperature of
and deformable surfaces +20 C and at 60% relative air humidity.
AQUAFIN-2K with AQUAFIN-1K (component A) for
flexible surface waterproofing also in such cases of Elastic tile bonding:
negative water pressure. With UNIFIX tile adhesive as UNIFIX-2K. Surface
Priming of plastic surfaces, for example floor drains pretreatment and application procedure see technical
made of PVC leaflet UNIFIX-2K. Mix-ratio 2.3:1 by volume
The combination products are suitable for interior and UNIFIX:UNIFLEX-B = 3:1 by weight.
exterior use. For the mixture UNIFIX-2K/6 6 parts by weight
UNIFIX are mixed with 1 part by weight UNFLEX-B.
Technical data: This mixture decreases the elasticity and the bonding
Basis: polymer dispersion capacity increases the structural stability.
Colour: white
pH value: approx. 7.4 Elastic surface waterproofing:
Packaging: in containers of 1.000, With AQUAFIN-1K waterproofing slurry as
in drums of 180 kg and in AQUAFIN-2K flexible slurry. For surface pretreat-
plastic pails of 8.33, 5, 4.17 ment and application procedure see technical data
and 2 kg sheet AQUAFIN-2K. Mix ratio: 2.5 parts by volume
Storage: frost-free for at least 24 months AQUAFIN-1K + 1 part by volume UNIFLEX-B = 3:1
in originally closed by weight.
containers, opened containers
are to be used up promptly. Important advice:
Consumption: see technical data sheets for The curing time of the combined product is prolonged
UNIFIX-2K, AQUAFIN-2K and by upto 150% under extreme conditions (bonding of
other UNIFIX-adhesives. non-absorbing elements without air) to a period of
Cleaning: Tools, equipment and building upto 6 days at room temperature.
parts spoiled with UNIFLEX-B In fresh condition the combination product has to be
or a combination product are protected against moisture, weather conditions and
to be immediately cleaned must not be traversed.
with water after use. Dried Surfaces not to be treated protect against the effects
material can only be removed of UNIFLEX- B.
mechanically.
GISCODE: D1
Surface preparation and application: 45/06
The surface has to be clean, even, of load bearing
capacity and be free from cracks. The surface may be
kept moist but not wet. Oil, grease, old coatings and
rust have to be totally removed. Strong absorbing sur-
faces such as aerated concrete, gypsum etc. must be
pretreated with ASO-Universal Primer. The manufacturers
recommendations are to be adhered to.

431
Technical Data Sheet 7. WATERPROOFING

UNIFLEX-M Art.-No. 2 04282

B-component for AQUAFIN-2K/M

Properties: Elastic surface waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M:

solvent-free Surface pretreatment and application procedure see
flexible techanical data sheet AQUAFIN-2K/M. Mix ratio:
AQUAFIN-2K/M (A-component) : UNIFLEX-M = 2.5 :
Areas of application: 1 parts by weight
Component B for the manufacture of
AQUAFIN-2K/M (component A) for flexible surface Important advice:
waterproofing also in case of negative water pressure. The curing time of the combined product is pro-
Priming of plastic surfaces, for example floor drains longed by upto 150 % under extreme conditions
made of PVC (bonding of non-absorbing elements without air) to
The combination product is suitable for interior and a period of upto 6 days at room temperature.
exterior use. In fresh condition the combination product has to
be protected against moisture and weather and
Technical data: must not be traversed.
Basis: polymer dispersion Surfaces which are not to be treated have to be
Colour: white protected against splashes of UNIFLEX-M.
pH value: approx. 7.9
Packaging: in buckets of 10 and 2 kg Please regard the valid EC-safety data sheet.
contents
Storage: frost-free for at least 12 GISCODE: D1
months in originally closed 45/06
packs, opened packs are to
be used up as soon as
possible.
Consumption: see technical data sheet for
AQUAFIN-2K/M

Cleaning:
Clean tools, equipment and building parts immediately
after use with water. Dried material can only be
removed mechanically.

Surface peparation and application:

The surface has to be clean, even, of load carrying
capacity and free from cracks. It may be moist but not
wet. Oil, grease, old coatings and rust have to be
totally removed. Strongly absorbing surfaces like
aerated concrete, gypsum etc. must be pretreated
with ASO-Unigrund. The information given by the
manufacturer have to be regarded.
Generally UNIFLEX-M has to be poured into a clean
vessel. The A-component of AQUAFIN-2K/M has to be
added slowly while stirring to obtain a knot-free mass.
After a waiting time of approx. 5 minutes the mixture is
stirred again. The pot life is 60 minutes at +20 C and
60 % relative air humidity.

432
Product Name/Page No. 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

DS25-Acrylic 434
INDU-IB Cleanser 436
INDU-OilCleanser 437
REINIT-A 439
REINIT-BM 440
REINIT-R 441
REMISIL 442

433
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

DS25-Acrylic Art.-No. 2 03934

Acrylic dispersion wall and floor sealer

Properties: Technical Data:

DS25-Acrylic is a ready to use, single component,
transparent, acrylic resin sealer for porous walls and Density at +20 C: 1.02 kg/Lit
floors. Solid content: at approx.: 26 %
Maximum application
DS25-Acrylic penetrates and seals the pores of concrete temperature: +45 C
and granolithic screeds, strengthens the surface matrix, Minimum application
increases abrasion resistance, reduces absorption and temperature: +5 C
provides an easy to clean, dust-free finish.
+23 C
O
+35 OC
DS25-Acrylic significantly reduces surface water loss/ Pot life: 2 hours 2 hours
evaporation. Tack free : 6 hours 5 hours
Re-coatable: 12 hours 10 hours
DS25-Acrylic is not suitable for steel substrates. Open to pedestrian
traffice after: 24 hours 18 hours
For pigmented finishes use ASODUR-D2 as a final coat. Initial hardness : 24 hours 18 hours
Full cure
DS25-Acrylic (chemical resistance): 5 days 4 days
prevents dusting Wet film thickness
provides smooth, easy to clean, hygienic surface (1 coat): 45 m
reduces water evaporation Total dry film thickness
reduces penetration of mild acids, alkalis and saline (2 coats): 90 m
simple application by brush, roller or spray equipment Maximum Air Humidity
strengthens surface matrix and increases abrasion (Relative): 75%
resistance. Chemical Properties:
DS25-Acrylic is resistant to occasional spillages of
Areas of application: some mild chemicals listed here after.
DS25-Acrylic is typically used to seal walls, floors and Saturated urea Resistant
ceilings against dusting. Sodium Hydroxide (5%) Resistant
Sodium Chloride (10%) Resistant
DS25-Acrylic is also used as a curing membrane as it Hydrochloric Acid (5%) Resistant
significantly reduces water evaporation when applied to Lactic Acid (10%) Resistant
fresh (green) concretes or granolithic surfaces. Citric Acid (10%) Resistant

Cleaning:
Unhardened DS25-Acrylic can be removed from tools
with water. Once hardened the material can only be
removed mechanically.

Packaging:
DS25-Acrylic is available in packs of 1, 10 and 25
kg.

Storage:
12 months in original, unopened, palletised contai-
ners when stored in well ventilated, dry conditions at
temperatures between +5 C and +30 C. Avoid
exposure to frost.

434
Technical Data Sheet
Surface preparation:
All surfaces should be sound, clean and dry to ensure
maximum penetration and enhanced adhesion. Traces
of oil, paint, curing membranes, laitance and dust
should be removed. Industrial vacuum cleaners are
ideal for dust and scraped dry paint removal. Suitable
degreasers are recommended for removal of oil and
chemical contaminations. Damaged areas and undu-
lations (surface irregularities) should be repaired with
one of SCHOMBURGs repair materials (Please consult
Technical Department).
Fresh & old concretes/screeds:
When DS25-Acrylic is applied as a curing compound
to freshly concrete, all fresh green surfaces should be
free from surface water. Avoid application on laitance
formed due to bleed water.
Old substrates must have achieved load bearing
capacities with minimum strengths as follows:
Concrete: min. B 25
Cementitious screed: min. ZE 30
Cementitious plaster: MG III
Method of application:
Please ensure all surfaces are prepared in accordance
with the Surface preparation instructions on this data
sheet. Pre-agitation of the contents is required. A two
coat application is necessary. For extremely dry and
porous surfaces it is recommended that the first coat be
diluted at a 1 : 1 ratio by volume. The diluted material
should be thoroughly mixed.
Optimum DS25-Acrylic consumption is achieved using
airless spray. Application by brush, squeegee or rol-
ler is also possible. Apply at a uniform thickness and
avoid puddle formation. Once coated, surfaces should
be protected against moisture condensation, water and
dust for at least 6 hours. Re-coating should commence
once the previous coat has initially cured (refer to
Properties table for details). Re-coating times may vary
dependant on ambient and substrate temperatures, rela-
tive humidity and surface type. For pigmented finishes,
ASODUR-D2 can be used as a final coat.
Consumption/coverage rates:
2.5 3.3 m2/kg for a two coat application.
8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE
Health & safety:
DS25-Acrylic; flash point: +21 C, Class: A II
Ensure adequate ventilation during mixing, applica-
tion, until fully cured. Suitable protective clothing
(including eye protection and gloves) must be worn.
As with all epoxies, component B (hardener) is
caustic and may cause irritation. Once fully cured
DS25-Acrylic becomes physically and chemically
innocuous.
When in doubt refer to Material Safety Data Sheet.
Please refer to local environmental laws for modes of
disposal.
Important advice:
Actual coverage rates may differ from the above
stated figures, relevant to mode of application,
substrate porosity, dryness and wastage incurred.
No material should be used after the stated pot life.
Excess mixed material should be disposed of in
accordance with local environmental laws.
Proper housekeeping is essential to extend any
coatings service life. Spillages should be
immediately diluted with water and cleaned to
avoid an increase in concentration and possibile
discolouration.
SCHOMBURG offers a comprehensive range of
waterproofing, flooring, jointing and repair products
for both new and existing floors in addition to tech-
nical support and on-site technical assistance when
required. Please contact your local representative for
details.
47/06
435
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

INDU-IB Cleanser Art.-No. 5 55104

Solvent and cleaning material

Properties:
INDU-IB Cleanser is a solvent and cleaner with the
following properties:
ready for use
solvent based
highly effective.

Areas of application:
INDU-IB Cleanser is used for the cleaning of tools,
for the degreasing of metallic substrates etc.

Technical Data:
Basis: Toluene
Colour: transparent
Specific gravity: 0.83 g/cm3
Hazard classification
according to Vbf *: AI
Packaging: 1 litre and 10 litres
Storage: 24 months when stored dry
and cool in the original
unopened packaging.

* Ordinance for inflammable liquids

Health and safety:

INDU-IB Cleanser is irritating to the eyes and respiratory
tract and is harmful by inhalation. Avoid contact with the
skin and eyes. During product application observe the
government health and safety protective directive data
sheet M 017 as well as the advice given on the
packaging.

Important advice:
The material contains solvent. Ensure that there is ade-
quate ventilation and extraction when using in
confined spaces.
INDU-IB Cleanser should be disposed of under EAK
07 00 00, waste from organic chemical processes.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDU-IB Reiniger.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet!

GISCODE: GU0
37/06

436
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

INDU-OilCleanser Art.-No. 5 55099

Industrial floor cleaner

Properties: Packaging: 10 litres

INDU-OilCleanser is an industrial floor cleaner with the Storage: 12 months when stored dry
following properties: and cool above +10 C in
aqueous combination of surface active substances the original unopened
not harmful to the environment. packaging.

Areas of application: Substrate:

INDU-OilCleanser is suitable for use on small areas / Concrete, cementitious screed, stone, ceramic,
spot cleaning and finds use for cleaning stubborn oil metal
stains on backgrounds such as concrete, cemetitious newly installed industrial floor coatings
screeds, stone, ceramic, metal contaminated existing industrial floor surfaces.
as a pre-clean prior to application of the special prim-
er INDUFLOOR-IB1240. Preparation and application:
in the steel and metalworking industry, workshops etc. INDU-OilCleanser is supplied as a concentrate and is
for fundamentally cleaning and maintenance cleaning diluted with tap water dependent on the application.
of newly installed industrial floor coatings. For dilution refer to the table.
for cleaning away rubber marks on existing industrial 1. The diluted INDU-OilCleanser is then filled into a
floor coatings. hand operated spray bottle or spray equipment
and sprayed on to the area to be cleaned.
2. Allow to act for a short while then scrub the
Technical Data: sprayed area with a scrubbing brush until a brown
Basis: aqueous combination of colouration appears.
surface active substances 3. Leave the cleaned area to stand for 10 minutes.
Density: approx. 1.02 g/cm3 4. Once this time has elapsed scrub once again
at +23 C thoroughly.
Mixing ratio: see below 5. Thoroughly rinse cleaned areas with clean water.
Overcoatable with 6. Clean washed areas with a wet vacuum.
INDUFLOOR-IB1240 *: immediately once wastewater 7. Assess cleaned areas for oil residues and if
has been vacuumed away necessary repeat the cleaning process.

* for further advice refer to the Technical Data Sheet

INDUFLOOR-IB1240

Dilution and material consumption as a guide:

Type of contamination: INDU-OilCleanser Water Application advice

concentrate

Cleaning oil spots 1 part approx. 5 to 10 parts Manual use, spray

bottle/brush
Rubber marks 1 part approx. 1 to 2 parts Carry out the initial clean
with low dilution

Fundamental clean 1 part approx. 50 to 100 parts Use conventional brush

cleaners for floor areas

Maintenance clean 1 part approx. 50 to 100 parts

437
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

Cleaning existing and contaminated

industrial floor coatings e.g. rubber marks:
INDU-OilCleanser is supplied as a concentrate and is
diluted with tap water dependent on the application.
For dilution refer to the table on page 1.
Assess cleaned areas for residual contamination and
if necessary repeat the cleaning process/increase the
concentration.

Advice:
When cleaning large connected areas use
professional cleaners that operate with the
appropriate equipment. The advisory service of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH is glad to be of further
assistance in these cases.
Protect areas not to be treated from the effects of
INDU-OilCleanser.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.
INDU-OilCleanser is categorised in accordance with
the ordinance on hazardous substances.

Please observe a valid EU Health & Safety data sheet!

GISCODE: GF50
37/06

438
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

REINIT-A Art.-No. 4 06940

Remover for Algae and Moss

Properties and Benefits: Special Advice:

REINIT-A effectively removes a variety of algae, Prevent direct contact between plants and
moss, bacteria and fungus and impairs new growth. REINIT-A.
Neighbouring plants are not affected, provided that Acts algicidally and fungicidally.
REINIT-A is applied correctly. The product is stable to light, pH and temperature
up to +60 C.
Fields of Application: Please contact us for detailed information on tested
REINIT-A has been particularly designed for use on organisms.
mineral surfaces such as porous bricks, roof coverings,
natural stones, lime-sandstone, concrete, plaster etc. Safety Advice:
Please refer to the valid Safety Data Sheet.
Technical Data: 37/06
Colour: light yellow
Form: liquid
Density: 1.0 g/cm3
Dilution: Not necessary, as
ready-for-use
Processing temperature: from + 1C
Storage: keep away from frost
Shelf-life: 12 months in closed
original containers at + 20 C
Packaging: 10 l cans
1 l cans

Consumption:
Depending on grade of infestation

Instructions for Use:

REINIT-A is applied onto the substrate by means of a
brush or sponge until saturation.
After a residence time of 6 to 12 hours, the visible
remains are mechanically removed with pressurized
water or water steam.
A second treatment of the dried-up substrate maximizes
the results of the cleaning procedure.
A final coating with an impregnation such as SILEX,
REMISIL, REMISIL-Cl or REMISIL-HE, additionally impairs
the formation of new growth.

439
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

REINIT-BM Art.-No. 4 06303

Machine care

Properties and Benefits: Special Advice:

REINIT-BM prevents the adhesion of concrete and mortar Our recommendations are only guidelines.
residues, does not attack metal or lacquer. Own suitability tests are absolutely necessary to
Reduces rust formation on the treated metal parts. achieve the correct application.
Regular application of REINIT-BM prolongs the service
life of machinery and equipment. Safety Advice:
Please adhere to the European
Fields of Application: Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!
REINIT-BM is to be applied, generally when adhesion of 09/05
concrete or mortar should be prevented. It is especially
suitable for construction machinery, mixers, automatic
stone manufacturing machines, mixer trucks and tools.

Technical Data:
Colour: yellow
Form: liquid
Density: 0.9 g/cm3
Storage: protect against frost
and dirt
Shelf-life: 12 months in closed
original containers
Packaging: 1000 l IBCs
180 l drums
25 l cans
Consumption: 100 - 150 g/m2

Instructions for Use:

New equipment has to be sprayed with REINIT-BM
before use. Used or soiled building equipment should
be cleaned with a high pressure hose before first use.
Larger concrete and mortar residues must be removed
mechanically and be pretreated with REINIT-R if
necessary. As soon as the metal surface is dry and
clean, REINIT-BM is to be applied until saturation
(undiluted) by suitable painting or spraying equipment.

440
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

REINIT-R Art.-No. 4 06305

Surface Cleaner

Fields of Application: Immediately after the agent is applied onto the

For removal of mortar and cement residues efflorescence, substances, an intense foaming of carbonic acid is
lime sediments and scale. created. This reaction has to be intensified by adding
For the application on unplastered masonry and facings, warm water and abrading with a brush.
paver blocks, concrete elements and exposed aggregate After this reaction has subsided, the treated area must
concrete. be rinsed with water immediately.
REINIT-R is harmless when used in food and drinking If there are still any residues, cleaning with REINIT-R
water constructions (officially tested by the city of must be repeated.
Bielefeld/Germany). Finally, the surface should be treated with an
impregnation such as SILEX, REMISIL, REMISIL-Cl,
Properties and Benefits: REMISIL-HE to stop new staining.
REINIT-R is a highly concentrated, liquid cleaning
agent, based on an organic acid. Special Advice:
REINIT-R ist totally volatile and does noch leave Application only in diluted form.
damaging residues. Prevent contact with metal.
It removes cement residues, lime deposits and Not suitable for marble, gneiss or limestone
efflorescence. Test its effect at a remote place before initial
application.
Technical Data: If applied on enamel, we recommend a short
Colour: clear application time and thorough rinsing with water
Form: liquid immediately afterwards!
Density: 1.1 g/cm3
Storage: keep away from frost Safety Advice:
Shelf-life: 12 months in closed Please adhere to the European
original containers at +20 C Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)!
Packaging: 1000 kg IBCs 09/05
180 kg drums
25 kg can
10 kg can
1 kg can

Application:
In principle, REINIT-R is to be applied in diluted form
only. The grade of dilution depends on the degree of
staining.

Dilution REINIT-R : water

slight staining: 1:5
severe staining: 1:2

Instructions for Use:

Usually, REINIT-R is to be processed in diluted form.
The cleaning mixture is to be applied by broom or other
suitable tool. It is very important that only acid-resistant
materials are used.

441
Technical Data Sheet 8. SURFACE TREATMENTS & MACHINE CARE

REMISIL Art.-No. 4 0641

Solvent-free concrete impregnation

Primary Uses: Before using a high-pressure hose for cleaning

REMISIL is a protective impregnation for absorbent purposes, it is essential to test its effect on a remote
cementitious surfaces such as: spot.
Pavers and kerbstones Avoid puddles or multiple coating.
Landscape elements The substrate must be thoroughly cleaned before
Exposed aggregate elements REMISIL is applied.
Faade plasters/renders. Test its effect at a remote place before initial
application.
REMISIL is not suited for polished, grinded or Concrete patch repair works with cementitious
non-absorbent surfaces. materials very often tend to effloresce on the
treated substrates. This effect can be counteracted
Advantages: with REMISIL. The product must be coated in a thin
Can be used on old and new substrates. and even film onto the entire surface after approx.
Improved weather resistance. 12 to 14 hours after the curing of the patch repair
Significant reduction of adsorption. mortar. The below mentioned instructions for use are
Easier to clean surface. to be applied accordingly.
Solvent-free.
Can be applied on damp surfaces (no standing Estimating & Supply:
water). cans 25 litres
cans 10 litres
Primary Properties: cans 1 litre
Colour: milky
Form: liquid Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Density (+20 C): 1.0 g/cm3 Regular water flushing of dispensing equipment will
prolong service life and reduce breakdowns.
Consumption:
80 140 ml/m2 depending on substrate Use REINIT-BM on internal metal surfaces subject to
contact with concrete in concrete mixers, batch plants
Instructions for Use: and truck mixers regularly to prevent concrete crust
REMISIL is supplied ready-for-use and is evenly applied formations. Use REINIT-R to remove hardened
evenly by brush or suitable spraying equipment. concrete crusts.
In each case, puddles are to be avoided during
treatment! Storage & Shelf-life:
Dirt, dust, moss/algae and all foreign paint substances REMISIL has a shelf-life of 12 months when stored at
have to be removed completely from the substrate before +20 C in original, unopened containers, free from
application. frost. Always re-cap to avoid dirt contamination.
For this procedure, we recommend REINIT-R, our
highly active stone cleaner, based on a fast acting, Health & Safety:
biodegradable organic acid or REINIT-A, the algae Please adhere to the European Safety Data Sheet
and moss remover with high sustainability. (MSDS)!
Before REMISIL is applied, the substrate should only be 25/08
matt-moist at maximum.
REMISIL can also be applied on young concretes
directly after production.
Intense sunlight or rain must be avoided for at least
3 hours from application!
Drying time is approx. 1h at +20 C.
The concrete is accessible and ready for stacking after
approx. 24 hours.

442
Product Name/Page No. 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK30 444
INDUCRET-VK100 446
INDUCRET-VK115 448
INDUCRET-VK4060 450
INDUCRET-VK4065 453
INDUCRET-VK4070-T 456
INDUCRET-VK5000 458
POXICRET-1K 461

443
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK30 Art.-No. 5 50001

Highly fluid mineral-based grout

Properties: Shrinkage rate*): - 1.2 mm/m after 28 d

INDUCRET-VK30 is: - 1.4 mm/m after 90 d
cement-based Compressive strength
chloride free (DIN 1164) *): 40.0 N/mm2 after 24 h
pumpable 76.0 N/mm2 after 28 d
easy to use at low temperatures 81.0 N/mm2 after 56 d
highly fluid 82.0 N/mm2 after 90 d
insensitive to cracking Flexural strength *): 6.4 N/mm2 after 24 h
resistant to frost and thawing salts 9.2 N/mm2 after 28 d
water impermeable 8.9 N/mm2 after 56 d
resistant to oil and petrol 9.4 N/mm2 after 90 d
low chromate conforming to TRGS 613 *) These values refer to +20 C and 65% relative humidity.
short-term temperature resistance up to +200 C,
long-term temperature resistance up to +120 C Cleaning:
Thoroughly clean tools with water after use.
INDUCRET-VK30 guarantees a strong adhesive bond
to concrete and asphalt subfloors. Packaging:
25 kg bags.
Areas of application:
INDUCRET-VK30 is used as an adhesive grout for Storage:
depths from 5 to 30mm e.g. for the void free 9 months when stored dry and free from frost above
grouting of: +10 C in the original closed packaging. Use
kerbstones opened packaging promptly.
pre-cast concrete elements
steel and concrete supports Surface preparation:
machine foundations The area to be treated must be:
generators/compressors and other machinery exposed solid, load bearing and have a good key
to high levels of vibration free from separating substances.
crane rails. Dependent on the condition of the substrate use
suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high
Furthermore for the void free grouting of: pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods.
recesses and joints in concrete Concrete quality: min. C30/35
steel inserts and channels in concrete Asphalt subfloors: 0/16
anchor bolts. Tensile adhesion
strength: 1.5 N/mm2
INDUCRET-VK30 is a component of the
INDUCRET-VK-Element system. Prior to grout application the substrate (concrete)
should be adequately wetted; avoid puddle forma-
Technical Data: tion.
Particle size: 0 1.0 mm
Wet density of Shuttering:
fresh mortar *): 2.27 kg/dm3 The non-absorbant shuttering used must be securely
Consumption: 2.00 kg/dm3 fixed.
Water demand: approx. 13%
Pot life *): approx. 30 minutes Product preparation:
Slump *): after 5 min.550 mm INDUCRET-VK30 is delivered ready for use and only
after 30 min.450 mm requires mixing with water. Fill the prepared forced
Expansion rate *): after 24 h+3.1 % paddle mixer with approx. 13 % water (relates to
of volume approx. approx. 3.25 litres per 25 kg) leaving out

444
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

a residual amount, add the bag contents and mix for

approx. 3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix
for a further 2 minutes. The mix is immediately ready for
casting.

Casting:
The casting or grouting is carried out exclusively from
one side or corner so that displaced air can escape.
The casting process should not be interrupted.
For large casting procedures it is recommended that
where possible to begin from the middle. Hoppers
and/or appropriate pipes can be used as auxiliaries.
Firstly cast around anchoring recesses (approx. up to
the top of the anchor recess) and then cast around
machinery plates.

Pot life: approx. 60 minutes.

Important advice:
Protect exposed areas from wind and draughts.
Cover with polythene to prevent early water
evaporation.
Lower temperatures and cold gauging water delay
the strength development and decrease the flow rate.
Higher temperatures accelerate the strength develop-
ment.
Consult the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH technical
advisory department when there is frost.
Protect areas that are not to be treated from the
effects of INDUCRET-VK30.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a current EU health and safety data

sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
8/10

445
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK100 Art.-No. 5 50008

Highly fluid mineral-based grout

Properties: Shrinkage rate *): -1.4 mm/m after 28 d

INDUCRET-VK100 is: -1.9 mm/m after 90 d
cement-based Compressive strength
chloride free (DIN 1164) *): 26.0 N/mm2 after 24 h
pumpable 63.0 N/mm2 after 28 d
easy to use at low temperatures 68.0 N/mm2 after 56 d
highly fluid 69.0 N/mm2 after 90 d
insensitive to cracking Flexural strength *): 4.3 N/mm2 after 24 h
resistant to frost and thawing salts 7.2 N/mm2 after 28 d
water impermeable 7.3 N/mm2 after 56 d
resistant to oil and petrol 7.8 N/mm2 after 90 d
low chromate conforming to TRGS 613
short-term temperature resistance up to +200 C, *) These values refer to +20 C and 65% relative humidity.
long-term temperature resistance up to +120 C
Cleaning:
INDUCRET-VK100 guarantees a strong adhesive bond Thoroughly clean tools with water after use.
to concrete and asphalt subfloors.
Packaging:
Areas of application: 25 kg bags.
INDUCRET-VK100 is used as an adhesive grout for
depths from 20 to 100 mm e.g. for the void free Storage:
grouting of: 9 months when stored dry and free from frost above
kerbstones (e.g. for Dresdner Combiborde) +10 C in the original closed packaging.
pre-cast concrete elements
steel and concrete supports Surface preparation:
machine foundations The area to be treated must be:
generators/compressors and other machinery solid, load bearing and have a good key
exposed to high levels of vibration free from separating substances.
crane rails. Dependent on the condition of the substrate use
suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high
Furthermore for the void free grouting of: pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods.
recesses and joints in concrete Concrete quality: min. C20/25
steel inserts and channels in concrete Asphalt subfloors: 0/16
anchor bolts. Tensile adhesion
strength: 1.5 N/mm2
Certification: Nr.: 220003784-04 MPA Prior to grout application the substrate (concrete)
NRW Dortmund should be adequately wetted; avoid puddle forma-
tion.
Technical Data:
Particle size: 0 5.0 mm Shuttering:
Wet density of fresh The shuttering used must be securely fixed.
mortar *): 2.31 kg/dm3
Consumption: 2.00 kg/dm3 Product preparation:
Water demand: 14 % INDUCRET-VK100 is delivered ready for use and only
Pot life *): approx. 60 minutes requires mixing with water. Fill the prepared forced
Slump *): after 5 min.550 mm paddle mixer with approx. 14 % water (relates to
after 30 min.450 mm approx. 3.5 litres per 25 kg) leaving out a residual
Expansion rate *): after 24 h+3.2 % amount, add the bag contents and mix for approx.
of volume 3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix for a

446
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

further 2 minutes. The mix is immediately ready for

casting.

Casting:
The casting or grouting is carried out exclusively from
one side or corner so that displaced air can escape.
The casting process should not be interrupted.
For large casting procedures it is recommended to
begin from the middle. Hoppers and/or appropriate
pipes can be used as auxiliaries. Firstly cast around
anchoring recesses (approx. up to the top of the anchor
recess) and then cast around machinery plates.

Important advice:
Protect exposed areas from wind and draughts.
Cover with polythene to prevent early water
evaporation.
Lower temperatures and cold gauging water delay
the strength development and decrease the flow
rate. Higher temperatures accelerate the strength
development.
Consult the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH technical
advisory department when there is frost.
Protect areas that are not to be treated from the
effects of INDUCRET-VK100.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a current EU health and safety data

sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
12/10

447
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK-115 Art.-No. 5 50046

Highly fluid mineral-based grouting concrete

Properties: Compressive strength

INDUCRET-VK-115 is: (DIN EN 12390-3): 81.0 N/mm2 after 24 h
cement-based 96.0 N/mm2 after 7 d
chloride free 115.0 N/mm2 after 28 d
high end and final strengths 125.0 N/mm2 after 90 d
contains Microsilica
low w/c ratio *) These values refer to +20 C and 65% relative humidity.
pumpable
easy to use at low temperatures Cleaning:
highly fluid Thoroughly clean tools with water after use.
insensitive to cracking
resistant to frost and thawing salts Packaging:
water impermeable 25 kg bags.
resistant to oil and petrol
low chromate conforming to TRGS 613 Storage:
short-term temperature resistance up to +200 C, 9 months when stored dry and free from frost above
long-term temperature resistance up to +120 C +10 C in the original closed packaging.

INDUCRET-VK-115 guarantees a strong adhesive bond Surface preparation:

to concrete subfloors. The area to be treated must be:
solid, load bearing and have a good profile
Areas of application: free from separating substances.
INDUCRET-VK-115 is used as an adhesive grout for Dependent on the condition of the substrate use
depths from 40 to 120 mm e.g. for the void free suitable means of preparation such as e.g. high
grouting of: pressure washing, grit blasting or other methods.
pre-cast concrete elements Concrete quality: min. C30/35
steel and concrete supports Tensile adhesion
machine foundations strength:  1.5 N/mm2
generators/compressors and other machinery Prior to grout application the substrate (concrete)
exposed to high levels of vibration should be adequately wetted; avoid puddle forma-
crane tracks and container track systems tion.
wind power stations.
Formwork:
Certification: The formwork used must be securely fixed.
In accordance with the grouting mortar guideline of the
DAfStb (German committee for reinforced concrete). Product preparation:
INDUCRET-VK-115 is delivered ready for use and
Technical Data: only requires mixing with water. Fill the prepared
Particle size: 0 6 mm forced paddle mixer with approx. 10 % water (relates
Wet density of fresh mortar *): 2.40 kg/dm3 to approx. 2.50 litres per 25 kg) leaving out a residu-
Consumption: 2.20 kg/dm3 al amount, add the bag contents and mix for approx.
Water demand: approx. 10 % 3 minutes. Add the remaining water and mix for a
Pot life *): approx. 30 minutes further 2 minutes. The mix is immediately ready for
Slump *): after 5 min.810 mm casting.
after 30 min.800 mm
Expansion rate *): after 24 h+0.6 % Casting:
of volume The casting or grouting is carried out exclusively from
Shrinkage rate *): -0.828 mm/m after 91 d one side or corner so that displaced air can escape.

448
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

The casting process can not be interrupted. For large

casting procedures it is recommended to begin from the
middle where possible. Hoppers and/or appropriate
hoses can be used as auxiliaries. Cast around anchor-
ing recesses first (approx. up to the top of the anchor
recess) and then cast around machinery plates.

Important advice:
Protect exposed areas from wind and drafts. Cover
with polythene to prevent early water evaporation.
Lower temperatures and cold mixing water delay
the strength development and decrease the flow rate.
Higher temperatures accelerate the strength develop-
ment.
Consult the SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH technical
advisory department when there is frost.
Protect areas that are not to be treated from the
effects of INDUCRET-VK-115.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

Please observe a current EU health and safety data

sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
8/10

449
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK4060 Art.-No. 5 50047

Epoxy acrylate anchoring grout

Description: 3. Insert mixer nozzle to the back of the hole and

INDUCRET-VK4060 is a ready to use styrene modified
epoxy acrylate anchoring resin. It is available in an
easy to use coaxial cartridge system.
Primary Uses:
INDUCRET-VK4060 is used on concrete, solid
masonry, solid rock and hard natural stone for fixing:
externally threaded rods
anchor sockets
concrete reinforcing bars
securing profiled sections and bars.
fill hole half-way (depends on application).
Withdraw nozzle as you fill the hole, for deep
holes use extension tubing.
4. Insert fixing immediately, slowly with a slight twist-
ing motion. Remove excess resin from hole open-
ing before it sets.
5. Fixing should be left undisturbed until the loading
time has elapsed.
Typical Properties:
Gel and Loading Times:

Advantages: Application Gel Minimum

Versatile applications temperature time time
Economic
Expansion pressure not needed for anchoring 30 C 3 - 5 mins 20 mins
Medium to high load capacity
Fixing close to free edges 25 C 4 - 7 mins 30 mins
Easy to use
20 C 5 - 10 mins 40 mins
Rapid curing
10 C 10 - 20 mins 80 mins
Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK4060 is available in the following pack- 5 C 15 - 30 mins 120 mins
aging:
410ml Self contained cartridge system. A and B
components are filled into the cartridge at the pre-
determined mixing ratio of 1:10. Recommended hole diameteres (do):

Recommended Accessories: Bar dia. d 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32

INDU-Wire Brush: used for cleaning the holes prior to Hole dia. do 8 10 12 14 20 25 32 38
injection of INDUCRET4060
INDU-Air Pump: used for cleaning the holes prior
to injection of INDUCRET4060
INDU-Applicator Gun: used for dispensing
INDUCRET4060 from the cartridge

Application Procedures:
1. Using a rotary percussive drill, drill holes with the
specified diameter and depth. After drilling, clean
hole with appropriate sized INDU-Wire Brush and
INDU-Air Pump.
2. Remove screw cap from cartridge and attach mixer
nozzle. Place in INDU-Applicator Gun and begin
to dispense material to waste until an even colour is
achieved.

450
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Typical load capacity data for all thread studs:

Stud Hole Hole Required close Required Min concrete Characteristic Recommended
edge distance anchor member load in min load in min
diameter diameter depth to achieve spacing to thickness 30N/mm2 30N/mm2
Nrec achieve Nrec concrete concrete
d (mm) do (mm) ho (mm) hmin (mm)
Ccr (mm) Scr (mm) NRK (kN) Nrec (kN)

8 10 80 120 80 110 20.8 6.9

10 12 90 135 90 120 37.7 12.6

12 14 110 165 110 140 46.1 15.4

16 18 125 190 125 165 59.2 19.7

20 24 170 255 170 220 94.1 31.4

24 26 210 315 210 270 102.8 34.3

d: stud or bar nominal diameter (mm) Close edge, shear:

do: drilled hole diameter (mm) RfcV = 0.25 + [ 0.5 C / hef ]
h o: hole depth (allthread) (mm) 0.5[ C / hef ]1.5
hef: effective bond length (rebar) (mm)
C: close edge distance (mm) Close spacing, tension:
S: anchor spacing (mm) Rfs = 0.4 + [ 0.6 S / hef ]
Ccr: required close edge distance to achieve NRk 0.25[ S / hef ]1
Scr: required anchor spacing to achieve NRk
hmin: minimum concrete member thickness (mm) Notes:
fcm: concrete compressive strength (N/mm2) Quoted values for NRK are corrected to fcm=30,
NRk: anchor characteristic load, tension (kN) according to the ETAG Metal Anchors for use in
VRk: anchor characteristic load, shear (kN) Concrete. The equations for calculating the values of
Nrec: anchor recommended load (kN) the (unfactored) characteristic loads NRK and VRK for
RfcN: close edge reduction factor, tension only reinforcing bar assume fcm 30. All load capacity
RfcV: close edge reduction factor, shear only equations and values assume adequate steel strength;
Rfs: close spacing reduction factor, tension and all thread stud tests were carried out on grade 8.8
shear steel. Hole diameters for reinforcing bar assume UK
C.A.R.E.S. approved bar, grade 460; the use of bar
Load capacity calculations: with a high rib pattern could call for larger diameter
The following equations will assist the design engineer holes, and tests may be required to determine the
to obtain values related to the anchoring of reinforce- characteristic loads.
ment bars.
Storage & Shelf Life:
Equations for tensile and shear load capacities: 12 months when stored in original packaging in cool
Tension: NRk = (hef - 50) / 2.5 climate (0 - +20 C) out of direct sunlight. Shelf life
Shear: VRk= (0.5 (hef . do . fcm) / 1000 (fcm50) may be reduced if stored at higher temperatures.

Concrete capacity reduction factors:

Close edge, tension:
RfcN = 0.4 + [ 0.4 C / hef ]
0.5[ C / hef ]1.5

451
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Health & Safety:

INDUCRET-VK4060 Cartridge System contains styrene
which is classified as a hazardous material and is
flammable (flash point of +32 C). Wear suitable
protective clothing eye/face protection and gloves.
Ensure adequate ventilation during application and
initial curing. For further health and safety information,
please refer to the valid Material Safety Data Sheet.
31/07

452
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK4065 Art.-No. 5 50048

Styrene-free epoxy anchoring grout

Description: Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK4065 is a ready to use styrene-free epoxy INDUCRET-VK4065 is available in the following
acrylate anchoring resin. It is available in an easy to packaging:
use coaxial cartridge system. 410ml Self contained cartridge system. A and B
components are filled into the cartridge at the pre-
Primary Uses: determined mixing ratio of 1:10.
INDUCRET-VK4065 is used on concrete, solid
masonry, solid rock and hard natural stone for fixing Recommended Accessories:
externally threaded rods INDU-Wire Brush: used for cleaning the holes prior
anchor sockets to injection of INDUCRET4065
concrete reinforcing bars INDU-Air Pump: used for cleaning the holes prior to
securing profiled sections and bars. injection of INDUCRET4065
INDU-Applicator Gun: used for dispensing
Advantages: INDUCRET4065 from the cartridge
Styrene free non hazardous
ETA approval Consumption Rates:
Expansion pressure not needed for anchoring See table.
High load capacity
Fixing close to free edges Typical Properties:
Rapid curing Open and Curing Times:

Application Procedures: Cartridge Open Substrate Curing

1. Using a rotary percussive drill, drill holes with the temperature time temperature time
specified diameter and depth. After drilling, clean
hole with appropriate sized INDU-Wire Brush and -5 to 0 C 24 hrs
Minimum cartridge
INDU-Air Pump. temperature +5 C
0 to 5 C 180 mins
2. Remove screw cap from cartridge and attach mixer
nozzle. Place in INDU-Applicator Gun and begin 5 to 10 C 8 mins 5 to 10 C 100 mins
to dispense material to waste until an even colour
is achieved. 10 to 20 C 4 mins 10 to 20 C 70 mins
3. Remove any free water from the drilled hole.
4. Insert mixer nozzle to the back of the hole and fill 20 to 35 C 1 min 20 to 35 C 40 mins
hole half-way (depends on application). Withdraw
nozzle as you fill the hole, for deep holes use exten-
sion tubing.
5. Insert fixing immediately, slowly with a slight twist-
ing motion. Remove excess resin from hole opening
before it sets.
6. Fixing should be left undisturbed until the loading
time has elapsed. Only then should the fixture be
attached.

453
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Installation and load capacity data for threaded anchors and consumption rates

Anchor Hole Hole Brush Characteristic Min concrete Material Max installation Resistance to tensile loads in
thickness consumption C20/25 concrete (kN) to
dia dia depth size distances torque ETAG 001
hmin
d do ho=hef Edge spacing (mm) (ml) (ml) Characteristic Design
load NRk resistance NRd
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ccr,N Scr,N

8 10 64 S14 64 128 100 2.8 10 16 7.4

- - 80 - 80 160 110 3.4 - 20.5 9.5
- - 96 - 96 192 125 4.1 - 25 11.6
10 12 80 S14 80 160 110 4.5 20 25 11.6
- - 90 - 90 180 120 5.0 - 29 13.4
- - 120 - 120 240 150 6.7 - 40 18.5
12 14 96 M20 96 192 125 6.9 40 40 18.5
- - 110 - 110 220 140 7.8 - 46 21.3
- - 144 - 144 288 175 10.3 - 60 27.8
16 18 128 M20 128 256 160 12.2 80 60 27.8
- - 192 - 192 384 225 18.8 - 95 44.0
20 22 160 L29 160 320 200 21.7 150 75 34.7
- - 170 - 170 340 220 23.0 - 80 37.0
- - 240 - 240 480 280 32.5 - 115 53.2
24 26 192 L29 192 384 240 34.2 200 115 53.2
- - 210 - 210 420 270 37.4 - 125 57.9
- - 288 - 288 576 335 51.3 - 170 78.7

The quoted values for NRk are for C20/25 concrete; All load capacity values assume adequate steel strength;
factors apply for higher strength concretes: the anchor tests were carried out using 10.9 or 12.9
C30/37 = 1.04 steel.
C40/50 = 1.07 d: anchor nominal diameter (mm)
C50/60 = 1.09 do : drilled hole diameter (mm)
h o: hole depth (=hef) (mm)
Close edge (C) and anchor spacing (S) distances: hef: effective bond length (mm)
C: close edge distance (mm)
The characteristic edge distance (Ccr,N) is 1.0 x hef
S: anchor spacing (mm)
The characteristic spacing distance (Scr,N) is 2.0 x hef Ccr,N: minimum close edge distance to achieve NRk
The minimum edge (Cmin) and spacing (Smin) Scr,N: minimum anchor spacing to achieve NRk
distances are 0.5 x hef NRk: characteristic tensile load (kN)
NRd: design resistance (kN)

454
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Concrete capacity reduction factors, tension (sN)

Single anchor, close edge C
sc,N = 0.5 (C/hef) + 0.5 < 1
Two anchors, close spacing S
ss,N = 0.25 (S/hef) + 0.5 < 1
Two anchors, c/l perpendicular to close edge C1
ssc,N = 0.25 (S/hef) + 0.25 (C1/hef) + 0.25 < 1

Two anchors, c/l parallel to close edge C2

scs,N = 0.25 (C2/hef) + 0.125 (S/hef) + 0.125
(C2/hef) (S/hef) + 0.25 < 1

Concrete capacity reduction for more complex anchor

configurations in tension, and for shear forces acting
towards a close edge, should be determined using the
design method A, given in ETAG 001, Annex C.

Storage & Shelf Life:

12 months when stored in original packaging in cool
climate (+5 C - +20 C) out of direct sunlight.

Health & Safety:

INDUCRET-VK4065 Cartridge System is not currently
classified as a hazardous material. Wear suitable
gloves and eye/face protection. For further health and
safety information, please refer to the valid Material
Safety Data Sheet.
31/07

455
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK4070-T Art.-No. 5 50051

High Strength, free flow polyester anchoring grout -
Tropical Grade
Description: Fill the hole to approx. 1/2 of its depth,
INDUCRET-VK4070-T is a 2-component free flow depending upon application, and then insert
polyester grout, consisting of a liquid resin and a fixing immediately into the hole, with a downward
powder activator component. twisting action, displacing the mixture to the top
of the hole, completely filling the annular space.
Primary Uses: 5. Bolt should be left undisturbed until the resin has
INDUCRET-VK4070-T is used on rock, concrete, set.
brickwork and masonry for the permanent fixing of:
starter bars and dowels Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance
foundation bolts 6. Clean tools immediately after use before the resin
ground anchors sets with INDU-Cleanser. Once the resin has set
base plates for building systems it can only be removed mechanically.
rail and crane tracks.
Typical Properties:
Advantages: Hole sizes:
Versatile applications rebar anchor:
Fast setting Nominal bolt dia (mm) 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40
High strength Required hole dia (mm) 10 14 16 20 25 32 40 50
Primerless
Developed to take vibrations when cured Allthread stud:
Can be applied to wet or damp substrates Stud dia (mm) 8 10 12 16 20 24 30
Required hole dia (mm) 10 12 14 18 22 26 35
Application Procedures:
N.B. Hole diameters stated are nominal diameters
Substrate Preparation
when holes are drilled with the appropriate diameter
1. Using a rotary percussive drill, drill holes with the
drill bit to ISO 5468:1992.
specified diameter and depth. If a diamond drill bit
is used, ensure that the hole is not left smooth, it must
Physical Properties Tropical Grade:
be roughened.
Setting times:
2. After drilling, clean hole with appropriate sized
Temperature Pot Life Initial Set Service Time
INDU-Wire Brush and INDU-Air Pump or clean water. (C) (mins) (mins) (hours)
If water is used the hole may be left damp or full of 30 30 50 3
water. Ensure that both water and sides of hole are 35 20 40 2
clean and free of debris. 40 15 25 1.5

Mixing Typical ultimate physical properties

3. Pour liquid resin component into a clean mixing (Testing to BS 6319 cured for 7 days at +35 C)
vessel. While slowly stirring - slow speed Compressive strength: 90 MPa
mechanical mixer and appropriate mixing paddle - Tensile strength: 12 MPa
add the activator (powder) and continue to mix for Flexural strength: 28 MPa
1 aditional minute. Compressive modulus: 15 GPa
Density: 2.0 +/- 0.1
Application
4. Pour the mixed INDUCRET-VK4070-T into the hole,
ensuring that no water or air is entrapped. For holes
with small diameters, or if it is difficult to displace
water, INDUCRET-VK4070-T can be injected using a
standard sealant gun and extension hose. Place the
tube to the bottom of the hole and begin injecting the
mixture. Withdraw the tube slowly as the hole fills.

456
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Load capacity data for all thread studs: Notes:

Quoted values for NRK are corrected to fcm=30,
Stud Hole Characteristic Recommended according to the ETAG Metal Anchors for use in
Load in Load in
Diameter Depth 30MPa 30MPa Concrete. The equations for calculating the values of
d (mm) ho (mm) concrete concrete the (unfactored) characteristic loads NRK and VRK for
NRK (kN) Nrec (kN)
reinforcing bar assume fcm 30. All load capacity
equations and values assume adequate steel strength;
8 80 12.5 4.2 all thread stud tests were carried out on grade 8.8
10 90 23.1 7.7 steel. Hole diameters for reinforcing bar assumes
compliance to EN10080:1996 the use of bar with
12 110 23.9 8 a high rib pattern could call for larger diameter
16 125 36.9 12.3 holes, and tests may be required to determine the
characteristic loads.
20 170 53.5 17.8
24 210 66.0 22.0 Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK4070-T is available in 2 packages:
5.5 kg pail (1.1 kg resin and 4.4 kg powder)
Load capacity calculations: 22 kg pail (4.4 kg resin and 17.6 kg powder)
The following equations will assist the design
engineer to obtain values related to the anchoring Storage & Shelf Life:
of reinforcement bars. 12 months when stored at +5 - +20 C in original
Equation for tensile load capacity (assumes fcm 20MPa packaging in dry, frost-free conditions out of direct
Tension: NRK = (hef - 50) / 2.5 sunlight. Warmer temperatures may shorten shelf life.

Concrete capacity reduction factors: Health & Safety:

Close edge, tension: INDUCRET-VK4070-T contains styrene which is
RfcN = 0.4 + [ 0.4 C / hef ] classified as a hazardous material and it is
0.5[ C / hef ]1.5 flammable with a flash point of +32 C. Wear
suitable protective clothing, eye/face protection and
Close edge, shear: gloves, and ensure adequate ventilation. For further
RfcV = 0.25 + [ 0.5 C / hef ] health and safety information, please refer to the valid
0.5[ C / hef ]1.5 Material Safety Data Sheet.
31/07
Close spacing, tension:
Rfs = 0.4 + [ 0.6 S / hef ]
0.25[ S / hef ]1
hef effective bond length (rebar) (mm)
C close edge distance (mm)
S anchor spacing (mm)
NRK anchor characteristic load, tension (kN)
Nrec anchor recommended load (kN)
RfcN close edge reduction factor, tension only
RfcV close edge reduction factor, shear only
Rfs close spacing reduction factor, tension and
shear

457
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

INDUCRET-VK5000 Art.-No. 5 55087

Grout for block pavers

Properties: at +20 C
INDUCRET-VK5000 is a two component pre-filled epoxy approx. 8-12 hours
resin paving grout with the following properties: at +30 C
Self compacting approx. 6-8 hours
Solvent free Light loading: at +10 C approx. 48
Low odour hours
Non sensitive to moisture at +20 C approx. 24hours
Water permeable at +30 C approx. 20
Resistant to de-icing salts hours
Easy to use Full load/service: at +10 C approx. 10
Highly resistant to mechanical wear (resistant to days
sweeping and cleaning machines) at +20 C approx. 7 days
High compressive and flexural strength at +30 C approx. 3 days
Resistant to petrol, mineral oils and de-icing salts
Technical Properties:
Areas of application: Compressive strength
INDUCRET-VK5000 is used to grout natural stone after 7 days (+20 C): approx. 55.6 N/mm2
pavers. Flexural strength
Existing and new pavers after 7 days (+20 C): approx. 20.5 N/mm2
Joint widths from 8mm Modulus of lateral extension
Joint depths from min. 30mm after 7 days (+20 C): approx. 9.8 N/mm2
Longitudinal modulus
Notes: after 7 days (+20 C): approx. 33.0 N/mm
A substrate designed to meet the requirements of the
paving must be present. Note: the strength figures are only valid in the
compacted state.
Typical Properties:
Basis: 2-comp. epoxy resin The following regulations are to be noted:
Colour: sand coloured Information sheet on paved areas with pavers and
On request: grey and basalt slab finishes.
Viscosity: mortar Additional technical codes and guidelines for
Density: approx. 1.50 g/cm3 earthworks in road construction (ZTVE-StB).
Working time Additional technical codes and guidelines for the
(ability to flow): at +10 C implementation of ground stabilisation and ground
approx. 25-35 mins improvements in road construction (ZTVE-StB).
at +20 C Guidelines for the standardisation of paved areas
approx. 15-20 mins for vehicular traffic (FSTV).
at +30 C RstO: construction methods with paved finishes for
approx 7-10 mins roadways (FGSB 19896).
Application time: at +10 C
approx. 40-50 mins Substrates:
at +20 C Existing and new paving on a stable sub-base
approx. 25-35 mins Joint widths from 8mm
at +30 C Joint depths from min. 30mm
approx 12-15 mins
Application temperature: min. +10 C, max. +30 C The area where the product will be applied must be:
Foot traffic: at +10 C Dry, sound and load bearing
approx. 16-20 hours Free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
substances

458
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Dependent on the condition of the substrate the Application method:

following preparation methods are suitable:
Brushing, sweeping, vacuuming, jet washing, high
pressure washing
Where there will be high mechanical stress the paving
blocks must be buried a minimum of 3/4 into the mor-
tar bed. A substrate designed to meet the requirements
of the paving must be present.
Product preparation:
Prior to application shake the binder into the quartz
sand and thoroughly mix. Decant the mixed mortar
into a clean mixing container and mix once again. To
achieve a flowable consistency add up to a maximum
of 10% = 2.5 litres of water. Too little water worsens
the application and can lead to an intense film
formation on the surface of the stone.
Mixing should be carried out with a suitable stirrer
(e.g. counter rotating twin paddles).
The material temperature should be approx. +10 C
when mixing.
Advice: Forced paddle mixers (e.g. Zyklos or Utz)
increase the mix quality.
Pre-wet the paving surface in high temperatures it
is necessary to pre-wet intensively. Tip the prepared
paving mortar INDUCRET-VK5000 onto the surface
of the pavers and push evenly into the prepared joint
void. After waiting for 10 to 20 minutes (dependent
on the temperature) sweep away the residual mortar
from the stone surface with a medium bristled brush.
After grouting in, a thin fine binder film remains
on the surface of the pavers that leaves the stone
surface more intense in appearance and leaves
behind temporary protection against moss formation
and contamination. A yellowing is to be expected
due to the binder.
Productivity:
Subject to the temperature and a water addition of
10%, 1kg of flow applied cured mortar gives
0.725 0.775 litres.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption:
Consumption for a joint 30mm deep
(see table)

Length Width Joint width Consumption

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/m2)
Large pavers 120 120 10 8.0
120 180 15 9.5
140 140 15 10.0
140 200 15 8.5
Small pavers 80 80 10 11.0
90 90 10 10.0
100 100 10 9.0
Mosaic 40 40 8 15.5
50 50 8 13.0
60 60 8 11.5

459
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Packaging:
INDUCRET-VK5000 is available in 25 kg packs. The
quartz sand mix and the binder are kept separated.

Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:

Clean work tools with water immediately after use.

Storage & Shelf Life:

12 months when stored dry and cool above +10 C
in the original unopened packaging.

Physiological behaviour
and protective measures:
Once cured INDUCRET-VK5000 is considered
harmless. The hardener (B) component is corrosive.
Current relevant legislation should be followed at all
times when working with epoxies, e.g. hazmat
transportation, etc. For more information please
consult www.plasticseurope.org.

Important advice:
Higher temperatures shorten the pot life. Lower
temperatures increase the pot life and curing time.
Material consumption is also increased at lower
temperatures.
To increase pot life/working time at higher
temperature store material in a cool environment
above +10 C and only expose to warm
temperature shortly before mixing.
Humidity > 75% increases the setting time.
Post application treatment: Protect the freshly pointed
pavers from precipitation for a minimum of 24 hours.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried
out after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG ICS GmbH.

GISCODE: RE 1
46/08

460
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

POXICRET-1K Art.-No. 2 05547

Paving grout

Properties: Substrate:
PU based. Old and new pavers.
Solvent free. Slabs and clinker finishes.
Colourfast. Decorative paved areas.
Light resistant. Joint widths minimum 3 mm.
Low odour. Joint depths minimum 30 mm.
Not sensitive to moisture.
Water permeable. The area to be treated must be:
Freeze/thaw resistant. dry, sound, load bearing and have a good grip
Environmentally friendly. free from separating and adhesion inhibiting
Long working time. substances such as dust, laitance, grease, rubber
Easy to use. marks and similar.
High compressive and flexural strength.
Free from the formation of carbamate. Use suitable means to prepare the substrate
Can be pressure washed. dependent on its condition such as e.g. brushing,
Ready to use. sweeping, vacuuming, high pressure water jetting.
For joints from 3 mm. In heavy duty areas the blocks must be laid in a
stable mortar bed. A stable sub-base suitable for the
Areas of application: application must be present.
POXICRET-1K is suited for grouting natural stone
pavers, concrete block pavers, slabs and clinker Product preparation:
finishes in entrances, terraces, garden paths etc Before using shake the binder contents, within the
subject to pedestrian traffic. container, into the quartz sand mix and thoroughly
blend. Place the pre-mixed mortar into a separate
Technical Data: clean mixing vessel and mix once again. Mixing
Basis: 1 component should be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
polyurethane resin 300 rpm (e.g. drill with mixing paddle). The mate-
Colour: sand colours rial temperature should be +15 C during mixing. In
(grey and basalt on enquiry) heavy duty areas the blocks must be laid in a stable
Viscosity: mortar like mortar bed. A stable sub-base suitable for the
Density: approx. 1.40 g/cm3 application must be present.
Working time: approx. 2 hours at +20 C
and 65% relative humidity Methods of application / consumption:
Curing temperature Spread the prepared paving grout POXICRET-1K onto
(material/substrate): +5 C to +35 C the surface of the pavers and sweep evenly into the
Traffic after: approx. 12 hours at +20 C prepared joints with a medium stiff-bristled brush.
Fully cured: after approx. 7 days
at +23 C After grouting a fine thin binder film remains on the
Compressive strength: approx. 39.5 N/mm2 surface of the pavers, that appears more intensive
Flexural strength: approx. 13.5 N/mm2 than the paver colour and leaves a temporary
Water permeability: Permeable protection behind against moss growth and
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean tools contamination.
immediately after use with
AQUAFIN-Reiniger Consumption, approx. indications
Packaging: 25 kg containers (see next page)
Storage: cool and dry, above +10 C,
12 months in the original
unopened container. Use
opened containers promptly.

461
Technical Data Sheet 9. GROUTS & ANCHORS

Length Width Joint width Consumption

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg/m2)
Large pavers 120 120 10 7.5

120 180 10 6.5

140 140 10 6.7

140 200 10 6.0

Small pavers 80 80 10 11.4

90 90 10 10.3

100 100 10 9.0

Mosaic 40 40 10 20.0

50 50 10 16.0

60 60 10 14.5

Health and safety:

Once cured POXICRET-1K is harmless. When using this
product the government health and safety protective
directive, data sheet M 023, should be observed as
well as the advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
Higher temperatures in combination with high
humidity shorten the pot life and setting time. Lower
temperatures in combination with low humidity
increase the pot life and setting time.
Dependent on tamping and method of application
and finishing of the grouting, the grouted joints may
rub out up to 2 mm.
When filling narrow deep joints > 30 mm, it is not
possible to produce a stable compact joint at the
bottom. Unstable joints with large void areas are
formed that may lead to frost damage in winter.
Applications that are not clearly explained in
this technical data sheet may only be carried out
after consultation with and written confirmation
from the Technical Services Department of
SCHOMBURG GmbH .

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: PU40
46/06

462
Product Name/Page No. 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ADICOR-1K-PU 464
ADICOR-2K-PU 466
ADICOR-Solvent 469
ASIKON-5005 470
ASIKON-5006 471
ASO-EZ2 472
ASO-EZ2-Plus 476
ASO-EZ4 479
ASO-EZ4-Plus 484
ASO-EZ6 487
ASO-EZ6-Plus 490
ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus 493
ASO-HS7 496
ASODUR-LE 498
ASOPLAST-MZ 500

463
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ADICOR-1K-PU Art.-No 2 05561

Impregnating primer for ADICOR-2K-PU

Properties: Storage: min.12 months when stored

One component. frostfree, dry in original
Ready to use. unopened packaging.
Hardens on exposure to air humidity. Use opened packaging
High adhesion. promptly.
Low consumption. Cleaning of tools: When wet with
ADICOR-Solvent.
Areas of application: Cured material can only be
ADICOR-1K-PU is used as a primer with the removed mechanically.
AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K system in swim- Overcoat *): after approx. 2 hours, at the
ming pool waterproofing applications. The top coat, latest 36 hours
ADICOR-2K-PU, should be applied within the time range Important!
of 2 to 36 hours.
*) The values are valid at +23 C and 65% relative humidty,
higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures decelerate
Technical Data:
the curing.
Basis: polyurethane, cured by
exposure to air humidity
Surface preparation:
Colours: clear, slight yellowish tint
The waterproofing layer of AQUAFIN-2K or
Delivery viscosity *)
AQUAFIN-2K/M must be dry, firm, load-bearing and
ac. To DIN 53211: approx. 15 s 4 mm nozzle
free from adhesion inhibiting substances such as dust,
Flashpoint: > +23 C
grease etc.. Minor residual moisture does not have
Solvent: ADICOR-Solvent
a negative effect on the filming of ADICOR-1K-PU.
Density *) of mixture: approx. 0.95 g/cm3
The waterproofing layer AQUAFIN-2K/M has to be
Substrate/
dried for a period of at least 7 days before the primer
Application temp.: +5 C up to +50 C
ADICOR-1K-PU is applied.
rel. air humidity from
Finished coats of ADICOR-2K-PU are to be applied
30 to 98 %
at the earliest after 2 hours and at the latest 36
optimal between +15 C
hours!
to +25 C
Consumption: approx. 85 - 125 ml/m2
Application:
ADICOR-1K-PU,
The application is to be carried out in perpendicular
approx. 300 - 400 g/m2
roller, brush or spray strokes, in delivered viscosity
ADICOR-2K-PU, depending
(e.g. Airless or suitable spraying equipment). Use
on application on smooth,
solvent resistant tools!
even substrate
Layer thickness: approx. 0.020 mm
Outdoor uncovered applications should only be done
Solids content %: approx. 28
when dry, rainless weather can be expected during
Mixing ratio: ready to use
the entire specified application period.
Packaging: 5 l tinplate can
As a general rule at least 4 days are required. A
System components: AQUAFIN-2K or
further possibility is to cover and protect areas which
AQUAFIN-2K/M,
are to be coated outdoors.
ASO-Joint-Tape 2000-S
and appropriate
System structure:
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.
1. Priming:
Shaped pieces such as
Apply the primer ADICOR-1K-PU onto the min 7 day
internal-, external corners,
old, dust free and dry waterproofing layer of
cross pieces and joint sleeves,
AQUAFIN-2K/M and/or AQUAFIN-2K, in
ADICOR-1K-PU, ADICOR-2K-PU,
perpendicular roller, brush or spray strokes.
ADICOR-Solvent

464
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Coating should be even and completely covering.

Apply the first coat of the topcoat (ADICOR-2K-PU)
within 2 to 36 hours after priming, important!
Consumption approx. 85 - 125 ml/m2.

2. First Layer Topcoat:

After a min. 2 hours up to a max. 36 hours apply
ADICOR-2K-PU after application of ADICOR-1K-PU.
Apply ADICOR-2K-PU in perpendicular roller, brush
or spray strokes.
Consumption approx. 150 - 250 g/m2.

3. Second Layer Topcoat:

After a min. 12 hours up to a max. 36 hours after
application of the first coat of ADICOR-2K-PU apply the
second coat. Apply ADICOR-2K-PU in perpendicular
roller, brush or spray strokes.
Consumption approx. 150 - 200 g/m2.

Protect the coating against damaging weather, in

particular rainfall, for 24 hours after the second layer
of the topcoat. Filling with water can start after 8 days
at the earliest.

Important advice:
Please observe the technical data sheets of the above
specified products!
Protect areas not to be treated with ADICOR-1K-PU
from its effects!
The bonding of the separate layers onto each other
can be severely impaired by the influence of moisture
and impurities in between the application coats!
The temperature of the substrate, and/or the
individual system must be at least +3 C above
the prevailing temperature of dew point.
In case there is a longer waiting period than listed
between the individual coat applications, the surface
must be thoroughly roughened. After that a new
application has to be done.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: RU4
22/07

465
Technical Data Sheet
ADICOR-2K-PU
Decorative protective coating for swimming pools
Properties:
Two component polyurethane/acrylate.
Low solvent.
Weather-, UV- and abrasion resistant.
Low consumption.
Areas of application:
ADICOR-2K-PU is used as a decorative protective
coating for the AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K
system, in swimming pool waterproofing applications.
Furthermore as a paint for recoating swimming pools
constructed of fibre-glass reinforced polyester resins.
Technical Data:
Basis: polyurethane/ acrylate
Colours: pure white RAL 9010 and
light blue RAL 5012
Delivery viscosity *)
ac. To DIN 53211: approx. 100 up to 150 s
4 mm nozzle
Flashpoint: > +23 C
Solvent: ADICOR-Solvent
Density *) of mixture: approx. 1.18 g/cm3
Substrate/
Application temp.: +8 C up to +30 C
optimal between +15 C
up to +25 C
Consumption: approx. 85 - 125 ml/m2
ADICOR-1K-PU,
approx. 300 - 400 g/m2
ADICOR-2K-PU, depending
on application on smooth,
even substrate
Layer thickness: approx. 0.15 0.20 mm
Solids content %: approx. 60
Pot life of mixture *): approx. 6 hours
Mixing ratio: resin component : hardener
= 5:1 parts by weight
Packaging: 2.5 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg in
packaging. Component A
and component B are
provided in a predetermined
mixing ratio.
System components: AQUAFIN-2K or
AQUAFIN-2K/M,
ASO-Joint-Tape 2000-S
and appropriate
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S.
Shaped pieces such as
466
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Art.-No 2 05562
internal-, external corners,
cross pieces and joint
sleeves, ADICOR-1K-PU,
ADICOR-2K-PU,
ADICOR-Solvent
Storage: frostfree, dry min.12 months
in original unopened
containers, use opened
containers immediately.
Cleaning of tools: when wet with
ADICOR-Solvent
Cured material can only be
removed mechanically.
Loadabilty *):
Completely Dry*): after approx. 2 hours
Touchable *): after approx. 12 hours
Overcoat *): after approx. 12 hours to
16 hours
Foot traffic *): after approx. 16 hours
Rain-proof *): 24 hours after the final
application
Fully load bearing *): after approx. 8 days
*) The values are valid at +23 C and 65% relative humidty,
higher temperatures accelerate, lower temperatures decelerate
the curing.
Surface preparation:
The waterproofing layer of AQUAFIN-2K or
AQUAFIN-2K/M must be dry, firm, load-bearing and
free from adhesion inhibiting substances such dust,
grease etc. The waterproofing layer AQUAFIN-2K/M
must be cured for a period of at least 7 days before
the primer ADICOR-1K-PU can be applied.
Product preparation:
Component A (resin) and component B (hardener)
are delivered in a predetermined mixing ratio. The
material temperature should be approx. + 15 C
while stirring. Tip component B into component A.
Ensure that the hardener drains completely from its
container. Mixing of the two components is to be
carried out with a suitable mixer at approx. 300
rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to also stir
from the sides and the bottom to ensure the hardener
is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix is homogenous
(free from striations); mixing time approx. 3 minutes.
Mix slowly to avoid air entrapment into the mix. Do
Technical Data Sheet
not use mixed material directly from the packaging!
Decant the material into a clean container and mix
thoroughly again then let stand for material to pre-react
for approx. 1 hour. The application is to be carried
out by roller, brush or spray ( e.g. airless or suitable
spray equipment).
Application:
Brushing: Apply in delivered viscosity
Spraying: Depending on spraying method dilute
with approx. 3 - 8 % ADICOR-Solvent.
Roller: Apply in delivered viscosity. Not
optimal application but can be done
with a short nap, solvent resistant roller
when needed. While rolling,
occurring bubbles can be smoothed
out after a short drying time by
re-rolling with a squeezed out roller.
Procedure may have to be repeated.
ADICOR-2K-PU is applied in minimum 2 coats. Outdoor
uncovered applications should only be done when dry,
rainless weather can be expected during the entire
specified application period. As a general rule at least
4 days are required. A further possibility is to cover
and protect areas which are to be coated outdoors.
1. Priming:
Apply the primer ADICOR-1K-PU onto the min 7 day
old, dust free and dry waterproofing layer of
AQUAFIN-2K/M and/or AQUAFIN-2K, in
perpendicular roller, brush or spray strokes. Coating
should be even and completely covering. Apply the
first coat of the topcoat (ADICOR-2K-PU) within 2 to
36 hours after priming, important!
Consumption approx. 85 - 125 ml/m2.
2. First Layer Topcoat:
After a min. 2 hours up to a max. 36 hours apply
ADICOR-2K-PU after application of ADICOR-1K-PU.
Apply ADICOR-2K-PU in perpendicular roller, brush or
spray strokes.
Consumption approx. 150 - 250 g/m2.
3. Second Layer Topcoat:
After a min. 12 hours up to a max. 36 hours after
application of the first coat of ADICOR-2K-PU apply
the second coat. Apply ADICOR-2K-PU in
perpendicular roller, brush or spray strokes.
Consumption approx. 150 - 200 g/m2.
467
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Protect the coating against damaging weather, in
particular rainfall, for 24 hours after the second layer
of the topcoat. Filling with water can start at the
earliest after 8 days.
Once cured ADICOR-2K-PU is physically harmless.
Suitable protective measures are to be regarded
during application.
ADICOR-2K-PU can be recoated. Prior to recoating
abrade the whole surface to be treated with abrasive
paper (240 grain size) to a matt appearance. The
surface must be subsequently cleaned and free from
dust and other impurities.
Recoating should be carried out onto the dried
surface beginning with Step 1 as described above.
Recoating on to GRP/polyester:
Clean the surface from bond inhibitors such as dirt,
dust, etc.
Seal holes and cracks with glass-fibre quilt,
polyester resin and polyester filling compound,
which are contained in repair sets from the pool
manufacturer (osmosis risk).
Abrade the entire surface to be coated with an
abrasive paper (240 grain size), a matt
appearance should be achieved. To avoid
formation of dust, wet grinding is recommended.
After grinding, remove all abrasive dust and
contaminants from the pool. The coating is then
applied onto the dry surface as described under
points 1 to 3.
Important advice:
Please observe the technical data sheets of the
above specified products!
Protect areas not to be treated with ADICOR-2K-PU
from its effects!
In the area of the water boundary, differences in
colour may appear!
The bonding of the separate layers onto each
other can be severely impaired by the influence of
moisture and impurities in between the application
coats!
The temperature of the substrate, and/or the
individual system must be at least +3 C above
the prevailing temperature of dew point.
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

In case there is a longer waiting period than listed

between the individual coat applications, the surface
must be thoroughly roughened. After that a new
application has to be done.
Swimming pools with high flow-streams, high water
pressure and/or high water temperatures can
subject the coating to increased wear. We recom-
mend checking the suitability of the ADICOR-2K-PU
application for each job in question.
In shallow waters subject to increased loads (due to
walking) an increased wear of ADICOR-2K-PU might
appear. We recommend checking the suitability of
the ADICOR-2K-PU application for each job in
question
Due to an increased concentration of chlorine and
ozone in the water (DIN 19643-2), the coating may
become faded. If this occurs and the visible effects
are present, it is recommended to recoat the surface.
Old ADICOR-2K-PU coatings can be overcoated
after mechanical abrasion. In cases of uncertainly,
carry out a trial area.
Algae build-up can be removed with a solvent free
pool cleaner.

Please observe a valid EU safety data sheet.

GISCODE: PU20
27/07

468
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ADICOR-Solvent Art.-No. 2 05563

Specially blended solvents for use with ADICOR-2K-PU

Description: Important advice:

Special blend of solvents. Please refer to the valid technical data sheets of
the products!!
Areas of application:
ADICOR-Solvent is a ready to use blend of solvents Please observe the valid EU safety data sheet.
used as a cleaning agent for tools used in the mixing
of ADICOR-2K-PU. It is also used as a diluent to adjust GISCODE: M-VM04
the viscosity of ADICOR-2K-PU.
01/10

Technical Data:
Basis: various hydrocarbon solvents
Colours: clear/amber
Flashpoint: > +23 C
Density: approx. 0.87 g/cm3
at +23 C & RH 65%
Preparation: ready to use
Packaging: 5 kg l metal can
System components: ADICOR-Solvent is part of the
ADICOR-PU system used
in conjunction with
ADICOR-1K-PU and
ADICOR-2K-PU to
aesthetically protect the
elastomeric cementitious
coatings AQUAFIN-2K and
AQUAFINR-2K/M. Please
refer to relevant technical
data sheets & ensure use of
ASO-Joint-Tape 2000 and
ancillaries as appropriate for
sealing of construction &
expansion joints.
Storage: Minimum 24 months when
kept in original unopened
packs packaging in well
ventilated & dry conditions
away from frost, elevated
temperatures and direct
sunlight. Tightly seal packs
packaging if opened above.
Consumption: Thinner:
Typically 3-8% by weight of
ADICOR-2K-PU as required.
Cleaning agent:
As necessary.

469
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASIKON-5005 Art.-No. 2 04605

Moulding and Impregnation Oil/Universal Release Agent

Properties:
ASIKON-5005 is solvent free, ready to use and heat
resistant upto +60 C. A liquid not dilutable with
water.

Areas of application:
ASIKON-5005 is especially suitable for preheated
formwork and for high pressure spray devices (minimal
odour effects).
ASIKON-5005 is suitable for all moulding forms (wood,
plastic, steel and matrix form work).

Technical Data:
Colour: clear
Odour: mild
Consumption: 15 - 30 g/m2
Packaging: 1,000 l container
180 l drum
35 l pack
16 l pack
Storage: 2 years in unopened packs.

Product preparation:
ASIKON-5005 is evenly applied on a clean and dry
mould surface, over a thin layer (using nozzle size
maximum 1 mm). Remove excess material to avoid
incrusting.
ASIKON-5005 forms a layer which the concrete can not
abrade. With ASIKON-5005 particularly clean and
uniform fair-faced concrete will be achieved with sharp
edges and profiles. Further plaster and paint applications
sustain no bonding difficulties. Pilot testings
are necessary.
ASIKON-5005 protects wooden forms against brittleness
and swelling. Metal moulds do not rust and therefore rust
stains do not occur.

Important advice:
ASIKON-5005 is a mineral oil and carries German tax
privileges, therefore, ASIKON-5005 is not allowed to
use for the preparation or use as a fuel or lubricant.
45/06

470
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASIKON-5006 Art.-No. 2 04617

Special Moulding Oil for the/Prefabricated Concrete Industry

Properties:
ASIKON-5006 is an environmental friendly form of
release agent, non-fitting and does not form the creation
of air voids.

Areas of application:
ASIKON-5006 is a special moulding oil for the
prefabricated concrete industry, suitable for most form
work (plastic and steel moulds) for temperatures up to
100 C.

Technical Data:
Water endangering class: 1
Colour: yellow
Consumption: 15 - 50 g/m2
Packaging: 1.000 l container
180 l drum
25 l pack
10 l pack
Storage: 18 months in
unopened packs.

Product preparation:
With ASIKON-5006 clean and uniform fair-faced
concrete will be achieved with sharp edges and profiles.
With specific additives a good bonding film on steel
and plastic covered mouldings will be reached, which
keeps bonded even at higher temperatures. Prior testing
is necessary.

Important advice:
ASIKON-5006 is a mineral oil and carries therefore
German tax privileges. It is not allowed to use
ASIKON-5006 for the preparation or use as fuel or
lubricant.
Instructions for the use of solvent containing products
have to be regarded.

Please adhere to the valid EC-Materials Safety Data

Sheet (MSDS).
45/06

471
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ2 Art.-No. 2 05529

Special cement

Properties: Storage: 12 months when stored dry

High strength in the original unopened
Fibre reinforced packaging. Use opened
Rapid setting packaging promptly.
Long working time Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to
Foot traffic after approx. 6 hours *) max. approx. +30 C
Permits early installation of tiles Packaging: 25 kg bags
Suitable for interior and exterior use Cleaning: clean tools and equipment
Can be heated to recognised technical regulations with water immediately after
after 3 days use
Foot traffic after *): approx. 6 hours
Areas of application: Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
ASO-EZ2 is a fibre reinforced special cement for the Working time *): approx. 60 minutes
production of cement-based screeds that permits
coverings to be installed early, either as a bonded, *) Values refer to +23 C and 65% relative humidity, higher
unbonded, floating or heated screed, whether as a temperatures reduce, lower temperatures extend these given times.
wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, slabs, textile
coverings, parquet or PVC. For installation the general Approx. consumption, kg/m2 ASO-EZ2:
directives for cementitious screeds to DIN 18560 and Mixing ratio Parts by weight
DIN 18353 are obligatory. The substrate must be able Screed thickness, cm 1:4**) 1:5**)
to take the loading according to DIN 1055. 1 4.1 3.4
Provided that a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproofing 4 16.3 13.6
system has been applied, screeds produced with the 5 20.4 17.0
binder ASO-EZ2 can be installed in wet duty areas 6 24.4 20.4
e.g. swimming pools, swimming pool surrounds and **) 1:4 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume,
communal showers as well as in wet duty areas 1:5 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume
classified as A2, B and C in accordance with technical
test criteria and wet duty areas classified as 0, A02, Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:
B0 in accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1]. Beneath tiles 45 mm on insulation or
[*1] see advice section
separating layer
Technical Data: Beneath parquet, 35 mm on insulation or
carpet, linoleum or PVC separating layer
Basis: special cement, additives
Colour: grey In general 10 mm bonded
Mixing ratio: ASO-EZ2 / aggregate:
1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight Product preparation:
Water addition: dependent on the moisture For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann
content of the aggregate screed boy with a 65mm hose diameter, or other
used. 33% by weight (damp conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
earth consistency) to max. or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the
40% by weight (stiff plastic) aggregate and avoid excess water. The working time
relative to the ASO-EZ2 is approx. 60 minutes at +20 C. Mixing, applica-
addition; these values refer to tion and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only
the use of dry aggregate measure out areas that can be completed within this
Mix method: Forced paddle mixer, working time. Higher temperatures reduce and lower
free fall mixer temperatures extend the working time and setting
Bulk density of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 time. For bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-
dependent on the aggregate flex onto the prepared, e.g. mechanically abraded,
used concrete substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry

472
Technical Data Sheet
coat. The general directives for cement-based screeds
DIN 18560 and 18353 should be followed for screed
laying.
Mixing recommendations for mixing
and rotary feed machines:
In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with
a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
mix together a total of 200 kg aggregate with 50 kg
ASO-EZ2. This relates to a mixer capacity of approx.
80% - which is generally recommended by the
equipment manufacturers. Please observe the following
steps (mix ratio 1:4).
First half fill the mix vessel with aggregate 0/8
(approx. 15 shovels at 7kg), approx. 5-6 litres of
water and 50 kg of ASO-EZ2 and mix to a plastic
consistency for 2 minutes. Then fill the mixing vessel
with the rest of the aggregate (dependent on the mix-
ing ratio another 15 shovels at 7 kg) and the remain-
ing water. Dependent on the moisture content of the
aggregate a total of approx. 10-20 litres of water will
be necessary. The latter value relates to dry aggregate.
In general 0/8 aggregate has a moisture content of
approx. 4%, therefore 8 litres of water are already
contained in 200 kg of aggregate. Keep to a total
mix time of 4 minutes as only then are all components
dispersed and the final consistency achieved.
Mixing recommendations for a
free-fall mixer:
Recommended mixing ratio:
1:3 by volume (equates to approx. 1:4.5 parts by
weight); add approx. 3 litres of water, approx. 60 kg
aggregate (0-8 mm diameter, approx. 8 shovels) with
25 kg ASO-EZ2 and premix for approx. 5 minutes.
Add the remaining aggregate approx. 40 kg (0-8 mm
diameter, approx. 6 shovels) and mix for 1-2 minutes.
Adjust to a damp earth to stiff plastic consistency by
adding water.
Protect the fresh screed from drying out too quickly e.g.
through heat or drafts. The screed is ready to take tiled
finishes after three days when installed at 5 cm thick
when the ambient and substrate temperatures are at
+23 C and the relative humidity is 50% and when
the mixing ratio is 1:4 parts by weight and dry aggre-
gate conforming to DIN 4226 is used with a particle
size distribution between A8-B8 closer to B8 with con-
473
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
sistent grading and with a water addition of 17 litres
per 50 kg ASO-EZ2.
Confirmation should be sought by measuring the
moisture content with a carbide hygrometer (CM).
For screeds that need to conform to a particular
screed quality in accordance with DIN EN 13813,
performance tests will be required. These are to be
carried out prior to commencing work.
Important advice:
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying.
To ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed
can be protected during the curing phase e.g. with
plastic sheeting or with continuous light misting.
Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex use an alternative
bonding slurry consisting of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted
1:1 with water and screed mortar consisting of 1
part by volume of ASO-EZ2 and 2 parts by volume
of aggregate of particle size 0-4 or 0-8 diameter.
ASO-EZ2 is ready to receive floor finishes quickly
because it contains additives that require an
especially low water demand. If more water is
added than needed to achieve a stiff or stiff plastic
consistency, the excess water cannot be bound
within the system and must evaporate. This leads to
the screed being ready to receive finishes later.
If a shorter mix time is selected or mixing is not
intensive enough, then the dispersion of all
components is not guaranteed. The readiness to
receive finishes early and high strength are no
longer guaranteed.
ASO-EZ2 already contains fibres. If additional
fibres are to be mixed in, this can lead to delays
in the readiness to receive finishes.
For installation in areas where there is an
inadequate aggregate quality or where storage
of the mortar components is not possible or
desired, the pre-blended mortars ASO-EZ2-Plus,
ASO-EZ4-Plus, ASO-EZ6-Plus are available.
The determination of the screeds readiness to
receive floor finishes should be carried out using a
carbide hygrometer (CM). Keep to the following
limiting values:
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick
screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement
of readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB
data sheet climatic requirements for the drying
of screeds). Trials have shown that at lower
temperatures (+5 C to +12 C) the binding of
the water proceeds at a delayed rate so that the
readiness to receive floor finishes was only
achieved belatedly.
Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too much
water or aggregate addition (more than 3.3:1 by
volume equating to 5:1 parts by weight), the wrong
particle size distribution or inadequate mixing. This
results in a sandy surface.
The quality of the aggregate used determines the
properties of the screed produced with it. Aggregate
to DIN 4226 with a consistent grading between
A and B closer to B to DIN 1045 should be used.
If aggregates with other particle size distributions
are used, then the binder demand can increase.
Aggregates with a grading between B and C to
DIN 1045 require a high level of ASO-EZ2. Which
grade for which screed thickness should be taken
from the following table:
Grading Minimum Maximum
thickness thickness
04 mm 10 mm 30 mm
08 mm 25 mm 80 mm
016 mm 50 mm 160 mm
If when smoothed off the surface cannot be ade-
quately closed, this indicates that there are too little
fines in the aggregate. Here greater quantities of
ASO-EZ2 are required to replace the missing fines.
Where there is rising damp from the substrate, a
functioning damp proof membrane is necessary
prior to laying the screed.
Ventilation on site is necessary. However drafts
during preparation and the curing process are to
be avoided, as is direct sunlight. The interior and
floor temperature during application and for 1
week afterwards should be a minimum of +5 C.
De-humidifiers may not be used during the first
3 days.
Do not mix with other cements or binders.
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints
are to be carried through or incorporated in the
designated position and composed of suitable
material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are
to be cut into the top third of the installed screed.
Do not add any additives or other materials.
Take heed of the technical data sheets for the
aforementioned products.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
E.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
DIN 1055
DIN 1045
DIN 4226

474
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

The BEB data sheets distributed by the National

Association for Screeds and Finishes
The technical information coordination of cut out
areas for heated floor constructions
The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical
Association of the German Tile Industry.
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior
areas.
[*2] Ceramic finishes subjected to high mechanical
stress.
[3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions.
[*7] Exterior finishes.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

475
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ2-Plus Art.-No. 2 05530

Rapid setting pre-blended mortar with high strength

Properties: Cleaning: clean tools and equipment

High strength immediately after use with
High application security water
Constant screed quality Classification: EN 13813 CT-C80-F7-A9
For interior and exterior areas Fire rating: A1 according to resolution
Long pot life 96/103/EG
Traffic after 6 hours Traffic after *): approx. 6 hours
Rapid hardening Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
Lay tiles and slabs early Pot life *): approx. 60 minutes
Can be heated after 3 days Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to
max. approx. +30 C
Areas of application:
ASO-EZ2-Plus is a pre-blended mortar for the production *) Valid at 23 C and 65% relative humidity. Higher temperatures
of rapid setting cement-based screeds ready to be laid shorten and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.
on early and with high strength. Suitable for bonded,
unbonded or screeds over insulation and heated screeds Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:
either as a wearing surface or as a base under tiles, Beneath tiles 40 mm on insulation or
slabs, textile coverings, parquet or PVC. separating layer *2
Install in accordance with the general guidelines for Beneath parquet, 30 mm on insulation or
screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353. The base must carpet, linoleum or PVC separating layer *2
be load bearing in accordance with DIN 1055. In general 10 mm bonded
Provided that a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproofing
system has been applied, screeds produced with the *2 Reduced thicknesses are possible due to static calculations and
binder ASO-EZ2-Plus can be installed in wet duty areas measurements obtained from values from the active ingredients.
e.g. swimming pools, swimming pool surrounds and
communal showers as well as in wet duty areas classi- Product preparation:
fied as A2, B and C in accordance with technical test For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann
criteria and wet duty areas classified as 0, A02, B0 screed boy with a 65mm hose diameter, or other
in accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1]. conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
[*1] see advice section or similar. Watch the water addition and avoid
surplus water! The working life is approx. 60 minutes
Technical Data: at +20 C. Mixing, laying and screeding must follow
Basis: Special cement, additives, one another continuously. Only install in an area that
aggregate can be screeded within the working life. High tem-
Colour: grey peratures shorten while lower temperatures lengthen
Water demand: 1.6 2.0 litres / 25kg the working life and setting time. With bonded
ASO-EZ2-Plus (semi-dry screeds brush apply ASOCRET-HB-flex into the shot-
6.5 8.0% water) blasted concrete base before laying the screed in the
Mixing technique: Forced paddle mixer, wet slurry. Installation should be in accordance with
free fall mixer screeding guidelines DIN 18560 and 18353.
Apparent density
fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3 Mixing recommendations for mix machines with
Storage: 12 months when stored dry conveyor feed:
in the original unopened A total of 250 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus can be mixed with
packaging. Use opened 16 20 litres of tap water in a conventional mixing
packaging promptly. machine with a 220 litre mix vessel e.g. Brinkmann
Consumption: approx. 20kg ASO-EZ2-Plus screed-boy or PFT Putzmeister Mixocret. This relates to
per m2 / cm screed a mixing capacity of approx. 80% which is generally
Packaging: 25kg bags recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

476
Technical Data Sheet
Carry out the following procedures:
Firstly half fill the mix vessel with 125 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus
and add approx. 10 litres of water. Afterwards add
the other 125 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus and pour in 6 10
litres of water. Keep to a total mix time of 4 minutes so
that the all components are dispersed and the final
consistency is achieved.
Mixing recommendations for free fall mixers:
Pour in 4 litres of water, add 100 kg of ASO-EZ2-Plus
and a further 2.5 4.0 litres of water. Mix
subsequently for 5 minutes. Adjust the consistency
through water addition to a semi-dry to stiff-plastic.
Protect the fresh screed from rapid drying e.g. from
heat or draught. Tiles can be laid on to a screed after
3 days when prepared with 1.7 litres of water per
25 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus under an ambient and substrate
temperature of +23 C with 50% relative humidity and
a screed thickness of 5 cm.
Checks should be carried out by measuring the
dampness with a carbide hygrometer (CM-device).
Important notes:
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying. To
ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be
protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic
sheeting or with continuous light misting.
Instead of ASOCRET-HB-flex an alternative slurry
bonding coat of ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with
water and a screed mortar consisting of 25 kg
ASO-EZ2-Plus and 5 kg ASO-EZ2 can be used.
Follow the technical data sheets for the above
products!
If too short a mix time is selected or mix intensity is
insufficient the dispersion of all components cannot
be guaranteed. Early readiness and high strength is
no longer applicable.
To determine the readiness of the screed moisture
readings need to be carried out with a carbide
hygrometer keeping to the following limits
(see table No.1 next page).
Low temperatures, high humidity and greater thick-
nesses delay the hardening, drying out and the
readiness for overlaying (see BEB information sheet
construction climatic requirements for the drying of
screeds). Trials have shown that at low temperatures
(+5 C to +12 C) water binding proceeds at a
greatly reduced rate so that readiness to accept
finishes occurs later.
477
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Water that bleeds to the screed surface indicates
too much mix water (more than 2 litres water per
25 kg ASO-EZ2-Plus).
ASO-EZ2-Plus can bind approx. 8% of its weight
in crystalline water. Greater quantities in excess of
this amount of water must evaporate and delay the
readiness for use!
A functioning water barrier is necessary when
laying screeds over rising damp from the substrate.
Ventilation is necessary where the screed is laid.
The interior and floor temperature must be at least
+5 C during installation and for one week after!
Do not use dehumidifiers during the first three days.
Do not add other cements or binders!
Perimeter, bay, structural and movements joints
are to be brought through and stopped with suit-
able material e.g. edge strips. Contraction joints
should be cut in one third the depth of the installed
screed!
Do not add any additives.
Relevant current regulations are to be observed!
Therefore e.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
DIN 1055
The BEB information sheets available from the
Federal Association for screeds and coverings.
Technical information for interface coordination in
heated floor construction.
Information sheets from the ZDB (Central building
industry association), issued by the Technical
association of the German tile industry:
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles and slabs in interior
and exterior areas (August 2000).
[*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor
coverings.
[3] Movement joints in tile and slab finishes.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on heated cement-based screeds.
[*7] Tile and slab finishes on the exterior of
buildings.
Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!
GISCODE: ZP1
47/08
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

478
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ4 Art.-No. 2 05527

Water repellent special cement

Properties: ZDB information sheet [*1], screeds produced with

Water repellent ASO-EZ4 should be waterproofed with a suitable
Protects against efflorescence SCHOMBURG waterproofing system.
Fibre reinforced [*1] see advice section
Rapid setting
Long working time Technical Data:
Foot traffic after approx. 6 hours *) Basis: special cement, additives
Permits early installation of tiles Colour: grey
For interior and exterior use Mixing ratio: ASO-EZ4/aggregate:
Can be heated to recognised technical regulations 1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight
after 3 days Water addition: dependent on the moisture
content of the aggregate
Areas of application: used. 33% by weight
ASO-EZ4 is a fibre reinforced special cement for the (damp earth consistency) to
roduction of water repellent, low shrinkage cement-based max. 40% by weight (stiff
screeds and mortars that permits coverings to be installed plastic) relative to the
early. Due to their water repellent properties, screeds ASO-EZ4 addition, i.e.
and mortars produced with ASO-EZ4 offer increased 8.25 to 10 litres water per
protection against frost damage and efflorescence. As 25 kg ASO-EZ4; these
a water repellent, rapid setting mortar bed when install- values refer to the use of dry
ing natural stone and tiles externally and in wet areas aggregate
such as balconies, terraces, loggia, stairwells, swimming Mix method: Forced paddle mixer, free
pools, damp environments, car washes and water fall mixer
containers. Bulk density
of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3
Screeds produced with ASO-EZ4 are suitable as either dependent on the
bonded, unbonded, floating or heated screeds, whether aggregate used
as a wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, slabs or Storage: 12 months when stored dry
natural stone. For installation the general directives for in the original unopened
cementitious screeds to DIN 18560 and DIN 18353 packaging. Use opened
are obligatory. The substrate must be able to take the packaging promptly.
loading according to DIN 1055. Application/
substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to
Furthermore drainage mortars can be produced with max. approx. +30 C
ASO-EZ4, that can drain off incidental water via its Packaging: 25 kg bags
porous microstructure with many voids. At the same Cleaning: clean tools and equipment
time, due to their hydrophobic composition, ASO-EZ4 with water immediately after
drainage mortars do not absorb any moisture and inhibit use
capillary action. Foot traffic after *): approx. 6 hours
Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
In wet duty areas classified 0, A02, B0 in accordance Working time *): approx. 60 minutes
with the ZDB information sheet [*1] screeds produced
with ASO-EZ4 should be waterproofed with a suitable *) Values refer to +23 C and 65% relative humidity, higher
SCHOMBURG waterproofing system. In wet duty areas temperatures reduce, lower temperatures extend these given times.
e.g. swimming pools, swimming pools surrounds, com-
munal showers, screeds produced with ASO-EZ4 should
be waterproofed with a suitable SCHOMBURG water-
proofing system. In wet duty areas such as e.g. brine or
wet duty areas classified as C in accordance with the

479
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Approx. consumption, kg/m2 ASO-EZ4: aggregate (dependent on the mixing ratio another 15
Mixing ratio Parts by weight shovels at 7 kg) and the remaining water. Dependent
Screed thickness, cm 1: 4**) 1:5**) on the moisture content of the aggregate a total of
1 4.1 3.4 approx. 10-20 litres of water will be necessary. The
4 16.3 13.6 latter value relates to dry aggregate. In general
5 20.4 17.0 0/8 aggregate has a moisture content of approx.
6 24.4 20.4 4%, therefore 8 litres of water are already contained
**) 1:4 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume,
in 200 kg of aggregate. Keep to a total mix time of
1:5 parts by weight equal to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume
4 minutes, as only then are all components dispersed
and the final consistency achieved.
Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:
Mixing recommendations for a
Beneath tiles 45 mm on insulation or
free-fall mixer:
separating layer Recommended mixing ratio: 1:3 by volume (equates
Beneath parquet, 35 mm on insulation or to approx. 1:4.5 parts by weight); add approx. 3
carpet, linoleum or PVC separating layer litres of water, approx. 60 kg aggregate (0-8 mm
In general 10 mm bonded diameter, approx. 8 shovels) with 25 kg ASO-EZ4
and premix for approx. 5 minutes. Add the remaining
Product preparation: aggregate approx. 40 kg (0-8 mm diameter, approx.
For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann 6 shovels) and mix for 1-2 minutes. Adjust to a damp
screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other earth to stiff plastic consistency by adding water.
conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the Mixing recommendation for mortar:
aggregate and avoid excess water. The working time Mix ASO-EZ4 to a mix ratio of 1:3 by volume
is approx. 60 minutes at +20 C. Mixing, applica- (equates to 1:4.5 parts by weight) with aggregate (of
tion and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only particle size 0-4 mm diameter) in a free fall mixer or
measure out areas that can be completed within this with a suitable stirrer. Minimum mix time 5 minutes.
working time. Higher temperatures reduce and lower Protect the fresh screed from drying out too quickly
temperatures extend the working time and setting time. e.g. through heat or drafts. The screed is ready to
For bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-flex onto take tiled finishes after three days when installed at
the prepared, e.g. mechanically abraded, concrete 5 cm thick when the ambient and substrate tempera-
substrate. Lay the screed into the wet slurry coat. tures are at +23 C and the relative humidity is 50%
The general directives for cement-based screeds and when the mixing ratio is 1:4 parts by weight
DIN 18560 and 18353 should be followed for and dry aggregate conforming to DIN 4226 is used
screed laying. with a particle size distribution between A8-B8 closer
to B8 with consistent grading and with a water addi-
Mixing recommendations for mixing tion of 17 litres per 50 kg ASO-EZ4. Confirmation
and rotary feed machines: should be sought by measuring the moisture content
In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with with a carbide hygrometer (CM). For screeds that
a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret need to conform to a particular screed quality in
mix together a total of 200 kg aggregate with 50 kg accordance with DIN EN 13813, performance tests
ASO-EZ4. This relates to a mixer capacity of approx. will be required. These are to be carried out prior to
80% - which is generally recommended by the commencing work.
equipment manufacturers.
Please observe the following steps: Mixing and application recommendations
First half fill the mix vessel with aggregate 0/8 (approx. for water permeable drainage mortars
15 shovels at 7kg), approx. 5-6 litres of water and 50 (also known as single grain mortars,
kg of ASO-EZ4 and mix to a plastic consistency for 2 mono grain mortars or drain mortars):
minutes. Then fill the mixing vessel with the rest of the Mix ASO-EZ4 to a mix ratio of 1:3 by volume

480
Technical Data Sheet
(equates to 1:4 parts by weight) with aggregate with-
out fines in a suitable screed mixer. In this context use
aggregate e.g. fine flint of particle size 2/5 mm, 5/8
mm, 8/12 mm, or pearl gravel of particle size 4/8
mm. The choice of aggregate is to be made from
the desired mortar bed thickness and availability. The
water addition is to be varied according to the moisture
content of the aggregate. When using dry aggregate
approx. 30 to 36% by weight of water related to the
ASO-EZ4 addition, i.e. 7.5 to 9 litres of water per
25 kg ASO-EZ4 is needed. Only add enough water
to the fresh mortar until a damp earth consistency is
achieved. The minimum thickness of the mortar bed
must be determined by the aggregate used as well as
the total construction and the expected service loads.
Ensure adequate drainage of the sub-base.
The following steps should be taken:
Fill a suitable screed mixer with ASO-EZ4 and aggre-
gate in the mixing ratio 1:1 by volume. Subsequently
add water and dependent on the screed mixer, mix
for 4 to 5 minutes in order to achieve a viscous mortar
after this mix time. Now add the remaining two parts
by volume, mix for a short while until a homogenous
drainage mortar with a damp earth consistency is
achieved. The consistency is correct when the fresh,
lightly glistening mortar can be squeezed together
in the hand but falls apart upon opening the hand.
Drainage mortars that are too damp lose their ability to
drain because the voids between the grains become
clogged with binder. Lay natural, concrete slabs or
ceramic tiles professionally into the drainage mortar.
Different variations are possible:
a) Bonded drainage screed on a load bearing con-
crete slab
Brush a bonding slurry of ASOCRET-HB-flex to satura-
tion onto the load bearing substrate that has been
laid with adequate falls and e.g. waterproofed with
AQUAFIN-2K/M. Subsequently install the drainage
mortar with a damp earth consistency into the wet
bonding coat and strike off to the designed level. Due
to the aggregate the drainage mortar is virtually self-
compacting and only needs to be lightly tamped.
Coat the rear of the slabs/tiles with ASOCRET-HB-flex
and lay them into the freshly installed mortar bed and
tap into position. Dependent on the finishing material,
grouting is carried out with CRISTALLFUGE,
ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge after 3 days at the
earliest. The minimum thickness is 3 cm but also a
481
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
minimum of 5 times that of the largest particles used.
Ensure there is adequate dewatering if the drainage
layer. I.e. an adequate fall of min. 2-3% in the sub-
base and on the surface of the finishing material is to
be designed. To improve the horizontal dewatering
effect we recommend variation b.
b) Drainage screed on a separating layer on a
concrete slab e.g. Aquadrain EK, GUTJAHR
Install a drainage mat e.g. Aquadrain EK onto the
waterproofed, e.g. with AQUAFIN-2K/M, load
bearing substrate. Subsequently apply the drainage
mortar in a damp earth consistency, lightly tamp,
install edge sections and strike off to the designed
level. Coat the rear of the slabs/tiles with ASOCRET-
HB-flex and lay them into the freshly installed mortar
bed and tap into position. Dependent on the finishing
material, grouting is carried out with CRISTALLFUGE,
ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brillantfuge after 3 days at the
earliest. The minimum thickness is 5 cm but also a
minimum of 5 times that of the largest particles used.
Ensure there is adequate dewatering of the drainage
layer. I.e. an adequate fall of min. 1 to 2% in the
sub-base and on the surface of the finishing material
is to be designed.
c) Bonded or on a separating layer as described
in a) or b) onto the pre-installed cured drainage
screed
Install the natural stone or ceramic finish in a thin-bed
or medium-bed adhesive onto the cured drainage
screed that has been installed to the designed level,
lightly abraded and smoothed. The installation of the
tiles is carried out with CRISTALLIT-flex, CRISTALLIT-
MBK-flex or LIGHTFLEX that have each been modified
with 2 kg UNIFIX-B per 25 kg (15 kg for LIGHTFLEX).
Once the thin-bed or medium-bed adhesive has
cured, grout with CRISTALLFUGE, ASO-Flexfuge or
HF05-Brillantfuge.
d) Floor finishes in the drainage mortar onto an
unbonded mineral-based base layer
This type of construction is suitable for light duty areas
such as garden paths, terraces, private driveways,
private entryways etc. With floor finishes where
subsidence is likely choose another construction as
described previously. The substrate in question must
be load bearing, able to drain and adequately
designed for the planned dynamic loads. Advice can
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

To determine the screeds readiness to receive finishes
carry out moisture measurements using a carbide
hygrometer (CM). Keep to the following limits:
The quality of the aggregate used determines the
properties of the screed produced with it. The aggre-
gate must not contain any deleterious or coloured
constituents. Aggregate to DIN 4226 with a consis-
tent grading between A and B closer to B to DIN
1045 should be used. If aggregates with other
particle size distributions are used, then the binder
demand can increase. Aggregates with a grading
between B and C to DIN 1045 require a high level
of ASO-EZ4. Which grade for which screed thick-
ness should be taken from the following table:
Grading Minimum Maximum
thickness thickness
04 mm 10 mm 30 mm
08 mm 25 mm 80 mm
016 mm 50 mm 160 mm
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints are
to be carried through or incorporated in the desig-
nated position and composed of suitable material
e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are to be cut
into the top third of the installed screed.
Do not mix with other cements or binders.
Do not add any additives or other materials.
Take heed of the technical data sheets for the
aforementioned products.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
E.g.
DIN 18157 DIN 18318 DIN 18332
DIN 18333 DIN 18352 DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813 DIN 1055 DIN 1045
DIN 4226
The BEB data sheets distributed by the National
Association for Screeds and Finishes
The technical information coordination of cut out
areas for heated floor constructions
The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical
Association of the German Tile Industry.
[*1] Advice on the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior
areas.
[*2] Ceramic finishes subjected to high
mechanical stress.
[3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*4] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on cement-based screeds over
insulation.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and
concrete blocks on heated cement-based floor
constructions.
[*7] Exterior finishes.
The technical structural information for natural stone
slabs from the German Association for Natural stone
slabs, especially the information paper DNV 1.4 floor
finishes, external.
Directives for earthworks and road construction:
The directives for earthworks and road construction,
RStO-2001.

482
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

The ZTV E-StB. 94 Additional technical contractual

terms and directives for earthworks and road construc-
tion.
The ZTVT-StB. 95 Additional technical contractual
terms and directives for supporting layers in road con-
struction.
The FGSV-working paper Paved areas with block
pavers and slab finishes accomplished by bonding,
draft September 2003 from the Research Association
for road and traffic systems.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

483
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ4-Plus Art.-No. 2 05528

Rapid setting, water repellent pre-blended dry mortar

Description: ASO-EZ4-Plus (semi-dry

ASO-EZ4-Plus is a fibre reinforced pre-blended consistency - stiff-plastic)
mortar for the production of water repellent cementitious Mix method: Forced paddle mixer,
screeds and mortars that will take finishes early and free fall mixer
offer increased protection against frost damage and Bulk density
efflorescence. of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3
Classification: EN 13813 CT-C50-F6-A9
Primary Uses: Fire rating: A1 in accordance with
As a rapid setting, water repellent mortar bed for laying resolution 96/603/EG
natural stone, tiles and slabs in exterior and wet areas Traffic after *): approx. 6 hours
such as balconies, terraces, loggia, stairwells, swimming Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
pools, damp rooms, laundries and water containers. Working time *): approx. 60 minutes
Screeds produced with ASO-EZ4-Plus can be laid either Application/
bonded, unbonded on polythene or floating on insula- substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to
tion or as heated screeds whether as a wearing finish or max. approx. +30 C
as a base for tiles, slabs and natural stone.
For installation the general regulations for cementitious *) Values relate to +23 C and 65% relative humidity. Higher
temperatures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these
screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353 apply. The
given times.
substrate must be able to take the loading according
to DIN 1055.
Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:
In duty wet areas falling under the wet area classifica-
tions (FBK) 0, A02, B0 according to the ZDB-Worksheet
Beneath tiles 40 mm on insulation or
[*1], produce screeds with ASO-EZ4-PLUS and the
separating layer
proper SCHOMBURG waterproofing system.
Beneath parquet, 30 mm on insulation or
In wet areas under the classifications A2, B and C
carpet, linoleum separating layer
according to general building codes, such as swim-
or PVC
ming pools and pool decks and public showers,
In general 10 mm bonded
produce screeds with ASO-EZ4-PLUS and the proper
SCHOMBURG waterproofing system.
Product preparation:
For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann
[*] See advice below
screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other
conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
Advantages:
or similar. Pay attention to the water addition and
Water repellent & protects against efflorescence
avoid excess water. The working time is approx.
High application assurance
60 minutes at +20 C. Mixing, application and
Consistent screed quality
finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only measure
For interior and exterior areas
out areas that can be completed within this working
Long working time
time. Higher temperatures reduce and lower tempera-
Rapid setting Foot traffic after 6 hours
tures lengthen the working time and setting time. With
For the early installation of tiles
bonded screeds first brush ASOCRET-HB-flex into the
Can be heated after 3 days according to
mechanically abraded concrete substrate. Lay the
technical regulations
screed into the wet slurry coat. The general regula-
Ready to use, simply add water
tions for cement-based screeds DIN 18560 and
18353 should be followed for screed laying.
Typical Properties:
Basis: special cement, additives,
Mixing recommendations for mixing
aggregate
and rotary feed machines:
Colour: grey
In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed
Water addition: 1.6 2.0 litres / 25 kg
with a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. Brinkmann screed-

484
Technical Data Sheet
boy, PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar mix together
a total of 250 kg ASO-EZ4-Plus with 16 20 litres
water. This relates to a mixer capacity of approx. 80%
- which is generally recommended by the equipment
manufacturers.
Observe the following procedures:
First half fill the mix vessel with 125kg of ASO-EZ4-Plus
and approx. 10 litres water. Then fill with the rest of
the 125kg of ASO-EZ4-Plus and 6 10 litres of water.
Keep to a total mix time of approx. 4 minutes as only
then can all components be dispersed and the final
consistency achieved.
Mixing recommendations for a
free-fall mixer:
First add 4 litres of water, 100kg ASO-EZ4-Plus and a
further 2.5 4.0 litres of water. Subsequently mix for 5
minutes and adjust the consistency with the addition of
water from semi-dry to stiff plastic.
Protect the screed from drying out too quickly e.g.
from heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive tiled
finishes after 3 days with a water addition of 1.7 litres
per 25kg ASO-EZ4-Plus, an ambient and substrate tem-
perature of +23 C, a relative humidity of 50%
and a thickness of 5 cm.
Confirmation should be sought by measuring the
moisture content with a carbide hygrometer.
Storage & Shelf Life:
12 months when stored dry in the original unopened
packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption: approx. 20kg ASO-EZ4-Plus
per m2 / cm screed thickness
Packaging: 25 kg bags
Cleaning of Tools:
Clean tools and equipment immediately with water.
Important advice:
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying. To
ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can be
protected during the curing phase e.g. with plastic
sheeting or with continuous light misting.
Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex, an alternative
slurry bonding coat can be produced using
485
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with water and a
screed mortar composed of 25kg ASO-EZ4-Plus
and 5 kg ASO-EZ4.
Please refer to the technical data sheets for the
products mentioned above.
When too short a mix time is selected or the mate-
rial is not mixed intensively enough then the disper-
sion of all components is not guaranteed. Early
installation of floor finishes and high strength is no
longer given.
The determination of the screeds readiness to
receive floor finishes should be carried out using
a carbide hygrometer. Keep to the limiting values
(see table 1).
Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick
screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement
of readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB
data sheet climatic requirements for the drying of
screeds). Trials have shown that at lower tempera-
tures (+5 C to +12 C) the binding of the water
proceeds at a strongly delayed rate so that the
readiness to receive floor finishes is achieved later.
Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too
much water (more than 2 litres of water per 25 kg
ASO-EZ4-Plus).
ASO-EZ4-Plus can bind up to approx. 8% of its
weight of water in a crystalline way. Anything
above this level has to evaporate and consequently
delays the readiness to receive finishes.
Where rising dampness is present a functioning
damp proof membrane is necessary prior to the
installation of the screed.
Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The
interior and floor temperature must be a minimum
of +5 C during installation and for one week
afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the
first 3 days.
Do not add any cement or other binders.
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints
are to be carried through or incorporated in the
designated position and composed of suitable
material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are
to be cut into the top third of the installed screed.
Do not add any additives or other materials.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055
The BEB data sheets distributed by the National
Association for Screeds and Finishes.
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

The technical information coordination of cut out areas

for heated floor constructions.
The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical
Association of the German Tile Industry.
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing com-
bined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior
areas (August 2000).
[*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor finishes.
[*3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions.
[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

486
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ6 Art.-No. 2 05521

Rapid screed cement

Properties: Bulk density

Rapid crystalline water binding. of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3
Rapid setting. dependent on aggregate
Long pot life. used
Traffic after approx. 4 - 6 hours. Storage: 6 months when stored dry
Shrinkage compensated. and cool in original
Lay tiles after 1 day. unopened packaging.
For interior areas. Used opened packaging
Can be heated after 3 days in accordance promptly.
with protocol. Packaging: 25 kg bags
Cleaning: clean tools and equipment
Areas of application: immediately with water
ASO-EZ6 is a rapid setting cement for producing Traffic after *): approx. 4 hours
cement-based screeds that can take floor finishes early Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
and with high strength as a bonded screed, unbonded Pot life *): approx. 45 minutes
screed, screed on insulation or as a heated screed
*) values refer to 23 C and 65% relative humidity. Higher tempera-
which is suitable as a wearing finish or as a substrate for
tures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these given times.
tiles, textile finishes, parquet or PVC. For installation the
general regulations for cementitious screeds DIN 18560
Approx. coverage kg/m2 ASO-EZ6:
and DIN 18353 apply. The substrate must be able to
Mixing ratio Parts by weight
take the loading according to DIN 1055.
Screed thickness , cm 1:4**) 1:5**)
In medium duty wet areas falling under the wet area
1 4.1 3.4
classifications (FBK) 0, A02 according to the ZDB-
4 16.3 13.6
Worksheet [*1], and also under the classification
5 20.4 17.0
A2 regarding general building codes, the ready to
6 24.4 20.4
use ASO-EZ6 screed can be applied if the proper
SCHOMBURG waterproofing system is installed. **) 1:4 parts by weight relates to approx. 1:2.7 parts by volume. 1:5 parts
In heavy duty wet areas, such as classifications B and by weight relates to approx. 1:3.3 parts by volume.
C according to general building codes, or FBK B0
according to the ZDB-Worksheet [*1], screeds can be Minimum thickness to DIN 18560:
produced with either ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ4 as long
as the proper SCHOMBURG waterproofing system is Beneath tiles 45 mm on insulation or
installed. separating layer
[*] See important advice section below. Beneath parquet, 35 mm on insulation or
carpet, linoleum separating layer
Technical Data: or PVC
Basis: special cement, additives In general 10 mm bonded
Colour: dark grey
Mixing ratio: ASO-EZ6 / aggregate: Product preparation:
1:4 to 1:5 parts by weight For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann
Application/substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other
max. approx. +30 C conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
Water addition: dependent on the moisture in or similar. Pay attention to the moisture content of the
the aggregate used, up to aggregate and avoid excess water. The pot life is
max. 40% by weight relating approx. 45 minutes at +20 C. Mixing, application
to the ASO-EZ6 addition; and finishing must follow each other swiftly. Only
values refer to dry aggregate measure out areas that can be completed within this
Mix method: Forced paddle mixer, pot life. Higher temperatures reduce and lower tem-
free fall mixer peratures lengthen the pot life and setting time. With

487
Technical Data Sheet
bonded screeds firstly brush ASOCRET-HB-flex into
the mechanically abraded concrete substrate. Lay the
screed into the wet slurry coat. The general regulations
for cement-based screeds DIN 18560 and 18353
should be followed for screed laying.
Mixing recommendations
for mixing and rotary feed machines:
In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed with
a 220 litre mix capacity, e.g. Putzmeister Mixocret, mix
200 kg aggregate with 50 kg ASO-EZ6. This relates to
a mixer capacity of approx. 80% - which is generally
recommended by the equipment manufacturers.
Observe the following procedures:
Firstly add half the aggregate of particle size 0/8 to
the mixing drum (approx. 15 shovels at 7 kg), approx.
10 litres of water and 50 kg ASO-EZ6. Then, fill the
mixing drum with the remaining aggregate (a further
15 shovels at 7 kg dependent on the mixing ratio) and
add the remaining water. A total of approx. 10 20
litres of water will be needed dependent on the mois-
ture content of the aggregate. The latter value refers
to dry aggregate. In general, 0/8 mm aggregate has
a moisture content of approx. 4% which means that
200 kg of aggregate already contains 8 litres of
water. The total mix time is approx. 2 3 minutes.
Mixing recommendations
for a free-fall mixer:
Recommended mix ratio 1:3 by volume (relates to
approx. 1:4.5 parts by weight); add approx. 3 litres
water, approx. 60 kg of the aggregate (0 8 mm
diameter, approx. 8 shovels) and pre-mix with 25 kg
of ASO-EZ6 for approx. 1 minute. Subsequently add
the remaining aggregate of approx. 40 kg (0 8 mm
diameter, approx. 6 shovels) and mix for 1 - 2 minutes.
Adjust the consistency with water from semi-dry to stiff-
plastic. Protect the screed from drying out too quickly
e.g. from heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive
tiled finishes after 1 day when a mix ratio of 1:4 parts
by weight has been used with dry aggregate, to DIN
4226 with a particle size distribution between A8 B8
nearer B8 with a consistent particle distribution, with a
water addition of 20 litres per 50 kg ASO-EZ6 at an
ambient and substrate temperature of +23 C and 50%
relative humidity and laid 5 cm thick. Confirmation
should be sought by measuring the moisture content
with a carbide hygrometer. Where screeds with a
particular screed quality in accordance with DIN EN
488
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
13813 are required, then trial areas will be
necessary. These should be carried out before
commencing work.
Important advice:
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying.
To ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed
can be protected during the curing phase e.g. with
plastic sheeting or with continuous light misting.
Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex an alterna-
tive slurry bonding coat can be produced using
ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with water and a
screed mortar composed of 1 part by volume
ASO-EZ6 and 2 parts by volume aggregate of
particle size 0 4 or 0 8 mm diameter.
For use in areas where the aggregate quality is
inadequate or where storing the mortar components
is not possible or desired then the pre-blended
mortars ASO-EZ6-Plus, ASO-EZ4-Plus and
ASO-EZ2-Plus are available.
The determination of the screeds readiness to
receive floor finishes should be carried out using
a carbide hygrometer. Keep to the limiting values
(see table No. 1)
When too short a mix time is selected or the
material is not mixed intensively enough then the
dispersion of all components is not guaranteed.
Early laying of floor finishes and high strength is no
longer given.
Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick
screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement
of readiness for laying finishes (also see the BEB
data sheet climatic requirements for the drying of
screeds). Trials have shown that at lower tempera-
tures (+5 C to +10 C) the binding of the water
proceeds heavily delayed so that the readiness to
receive floor finishes is achieved after 2 days.
Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too
much water or aggregate (more than 3.3:1 by
volume relating to 5:1 parts by weight), an incor-
rect particle size distribution or insufficient mixing.
This results in a sandy surface.
The quality of the aggregate is a determining factor
in the properties of the screed produced with it.
Aggregate to DIN 4226 with a consistent particle
size distribution between A and B nearer to B to
DIN 1045 should be used. Where aggregates
with different particle size distributions are used
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

then the binder demand may increase. Aggregates
with a particle size distribution between B and C to
DIN 1045 require higher levels of ASO-EZ6. Which
particle size distribution for which screed thickness
should be extracted from the following table:
Particle size Minimum Maximum
thickness thickness
0 - 4 mm 10 mm 30 mm
0 - 8 mm 25 mm 80 mm
0 - 16 mm 50 mm 160 mm
ASO-EZ6 can from a crystalline bond with up to 40%
of its weight in water. Quantities above this must
evaporate and therefore delay the screeds readiness
to receive finishes.
If the surface of the screed cannot be sufficiently
tightened during rubbing off then this indicates that
too low a fines content was used in the aggregate.
Here larger amounts of ASO-EZ6 are needed to
replace the missing fines.
A functioning damp proof membrane is necessary
where rising damp is present in the substrate, prior to
laying screeds.
Where necessary add reinforcement with
CRACKBLOCKER (24 mm). Corrosion protection
for metallic mesh is not given.
Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The
interior and floor temperature must be a minimum
of +5 C during installation and for one week after-
wards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the first 3
days.
Do not mix with other cements or binders.
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints
are to be carried through or incorporated in the
designated position and composed of suitable
material e.g. edging strip.
Do not add any additives.
Follow the data sheets for the products mentioned
above.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN 13813, DIN 1055, DIN 1045, DIN 4226,
the technical information coordination of cut out
areas with heated floor construction, the ZDB data
sheets distributed by the Technical Association of
the German Tile Industry.
The BEB data sheets distributed by the National
Association for Screeds and Finishes.
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and
exterior areas (August 2000).
[*3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based screeds.
[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings.
Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!
GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

489
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ6-Plus Art.-No. 2 05500

Rapid setting pre-blended dry mortar

Properties: Bulk density

Rapid crystalline water binding of fresh mortar: approx. 2.2 kg/dm3
Shrinkage compensated Application/
High application assurance Substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to
Constant screed quality max. approx. +30 C
Long working time Working time *): approx. 45 minutes
Foot traffic after 4-6 hours Foot traffic after *): approx. 4 hours
Rapid setting Fully cured after *): approx. 7 days
Tiles can be installed after 1 day Classification: EN 13813 CT-C70-F7-A9
For interior areas Fire rating: A1 in accordance with
Can be heated after 3 days according to technical resolution 96/603/EG
regulations
*) Values relate to +23 C and 65% relative humidity. Higher
temperatures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen these
Areas of application:
given times.
ASO-EZ6-Plus is a pre-blended mortar for the produc-
tion of rapid setting, high strength bonded, unbonded,
Minimum nominal thickness to DIN 18560:
floating or heated cement-based screeds that will take
finishes early. These screeds are suitable for use as a
Beneath tiles 40 mm on insulation or
wearing finish or as a substrate for tiles, textile flooring,
separating layer *2)
parquet or PVC. For installation the general regulations
Beneath parquet, 30 mm on insulation or
for cementitious screeds DIN 18560 and DIN 18353
carpet, linoleum separating layer*2)
apply. The substrate must be able to take the loading
or PVC
according to DIN 1055.
In general 10 mm bonded
In wet duty areas of wet duty classification [FBK] 0, A02 *2) Thickness reductions are possible due to static calculations and
in accordance with the ZDB information sheet [*1] or measurements assessed with the pre-blended mortar.
wet duty classification A2 in accordance with technical
test criteria, a screed produced with ASO-EZ6-Plus can Product preparation:
be installed when a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproof For preparation we recommend the Brinkmann screed
coating is applied. In highly demanding wet duty areas boy with a 65mm pipe diameter, or other convention-
such as those in wet duty classes B and C in accor- al screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar.
dance with technical test criteria or FBK B0 in accor- Pay attention to the water addition and avoid excess
dance with the ZDB information sheet [*1], screeds water. The working time is approx. 45 minutes at
produced with ASO-EZ2-Plus or ASO-EZ4-Plus are to be +23C. Mixing, application and finishing must
used when a suitable SCHOMBURG waterproof coating follow each other swiftly. Only measure out areas that
is applied. can be completed within this working time. Higher
temperatures reduce and lower temperatures lengthen
[*] see advice section the working time and setting time. For bonded screeds
first brush ASOCRET-HB-flex onto the prepared, e.g.
Technical Data: mechanically abraded, concrete substrate. Lay the
Basis: special cement, additives, screed into the wet slurry coat. The general regula-
aggregate tions for cement-based screeds DIN 18560 and
Colour: dark grey 18353 should be followed for screed laying.
Water addition: 1.6 2.0 litres / 25 kg
ASO-EZ6-Plus Mixing recommendations for mixing
(6.5 8.0 % water) and rotary feed machines:
Mix method: Forced paddle mixer, In a conventional mixing machine with rotary feed
free fall mixer with a 220 litre mix capacity e.g. Brinkmann screed-

490
Technical Data Sheet
boy, PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret or similar mix together a
total of 250 kg ASO-EZ6-Plus with 16 20 litres mains
water. This relates to a mixer capacity of approx. 80%
- which is generally recommended by the equipment
manufacturers.
Observe the following procedures:
First half fill the mix vessel with 125kg of ASO-EZ6-Plus
and approx. 10 litres water. Then fill with the rest of
the 125kg of ASO-EZ6-Plus and 6 10 litres of water.
The total mix time is approx. 3 minutes.
Mixing recommendations for a
free-fall mixer:
First add 4 litres of water, 100kg ASO-EZ6-Plus and a
further 2.5 4.0 litres of water. Subsequently mix for
1-2 minutes and adjust by adding water to produce a
semi-dry to stiff plastic consistency.
Protect the screed from drying out too quickly e.g.
from heat or drafts. Screeds are ready to receive tiled
finishes after 1 day with a water addition of 2 litres
per 25kg ASO-EZ6-Plus, an ambient and substrate
temperature of +23 C, a relative humidity of 50%
and a thickness of 5cm. Confirmation should be sought
by measuring the moisture content with a carbide
hygrometer.
Storage & Shelf Life:
6 months when stored dry in the original unopened
packaging. Use opened packaging promptly.
Estimating & Supply:
Consumption: approx. 20kg ASO-EZ6-Plus
per m2 / cm screed thickness
Packaging: 25 kg bags
Cleaning & Equipment Maintenance:
Clean tools and equipment with water immediately
after use.
Important advice:
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying.
To ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed can
be protected during the curing phase e.g. with
plastic sheeting or with continuous light misting.
Instead of using ASOCRET-HB-flex, an alternative
slurry bonding coat can be produced using
491
10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
ASOPLAST-MZ diluted 1:1 with water and a
screed mortar composed of 25kg ASO-EZ6-Plus
and 5kg ASO-EZ6.
Please refer to the technical data sheets for the
products mentioned above.
When too short a mix time is selected or the
material is not mixed intensively enough the
dispersion of all components is not guaranteed.
Early installation of floor finishes and high strength
is no longer given.
The determination of the screeds readiness to
receive floor finishes should be carried out using
a carbide hygrometer. Keep to the limiting values
(see table 1).
Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick
screeds delay the setting, drying and achievement
of readiness for laying finishes (see also the BEB
data sheet climatic requirements for the drying of
screeds). Trials have shown that at lower tempera-
tures (+5 C to +12 C) the binding of the water
proceeds at a delayed rate so that the readiness
to receive floor finishes was only achieved after 2
days.
Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too
much water (more than 2 litres of water per 25kg
ASO-EZ6-Plus).
ASO-EZ6-Plus can bind up to approx. 8% of its
weight of water in a crystalline way. Anything
above this level has to evaporate and consequently
delays the readiness to receive finishes.
Where rising dampness is present a installation of
a functioning damp proof membrane is necessary
prior to laying the screed.
If necessary add CRAKBLOCKER (24mm) as
reinforcement, corrosion protection for screeding
mesh is not guaranteed.
Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The
interior and floor temperature must be a minimum
of +5 C during installation and for one week
afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the
first 3 days.
Do not add cement or other binders.
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints
are to be carried through or incorporated in the
designated position and composed of suitable
material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are
to be cut into the top third of the installed screed.
Do not add any additives or other materials.
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Important advice table 1:

Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrometer
Floor finish heated unheated
Vapour impervious finishes 1.8 % 2.0 %
Textile finishes Vapour barrier 1.8 % 2.5 %
Vapour permeable 2.0 % 3.0 %
Parquet 1.8 % 2.0 %
Laminate flooring 1.8 % 2.0 %
Ceramic tiles, natural Sand:
stone/concrete slabs Cement fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %
Adhesive fixing 2.0 % 2.0 %

The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in accordance with the current work instructions
of the FBH-AD from the technical information coordination of cut out areas for heated floor constructions.

The relevant current regulations are to be observed.

E.g. DIN 18157, DIN 18352, DIN 18560,
DIN EN 13813, DIN 1055
The BEB data sheets distributed by the National
Association for Screeds and Finishes. The technical
information coordination of cut out areas for
heatedfloor constructions
The ZDB data sheets distributed by the Technical
Association of the German Tile Industry.
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and exterior
areas.
[3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.
[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on cement-based screeds over insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet!

GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

492
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus Art.-No. 2 05038

Lightweight cement-based screed

Properties: Cleaning: Cleans tools and equipment

Very low weight per unit area. with water immediately after
Especially suitable for renovation work. use
High application confidence. Traffic after*): approx. 48 hours
Constant screed quality. Full loading after*): approx. 28 days
For interior and exterior use. Working time*): approx. 60 minutes
Long working time.
*) The values given relate to +23 C and 65% relative humidity.
Higher temperatures shorten whereas lower temperatures lengthen
Areas of application: the given timings.
ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus is a pre-blended material for
producing screeds with low weight per unit area. Minimum nominal thickness DIN 18560:
Screeds produced with ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus are suitable
as bonded screeds or unbonded screeds over a
Beneath tiles 45 mm on insulation or a
separating layer or insulation as well as heated screeds,
separating layer
whether used as a wearing finish or as a substrate for
further finishes e.g. tiles, slabs and natural stone. Screeds
Beneath parquet, carpet, 40 mm on insulation or a
must be applied following general guidelines for cement-
linoleum or PVC separating layer
based screeds in accordance with DIN 18560 and
18353. The substrate must be able to take the addi-
General 20 mm bonded
tional loading in accordance with DIN 1055.
In wet areas the ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus screed is to be Product preparation:
waterproofed with a suitable SCHOMBURG tanking For preparation we recommend using the Brinkmann
product e.g. AQUAFIN-2K/M. screed boy with a 65 mm hose diameter, or other
conventional screed mixers PFT, Putzmeister Mixocret
Technical Data: or similar. Observe the water ratio and eliminate
Basis: special cement, additives, excess water. At +20 C the pot life is 60 minutes.
special lightweight aggregate Mixing, laying and finishing must be carried out
Colour: grey efficiently and consecutively. The area must only be
Consumption: approx. 13kg measured out to a size that can be completed within
ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus per m2/cm this pot life. Higher temperatures shorten and lower
screed thickness temperatures lengthen the pot life and setting time.
Weight: approx. 14 kg/m2/cm For bonded screeds brush apply ASOCRET-HB-flex to
screed thickness the prepared, e.g. by shot-blasting, concrete base.
Coefficient of thermal Lay the screed into the wet bonding coat. Installation
conductivity h: approx. 0.17 W/m K should be in accordance with the general guidelines
Water addition: 4.5 to 5.5 litres / 25 kg for screeds, DIN 18560 and DIN 18353. Shortly
Mixing method: Forced paddle mixer, after levelling the screed briefly rub the surface and
free fall mixer subsequently smoothen. The consistency is correct
Storage: Cool and dry, 12 months in when a porous open surface is achieved. Too smooth
the original unopened a closed surface indicates too high a water addition.
packaging. Use opened
packaging promptly. Mixing recommendations for mix machines with
Application/ conveyor feed:
substrate temp: min. approx. +5 C to A total of 200 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus can be mixed
max. approx. +30 C with 36 - 44 litres of clean water in a conventional
Classification: EN 13813 CT-C25-F4 mixing machine with a 220 litre mix vessel e.g.
Fire classification: A1fl in accordance with Brinkmann screed-boy or PFT Putzmeister Mixocret or
resolution 96/603/EG similar.
Packaging: 25 kg containers

493
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Carry out the following procedures:
Firstly fill the mix vessel with 100 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus
and add approx. 30 litres of water. Afterwards add
the remaining 100 kg ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus and pour in
a further 6 - 14 litres of water. Keep to a total mix time
of 2 minutes so that all components are
dispersed and the final consistency is achieved.
Mixing recommendations for free fall mixers:
First pour in 9 litres of water and add 50 kg of
ASO-EZ-LIGHT-Plus, and mix for 2 minutes. Adjust the
consistency through water addition to a semi-dry to stiff-
plastic consistency. Protect the fresh screed from rapid
drying e.g. from heat or draughts. We recommend post
treating with evaporation protection consisting of either,
1 part ASOPLAST-MZ to 2 parts water, or by covering
with polythene.
Important advice:
When too short a mix time is selected or the material
is not mixed intensively enough then the dispersion
of all components is not guaranteed. The determina-
tion of the screeds readiness to receive floor finishes
should be carried out using a carbide hygrometer.
Keep to the following limiting values:
Maximum moisture content of the screed determined with a carbide hygrome-
ter
Floor finish heated
Vapour impervious 1,8%
finishes
Textile finishes Vapour 1,8%
barrier
Vapour perme- 2,0%
able
Parquet 1,8%
By high temperatures, direct sunlight and drafts,
protect the screed from water loss during drying.
To ensure ideal hydration of cement, the screed
can be protected during the curing phase e.g.
with plastic sheeting or with continuous light
misting.
Lower temperatures, high humidity and thick
screeds delay the setting time, drying and
achievement of readiness for laying finishes (also
see the BEB data sheet climatic requirements for
the drying of screeds). Trials have shown that at
lower temperatures (+5 C to +12 C) the binding
of the water proceeds heavily delayed so that the
readiness to receive floor finishes is achieved later.
Water that bleeds to the surface indicates too
much water.
A functioning damp proof membrane is necessary
where rising damp is present in the substrate.
Ventilation is necessary on the building site. The
interior and floor temperature must be a minimum
of +5 C during installation and for one week
afterwards. De-humidifiers may not be used in the
first 3 days.
Do not mix with other cements or binders.
Perimeter, bay, construction and movement joints
are to be carried through or incorporated in the
designated position and composed of suitable
material e.g. edging strip. Crack control joints are
unheated
to be cut into the top third of the installed screed.
2,0 % Do not add any additives.
The relevant current regulations are to be observed.
2,5 %
E.g.
DIN 18157
DIN 18352
3,0 % DIN 18560
DIN EN 13813
2,0 % DIN 1055

Laminate flooring 1,8% 2,0 % The BEB data sheets distributed by the National
Association for Screeds and Finishes. The techni-
cal information coordination of cut out areas with
Ceramic tiles, natu- Sand: 2,0% 2,0 %
heated floor construction. The ZDB data sheets dis-
ral stone/ concrete cement fixing
slabs tributed by the Technical Association of the German
Adhesive fixing 2,0% 2,0 % Tile Industry.
[*1] Advice for the installation of waterproofing
combined with ceramic tiles in interior and
The measurements with the carbide hygrometer are to be carried out in
accordance with the current working instructions of the FBH-AD from the
exterior areas (January 2005).
technical information coordination of cut out areas with heated floor [*2] Mechanically heavy-duty ceramic floor finishes.
construction. [3] Movement joints in tiled finishes.

494
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

[*5] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete

blocks on cement-based floor constructions over
insulation.
[*6] Ceramic tiles, slabs, natural stone and concrete
blocks on heated cement-based floor constructions.
[*7] Tiled finishes on the exterior of buildings.

Please observe a valid European safety data sheet.

GISCODE: ZP1
47/08

495
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASO-HS7 Art.-No. 2 03738 (grey)

Fuel Oil Resistant Protection Paint Art.-No. 2 03739 (red)

Properties: Age: min. 28 days

ASO-HS7 is a one-component polymer dispersion free Tensile adhesive strength: 1.5 N/mm2
from solvents. Residual moisture: <4%
In cured condition ASO-HS7 is very elastic and has
crack bridging properties. Product preparation:
ASO-HS7 is resistant to fuel oil, diesel fuel, lubricants ASO-HS7 is ready for use. Only a short stirring with
and transformer oil. a mechanical mixer at 300 rpm is necessary.

Areas of application: Method of application / consumption:

According to the admittance for use (P-LGA-MS 1. Surface preparation before application of
2903656) ASO-HS7 will be used as a sealant for ASO-HS7.
concrete, plaster or screed surfaces of interior drip 2. Production of the concave mouldings in the wall/
trays or collecting tanks. floor joint with ASOCRETE- RN,
consumption 1.8 kg/l.
Technical Data: 3. Application of ASO-HS7 in three coats in colour
Basis: one component polymer variation per step (red grey red resp. grey
dispersion red grey).
Colour: grey, red 3.1. Priming (grey): ASO-HS7 (grey) diluted with
Viscosity: 150 dPas ` 15 % at + 23 C water 1:1 (v:v) is brushed or painted on the
Density: 1.43 g/ml at +23 C surface in one coat. Consumption: 120 ml/m2.
Application temperature: approx. +10 C up to 3.2. Intermediate paint (red), after complete drying of
+30 C the primer coat (at least 16 hours waiting time),
Overcoat: after 16 h at +23 C undiluted ASO-HS7 (red) is brushed or painted
Traffic: after 16 h at +23 C on the surface in one coat. Consumption:
Ready for load: after 7 d at +23 C 450 ml/m2.
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean tools 3.3. Top coat (grey), after complete drying of the
immediately after use with intermediate coat (at least 16 hours waiting
water. time), undiluted ASO-HS7 (grey) is brushed
Storage: In unopened original bins, dry or painted on the surface in one coat.
and free from frost 12 months Consumption: 220 ml/m2.
Packaging: Packages of 5 and 10 kg
bins. Please regard the EU Health and safety:
safety data sheet. ASO-HS7 is physiologically harmless after complete
hardening. In any case the government health and
Surface preparation: safety protective directive should be observed as well
The surfaces must be as the advice on the packaging.
dry, sound and have a good grip
free of grout, dust, loose parts, and material that will Important advice:
impair adhesion. It is important, that the protective paint is applied 10
Protected against moisture from the backside. to 20 cm above the expected maximum.
For better and entire curing open doors and
If necessary: vacuuming, sand blasting, shot blasting, windows beforehand. In optimal drying conditions the
milling or grinding the substrate. ASO-HS7 coats can accept traffic after 16 hours.
In addition the following substrate requirements are to After extended waiting times between application of
be fulfilled: the coats the surface must be cleaned thoroughly and
Cementitious areas: abraded. A completely paint free from voids should
Concrete quality: min. C20/25 be followed. It is not sufficient simply to overcoat.
Screed quality: min. EN 13813 CT-C35-F5 Applications that are not clearly explained in this
Plaster quality: PII/PIII technical data sheet may only be carried out after

496
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

consultation with and written confirmation from

the Technical Service Department of
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under the
waste disposal code 55 513 (old paint/lacquer).
45/06

497
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASODUR-LE Art.-No 2 05797

Lightweight epoxy resin screed

Properties: 30 kg 60 kg 450 kg
ASODUR-LE is a three-component lightweight epoxy resin
ASODUR-LE 5 kg 10 kg 75 kg
screed. ASODUR-LE consists of a two-component, solvent (binder) (2 x 25 kg A
free, low viscosity epoxy resin (as binder) and a special 1 x 25 kg B)
lightweight aggregate as the third component.
Special lightweight 25 kg 2 x 25 kg 15 x 25 kg
aggregate
After installation ASODUR-LE has a weight per area of
only approx. 17 kg/m2 at 15 mm minimum thickness. In
the hardened state ASODUR-LE possesses high abrasion Storage: Binder: 18 months when stored
resistance, heat insulating properties and impact sound cool and dry in the original
minimising properties when used with conventional unopened container.
impact sound insulation. Storage should be in compliance
with the regulations for storing
Areas of application: products dangerous to
ASODUR-LE is used in the renovation of old buildings watercourses.
On wooden floors as a substrate for the installation Observe EU safety data sheet.
of ceramic tiled finishes in wet areas when in
combination with the necessary waterproofing *) at +23 C
measures.
On old wooden floorboards as a substrate for Surface preparation:
ceramic floor tiles, parquet or carpet. Existing substrates must be load-bearing, dust free and
On cement-based substrates, on asphalt floors etc. dry. Damaged wooden and floorboard substrates are
to be replaced and loose boards are to be secured
Technical Data: (e.g. screws etc.). Leave a minimum 5 mm gap
Binder finished screed between adjacent constructions by the insertion of
Viscosity: 800 mPa s polystyrene edge strips before the lightweight screed
Consistency: mortar-like is installed.
Density*): approx. 1,10 g/cm3 approx. 1,15 g/cm3
Mixing ratio: 2:1 1:5 Product preparation:
parts by weight parts by weight Production of the lightweight epoxy resin screed
(resin:hardener) (binder:aggregate) binder ASODUR-LE: 1 part by weight special light-
Pot life*): approx. 40 mins approx. 45 mins weight aggregate: 5 parts binder (ASODUR-LE).
Curing temperature Components A (resin) and B (hardener) are delivered
(Material / substrate): + 8 C + 30 C + 8 C + 30 C in a predetermined mixing ratio. Tip component B into
Foot traffic after*): approx. 16 hours approx. 16 hours component A. Ensure that the hardener drains com-
Overcoat after*): approx. 16 hours approx. 16 hours pletely from its container. Mixing of the components
Full load after*): approx. 7 days approx. 7 days is to be carried out with a suitable mixer at approx.
Compressive 300 rpm (e.g. drill with paddle). It is important to
strength: approx. 26 N/mm2 also stir from the sides and the bottom to ensure that
Flexural strength: approx. 13 N/mm2 the hardener is evenly dispersed. Stir until the mix
Consumption: approx. 1,15 kg/m2/mm thickness is homogenous (free from striations). Mixing time
Cleaning: Clean tools immediately after use approx. 5 minutes. The material temperature during
with AQUAFIN-Reiniger. mixing should be +15 C. Place the determined
Packaging: 30 kg, 60 kg and 450 kg units weight of lightweight aggregate into the forced
paddle mixer (e.g. type: Zyklos or UEZ). Subsequently
The packaging contents are composed of: add the previously homogenously mixed resin and
hardener components of the binder. Ensure that the
liquid and solid components are evenly mixed. When

498
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

preparing small quantities of lightweight screed (5 kg

units ASODUR-LE binder, 25 kg special lightweight
aggregate) place the special lightweight aggregate
into a mixing bucket (capacity 60 litres) and add the
previously mixed resin and hardener components.
Subsequently blend the special lightweight aggregate
and binder with a suitable stirrer at approx. 300 rpm
(e.g. drill with paddle). Ensure that the liquid and solid
components are evenly mixed. Decant the material into
a clean container and mix through thoroughly once
again.

Method of application / consumption:

1) To improve the workability, prime the substrate prior
to application with ASODUR-LE (binder).
2) Apply the mixed lightweight screed onto the freshly
primed substrate and strike over laths, compact and
smoothen. Consumption: approx. 17.25 kg/m2 at
15 mm minimum compacted thickness

Health and safety:

Once cured ASODUR-LE is harmless. The hardener
(component B) is corrosive. When using this product
the government health and safety protective directive,
data sheet M 023, should be observed as well as the
advice on the packaging.

Important advice:
If ASODUR-Lightweight screed is installed over impact
sound insulation, a minimum thickness of 20 mm is
required. Furthermore ensure that the compressibility
of the impact sound insulation used is < 1 mm.
If ASODUR-LE is used as a thin load distribution layer
on LEWIS dovetail boards, ensure that during instal-
lation the deflection of the LEWIS dovetail boards is
avoided by using suitable load distribution such as
e.g. shuttering boards.
Applications that are not clearly explained in this
technical data sheet may only be carried out after
consultation with and written confirmation from the
Technical Services Department of SCHOMBURG
GmbH Systembaustoffe.
Cured product residues are to be disposed of under
waste disposal classification 57123 Epoxy resin.

GISCODE: RE 1
10/07

499
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

ASOPLAST-MZ Art.-No. 2 02222

Adhesion Agent - Screed and Mortar Additive

Properties: Storage: In frost protected storage

ASOPLAST-MZ is an unsaponifiable adhesion agent, free for at least 12 months in
from acetate and softening agents. It is non-corrosive. unopened original
ASOPLAST-MZ increases the bonding strength of the containers.
hardened mortar, as well as its flexural tensile strength,
has an increased elasticity and water resistance, is Surface preparation:
also highly resistant against chemicals. Additionally, it is The surface must be clean, firm and free from remains
highly resilient and decreases the water permeability. of release agents. Impurities caused by oil, grease
or rubber are to be completely removed, if necessary
Areas of application: by means of sandblasting. Loose particles and
With addition of ASOPLAST-MZ a polymer modified sintering skin are also to be removed. Absorbing
mortar can be achieved, which can be used for exam- surfaces are to be evenly wetted until the surface is
ple as a bonding layer, shotcrete, tough hard plaster, saturated (avoid formation of puddles).
improved screed, jointing and bonding mortar and as
mortar for concave mouldings: Product preparation:
For levelling and patch mortars, extensible to very thin Use only fresh binding agents and clean washed
coatings. additives with good grain distribution for the
For the production of floor sealer with improved dust production of plastic mortar. Convert the grain size
resistance, flexibility and crack resistance. according to the layer thickness and the surface
As a bonding agent in shotcrete. finish, i.e.:
As an improvement in the bonding, flexibility and upto 2 mm 0 - 0.5 mm
crack resistance of plaster mortars. 2 - 5 mm 0 - 1.0 mm
For mortar applications as bonding and impervious 5 - 15 mm 0 - 2.0 mm, 0 - 4.0 mm
layer in concrete construction joint, e. g. between more than 15 mm 0 - 8.0 mm
concrete slab and wall (mortar for concave
mouldings). At first pre-mix dry, then add the MZ-Water solution
For hardwearing coverings in water construction, and mix for 2 minutes. To achieve strong thick layers,
sewer, sewage plants. application is to be carried out using the lamination
As improvement of the bonding of plaster on method. Generally, wet in wet application is to be
insulation boards. effected. Do not use pure MZ-water solution for
As jointing material for masonry. bonding agents, in such cases quick drying can
As bonding mortar for the fixing of plates made of produce a separating film. Do not apply at
ceramic, natural stone, cast stone as well as insulation temperatures below +5 C.
and light construction plates
As an additive to improve the bonding strength and Bonding Layer:
resistance of lime and cement paints. In case of plastering on difficult surfaces, sealing
For the production of cement mortars with improved plasters, sealing slurries, patch mortars, levelling
chemical resistance. mortar, floor coverings, between old and new
As protection for green concrete ASOPLAST-MZ concrete the following is to be regarded:
prevents the premature drying out. Gauging water ASOPLAST-MZ with water
1:1 upto 1:3 mixing ratio
Technical Data: Dry mixture: cement and sand 1:3
Basis: Polymer emulsion based on Grain size: 0 - 4 mm, depending on
styrene-butadiene copolymer layer thickness
Specific gravity: approx. 1.0 kg /l Consumption: 2.3 - 3.0 kg/m2 and cm
Colour: white layer thickness
Consumption: depends on the areas of
application

500
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

a) Shotcrete bonding layer: Renderings:

Produce mortar which is then gunned into a layer a) Normal rendering is made of lime cement mortar:
thickness of 4 - 5 mm. Further application for render- Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water
ing, according to usual recommendations and instruc- 1:2 upto l:4
tions for premixed mortars, according to manufacturers Dry mixture: Binding agent with sand
instructions. For renderings impermeable to water see 1:2.5 upto 1:4
the instructions for use of ASOLIN. Grain size: 0-4 upto 0-8 mm
Consumption: 0.3 upto 1.1 kg/m2 and
b) Other bonding layers: cm layer thickness
Produce a brushable slurry (sand 0 - 4 mm). Brush this
thoroughly into the substrate. Further amounts of mortar b) Rendering of insulation boards:
or concrete should immediately be spread wet in wet. Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water
1:2
Levelling- and patching mortar: Dry mixture: Binding agent with Sand
Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water for 1:3
coatings below 10 mm 1:3, Grain size: 0 - 4 mm
for coatings over 10 mm 1:5. Consumption: 0.7 upto 1.0 kg/m2 and
Dry mixture: cement with sand 1:2 cm layer thickness
upto 1:4. The shotcrete is effected according the instructions.
Mixing a higher proportion of ASOPLAST-MZ to water, The prime rendering is applied onto the thoroughly
with ratio of 2:1, this achieve a higher resistance hardened shotcrete according to usual rendering
against chemicals, especially against urea, ammonia recommendations. ASOPLAST-MZ is added to the
and diluted inorganic bases. prime rendering in those areas where better bonding,
Grain size: 0 - 4 mm, depending on the higher flexibility, reduced shrinkage crack-formation
layer thickness and reduced water permeability is requested.
Consumption: 0.7 - 1.9 kg/m2 and cm
thickness Smooth finish and levelling
The stiff-plastic mortar is to be applied on the well of fair-faced concrete:
moistened surface. For heavy duty surface areas and Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water
for very smooth surfaces apply the bonding layer 1:3 upto 1:5
accordingly (see Data). Dry mixture: cement with sand 1:3
Floor coverings, wear-resistant coverings in water Grain size: 0 - 1 mm
constructions and substrates: Consumption: 0.7 upto 1.3 kg/m2 and
Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water, for cm layer thickness
surfaces affected by high The surface is to be cleaned thoroughly and to be
loading capacity, mixing pre-wetted. The mixture described above is to be
ratio of 1:1 upto 1:2, for turned into a groutable mortar. Firstly produce the
normal loading capacity with bonding layer and then rub into surface with brush/
mixing ratio of 1:2 upto 1:4 comb intensively.
Dry mixture: Binding agent with sand The grouting mortar is immediately applied wet-in-wet
1:2,5 upto 1:4 by means of trowel or rubber spactle, rub off with a
Grain Size: 0 - 4 upto 0 - 8 mm wooden hand-board and smooth off using a smooth
Consumption: 0.3 upto 1.1 kg/m2 and cm trowel.
layer thickness
The earth-moist mortar is applied in layers of Mortar preparations:
15 - 30 mm, wet in wet, according to certified rules of Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water
technique. It is compacted and thoroughly troweled off. 1:3 upto 1:5
Special care is to be taken when arranging shrinkage Dry mixture: cement with sand 1:2
and construction joints! upto 1:3

501
Technical Data Sheet 10. ACCESSORY PRODUCTS

Grain size: 0 - 8 mm influences of rapid drying caused by wind and sun,

Consumption: 0.6 - 1.1 kg/m2
For the bridging of construction joints between concrete
construction elements the above mentioned mixture is to
be created with a stiff-plastic consistency and is to be
applied directly prior to concreting, onto the clean,
moistened surface with a layer thickness of 5 cm. If
formworks are being used, these are to be well
secured. This construction joint is to be thoroughly
covered with concrete and compacted as is usual.
using a plastic foil or using similar means of keeping
the surface moist.
Protection of green concrete:
After dilution (1 part ASOPLAST-MZ - 2 parts water)
the material is applied by a spray device or brush.
The handling and further application starts as soon as
the curing process has begun and when the surface
is free of water. Consumption: 50 - 70 g/m2.

Bonding, jointing and concave Important advice:

mouldings mortar: To avoid air entrainment ASOPLAST-MZ mortars
a) For rigid joints in concrete and masonry construction are to be mixed intensively, however, for no longer
Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water than 1 - 2 minutes.
1:2 upto 1:4 Pure ASOPLAST-MZ coats (without cement sand
Dry mixture: cement with sand 1:2 addition) are not suitable as a bonding layer, as a
upto 1:3 separating film may be formed in advance.
Grain size: 0 - 2 mm with increased fine ASOPLAST-MZ gauging solutions which are diluted
content upto 0,2 mm. more than 1:5 (MZ:water) offer only a minimum of
Consumption: 0.7 upto 1.9 kg/m2 and cm plastics to the mortar, which is not hardly improve
thickness the mortar properties.
Produce the mortar in a pasty consistency and fill into Do not use ASOPLAST-MZ mortar at temperatures
the joint with a filling knife or a trowel. below +5 C. ASOPLAST-MZ mortar is not resistant
b) Bonding of insulation and light construction boards: against steady contact with fuel and organic
Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water solvents (use ASODUR-mortar). When using
1:2 ASOPLAST-MZ adhere to all rules and regulations,
Dry mixture: cement with sand 1:3 instructions for use on standard cement mortars.
Grain size: 0 - 2 mm The substrate is to be cleaned and thoroughly
Consumption: 1.4 - 1.9 kg/m2 and cm moistened.
layer thickness Use clean sand with suitable grain size.
The plastic mortar is to be fixed by applying light A minimum of Gauging Water as possible.
pressure on the board, covering the complete surface For application in several layers always apply
by removing lumps and covering any particular spots. wet-in-wet. Protect against rapid drying out.
Protect against wind and extreme temperatures.
Addition to lime and cement paints:
45/06
Gauging solution: ASOPLAST-MZ with water
1:1
Consumption: approx. 0.1 - 0.2 kg/m2.

Instead of gauging with water use a solution above

mentioned gauging mixture. Applying this method the
paint achieves a better bonding and smear resistance
as well as an improved protection against weather
conditions.

After treatment for all areas of application:

Rendering surfaces, floor coverings, patch and levelling
mortar coverings are to be protected against the

502
Technical Drawing/Page No. WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Exterior basement waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 504-505

Waterproofing in socket area with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 506
Pipe penetration waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 507-509
Movement joint waterproofing in a continuous bottom slab with COMBIFLEX-High Build System 510
Pipe penetration waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M 511-512
Underground car park waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M 513-516
Post-applied negative side waterproofing 517
External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside 518
Horizontal barrier from outside 519 & 523
External waterproofing and horizontal barrier from inside 520 & 522
Horizontal barrier and additional measures for restoration of buildings 521
Internal waterproofing and horizontal barrier from outside 524
Horizontal waterproofing in two shell masonry 525
Wall drain with restoration occurring at low humidity 526
Renovation of large masonry cross sections with ascending humidity 526

503
Technical Drawing 1.2.1 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Exterior basement waterproong

with COMBIFLEX-High Build System
- According to factory specications -

Footing plaster
3
1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M
Pipe penetration connection of the

2. Waterproofing in recess areas with a

flexible slurry and a suitable
SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical
4
Cohesive soil 5 data sheet)
3.Waterproofing with
waterproofing

COMBIFLEX-High Build System

4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
Alternative: 5.Waterproofing protection layer with
2a INA Schutz & Drainelement
(INA-Protective boards)

Alternative:
2a. cove with ASOCRET-RN
1
2

Filter gravel

10/10

504
Technical Drawing 1.2.2 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Exterior basement waterproong

with COMBIFLEX-High Build System
- According to factory specications -

1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M

2. Waterproofing in recess areas with a
flexible slurry and a suitable
SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical
data sheet)
3. Waterproofing with
COMBIFLEX-High Build System
4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
5. Waterproofing protection layer with
INA Schutz & Drainelement
(INA-Protective boards)
5

3
Cohesive soil
Alternative:
2a. cove with ASOCRET-RN

4
1
2

Filter gravel

Alternative:

2a

10/10

505
Technical Drawing 1.2.3 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Waterproong in socket area with

COMBIFLEX- High Build System
- According to factory specications -

footing plaster

cohesive soil
4
5

1. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M

2. Inlay of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
3. Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build system
4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
5. Protection of waterproofing with INA Schutz- und Drainelement (INA protective board)

08/10

506
Technical Drawing 1.2.4 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Pipe penetration waterproong with

COMBIFLEX-High Build System

1 Cove with R* 4 cm formed with ASOCRET-RN cementitious mortar

2 Waterproofing COMBIFLEX- High Build System
3 ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh layer installed on the fresh
COMBIFLEX waterproofing
4 Waterproofing protection layer with i.e. INA Schutz- und Drainelement

44/09

507
Technical Drawing 1.2.5 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Pipe penetration waterproong with

COMBIFLEX-High Build System
g y

6
1

1 Pipe sleeve (acc. to regulations for planning and installing below grade
flexible slurry waterproofing materials)
2 Foam grouting of the hollow space
3 Waterproofing flange
4 Waterproofing COMBIFLEX-High Build System
5 ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
6 Waterproofing protection layer with i.e. INA Schutz- und Drainelement
7 AQUAFIN-1K - stiff plastic consistency

44/09

508
Technical Drawing 1.2.6 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Pipe penetration waterproong with

COMBIFLEX-High Build System
- According to factory specications -

1. Pipe penetration with fixed and loose flange

(For example manufacture by Messrs. Doyma GmbH)
2. Waterproofing on fixed and loose flange with AQUAFIN-2K/M and a suitable
SCHOMBURG-Joint-Tape (see technical data sheet)
3. Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System
4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
5. Protective plate
10/10

509
Technical Drawing 1.2.7 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Movement joint waterproong in a continuous bottom

slab with COMBIFLEX-High Build System
- According to factory specications -
g y

1. Masonry or reinforced concrete

2. Waterproofing in joint area with a flexible slurry and a suitable SCHOMBURG-Joint-
Tape (see technical data sheet)
3. Waterproofing with COMBIFLEX-High Build System
4. ASO-Systemvlies-02 protective mesh
5. Waterproofing protection layer with INA Schutz- & Drainelement
(INA Protective boards)
08/10

510
Technical Drawing 1.10.4 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Pipe penetration waterproong with

AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M
(Load: ground moisture and non rising seepage water)

2 4

1 Cove with R * 4 cm formed with ASOCRET-RN cementitious mortar

2 Pipe surface abraded and degreased with Universal Cleanser
3 AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing
4 ASO-Joint-Sleeve sealing gasket
5 Waterproofing protection layer with i.e. INA Schutz- und Drainelement

44/09

511
Technical Drawing 1.10.5 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Pipe penetration waterproong with

AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-2K/M
(Load: ground moisture and non rising seepage water)

4 2

1 Pipe sleeve (acc. to regulations for planning and installing below grade
flexible slurry waterproofing materials)
2 Foam grouting of the hollow space
3 AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing
4 Pipe surface abraded and degreased with Universal Cleanser
5 ASO-Joint-Sleeve sealing gasket
6 Waterproofing protection layer with i.e. INA Schutz- und Drainelement
7 AQUAFIN-1K - stiff plastic consistency
8 ASO-Vorfllschnur, backerrod
9 Waterproofing flange
44/09

512
Technical Drawing 1.70.1 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Underground car park waterproong with

AQUAFIN-2K/M expansion joint sealing

6 3

1. Reinforced concrete slab 1 2 4 5

2. Waterstop
3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
4. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
5. Drainage and protecting layer
6. Growing medium
5 7

1- Reinforced concrete slab

2- Joint seal profile
3- Repair- and cove mortar ASOCRET-RS
4- Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
5- ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
6- Drainage and protecting layer
7- Growing medium 1 2 3 4 6

10/10

513
Technical Drawing 1.70.2 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Underground car park waterproong with AQUAFIN-2K

or AQUAFIN-2K/M Expansion joint sealing

4
2

1 Reinforced concrete slab

2 Joint seal profile
3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
4 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-2K
5 Drainage and protection layer
6 Growing medium

44/09

514
Technical Drawing 1.70.3 & 1.70.4 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Underground car park waterproong with

AQUAFIN-2K Expansion joint sealing

1 Reinforced concrete slab

6
2 Joint seal profile
3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
4 AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing
5 Drainage and protection layer 5
6 Growing medium 4

2
3

Underground car park waterproong with

AQUAFIN-2K Wall/Slab joint

1 Reinforced concrete slab

2 Joint seal profile
3 Epoxy mortar (ASODUR-EMB) or
cementitious mortar class III with
additive ASOPLAST-MZ 6
4 AQUAFIN-2K/-2K/M waterproofing 4 5
5 Embedded ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
6 Drainage and protection layer
7 Growing medium 3

1
2

44/09

515
Technical Drawing 1.70.5 & 1.70.6 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Underground car park

waterproofing with
AQUAFIN-2K/M
Roof inlet pipe penetration 6

waterproofing detail
5

3
4 2

1 Reinforced concrete slab

2 Inlet pipe for flat roofs (for example 1
manufactureby Messrs. Passavant)
3 ASO-Joint-sleeve embedded in waterproofing
4 AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M or
AQUAFIN-DIC waterproofing
5 Drain- and protection layer
6 Growing medium

Underground car park

waterproofing with
AQUAFIN-2K/M
Parapet detail 6

2
1 Reinforced concrete slab
2 Parapet
3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded
in waterproofing
5
4 AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M or
AQUAFIN-DIC waterproofing 3 4
5 Drain- and protection layer
6 Growing medium

9/10

516
Technical Drawing 2.40.1 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Post-applied negative side

waterproong

2 1

3
1. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
4 2. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Without With pressure
Hole diameter: 30 mm 12 18 mm
Hole incline: 30 - 45 0 - 30
Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
Hole distance: 15 cm 15 cm
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or
5
THERMOPAL-SR44
4. + 9. AQUAFIN-2K/M
5. + 10. AQUAFIN-1K
6. Chisel out the existing membranes groove-shaped
2 / 2 inch and express stiff but plastic with
6 AQUAFIN-1K
7. Cove R > 4 cm with ASOCRET-RN
8. Screed formed with ASO-EZ2

7 8
9

10

10/10

517
Technical Drawing 2.50.1 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

External waterproong and horizontal

barrier from inside

4
5
3
7

7
8

8 9
1

2 1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT

2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3 3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
5. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-1K + AQUAFIN-2K/M
6. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Horizontal barrier: With pressure:
Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
Hole distance: 10 - 12 cm
Height offset: 8 cm
7. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
6 8. Silicate colour ADICOR-SK
9. AQUAFIN-2K/M
5

10/10

518
Technical Drawing 2.50.2 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Horizontal barrier from outside

o o a ba e o ou s de

4
1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT
2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Horizontal barrier: With pressure:
1 Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
Hole distance: 10 - 12 cm
Height offset: 8 cm

10/10

519
Technical Drawing 2.50.3 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

External waterproong and horizontal

barrier from inside

1
3

2
1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT
2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3
3. Restoration plaster with THERMOPAL-SR24 or
THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M
5. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Horizontal barrier: Without With pressure
Hole diameter: 30 mm 12 18 mm
Hole incline: 30 - 45 0 - 30
Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
5
Hole distance: 15 cm 10 - 12 cm

10/10

520
Technical Drawing 2.50.5 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Horizontal barrier and additional measures

for restoration of buildings

2 4 5 6 7 8

10
3
1
9

1. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2

2. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-1K
3. Cove formed with ASOCRET-RN
4. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K/M
5. Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
6. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
7. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
8. Silicate paint ADICOR-SK
9. Bonding slurry ASOCRET-HB-flex
10. Screed ASO-EZ2-plus or ASO-EZ4-plus or ASO-EZ6-plus

11/10

521
Technical Drawing 2.50.6 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

External waterproong and horizontal

barrier from inside

3 1
1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT
2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Fully-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
2 5. Levelling plaster MG III with addition of ASOPLAST-MZ
6. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-1K
7. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Horizontal barrier: With pressure:
3 Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
4 Hole distance: 10 - 12 cm
Height offset: 8 cm
8. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
8 9. Silicate paint ADICOR-SK
5

10/10

522
Technical Drawing 2.50.7 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Horizontal barrier from outside

2 1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT

2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3 3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
4
5 Horizontal barrier: With pressure:
Hole depth: brick ./. 5 cm
Hole distance: 10 - 12 cm
6
Height offset: 8 cm
5. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
6. Silicate paint ADICOR-SK

10/10

523
Technical Drawing 2.50.8 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Internal waterproong and horizontal

barrier from outside

3
1
1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT
2
2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or
3 THERMOPAL-SR44
4 4. Fully-covered rough cast with THERMOPAL-SP
7
5. Levelling plaster MG III with addition of
5 ASOPLAST-MZ
6. Waterproofing with AQUAFIN-1K
6
7. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or
AQUAFIN-IB2
8 Horizontal barrier: with pressure
Hole depth: brick. /. 5 cm
9
Hole distance: 10-12 cm
8. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
9. Silicate paint ADICOR-SK

10/10

524
Technical Drawing 2.50.9 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Horizontal waterproong in
two shell masonry

4
5
6
4

1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT

2. Semi-covered rough cast THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
4. Horizontal barrier with AQUAFIN-F or AQUAFIN-IB2
Horizontal barrier: with pressure
Hole depth: brick. /. 5 cm
Hole distance: 10-12 cm
5. Fine plaster THERMOPAL-FS33
6. Silicate paint ADICOR-SK

10/10

525
Technical Drawing 2.60.1 & 2.60.2 WATERPROOFING & RESTORATION

Wall drain with restoration occurring

at low humidity

3
1

1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT

2 2. Semi-covered spray plaster THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
3

> 1.00

Renovation of large masonry cross

sections with ascending humidity

Perform the renovation until at least 80 cm above moisture occurring

or recognizable salt infestation

1 1. Salt treatment with ESCO-FLUAT

2. Semi-covered spray plaster THERMOPAL-SP
3. Restoration plaster THERMOPAL-SR24 or THERMOPAL-SR44
2

> 60 cm

08/10

526
Technical Drawing/Page No. CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS 528-538

527
Technical Drawing CR 001 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Corroded rebars

- Concrete cracking

- Concrete spilling

11/10

528
Technical Drawing CR 002 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Mark out the area to be

repaired.

11/10

529
Technical Drawing CR 003 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Cut the defined perimeter to

a minimum depth of 10 mm

- This is to prevent
feathering of the repair
mortar thickness to zero at
the edges. Feathering
eventually results in cracking
of repair mortar.

11/10

530
Technical Drawing CR 004 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Break out concrete starting

in the centre and work
outwards while maintaining
a 10 mm depth at the
edges.

11/10

531
Technical Drawing CR 005 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Remove rust & clean

reinforcement bar surface to:
Swedish Standard SA 2&1/2
by either grit or sand blasting.

11/10

532
Technical Drawing CR 006 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Apply 2 coats of
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2
on reinforcement steel.

11/10

533
Technical Drawing CR 007 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Spray apply
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40;
using HighCombPump
from High Tech GmbH or
apply 1 coat of
INDUCRET-BIS-0/2 on
concrete and trowel apply
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40

11/10

534
Technical Drawing CR 008 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- Apply
INDUCRET-BIS-5/40
by spray or by trowel.

11/10

535
Technical Drawing CR 009 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- To obtain a smooth levelled

finish: apply
INDUCRET-BIS-1/6
by trowel

11/10

536
Technical Drawing CR 010 CONCRETE REPAIR

Concrete Repair Methodologies with

the system INDUCRET-BIS
- Example of deteriorated concrete culvert showing -

- For uniform surface finish

with additional protection,
brush or spray apply:
AQUAFIN-TC07
AQUAFIN-2K/M
ASOCRET-OS/BF
ASOCRET-OS/RS

11/10

537
538
Technical Drawing/Page No. TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Tiling on wooden substrates with the LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzplatte 540

Pipe penetration waterproofing 541
Pipe penetration waterproofing Stud partition 542
Pipe penetration waterproofing detail in wet rooms 543
Bath or shower tub waterproofing Wall/Tub connection detail 544
AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing - Floor inlet detail in wet rooms 545
Waterproofing under tiles 546 & 549-552
Tile setting on ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screeds 547-548
Pavers on drainage screeds 553
Stairway construction on ASO-EZ4-Plus 554
The gutter system Wiesbaden 555
The gutter system Finnish 556
Cross-section of Wiesbaden swimming pool gutter system 557
Swimming pool deck - bonded screed (thin bed) 558
Interior swimming pool wall/floor joint (thin bed) 559
Swimming pool deck with under floor heating (thin bed) 560
Finnish gutter waterproofing detail in swimming pools (thin bed) 561
St. Moritz gutter waterproofing detail with AQUAFIN-2K 562
Therapy pool 563
Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights - with flange 564
Detail waterproofing of underwater spotlights - with mortar 565
Balcony waterproofing with AQUAFIN-2K 566-567
Balcony waterproofing with ADF-Balkonfolie 568
Floor drain waterproofing detail in wet rooms with ASOFLEX-AKB 569
Waterproofing under tiles and slabs 570
Waterproofing of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial use 571
Detail waterproofing of floor inlet drain in kitchens 572
Detail waterproofing of floor drain outlet 573

539
Technical Drawing 3.0.4 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Tiling on wooden substrates with the

LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzplatte

Traffic bearing Traffic bearing

up to 3.5 kN/m2 up to 5 kN/m2

1a ASODUR-LE 1) >19mm thickness > 24mm thickness

1b ASO-EZ2-Plus 1) >24mm thickness >30 mm thickness

1c ASO-EZ-Light-Plus 1) >34mm thickness > 44mm thickness

2 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M *) *)

3 Tile adhesive LIGHTFLEX **) )

4 Tile grout ASO-Flexfuge **) )

*) Example for exposure classes A1 and A2 acc. to

construction industry standards. Further examples
available upon request.

1
) from upper edge profile

Wall/Floor joint with

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000

ESCOSIL-2000 flexible caulk

2 3 4

1 (a, b or c)

LEWIS -Schwalbenschwanzplatte
Wooden substrate

LEWIS -Sylomerstreifen, 12 mm
(sound insulation membrane)

44/09

540
Technical Drawing 3.0.10 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Pipe penetration waterproong

1 Pipe penetration with waterproof flange

2 SANIFLEX, AQUAFIN-2K/M, AQUAFIN-2K or AQUAFIN-1K-flex
waterproofing with embedded ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Wall
3 Tile adhesive: MONOFLEX, LIGHTFLEX
4 Elastic sealant: ESCOSIL-2000

11/10

541
Technical Drawing 3.0.11 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Pipe penetration waterproong

Stud partition

1. Pipe penetration with flange

2. Waterproofing SANIFLEX or AQUAFIN-2K or 2K/M and inlay of
ASO-Dichtmanschette-12
3. Tile adhesive UNIFIX or MONOFLEX
4. Sealing with ESCOSIL-2000

09/10

542
Technical Drawing 3.0.12 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Pipe penetration waterproong detail in wet rooms

(Exposure class: 0, A01 and A1)

1 Masonry
1 2 3 5 2 Plaster
3 SANIFLEX or AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing
4 ASO-Joint-sleeve embedded in waterproofing
5 Tile adhesive MONOFLEX
6 Sealing ESCOSIL-2000
7 Rosette

44/09

543
Technical Drawing 3.0.15 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Bath or shower tub waterproong

Wall/Tub connection detail
Exposure class 0, A0, A

1 Bath- or shower tub

2 Prior tub installation adhere
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-Sanitaire at the corner
6 3 SANIFLEX , AQUAFIN-2K/M or AQUAFIN-1K-Flex
waterproofing
4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in waterproofing
5 MOLOFLEX or LIGHTFLEX Tile adhesive
6 ASO-Fugenbunt or CRISTALLFUGE tile grout
7 ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealant
8 Corner joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealant with
debonding tape at corner joint to prevent 3-sided
bond
3
5 7

3
7
5

4
1 8
5
3

12/07

544
Technical Drawing 3.0.20 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

AQUAFIN-2K waterproong -
Floor inlet detail in wet rooms
Exposure class A1, A2 and B

9 8 7 6

5
4
1 3

1 Reinforced concrete slab

2 Insulation
3 Screed on separation layer
4 AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing
5 Flexible tile adhesive MONOFLEX
6 ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor
7 ASO-Flexfuge tile grout
8 ESCOSIL-2000 flexible caulk
9 Floor inlet for thin-bed applications (i.e. Passavant)

44/09

545
Technical Drawing 3.0.30 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles

Wet-area 0, A01, A1 0, A01, A02, A1/ 0, A01, A02, A1/

exposure classes A2 A2, C

1 Waterproofing SANIFLEX AQUAFIN-2K, ASOFLEX-AKB

AQUAFIN-2K/M
2 Tile adhesive SOLOFLEX LIGHTFLEX ASODUR-EK98

3 Tile grout ASO-Flexfuge HF05-Brillantfuge ASODUR-EK98

Masonry
1
Plaster
Wall/Floor joint: ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
Floor termination Door
Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible angle installed in
sealing caulk with debonding tape to tile adhesive
prevent 3-sided bond
2 3

Screed on
separation
layer

Pressure-resistant
insulation

Reinforced concrete slab

44/09

546
Technical Drawing 3.0.31 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Tile setting on ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screeds

(i.e. on wood substrates)

1 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K, AQUAFIN-2K/M

2 Tile adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6

3 Tile grout ASO-Flexfuge

Wall/Floor joint: ASO-Joint-Tape-2000

Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible

sealing caulk with debonding tape to 1 2 3
prevent 3-sided bond

ASODUR-Light-Weight-Screed
D > 20 mm

Wooden substrate

Fehlboden
False Floor

44/09

547
Technical Drawing 3.0.32 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Tile setting on ASODUR-Lightweight Screeds

(i.e. on wooden substrates in combination with
LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzprol)

1 Waterproofing AQUAFIN -2K/M

2 Tile adhesive LIGHTFLEX

3 Tile grout ASO-Flexfuge
4 LEWIS-Schwalbenschwanzprofil

Wall / floor connection:

ASO-Joint-Tape-2000

Perimeter joint: ESCOSIL-2000 flexible sealing

caulk with debonding tape to prevent 3-sided bond

1 2 4 3

ASODUR-Lightweight Screeds, D > 15 mm

Wooden substrate

False floor

11/10

548
Technical Drawing 3.1.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles

(Exposure class A0 - Wall area exposure class A)

7
6
3
2

1. Concrete
2. ASO-Unigrund
3. SANIFLEX
4. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
5. ASO-Backer rod
6. SOLOFLEX
7. Tiles
8. ASO-Fugenbunt
9. ESCOSIL-2000

11/10

549
Technical Drawing 3.1.2 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles

(Exposure class A0 - Wall area exposure class A)

6
5

4
3
2
1

1. Concrete
2. ASO-Unigrund
3. SANIFLEX
4. SOLOFLEX
5. Tiles
6. ASO-Flexfuge

11/10

550
Technical Drawing 3.1.3 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles

(Exposure class A0, A, B0)

4
2

1. Concrete
2. AQUAFIN-2K/M
3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
4. SOLOFLEX
5. ASO-Backer rod
6. Tiles
7. ASO-Flexfuge
8. ESCOSIL-2000

11/10

551
Technical Drawing 3.1.4 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles

(Exposure class A0, A, B0)

3
2
1

1. Concrete
2. AQUAFIN-2K/M
3. SOLOFLEX
4. Tiles
5. ASO-Flexfuge

11/10

552
Technical Drawing 3.30.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Pavers on drainage screeds

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
approx. 1,5 %

1 Water permeable tile grout POXICRET or POXICRET-1K

2 Large format concrete, natural stone or ceramic pavers
3 ASOCRET-HB-Flex, if nec. mixed with ASOPLAST-MZ
4 Drainage screed, ASO-EZ4 and aggregate with 2-5 mm
or 4-8 mm graded grain size
5 AQUAFIN-2K-Sicherheitsvlies, protective fleece
6 Cementitious loadbearing layer
7 Natural ground

44/09

553
Technical Drawing 3.30.2 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Stairway construction on ASO-EZ4-Plus

5
6

12 %

1 Concrete/Natural stone step with a fall

2 Flexible silicone sealer ASO-Flexfuge
3 Concrete/Natural Stone
When working with natural stones, always refer to the supplier regarding the stones natural
characteristics when determining the proper products to avoid discolorations.
4 ASO-EZ4-Plus mortar bed
5 ASOCRET-HB-Flex, if nec. mixed with ASOPLAST-MZ
6 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing
7 Reinforced concrete stairway

10/10

554
Technical Drawing 3.50.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

The gutter system Wiesbaden

(Exposure class A, B)

8 7 3

1. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
2. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
4. Tile adhesive SOLOFLEX or UNIFIX-2K/6
5. Guter installation in mortar bed ASO-EZ4-Plus
6. Joint mortar HF05-Brillantfuge or ASODUR-EK98
7. Anticapillary joint filling ASODUR-EP/FM
8. Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW
9. Expansion joint tape if needed

11/10

555
Technical Drawing 3.50.2 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

The gutter system Finnish

(Exposure class A, B)

7
3

1. Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
2. Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in
AQUAFIN-2K/M (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat)
3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M
4. Tile adhesive SOLOFLEX or UNIFIX-2K/6
5. Jointing HF05-Brillantfuge or ASODUR-EK98
6. Anticapillary joint filling ASODUR-EP/FM
7. Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW
8. Expansion joint tape if needed

11/10

556
Technical Drawing 3.50.10 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Cross-section of Wiesbaden
swimming pool gutter system
Exposure class B

11 10 9 8 7

4 5

1 Tile
2 UNIFIX-2K/6 tile adhesive
3 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing
4 PVC or stainless steel flange
5 ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M around the flange
6 Gutter set in ASO-EZ2-Plus mortar bed, Gutter and substrate primed with ASOCRET-HB-flex
7 Anticapillary joint filling INDUCRET-VK6050
8 ASODUR-EK98 or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout
9 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S, ASO-Vorfllschnur backerrod and for protection ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 -
embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M
10 ESCOSIL-2000-UW Elastic joint sealant

45/09

557
Technical Drawing 3.50.14 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Swimming pool deck - bonded screed (thin bed)

Wet area exposure class A

1 2 4 5

1 AQUAFIN-2K waterproofing
2 UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX tile adhesive
3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S, and for protection ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
4 ASODUR-EK tile grout
5 ESCOSIL flexible sealing caulk

45/09

558
Technical Drawing 3.50.15 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Interior swimming pool wall/oor joint

(thin bed)

5 1 2 4

1 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing
2 UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX tile adhesive
3 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S
4 ASODUR-EK98 or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout
5 ASO-Vorfllschnur (backerrod) and elastic sealer
ESCOSIL-2000-UW caulk

45/09

559
Technical Drawing 3.50.16 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Swimming pool deck with under oor heating

(thin bed)
Exposure class A

1 2 4 5

1 AQUAFIN-2K/M waterproofing
2 UNIFIX-2K/6 or SOLOFLEX tile adhesive
3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M
4 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98
5 Elastic sealant ESCOSIL-2000

45/09

560
Technical Drawing 3.50.20 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Finnish gutter waterproong detail in

swimming pools (thin bed)

6
2

1
5 4

7 3

2 1

1 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
2 Flexible tile adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6
3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M
4 Anticapillary joint filler INDUCRET-VK6050
5 Finnish gutter set with ASO-EZ4-Plus mortar bed
6 Tile joints grouted with HF05-Brilliantfuge
7 Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW

45/09

561
Technical Drawing 3.50.66 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

St. Moritz gutter waterproong detail

with AQUAFIN-2K
Exposure class B

1 Concrete structure
2 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
3 Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in
AQUAFIN-2K/M (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat)
4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in AQUAFIN-2K/M
5 Tile adhesive UNIFIX-2K/6
6 Anticapillary joint filler INDUCRET-VK6050
7 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98
8 Elastic joint sealing ESCOSIL-2000-UW
5

6
4

3 8

10/10

562
Technical Drawing 3.60.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Therapy pool
(Brine pool - Exposure class A, B)

4
2

1. Primer ASODUR-GBM
2. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB
3. Two layers of ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S embedded in
ASOFLEX-AKB (1st layer loop-shaped, 2nd layer flat)
4. Tile adhesive ASODUR-EK98
5. Jointing ASODUR-EK98
6. Gutter installation with INDUFLOOR-IB4010
7. Anticapillary joint filling ASODUR-EP/FM
8. Expansion joint tape if needed

11/10

563
Technical Drawing 3.70.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Detail waterproong of underwater

spotlights - with ange

1
2
3
4
5

Pool water
acc. to DIN 19643 salt & thermal(warm) water
1 Stainless steel flange
2 ASO-Joint-Sleeve
3 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M ASOFLEX-AKB
4 Thin-bed mortar UNIFIX-2K/6 ASODUR-EK98
5 Tile
6 Spotlight
7 Spotlight casing
8 Concrete pool
9 Tile grout HF05-Brillantfuge ASODUR-EK98

45/09

564
Technical Drawing 3.70.2 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Detail waterproong of underwater

spotlights - with mortar (special solution)

2
3
4
5
6

10

Pool water
acc. to DIN 19643 salt & thermal(warm) water
1 INDUFLOOR-IB1240 primer
with sand broadcast (0.5-1.0 mm)
2 Waterproofing mortar ASOFLEX-AKB with sand broadcast
3 ASO-Joint-Sleeve
4 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M ASOFLEX-AKB
5 Thin-bed mortar UNIFIX-2K/6 ASODUR-EK98
6 Tile
7 Spotlight
8 Spotlight casing
9 Concrete pool
10 Tile grout HF05-Brillantfuge ASODUR-EK98

45/09

565
Technical Drawing 3.80.10 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Balcony waterproong with AQUAFIN-2K

Balcony edge with gutter
Exposure class: B0

9 2 3 4 7 8

min. 72 mm

1 Concrete cantilever balcony

2 Sloping screed, i.e. ASO-EZ2-Plus
3 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in waterproofing
5 Gutter profile
6 Outlet gutter
7 Ceramic tile fixed with UNIFIX-2K tile adhesive
8 ESCOSIL-2000 elastic joint sealant
9 ASO-Flexfuge tile grout

45/09

566
Technical Drawing 3.80.11 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Balcony waterproong with AQUAFIN-2K

Wall/Floor junction
Exposure class B0

8 5 4 7
6

1 Reinforced concrete slab

2 Sloping screed ASO-EZ2-Plus or ASO-EZ4-Plus
3 Waterproofing AQUAFIN-2K/M
4 ASO-Joint-Tape-2000
5 Joint strip to avoid a 3 sided bond
6 Highly elastic thin-bed mortar UNIFIX-2K
7 ASO-Flexfuge or HF05-Brilliantfuge tile grout
8 ESCOSIL-2000 elastic sealant

45/09

567
Technical Drawing 3.85.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Balcony waterproong with ADF-Balkonfolie

Exposure class: B0

1 - 2%
9 4 7 3 2 8

min. 72 mm

1. Concrete cantilever balcony

2. Sloping scrred, i.e. ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ4
3. ASO-Joint-Tape-2000 embedded in AQUAFIN 2K/M
4. Waterproofing ADF-Balkonfolie
5. Gutter profile
6. Outlet gutter
7. Ceramic tile fixed with ADF-Systmkleber-FB or ADF-Systemkleber adhesive
8. ESCOSIL-2000 elastic joint sealant
9. HF05-Brillantfuge or ASO-Flexfuge tile grout

10/10

568
Technical Drawing 3.410.1 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Floor drain waterproong detail in wet rooms

with ASOFLEX-AKB
Exposure class C

7 6 8 9 5 4 3 2

1. Reinforced concrete slab

2. Insulation with appropriate pressure load or compressibility for each load case
3. Cement screed
4. Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor prime with ASO-Primer-2000 in flange area and
ASODUR-GBM (broadcast with sand) on the cement screed
5. Tile adhesive ASODUR-EK98
6. Joint sealing ASODUR-EK98
7. Inlay of ASO-Dichtmanschette-45
8. Expansion joint: ASODUR-EP/FM
9. Thin bed inlet (for example Messrs. Passavant)

10/10

569
Technical Drawing 3.410.2 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong under tiles and slabs

C
Class of moisture stress e.g. canteen kitchen, labor,creamery

1 Waterproofing ASOFLEX-AKB

2 Bonding ASODUR-EK98
3 Jointing ASODUR-EK98

Masonry

Plaster

Door trim
Used rail connection
Wall floor connection: with tile glue
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S

Adhesive strip to prevent three side adhesion and

elastic jointing with ESCOSIL-2000

Screed* on separation layer e.g.

ASODUR-GBM broadcast with sand

Pressure resistant insulation*

Reinforced concrete slab

* With appropriate pressure load or compressibility for each load case

10/10

570
Technical Drawing 3.410.3 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Waterproong of conduit pipe penetrations in industrial

use, i.e. commerical kitchens, breweries, etc. - chemical
resistance - Exposure class C

7 6 3 5

4
2

1 INDUFLOOR-IB1225-Mortar
2 ASOFLEX-AKB waterproofing with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 as primer,
Primer-2000 in flange contact areas
3 ASO-Joint-Sleeve-Floor embedded in waterproofing
4 ASODUR-EK98 tile adhesive
5 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98
6 ESCOSIL-2000 elastic sealant
7 Stainless steel pipe with flange

45/09

571
Technical Drawing 3.410.4 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Detail waterproong of oor inlet drain in kitchens

- screed on insulation layer -
Exposure class C
p

7 8 9

i.e. System from Wiedemann

3, 4 5 (6)
2

1 Concrete floor slab

2 ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ2-Plus cementitious screed ontop of insulation
layer and previously installed waterproofing sheet membrane onto
concrete slab
3 Screed primed with INDUFLOOR-IB1225 incl. sand broadcast,
flange primed with Primer-2000
4 ASOFLEX-AKB-Floor waterproofing with embedded
ASO-Joint-Tape-2000-S-Wide, cut to fit drain diameter
5 Flowable grout INDUCRET-VK-30 or INDUCRET-VK100
Alternative:
6 Filled with INDUFLOOR-IB4010 epoxy mortar
7 ASODUR-EK98-Floor tile adhesive
8 Tile joints grouted with ASODUR-EK98-Floor
9 INDUCRET-VK6050 sealer

45/09

572
Technical Drawing 3.410.5 TILE AND NATURAL STONE LAYING

Detail waterproong of oor drain outlet

Exposure class C

7
6

3
4 3 7

5
2

1 Concrete floor slab

2 ASO-EZ2 or ASO-EZ2-Plus screed
3 ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall waterproofing - primer base
INDUFLOOR-IB1225 - embedded ASO-Joint-Sleeve
4 Flowable grout INDUCRET-VK-30 or INDUCRET-VK100
5 ASOFLEX-AKB-Wall waterproofing, flange primed with
Primer-2000
6 ASODUR-EK98 tile adhesive
7 INDUCRET-VK6050 sealer

10/10

573
574
Technical Drawing/Page No. INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

Joint Sealing for industrial floors exposed to

mechanical and chemical loads with INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000 576-579

575
Technical Drawing IF 1 INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to

mechanical and chemical loads with
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000
Connection between: Concrete - Concrete

5
2

1
1

6 4

1. Existing concrete slab

2. Scratch coat INDUFLOOR-IB1260 (quartz
sand 0.2 - 0.7 plus 2% INDU-FibreFiller)
3. Industrial flooring systems, for example
INDUFLOOR-IB 3355
4. INDU-Rundschnur (backer rod)
5. Primer-2000-S
6. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000

11/10

576
 Technical Drawing IF 2 INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to

mechanical and chemical loads with
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000
Connection between: Concrete - Steel

5 6
7
2

1 1

1. Existing concrete slab

2. Steel T-square
3. Industrial flooring systems, for example
INDUFLOOR-IB3355
4. INDU-Rundschnur (backer rod)
5. Primer-2000-S
6. Primer-2000
7. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000

11/10

577
Technical Drawing IF 3 INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to

mechanical and chemical loads with
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000
Connection between: Concrete - Asphalt

3 3
5 7 6

1. Existing concrete slab

2. Asphalt
3. Industrial flooring systems, for example
INDUFLOOR-IB3355
4. INDU-Rundschnur (backer rod)
5. Primer-2000-S
6. Primer-2000-A
7. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000

11/10

578
Technical Drawing IF 4 INDUSTRIAL FLOORS

Joint sealing for industrial floors exposed to

mechanical and chemical loads with
INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000
Wall/Floor joint

7 5

1. Concrete floor
2. Concrete wall
3. Industrial flooring systems, for example
INDUFLOOR-IB3355
4. Industrial flooring systems, for example
INDUFLOOR-IB3355: thixotropic
consistency for vertical applications with
INDU-FibreFiller
5. INDU-Rundschnur (backer rod)
6. Primer-2000-S
7. Joint sealant INDUFLEX-VK-TKF-2000

11/10

579
General Terms and Conditions
1. General:
a) Our terms of sale and delivery apply only in relation to entrepreneurs
( 14 BGB (Civil Code)). The concepts and definitions of Incoterms
2000 apply, if not stated otherwise in the terms of sale and delivery.
b) All purchase orders are accepted and carried out under the following
conditions that apply also without repeated notification for future supplies.
By purchase orders the purchaser acknowledges these conditions.
Conflicting confirmations of the purchaser with attention to his trading or
buying terms are refused with these terms. Deviations from these terms of
sale and delivery are effective only if confirmed in writing.
2. Offers:
a) Our offers are non-binding. The technical descriptions and other data in
the offers, in the leaflets and in other information are non-binding as well.
We reserve the property right and the copyright on the images, drawings,
calculations and other documents. They cannot be provided to third
parties.
b) The data according to the previous section and the data in public
statements from our side provided by the producer or his supporters
( 434 I 3 BGB) become the part of the descriptions of the products
only if they are explicitly taken into account in the agreement.
c) An order is always accepted by our representatives with explicit
reservation of our consent in accordance with our general terms of sale
and delivery.
3. Prices:
The prices are calculated according to the price list that is valid on the
delivery day. The prices are without VAT from the factory. Individual
agreements require our written consent. In case of small quantities under
750 kg or 500 net value of goods and in case of special version by
request of the consumer, price surcharge is reserved.
4. Delivery and shipment:
Our supplies are fulfilled according to best efforts without liability for
performance. In cases of vis major or if we did not receive the shipment,
although we had placed an identical order with a reliable supplier, we
have the right to postpone the delivery by the period of the barrier and to
void the contract without entitlements of any kind. If it is impossible to fulfill
the supplies according to the ordered amount by the purchaser since the
ordered amount does not match with our normal packaging, the resulting
quantity deviation is considered to be approved.Partial deliveries are
allowed and can be invoiced. If the partial delivery is agreed for a
definite time, approximately uniform splitting of the delivery is considered to
be reserved. If the agreed revocation does not occur, based on our choice
we are authorized to deliver the unrevoked amounts additionally
or to consider our liability of supplier to be terminated.
If during entering into contract it comes out that the purchaser does not
provide adequate guarantee of solvency and our title to payment is
threatened, we are authorized to reject the delivery until the purchaser pays
or provides adequate guarantee. If the payment or provision of guarantee
is not realized after appropriate notice within 12 business days, we have
the right to void the contract. If the purchaser is delayed with revocation,
purchasing or picking up the goods or the delay of shipment or delivery
is caused by reasons on his side, we have the right, without any harm
to further entitlements, to claim lump sum costs amounting to warehouse
costs usual locally. The purchaser reserves the evidence that no damage
occurred or lower damage occurred. The wrappers lent by us remain our
property and it is necessary to send them back to us post paid immediately
after emptying, 90 days after the invoice date at the latest. For the invoiced
wrappers we provide 2/3 of the charged value under the condition that it
will be sent back in a good state post paid.
5. Delivery time and deadlines:
Delivery dates or deadlines which may be obligatory or non-obligatory
must be in the written form. We are not responsible, even for obligatorily
arranged deadlines or dates, for delays to deliveries due to acts of God or
due to events which not only temporarily considerably hamper our
deliveries or make them impossible to which belong strikes, blockades,
official directives etc., even if they occur at our suppliers or their sub-
contractors. You entitle us to postpone the delivery for the duration of
the hindrance plus a reasonable start-up time or to partially or completely
withdraw from the contract, because of the unfulfilled part of the contract,
without the buyer making claims of any sort herefrom. Should the
hindrance last for longer than 3 months the buyer is justified after a
reasonable settlement period of grace to withdraw from the contract with
regard to the unfulfilled part of the contract. Should the hindrance last for
longer than 3 months the buyer is justified after a reasonable period of
time to withdraw from the contract with regard to the incomplete part.
Should the delivery time be prolonged or if we are free from our
obligations then the buyer cannot derive any compensation claims for
damages herefrom. We can only invoke the named circumstances if we
notify the buyer immediately. Provided that we are responsible for a breach
of the obligatory agreed deadlines or dates or if we find ourselves behind
schedule, the buyer can claim default compensation amounting to 0,5%
for each complete week of the default, however up to a maximum total of
5% of the invoice value of the default delivery. Claims over and above this
are excluded, that is unless the default is based on gross negligence on our
part. Compliance with delivery obligations on our part presumes the timely
and orderly compliance of the buyers obligations. If a delivery cannot take
place in the exact volume appointed by the buyer because the appointed
quantity does not conform to the units of our standard packaging,
deviation on a quantity basis deriving therefrom is deemed as approved.
Before the agreed delivery date we can effect suitable and reasonable part
deliveries and cash up separately, unless the buyer has a particular interest
in full loads. Should the purchase of part deliveries within certain time
scales be agreed, we are justified in effecting part deliveries of the total
delivery quantity in approximately equal installments. Where it has been
agreed that deliveries are to be on call-off and an agreed call-off does
not occur within one year at the latest, we are justified in delivering the
outstanding quantity or to withdraw from the contract.
If it transpires that after the conclusion of the contract the buyer offers
insufficient warranty for his solvency and our pecuniary claim is at risk,
we are justified in refusing delivery until the buyer effects payment or has
provided security. If the payment or collateral security does not occur
within 12 working days after its request we are entitled to cancel the
contract. If the delivery is delayed due to the buyers insistance or for
reasons that act for him, we are entitled to demand storage charges
amounting to 0.5% of the products gross value for each month
commenced, unless lower losses can be proven to us. In this case on
the day when the goods are readied with an appropriate advice note the
risk passes over to the contractural partner for this. Returnable packaging
provided by us remains our property and is to be sent back to us carriage
free immediately after emptying but within 90 days at the latest from the
invoice date. We will refund 2/3 of the charged value for packaging
billed to the customer provided that they are returned in undamaged
condition also carriage free.
6. Risk, transfer:
The risk of damage or deterioration of the sold good is transferred to the
purchaser as soon as the seller transferred the goods to the shipper, carrier
or other persons in charge of shipment but at the time of abandonment
of the plant at the latest. It applies also if the purchaser gave specific
instructions of shipment. During the transportation of the goods the
purchaser bears the risk of loss of weight, breakage, leakage or other
destruction or change of the good, for example, including the damages
that occurred later during storage in a warehouse or worksite. The
purchaser bears the risks of transport from the place of the supplier, also
in case of paid delivery and in case of post paid home delivery, except for
cases when we transport with our own vehicles from our plant or
warehouse. After collecting at the place of the supplier it is the liability of
the purchaser or his authorized person to load the vehicle and to adhere
to the regulations relating to transport of hazardous material. Unloading
and storage of the goods is the responsibility of the purchaser in any case.
Even though our employees help to unload and cause damages to goods
or other damages, they act exclusively at purchasers risk and not as our
representatives. The customer assures that he observes and will observe the
safety rules and the rules of environmental protection.
7. Defect of substance/Liability for damages/
Expiration of rights:
7.1 Defect of substance
a) Firstly, the legal obligation of examination and dislocation according to
377 HGB applies to the purchaser regarding the defect of substance.
580
General Terms and Conditions
b) From the defects of substance, that do not reduce the value and the
worthiness of the good for the purpose accepted by us or reduce it only
to an irrelevant extent, the purchaser cannot derive further rights.
Our written and oral application hints, which we give based on our
experience according to our best knowledge in accordance with scientific
and practical information is not part of the sales agreement. The purchaser
by no means relieved of trying out the suitability of the products for
the intended purpose.
c) If the good shows a defect of substance during the transfer of the risk,
we have the right and we are obliged to provide additional fulfillment.
Additional fulfillment is performed according to our choice with additional
correction or delivery in replacement. We cover the costs of additional
fulfillment, mainly the transportation costs, travel costs and material costs.
If these costs are more than 50% of the value of the supply, we have the
right refuse additional fulfillment.
d) If additional fulfillment fails, it is not performed in adequate time by
the purchaser or i tis refused, based on his choice the purchaser has the
right to void the contact, require to reduce the purchase price (discount)
corresponding to the depreciation of the good by flaw or to require
according to the following sections compensation of damages instead
of fulfillment.
e) If defect of substance results in defect, we are liable according to
regulation in case of damage to health, or the damage falls within the
law on guarantee for product or if it is based on intention or gross
negligence.
f) If the damage rests upon culpable breach of relevant contractual
obligation or essential obligation, we are liable only for typical
contractual damage.
g) Further contractual and delinquency claims of the purchaser are
excluded. Therefore, in particular we are not liable for the damages that
did not occur on the subject of delivery and for the lost profit or other
financial damage of the purchaser.
h) The abovementioned provisions do not apply for used goods. For those
goods we are liable only for explicitly acceptance of liability, for intention
and gross negligence.
i) 478 BGB (Civil Code) is not affected by sections b) - h).
j) Further assurance and consultation provided by our sales employees
and/or by sales representatives acting on behalf of us, in particular in
connection with technical application, require our written consent to
become part of the agreement. If our technical employees give an advice
regarding the technical application or guiding recipes or operating
instructions, the give the information based on their best knowledge.
Liability for slight negligence caused during the advice is excluded. Liability
for gross negligence is limited to damage estimated at the moment of
delivering the information. The oral promises of our technical employees as
well as provisions in the assembly protocols which are a burden to us have
to be approved in writing by our technical department to become valid.
k) When the products in our systems (for example heat-insulated Renotherm
linkage system) are replaced with foreign products warranty right lapses.
Structural deviation from the sample and the surface created by the
customer are possible and dependent on treatment.
l) For special hues from minimal ordered amount of 1000 kg, we have the
right to exceed the amount by 10%. In case of additional purchases orders
the comparisons of hues can be done only under equal conditions. The
quality of the ground, the age of the compared material, the light
and atmospheric exposures can change the hue. Prior to treatment it is
necessary to examine the equality of the hues on an object, minor
deviations of the hue are possible and it is not possible to complain.
m) In all cases of complaints from the side of the purchaser the complaints
have to be made immediately but not later than 14 days after the delivery
of the shipment to our technical department in writing. Recognition assumes
that the good is still unchanged in original wrapper. In case of complaints
regarding the quality it is necessary to send us a half kilogram sample
immediately after detection.
7.2 Other liability for damage
a) Provisions in 6.1 e) - g) apply also for claims for damages due to other
preach of obligations.
b) In case of breach of pre-contractual liability or in case of fulfillment
barriers existing at the time of entering into contract ( 311 II, 311a BGB)
our liability for damage is limited to negative concern.
c) Provisions in 6.1 e) - g) apply adequately for our delinquency liability.
d) If our liability is excluded or limited, it applies also for personal liability
of our employees, workers, co-workers, representatives and authorized
representatives.
7.3 Expiration of rights
a) The purchasers right for additional fulfillment expires except for
438 no. 2, 479 BGB (Civil Code) within two years after the delivery
of the good, in case of used articles within one year after the delivery.
b) In case of claims for damages the period of limitation except for
438 no. 2, 479 BGB (Civil Code) is one year.
c) In case of claims by law on liability for the product and in case of
intention and gross negligence the expiration of rights according to law
applies.
8. Use:
Proper use of our products is not subject to our examination. We
guarantee only in the framework of the instructions for use. Any guarantee
for the consequences of unprofessional treatment is excluded. Samples are
non-binding samples for demonstration, only if we assured the match in
writing. It applies adequately also for the data of the analyses.
9. Payment:
The payment is due within 30 days after the invoice date. In case of
payment within 7 days after the invoice date we provide 2% discount on
the net value of the good. Deduction of the discount on new invoices in
excluded, if older invoices are still unpaid. In case of accepting bills of
exchange it is necessary to pay the costs of the bank discount and the
collection charges in cash immediately from the due date of the invoice.
In case of exceeding the maturity date, interest on late payment is added.
The purchaser bears the costs occurred due to groundless complaints for
imperfections.
The purchaser is in delay if he does not pay after request for payment sent
after the maturity of the purchase price. Independently, he is in delay if he
does not pay till the day determined by the agreement. Legal provisions on
the delay are not affected.
10. Lien/Offset:
Enforcement of lien and offset against our claims is excluded, except for
when an indisputable or lawfully determined receivable of the purchaser
is offset.
11. Non-purchasing the ordered good:
If the purchaser does not purchase the ordered good, he is liable -
except for the application of higher damage on the counter value for
the costs already spent and lost profit as well as the share commission
of the representative - for paying for damages amounting to 20% of
the purchase price of the ordered good, except for the case when the
purchaser proves that no damage occurred to us or the damage did
not occur to claimed amount.
12. Redelivery of the good:
The ordered and properly delivered good is not taken back (disposable
package). Damaged wrapper has to be eliminated and not to be sent
back. Exceptions have to be agreed individually since the effected
redeliveries or paid returned shipments of originally wrapped materials
are credited maximally up to 85%.
13. Exclusion of property:
a) The good remains until payment of all receivables towards the
purchaser of the business relation, including auxiliary receivables, claims
for damages and payment of checks and bills of exchange, the property of
the seller.
b) Exclusion of the property remains also after individual receivables of the
seller are included into the actual invoice and the balance is determined
and acknowledged.
c) If the purchaser processes a reserved good on a new movable
property, the process is done for the seller so that he is not liable. The
new object becomes the property of the seller. If it is processed or mixed
with a good that does not belong to the seller, the seller becomes a
co-owner of the new object according to the ratio of the invoiced value of
his reserved good to total value.
d) The purchaser has the right for further sale, further process or installation
of the reserved good only if further provisions are taken into account and
581
General Terms and Conditions

if the receivables according to point f) really become the property of the 15. Place of fulfillment/Seat of the court:
seller. The agreed seat of the court is Detmold
e) The rights of the purchaser to sell a reserved good in proper business a) If in case of the purchaser it is a commercial, legal person of public law
relation, process or install are terminated b cancellation of the seller due or public property with special status.
to long-term deterioration of the financial situation of the purchaser but no b) If in case of the purchaser it us a person that does not have a general
later than at the time of abortion of his payments or requiring or opening domestic court place.
bankruptcy or settlement proceedings on his property. c) If after entering into agreement the purchaser moved his domicile or
f) 1) The purchaser transfers the receivables with all auxiliary rights from usual place of residence from Germany or his domicile or usual place of
further sale of the reserved good including potential receivables with residence is unknown at the moment of entering a lawsuit.
balance to the seller.
2) If the good was processed or mixed and the seller requested co-
32760 Detmold, January 2010
ownership amounting to his invoiced value, a receivable on the
purchased price belongs to him in proportion to the value of his
rights on the good.
3) If the purchaser installs the reserved good into the land, the
purchaser now transfers the receivables emerging from this for
payment amounting to the invoiced value of the reserved good
with all auxiliary rights, including the right of provision of securing
mortgage with priority right.
If the purchaser sales the receivable in the framework of factoring, the
receivable of the seller becomes due immediately and the purchaser
transfers the receivable which supersedes his place to the factoring
company of the seller and transfers his gain to the seller without delay.
The seller accepts this transfer.
g) The purchaser is authorized to collect the transferred receivables if
he fulfills his payment obligations. The authorization for collection is
terminated in case of cancellation but no later than in case of delay in
payment or in case of substantial deterioration of the financial situation of
the purchaser. In this case the purchaser authorizes the seller to inform the
consumers about cancellation and to collect the receivables on his own.
The purchaser is obliged upon request to give the seller the list of
receivables belonging to him with the names and addresses of the
consumers, the amounts of individual receivables, invoice date etc.
and to provide the seller with all the information necessary for the
enforcement of the transferred receivables and to allow the inspection
of this information.
h) If the value of the guarantee for the seller exceeds all his receivables
by more than 20%, the seller is obliged upon request of the purchaser
or third party damaged by excessive assurance of the seller is obliged to
release the guarantees according to his choice.
i) Lien and transfer of reserved good or transferred receivables as
guarantee is not allowed. It is necessary to inform the seller about the
lien immediately and to specify the lien creditor.
j) If based on reserved property the seller takes back the delivered object,
it is considered as abandonment of contract only if the seller declares it
specifically. The seller can be satisfied by free sale of the reserved good
which he took back.
k) The purchaser deposits the reserved good for the seller free of charge.
He has to secure the good against usual risk, such as fire, theft and water,
to usual extent. With this the purchaser transfers his claims for damages
belonging to him from the above-mentioned damages against insurance
companies or other persons liable for compensation to the seller up to the
invoiced value of the good.
l) All receivables and rights from reserved property in all of these
conditions stated in special forms apply until complete release from
potential obligations accepted by the seller in the interest of the purchaser.

14. Applicable law:

a) If individual provisions of our general terms of sale and delivery are
ineffective, the effectiveness of other conditions is not affected.
b) Only the German law applies with exclusion of the buying regulations
OSN (CISG).

582
Publisher:
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG
Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8
32760 Detmold, Germany
Companies Register Lemgo HRB 4538

4th Edition, January 2010

All rights reserved. Reproduction, including but

without limitation transmission by any means,
photocopying or storage in electronic retrieval
systems of parts or the total publication is not
permitted unless licensed in writing by the
publisher. The reproduction of data sheets for
use as a reference for specifiers or applicators
is expressly permitted.

Printed by:
Hans Gieselmann Druck und
Medienhaus GmbH & Co. KG
Ackerstrae 54
33649 Bielefeld, Germany
 fax

web
e-mail
phone
Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8
D-32760 Detmold - Germany
+49-5231-953-00
+49-5231-953-108
SCHOMBURG GmbH & Co. KG

export@schomburg.de
www.schomburg.de/en
03/10 Dr. Ho/HS/JD AQUAFIN International GmbH Aquafinstrasse 2 - 8 D-32760 Detmold - Germany phone +49-5231-953-00 www.aquafin.com Subject to changes. Consult current technical datasheet for most recent information.